: - et SS ne a A a a a ek.) hha ba be SEES EEE SS SES SS AAS EEE RY ian EEE SST OLLISLPIL ALSIP ELLIS \“ AN sr SS oN ‘ LOOLOOLEMIA LE pg AG EEADD 4b stp PLP VALLPEP Obs SLLIL IE, A ya oy % os Sef) eG PLL PPAALEL PIAL TAL Pe & ees See ee es erere Ze SSS Vx “7 AA SINS NA XG Ae S ae SS SEEKS WN SS WINNS SI . LLILIOODOAELOUI LAAT A OSITIEIOPEME PIPL DE eo ree tag os Sg A Te EL CH SEER REN CEN Se 4 REET ART et He SPRITE is 08 a TTaY NTT be re HRS Ae Her aN CERRY QUENT SACOG LS AFUE TERRE GS ORG Cs TET RPOTIN TATTERED IG HENS) || GETTS oe eee y ; AN aden 7 . eT THOTT TE ine Bia a ws IT ARR RRS eer SERRE NE .* He a SRS ERASER eR A Sanh asia NaNO hal GaLiSL ac Caan ey a os ae Sone Ft ae AN EP RRNA AN SES Seyass reer = hoy oth |. UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK FREDERICK J.H MERRILL : DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST. STATE MUSEUM PLATE 2 CONVENTIONS =) ee ms) iy 25) THE EASTERN CATSKILLS SHOWING TIE LOCATION OF | BLUESTONE QUARRIES ’ { H.T. DICKINSON ‘i |) fo * | BULLETIN S59 1 5 5 1 5 0 5 9 10 ® 12, = = = a ie T 7 T | 7 7 | UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM. | : FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL, | Director and State Geologist OF THE n — > Le ym I SHOWING THE LOCATION OF > TI. st = BLUESTONE QUARRIES. | 1902. Lower Boundary of Hamilton Group, | a ff) np, Cem ——I LENNOX AN ! | \ ADDING On Bluestone Quarries, ——— REG | \ D Scare ov Mines eet == SS = ee —— 23S E acre Js SLES TE MILES TOT INGMe RINCE E K a ——— DW Lon. 15 16) 5) 2 17 Ts ie : 1 — Hi NZ \f ae \ sf q a SS arexsANnres \ —+ ‘ Ch om [elt eT a \ Preerstt Sie, | N 4 edeusburg b= Af» © Pinkie Brewnyill @ ¥ | Pvnee Beard Bay Pt. Travern / i ori } Thy Rireck pert ~ ie Neeth Fair ¥ ea aaa fj Kes WY Dinky Von Doren Pr, esis aft cr Abe Fine NY o Oladead is a xonpe | 5 rs rwnn’ Sea, AB = sfrmlaaihaoe “ f ppl f 0° Kis r EON sie Sat" Ines 5, ign eS fy tee era) Vain Sanford ¢)-aary/ Ore Di i oF cari cf oer bes ve He \ n= | ol Ree aA fi eat See fay =i y on wot, Hiner 8 trayeite A wurtanarute 2 on f, rm tae Haver — Dake Lantife IMpetr Coe © Ries! ast Playa o | Pr Canrwlga rhs el Fatal L M Taste “eh f\ \ = © freeiannl G rae ar NX Cc (2) a SOUTHERN PART OF \ EE (Montelalig + = wit WEAN Xo NEW YORK. ane Seale of Mites saurpiwa \ yor esas Py A Vanaelh ntbss ‘same Seale as cain Map y \\ |; ou \ Noryaii 9 PB y ROCK LAND, 5 oe ith NAorw alk, hy = $ = he ae ah i “a Y = Se Al ; ~ ~H i —— Z SS A ? Z tee AN aaa oe Jaros y' (OF |B 5 = ty F s A nm cf | ae “i aten DINE F CITY OF NEW YORK, eo CO “4 “FY Showing {ts Division Into Boroughs, Rerun ap “SS A A ao. J ’ Ta S Tr L 2 met : SS Ss pe pe dain ot Xe to a. = rE Oy Rariton Bay Ya Oh we l = = = 1 2 3 4 G 6 7 8 9 10 i 12 DDISjON™ ‘al iam) FOR THE PEOPLE | FOR EDVCATION FOR SCIENCE LIBRARY ine > fai THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF hg a NATURAL HISTORY : te ek te oe O° Se 2 University of the State of New York —<—————— NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 56th ANNUAL REPORT 1902 TRANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE JAN. 7, 1903, BY THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY ALBANY UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 1904 University of the State of New York REGENTS 1902 Os: 7* G« Z 7B With ‘years of idtion 1874 ANSON Jupp Upson L.H.D. D.D. LL.D. Chancellor, Glens Falls 1892 WiLLIAM CROSWELL DOANE D.D. LL.D. Vice Chancellor, Albany 1873 MARTIN I. TownsEND M. A. LL.D. - - Troy 1877 CHAUNCEY M. DerEw LL.D. - - - - New York 1877 CHARLES E. Fitco LL.B. M.A. L.H.D. - Rochester 1878 WHITELAW REID M.A. LL.D. - - - New York 1881 WittiaAmM H. Watson M.A. M.D. LL.D. - Utica 1881 Henry E. TuRNER LL.D. : - - - Lowville 1883 St CLAIR McKELWAY M.A. L.H.D. LL.D. D.C.L. Brooklyn 1885 DANIEL BEAcH Ph.D. LL.D. - : . - Watkins 1888 CARROLL E. SmitH LL.D. - - : - Syracuse 1890 Priny T. SExtTon LL.D. i - . - Palmyra 1890 T. GuinFoRD SmiTtH M.A. C.E. LL.D. - Buffalo 1893 Lewis A. Stimson B.A. LL.D. M.D. - - New York 1895 ALBERT VANDER VEER M.A. Ph.D. M.D. - Albany 1895 CHARLES R. SKINNER M.A. LL.D. Superintendent of Public Instruction, ex officio 1897 CHESTER S. LorD M.A. LL.D. - - - Brooklyn 1897 Timotuy L. WooprRuFF M.A. Lieutenant Governor, ex officio 1899 JoHn T. McDonouGH LL.B. LL.D. Secretary of State, ex officio 1900 THomas A. HENDRICK M.A. LL.D. - - Rochester 1901 BENJAMIN B. ODELL JR LL.D. Governor, ex officio 1901 RoBERT C. PRuyn. M.A. - - - . - Albany 1902 WiiLt1AM NoTrinGHAM M.A. Ph.D. LL.D. - Syracuse SECRETARY Elected by Regents 1900 JAMES RUSSELL PARSONS jR M.A. LL.D. STATE MUSEUM COMMITTEE 1902 Regent T. GUILFORD SMITH Chairman Regent C. E. SMITH, SUPERINTENDENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION DIRECTORS OF DEPARTMENTS 1888 Mretvi, DEwEy M.A. LL.D. State Library and Home Education 1890 JAMES RUSSELL PARSONS jR M.A. LL.D. Administrative, College and High School Dep’ ts 1890 FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Ph.D. State Museum STATE MUSEUM STAFF YEAR ENDING SEP. 30, 1902 Administration and geology Freperick J. H. Merrivt Ph.D. (Columbia) Director and state geologist Henry H. HinpsHaw B.A. (Chicago College of Science) Assistant in geology Hersert P. Wuiritock C.E.(Columbia).. Assistant in mineralogy FREDERICK C. PAuLMIER M.S.( Princeton) Ph.D. (Columbia) Assistant in zoology OS Clerk and stenographer Ee CERRO Bale yw de te hee te dee we Junior clerk SD oy lee ry ae a a lng PS Stenographer FIELD ASSISTAN'TS In pre-Cambrian geology Prof. H. P. Cusuine, Adelbert College In Pleistocene geology Prof. J. B. Woopworrn, Harvard University Prof. H. L. Farrcuiip, University of Rochester In economic geology Dr Hernricu Ries, Cornell University Prof C. H. Smyru sr, Hamilton College Prof. I. P. BisHop, Buffalo State Normal School Prof. T. C. Hopxins, Syracuse University Prof. W. N. Logan, St Lawrence University C. J. Sarue, Rochester, N. Y. Paleontology JoHN M. CrarKke M.A. LL.D.( Amherst) Ph.D.(Marburg) > | State paleontologist RuDOLF RUEDEMANN, Ph.D. (Jena, Germany)............ Assistant state paleontologist I IIs! ss ck ae oe ws ee We Rae eee od Assistant Es ee a eee ee ews Ds Lithographer MAI a dav oes ets owe aes Draftsman I BMGs LORIE AD. £5 sins See «Sao wena pee Clerk and stenographer A OS a ok as eat ol Sahn ew Kn oie 9%! = ayn Helper - i RRR ONID TI sine ig estan s wipig oe iw ens + oma as Preparator Botany Peememe tt. Puck M.A. (Union)................. State botanist Entomology ErHraimM Porrer Fevr B.S. (Boston) D.Sc. (Cornell) State entomologist CHARLES M. Waker B.S. (Mass. Agricultural College) Entomologist’s assistant MORENO MNME sk ae sen was Ounces ce Intomologist’s assistant Archeology Rey. Wittiam M. Beaucuamp §.T.D......... Author of bulletins i vast ygolosy bas ae See (sidnimnoD) ALA “uu > 6 : : curr iq} » : 2, wine to aeelle) ope id’) ) : me warmaeote ie x: z, tay bea <2 = PSTAROHE Tela ri. i. - x AMPELD Wy cf raaaid Lcuedosniatt 1.4, Ve ware a Dan a iste a a -_ « Fae € g € pol! } Re sy «% -Gt 55 35s eee ‘lame KE co » me es Aze2nT 7p raRE rahe é BS e ‘ ty nce! gun. + aig ee es , t20lvon wisi sehasnn brit ) Prodieb 4 ATHEN a 2 HL dork y - | 12010, ‘Sasa t Tt : hike. rao Wao TE cg A Tort | ak tor™ Te0lovg vitor “ | Excritt Wo bk 2a wy ee 4¢ f ; ? 16 (6h] canara A tort: ‘ 4. sini offfiott.. goed di ont i) oaoswA evs - a 4 [ sana tel A nom, = ME ‘"t 4 19 dele 3 A 1 a “i or i) PATO ViiFO? .AITAoaI aN Pa “otal al 7 ae = PD at pes sie i oo ae «tbat tant mh paar he HOM LED 1é _— a | = p ie . J ~*~, s, iOtt babe al. ke ti vsoiomosnd | TELE 2 WS 2e, 2 PF Mn. = ae , 4 . . “a ‘ j ~ Wp eee iyteert] : a. — nit sot wus ett < " ‘ L : oa as ; J # ry atta sotogotle A mat ra ik ; fit - rr. ts aj a \is : i it . bas Pia Fis wd: rss STATE OF NEW YORK No. 42 IN SENATE JAN. 7, 1902 ——— 56TH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NEW YORK STATE.MUSEUM To the Legislature of the State of New York I have the honor to submit herewith, pursuant to law, as the 56th annual report of the University on the New York State Museum, the reports of the director of the museum and state geologist, of the paleontologist, of the botanist and of the en- tomologist, with appendix. ANSON JuDD UPSON Chancellor CONTENTS VOLUME I 56th Report of the Director and 22d of the State Geologist, 1902 PAGE GeOLORY. 2 ois Ui 6 oa as cst nina nein Ms RI» or Oe r6 Keanomic geology .. -... 2 eo 2g.0 6 enna one oh _r14 Glacial W. nae pe Oneida to Little Falls. Herman L. Fair- child (continuation of paper in 2ist Report of the State Geologist 1901) . CE ABN ee, ees re See epee Ae r17 Economic Geology of W een New York. Irving P. Bishop..... r42 Economic Geology of Monroe County and Contiguous Territory. Cliften J. Sarley iio. 06.5 sn.ce seins ow owls ole ween ee r75 Notes on Mineral Developments in the Region around Ithaca. Heimrich. Rss . so. oc... ested dese bse ea wae s 5 Cee r107 Mineral Resources of Onosikendl county. ‘fT: €; Hopkiiss. <. 20.5 r109 Notes on the Economic Geology of Oneida County. C. H. Sythe: Fr so os ow oe owe oe sivivinies wp disse, nies e's s enlae e e r115 Economic Products ‘of St Lawrence County. W. N. Logan...... r118 Notes on Recent Mineral Developments at Pea? Essex co. Heinrich Ries /: 34 AAC ht oe fA ea EP ee ee r125 Admministration 2. 4s 600s... t cutee ee ss oft eed ne oknieos Sean an r127 Peieontology ... ..s5 a sea ude sees eee eae ee es r127 ZOOIOZY « . « 20 cic cn nes atts cuss seers = tiamin > ams phi r128 Crab Fisheries of Long Island. Frederick C. Paulmier.......... r131 Snakes of Rockland county, New York. W. Seward Wallace... 1135 Report on a Visit to some European Natural History Museums. Frederick C. Paulmiecr. . 2... 2. 0 iss saenu eemeetode see r146 Entomology 6:50 323.0. oe sen es ons beige e ee een cele eee ee r151 BVOUAIG) a ssc fe <0 wb 5's o's ae SEG Seeicesl Sct wipes me eee ot r152 ArcheGlogg. y occ. Susie's f.0050 ba aon e bas ns) 2 clei © Bowe = fe ite r153 Attendance at the mMuS@uUmh. .. sins. 50. shes cee oe nob ie ncne ese r154 Accessions to the collections. 2.4 ..6 2 cow cess 40s aes oe ss oe r154 Tindlew n,n acne cee chee es opts Rep debe hh cites ai eee r163 Plates 1, Map, af daake , Warren. (si9 q-rrf-2 ++ eel cee eee face r19 2 Map of district between Oneida and Little Falls showing the eastward glacial drainage...........---cc+ceeececcreees r40 3 Section of gravel deposit, Richfield Junction................. r40 4-6, Stream-cat bank... .f: asl -+.- - i pinedeepepolesy- ee eee eee r40 7 Streani-cut bank 2... 5....:.0 300% 220s tinie «eee Oe eee r40 8. Stream-cut. bank ... <6 -iccdenwles oes smg > as pao ee eee es oe r40 9, 10 Stredurcut "Sit0pe -'.'. 2°. s,s atele an oes otk es oa eee eee eee r40 11 Mohawk valley from “iow of Dutch Mil. fins Seis 3s = eee r40 12 Prankiors delta... i« Vvweiews foese one ee eee ss eee eee r40 13 Map of district about Little Falls showing the glacial stream STORM 2. Gg Goin vot ea eee ss ath ass > sae ee r40 14-17 Rock channel SS Little Walls. 2 eo'vie 2.0 sin od «a0 dome os sae r40 16-21 Roeek channel at. Little Falls. o.5.4. 2 .ssans as Soe ke eee r40 PAGE 92-35 Hock Ghaniel Gt FAttio Malls 2009. f00 Se ee cece eepenes r40 Be ree Gere Cne6 Of THOR is vic s civ sere ewe peewee cawecccees r40 27 Map of the Cattaraugus oil and gas district, Cattaraugus NMED a ols we kw Bhan vid eS Sn Sd wes Cea weccssantssvnsseccesone r43 28 Map of a portion of Allegany county, showing the outlines of the proven oil and ST ag 2 Ca eee 2 ee SS ee r43 29 Map showing mineral resources of Monroe county........... r75 30-32 Cobbs hill sandpit, town of Brighton, Monroe co............ r92 Appendixes 1-3 Museum bulletins 56, 58, 61a 1 Geology 5 (56) Description of the State Geologic Map of 1901. F. J. H. Merrill 2 Economic geology « 11 (61) Quarries of Bluestone and other Sandstones in New York. H. T. Dickinson 3 Mineralogy 2 (58) Guide to the Mineralogie Collections of the New York State Museum. H. P. Whitlock VOLUME 2 Appendix 4 Museum bulletins 63, 65, 69a 4 Paleontology 7 (63) Stratigraphy of Canandaigua and Naples Quadrangles. J. M. Clarke 8 (65) Catalogue of the Type Specimens of Paleozoic Fossils in the New York State Museum. J. M. Clarke 9 (69) Report of the State Paleontologist for 1902. J. M. Clarke VOLUME 3 Appendixes 5-6 Museum bulletins 57, 59, 60, 64, 68a 5 Zoology 9 (60) Catalogue of the Fishes of New York. 'T. H. Bean 6 Entomology 15 (57) Elm Leaf Beetle in New York State. E. P. Felt 16 (59) Grapevine Root Worm. E. P. Felt 17 (64) 18th Report of the State Entomologist. E. P. Felt 18 (68) Aquatic Insects of New York. J. G. Needham and others VOLUME 4 Appendixes 7-9 Museum bulletins 55, 62, 66, 67a 7 Botany 6 (67) Report of the State Botanist 1902. C. H. Peck 8 Archeology 7 (55) Metallic Implements of the New York Indians. W. M. Beauchamp 9 Miscellaneous 1 (62) Directory of Natural History Museums in United States and Canada. F. J. H. Merrill 2 (66) Index to Publications of the New York State Natural History Survey and New York State Museum. Mary Ellis General index a Bulletins are grouped into appendixes according to subject, and each appendix is paged separately. . . @oae OF.” anaes Mars) TSE ee OPT Pete Hace, 4205S thiee melee oe eee acy ier angibtoc Sift bape IY SR sie Lagotié Ww a OA on a. a Eee be irs t eyes ee ar PPOT.GT LDA Withew beta he oceans : ot SO! A ee 09 ger nal “otdgert id. aver ‘dane It voas. < © +, 9 6 ¥ue «Wi - > io > ee 4 oso SE oe eee YY “fa ¥e ee . pees g-! esxibreqgqa. ’ is Yeas i") ate 26 BS mecttai lant’ ‘oust See PA Aae i | . mri aA * a>” eet to “we sigalg ‘sag 5a, : o 3 | ; is ~ * 5 ~~ aie ¢£ m ai er ie wat, iti seitadeb anh radtto. bas Bene 18 o a a iy ree a : ucéabioid 4 ‘> a) se wet wor, sit 40 alioattes ongolstadthd aad - AoA ©, Toifhs me 2 & SMUIOV 2s | | p xibaagga ee re _ i - ete Se Rat athe eee Soe te'2e a ated ethan W) sgh ‘hie Gisiablaadey is urs: : i =~ rz ae vo aitcnt 4 a ee ) ‘eae fi vliaen'4 soxoslet Te a/tsdvnne ogy ‘Sit id stay ini . 17 : ae? strani Mo tient Stara. AT ima ae e sate) WG! S00T 163 Tatgotny wate fe eed" Piabcsihig ak - : ft | +: -¢ amvaove aes ‘g i meas ™ 8-2 e8xibasqqaA ~ oe ayia i ¥ abet. HAW LOS 0 TH HS NRE? ae es ok > A } : eas - Sheth .H 1. sie Tove Hho mate odi Au sere te et i Pas = Falg ' Pe tod Sb A: hare Pare w3¥ atraatt ‘tonte ne = F ties “| | rb ¥ tit QTE a te, te 4" Moiese ryolatintad aS Ri orel't- Bey ret hid moadbse pb .tte'e Desde To abate itn es itera, = . -a Ov i. ee . J ’ 5 6-2 4 ° ‘o-¢ dezibneqqA - NE I i ata, ae 9S : Sag Agen does Te 7 See foinntuee state 5 ag, ck ati ota fao't wi cal noe eens A 34) Mere eue-wet i: % = init bodii Tn Lie Sao ic a iW wt Map ig Ey Piot > wae “on sana . | ea ie ae 7 a ; ran oer ase 8 wots se » og . a2 he ore Te i aes Pt ve at a eo. ES ’ University of the State of New York New York State Museum REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR 1902 To the Regents of the Univ rsity of the State of New York I have the honor to submit herewith my reports as director of the State Museum and state geologist for the fiscal year ending ‘Sep. 30, 1902. Respectfully yours, FrepreriIcK J. H. MprRILL Albany N. Y. Dec. 31, 1902 GEOLOGY The work under the direction of the state geologist during the past fiscal year has, as usual, been prosecuted both in the field and the office, and its results are summarized in the fol- lowing pages. The large geologic map of the State described in Museum bul- letin 56 was issued in June 1902, and has been received with much appreciation in all quarters. ; In pure geology the survey of the crystalline rocks of the Adirondacks has been continued by Prof. H. P. Cushing, whose field work of the past season was devoted to the mapping of the Long lake sheet of the topographic atlas, some 304 of its area being mapped in detail. The rocks are mainly igneous intrusives and it was expected that detailed mapping would throw light on the complicated relations of the anorthosite, syenite and granite intrusions to one another. The portion of the sheet covered during this first season was, in the main, away from the anorthosite boundary, and showed syenite as the prevailing rock, more or less involved with granite. On the west slopes of Mt Morris this syenite is much cut by a granite, which is clearly younger. The syenite is found to vary much in composition, in grain and in degree of foliation, speci- ally toward its peripheral portions. In Litchfield park it be- comes very acid, grading into a granite, which is found to be cut by another granite, apparently the same as that which cuts the syenite about Mt Morris. Running north from Litch- field park, and forming the ridges between Little Simons and Follensby ponds, is a considerable area of a different granite rock, more gneissoid and richer in dark silicates than the pre- ceding, but no exposures could be found which disclosed its relations to the surrounding rocks. Two unexpected and very interesting little examples of anorthosite outliers were found in Litchfield park, some miles distant from the main mass. One was but meagerly exposed and gave no clue as to its relations to the surrounding rocks, r6 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r7 which were of a dubious type and of uncertain affinity. The other was entirely surrounded by syenite, plainly an igneous intrusive, but showing considerable variation and also differ- ing considerably from the usual syenite, so that it is a question whether it is properly to be correlated with that. This syenite appears to cut out the anorthosite on the north and west, at least the contact between the two rocks is an irruptive one, and apparently the syenite is the younger, though the evidence is not so decisive as one could wish. If the relations were prop- erly apprehended, the syenite is the younger, and the anortho- site is of the nature of a large inclosure in the other rock. Be- sides the evidence derived from the character of the exposed contacts, the coarseness of grain of the anorthosite and its lack of tendency to become gabbroic, harmonize with this view. Wherever the main anorthosite boundary was reached, the rock was found to be gabbroic, fine grained and gneissoid, these characters fading out with recession from the boundary. No gradation between it and the syenite was noted, the boundary between the two seeming everywhere sharp, but no contacts were noted. The area of Grenville rocks lying south and southwest of Follensby pond was found to have much greater extent than had before been supposed, and to form much the largest area of these rocks yet found in the heart of the region. Only its north and west boundaries were mapped, but it was followed for 4 miles from north to south, and, where left, was running south with a breadth of at least 3 miles and possibly much more. At least 10 square miles of it were included in the area mapped, and it may be double that size or more. Compared with most areas of these rocks too, there was singularly little mixture with gneisses of doubtful or of igneous origin, the rather frequent outcrops showing distinctive sediments only. It is noteworthy that the area is not very remote from the con- siderable belt of similar rocks which Prof. J. F. Kemp has mapped as running east from Long Lake village, and which is also of unusual size for the heart of the Woods, and that both lie in what the writer has called the “lake belt,” which he has rs NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM regarded as a down faulted portion of the region. These larger Grenville areas here would seem to emphasize the correctness of that conclusion. In addition, two or three small patches of Grenville rocks, previously unknown, were discovered. Glacial striae were noted in several places, always in valleys, and on surfaces recently stripped during road-making. They, as usual, show directions controlled by the minor topography and are of little value as indications of the general direction of movement of the main ice sheet. In southeastern New York work has been continued in the study of the crystalline rocks by Mr E. C. Eckel. During Octobex and November 1901 he was chiefly in Rockland and Westchester counties, short trips having been made into the adjoining portions of Connecticut and a few days being spent in the vicinity of Fort Ann N. Y. The winter was occupied with proof-reading on bulletins, and with the editing of reports on the Portland cement industry of the State and on the quarry industry of southeastern New York. During the spring and summer of 1902, Mr Eckel was engaged in field work on the Cambrian and Silurian formations in Columbia and Dutchess counties; on the pre-Cambrian and Paleozoic formations near Saratoga N. Y.; and in establishing points on the boundary lines between the Medina, Clinton and Niagara formations in western and central New York. In Pleistocene geology, work has been continued in the Hud- son and Champlain valleys by Prof. J. B. Woodworth in the study of the history of the postglacial marine invasion. During the winter and spring of 1901—2 he was engaged in the elabora- tion of his field notes and in the preparation of parts of a report on the evidences of submergence of the Hudson and Champlain valleys by the sea or by fresh water at the close of the glacial period. A short paper on the Northumberland volcanic plug was prepared with illustrative drawings, and is now in the hands of the printer. June 16, 1902, Professor Woodworth went into the field and till the 28th of the month remained in the Hudson valley be- tween Kingston and Newburg, studying the terraces of clay, ~~ es Ss ee REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r9 gravel, and sand bordering the river and its tributaries to obtain further light on the nature of the water body in which the | deposits were laid down and its relation to the retreating ice sheet. From this district he proceeded to Lake George to make a reconnaissance of the middle portion of that lake val- ley. On July 2 he proceeded to the Mooers quadrangle and began a detailed examination of the glacial deposits and the subsequently formed shore lines of that area. Two months were giyen to this examination, including a side trip to the reported shore lines of St Albans Vt., and a few days spent in the study of the postglacial scourways and gorge known as “The Gulf” in the vicinity of Covey Hill, Canada. On the com- pletion of this map, he proceeded westward along the northern base of the Adirondacks, seeking for, and determining by means of the aneroid barometer, the elevation of the shore lines and deltas, in order to ascertain the extent and nature of the related water levels in the Champlain area. This exten- sion of the investigation into the St Lawrence valley was made after a conference held at Washington, in February 1902, with Mr G. K. Gilbert of the United States Geological Survey, who kindly gave to the State Museum the use of his notes on that area. Before leaving the field Professor Woodworth extended his reconnaissance as far as Ogdensburg. Of the definite results obtained by him during the past sum- mer, the most important was the determination of shore lines marked by bars, embankments, or cut-shore terraces on the Mooers quadrangle at various elevations between 280 feet and 495 feet, again at 500, 530, 540, 580, 610, 620, 630, 640 and 720 feet. Those above 580 feet do not continue about the northern flank of Covey Hill and hence are regarded as interrupted by an ice dam in that direction and interpreted as made in a glacial lake or lakes. The highest well formed beach at Covey Hill lies at 450 feet; if the terraces lying above this level to 580 feet are interpreted as stream-made by waters flowing between the retreating ice and the till-covered slope of the hill, the upper marine limit on the northern border of the Adirondack mass at a point about 2 miles north of the international bound- r10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ary, is 450 feet, a determination first made by Mr Gilbert. As confirming the marine origin of the beaches traced southwest- ward through Sun, Constable and thence to Norwood and Pots- dam, marine shells (Macoma groenlandica) were found at an elevation of 350 feet (aneroid) in bottom deposits ? mile north- east of the railroad junction at Norwood (formerly Potsdam Junction). The highest water line measured in the vicinity of Norwood is 425 feet. These and numerous other data are to be worked out in the office in their relations to the shore lines traced on the east side of the Adirondacks. Incidently Professor Woodworth discovered some remark- able slabs of Potsdam sandstone in the town of Mooers, bearing several well preserved crustacean trails (Climactichnites) the location and nature of which have been reported to this office and are discussed in the report of the state paleontologist. Of the features mapped on the Mooers quadrangle, attention is specially called to the so called “ Flat Rocks,” bare areas of the Potsdam sandstone evidently denuded of glacial drift by powerful streams of water forming the drainage of the glacial lakes lying west of the Covey Hill axis. These barren areas are of interest commercially in that they produce large crops of huckleberries, the picking and sale of which forms a con- siderable industry. It is said that over $4000 worth of this - fruit was shipped during the past season from Altona alone. Professor Woodworth was so fortunate as to meet the party of Canadian and New York State engineers engaged this season in the resurvey of the boundary line from Lake Champlain to the St Lawrence, in charge of Mr C. A. Bigger representing the Canadian government and Mr H. P. Willis, representing the United States, and is indebted to these gentlemen for many favors in the prosecution of his work along the border. He is also indebted to Mr T. H. Henderson jr and Mr Rock, the postmas- ter of Mooers, for information concerning the occurrence of the fossil trails in that town and to Mr William Wray of Alder Bend for assistance in exploring the densely wooded tract on the north slope of Dannemora mountain. | During the year 1902 Professor Fairchild was in the field for 50 days and carried on his work in central New York REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 rll in continuation of work done in the two previous years. The following is his summary of the work and his conclusions: In the early spring and summer, visits were made to the region of Syracuse and Rome to complete the study of the lower and later glacial drainage. The results of this work are included in the 21st report of the state geologist. Late in the summer two short visits were made to the vicinity of Clinton and Utica in continuation of the study of the earlier and high-level glacial drainage. It was found, as expected, that elevated channels, in continuation of those described in the paper published in the 20th annual report, are cut across the intervalley ridges east and west of Clinton and on the south slope of the Mohawk valley beyond Utica. The main work of the year was in midsummer and late in the autumn in the extreme western part of the State, in the effort to complete the study of the glacial stream and lake phenomena in the Erie basin, which had been under way for several years. This investigation covers the history of the drainage across the divide and past the glacier front, as well as the phenomena of the vast lakes which later faced the glacier. The early snow of the past autumn, prevented the completion of the work. A few more days of driving will be required to map the channels of glacial flow east and west of the Oatka and Tonawanda valleys. The recently issued United States Geological Survey monograph 41, by Mr Frank Leverett, describes the area in a general way, but the maps of the present writer will give the channels and beaches with greater fulness and precision. It was found the past summer that all the way from Hamburg to the Pennsylvania state line, the steepest slopes facing the northwest had been swept and channeled by streams held up to their work by the ice front. It was also found that eastward from Hamburg and East Aurora all the intervalley ridges have been crosscut by the flow of the glacial waters. The correlation of these channels with the valley lakes is an interesting study. Where the lower of these channels opened into lakes Whittlesey and Warren,! deltas were formed of wide extent. These are specially prominent at Westfield, Portland, Fredonia, Silver Creek, Brant, Eden, Hamburg, East Aurora, Elma, Alden and Fargo. The full history of the glacial waters and of the ice retreat in western New York will make a story of much interest. The prologue may be given here, as follows: At its greatest advance in central-western New York the latest, or ‘“‘ Wisconsin,” ice sheet had at its front a reentrant ‘See plate 1. r12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM angle, the point of the reentrant being at Salamanca. On the west side of this angle the ice front had to recede only some 30 miles to allow the waters of Lake Warren to creep in from the westward. The entire drama of the glacial waters in this region occurred in that narrow belt. But north of the angle the ice had to retreat some 60 miles in order to let the Warren waters into the Genesee embayment. And to allow the same waters to escape eastward to the Mohawk, the ice had to uncover a breadth of land from the eastern side of the reentrant to Rume or Utica of about 150 miles. Across this broad tract of dissected plateau the ice removal was the recession of the continental glacier. In the basins of Erie and Ontario, on the con- trary, vast lobes of the continental glacier were left as com- paratively stagnant masses, to spread and steadily push against the bordering high ground for many centuries. Accretion, by local snowfall, doubtless prolonged their life. In consequence of the relation of the land topography to the position and movement of the glacier masses, the drainage at the west was westward and at the east was eastward. The westward drainage slowly backed up, or extended eastward, while the eastward drainage extended westward. In other words, with the contraction of the Erie ice lobe, the land and glacial drainage in the Erie basin found escape westward to Lake Warren, and ultimately to the Chicago outlet and the Mississippi river, such drainage extending itself eastward as the ice receded, while the eastern waters found their outlet to the ocean by the Mohawk. These opposing movements met in the Syracuse region. This was the critical point, because here the ice lingered the longest at the Warren level. The latter fact is explained by the topography. Oneida and Onondaga lakes lie in a broad depression of the Ontario lowland which is abruptly bordered on the south by the northern edge of the Alleghany plateau and the Ontario ice mass rested long on this low ground, pressing against the steep north-facing slope. Lake Warren had successfully crept past the glacier front from the Pennsylvania border of the State and had captured all the drainage on the north of the divide, sending it to the Mississippi, till finally it reached the Onondaga valley. Then it overreached itself, or, as it were, fell into ambush and defeat, for, when the ice south and southeast of Syracuse backed away a little more from the high ground, the Warren waters fell over and were captured by Mohawk drainage. Lake Warren there and then found its extinction. The slow eastward discharge of the vast body of the Warren water produced the great rock channels across the high ridges, which lead into the Onondaga REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r13 and Limestone valleys from the west and outward on the east. _ These waters also cut the channels and bluffs bordering the low plain all the way from Syracuse to Rome, as described in the paper, “ Later and Lower Pre-Iroquois Channels,” in the 21st annual report of the State geologist. The systematic treatment of the whole complex problem of the glacial waters in western New York will be covered, in a series of final papers, as follows: 1 Glacial waters in the Erie basin 2 Glacial waters in the Genesee basin 3 Glacial waters in the Finger lakes region 4 Pre-Iroquois glacial waters of Mohawk drainage 5 Lake Iroquois, in New York Paper 1 is partly written and the field work relating to it will probably be completed early in the coming autumn or spring, and the manuscript of the paper be ready for the printer in 1904. Economic geology In this branch, Museum bulletin 44, the report on the cement industries of the State by Dr Heinrich Ries has been completed and will soon be issued from the press. Museum bulletin 61 on bluestone quarries is also in the printer’s hands. Local observa- tions have been made on the various economic industries in dif- ferent sections of the State by Professors Bishop, Sarle, Hopkins, Smyth and Logan, and their communications printed herewith form a report of progress for the fiscal year. r14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM MINERALOGY In the division of mineralogy work has progressed along the following lines: Publication During the year Mr Whitlock has completed Museum bulletin 58 entitled Guide to the Mineralogic Collections, illustrated with 249 text figures and 77 halftone reproductions from photo- graphs of specimens in the mineralogic collection. It is believed that this work will prove useful to ieachers and students of inineralogy throughout the State as well as to those who visit the museum with the intention of studying its collections. The divis- ion is, at present. engaged in preparing for publication a detailed fist of the mineral localities of the State, compiled from all avail- able records and supplemented by facts obtained from a recon- naissance of the principal localities. Curatorial work Following out the policy of installation of educational ex- hibits, an introductory collection has been prepared with a view of furnishing the visitor with the elementary knowledge necessary to a more perfect appreciation of the main collection. This introductory collection, which serves also to illustrate the introductory section of the guide mentioned above, con- tains specimens and models illustrative of the formation, crystal- lization and physical properties of minerals. ' Advantage was taken of the recent popular interest in vol- canism aroused by the eruption of Mt Pelee by preparing a small exhibit to illustrate the theory of volcanic action and volcanic distribution and products. This exhibit, which con- sists of a small relief model in clay, maps, photographs and speci- mens and descriptive text, is installed in the section devoted to geology on the second floor. The collection illustrating the mineral resources of the State which was displayed at the Pan-American Exposition is now permanently installed on the second floor. A series of photo- micrographic transparencies, showing the appearance of typical rocks in thin section under the petrographic microscope, has - REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r15 been prepared, colored from the original sections, and will be added to as occasion demands. A set of lantern slides prepared from the photographs used in Bulletin 58, was exchanged with the department of min- eralogy of Columbia University for mineral specimens valued at $40. The relabeling of the main collection with a view of obtaining a uniformity 1 is now in progress, the work on one half of the collection having been completed. Field work The collecting and reconnaissance work of the division for the past year has been pushed during the open season, and mineral material has been collected as follows: 1 Tilly Foster mine, Putnam co. Interesting crystals of chon- drodite and magnetite, brucite, magnesite and a good series of serpentine and serpentine pseudomorphs. 2 New Rochelle, Westchester co. An interesting series of ser- pentine and associated minerals from Davenport’s neck. 3 Ellenville, Ulster co. Specimens of galena, sphalerite and chalcopyrite illustrating the occurrence and association of the lead, zinc and copper ores of this locality. 4 Ancram, Columbia co. Small but exceedingly interesting crystals of albite, resembling in habit the occurrence of the same mineral at Williamstown Mass. ; 5 Staten Island, Richmond co., and Hoboken N. J. A large and complete series showing the derivation of the serpentine of this locality. Advantage was taken of an extensive excavation in the vicinity of Tompkinsville to obtain unaltered material of considerable interest in this connection. 6 North Russell, St Lawrence co. A contact zone between the gneiss and limestone which has been recently excavated for mica furnished some large crystals of phlogopite, some of which contained pyrite inclusions; also pyroxene in large and, in one or two cases, well modified crystals, apatite, molybdenite, titanite and an interesting occurrence of a feldspathic mineral resembling labradorite. hee Wa wise rato | uae ma Bia —_ * Pen Fn | ‘ch me 5s : cree BY _ HERMAN L. FAIRCHILD 7 * % »*e % ™ foal 5 Y ra CONTENTS Stockbridge lnke: . . ..4 ¢.0's iss anaes sae eee ee Oriskany lalee-)-3;.:s.. is: deus > se eee Sauquoit lake:. .. 2.00 Sci0t <0 oe oe Herkimer and Utica lakes: .... 23.3 Ji625 a2 ee eee Glacial drainage from Oneida valley to Oriskany valley.... High-level channels on Eaton hill...................- Channels west and northwest of Clinton.............. Low-level channels from Oneida to Rome............. Glacial drainage from Oriskany valley to Mohawk valley... Channels east of Clinton... 2 i35.. 5 oes. cones 2 ee Channels south of Utica. og. 223. incre e eee eee Channels southeast of (teas: 4 neee Ses epee eee Mohawk valley features................. ania, Cae ee Barrier at hittle Falls... 2... .. 2.0 nee es ee SITUCtMPS . . fsecne 22 Sas oye oc cee on ee History 2... 4. 4.23.5. tvs Soccer Siream , eToOsiows.25°. 5 ive ss cle ee oe hoe Altrtudes 2 o-oo ss VER ieee wie ee ae Valley and river gradients...0 0. s.6. 5156s cso eeeeee Deposits in the valley. Lake plains................. Drainage. history °... 2... G0ucs 2.5 on eee ee Theoretic levels in the Oriskany and Sauquoit valleys...... r18 eae yy 4 eee? / ae ap re Ae ? - By: A FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 79° ve" CD ee aaaoee 7 ae eae MAP OF LAKE WARREN IN NEW YORK STATE BY HERMAN 1L. FAIRCHILD 1903. Scale of Miles 10 5 0 10 20 30 eet eee —— a) aaa f LE GE INED be selenn | Ontarian Ice Lobe Lake Warren Lake Iroquois he og Pe de Toronto — , PMayvill | On i. 0 i Chaufaugua | \ Lake Le ok i —— Port Hopes Hypo-Warren Channels lWaptes! _ a eee ey Ae | Prattsburg | © e Tay Jatertown {7 \~ 4 .Coperager. PLATE 1 22d ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST 56th ANNUAL REPORT STATE MUSEUM 4a"| ‘Cooperstown 12) o(T & \B G oY) } \p) lh Bloomvillé 9 Delhi EXPLANATION Lake Warren was the vast glacial water held by the wasting glacier over the southern Huron basin, the Erie basin, and the southern part of the Ontario basin, as shown in this map. Its outlet was westward across Michigan to the glacial lake Ohi- cago and to Mississippi drainage. Xt invaded New York from the west, extending as a narrow belt along the retreating front of the ice sheet, with southward prolon- gations up the north and south valleys. When the receding ice had uncovered ground in the Syra- cuse region lower than the west- ward outlet across Michigan the water flowed eastward to Mohawk drainage ; and when the westward outlet was abandoned the water ceased to be Lake Warren. The eastward flow of the Hypo- Warren (or Hyper-Iroquois) waters cut the remarkable series of canyons and cataract basins in the Syracuse region which are simply indicated on this map. [See 20th annual report, p. 122, 128, 126-30 and pl. 15, 25-33). Finally the waters were lowered to the Iroquois level, falling through a vertical distance of about 440 feet. The land has since been lifted nearly 800 feet higher than it was during the life of Lake Warren and the elevation of the Warren leyel in the Syracuse region is today about 880 to 890 feet above ocean. ‘The ice margin is generalized in this map and is somewhat hypothetic. The incipient stage of Lake Iro- quois is shown, but the entire lake is mapped in plate 19, 20th annual report of state geologist, GLACIAL WATERS FROM ONEIDA TO LITTLE FALLS INTRODUCTION This writing is in continuation of the article published in the 20th annual report of the New York state geologist [20th report, 1900, p. 112-30], and describes the succession and the work of waters held by the glacier in the valleys of Oneida, Oriskany and Sauquoit creeks and the Mohawk river. The phenomena were earlier in time than those described in the 21st annual report [21st report, 1901, p. 33-47]. The district is entirely beyond the territory invaded by Lake Warren [see p. r10-13 and pl. 1], though the earlier phenomena were contemporaneous with the Warren waters in the western part of the State. The later glacial waters in these valleys found ultimate escape down the Mohawk valley, but in their flow past the ice front they cut channels or benches across the ridges between the valleys. The territory including these features is all mapped in the Oneida, Oriskany, Utica and Little Falls sheets of the New York State topographic map and is partly shown in plate 2. The earliest waters in the valleys which we are to discuss were forced by the glacier into southward overflow across the divide to Susquehanna drainage. These primitive glacial lakes will be described first. GLACIAL LAKES Cowaselon lake This glacial lake preceded the creek of that name in the valley west of West Stockbridge hill, covering the site of Merrillsviile under 400 feet of water. In its higher phase, it was a part of the lake next to be described, as its waters were confluent with those in the Oneida valley. Oneida creek heads west of the Cowaselon valley and curves around past the head of the latter, so that the col or divide at the head of Cowaselon valley does not lead to southern drainage but into Oneida drainage. The highest altitude of the Cowaselon water was therefore the same as the higher Oneida waters, about 1170 feet. With the earlier falling of the Oneida waters the Cowaselon lake might have had the altitude of its own col, 1120 feet. The r19 cf r20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM valley is narrow with steep walls, and not favorable to the preservation of delta terraces; but such are seen between Hobokenville and Merrillsville. The channels cut across the north end of West Stockbridge hill by the Cowaselon waters escaping eastward were described and mapped in the former paper, in the 20th report. Stockbridge lake This lake occupied the upper Oneida valley, covering the sites of Stockbridge and Munnsville villages, which were under 500 feet of water. Judging from the map the outlet was near White’s Corners, over a mile south of Pratt’s Hollow, with a hight of about 1170 feet, and leading to the Chenango river. The later escape of the Oneida waters was across the north end of Eaton hill, the effects of which will be described later. Oriskany lake Passing east, the next lake occupied the upper valley of Oriskany creek as far north as Clinton. The outlet of this lake was at Bouckville to Chenango drainage, with a hight of about 1150 feet. The depth of water near Clinton was 550 feet. The later, eastward, overflow was across the ground east of Clinton, and this later stage of the waters may be called the Clinton lake. The succession of lake levels and the resulting phenomena will be given later in this writing. Sauquoit lake The yalley of Sauquoit creek, which joins the Mohawk river west of Utica, was flooded with glacial waters its whole length except the 3 miles below New Hartford. The outlet of the primitive lake was at Richfield Junction, to the Unadilla-Susque- hanna, with altitude of about 1270 feet. The ancient valley is largely filled with gravelly moraine drift from Sauquoit village up past Richfield Junction, and for some unknown distance beyond toward Bridgewater. The waters flowing from the receding ice front filled the entire width of the valley with an overwash gravel plain which heads north- east of the Richfield Junction station and declines southward toward the Unadilla valley. This was the primitive outlet of the Sauquoit glacial lake. The present creek has cut deeply s REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r21 into the gravel plain, and further artificial excavation behind the station gives an unusually good section of kame or glacial eravels [see pl. 3}. This section, 90 feet high above the rail- road, shows coarse gravels dipping steeply southward (dip of 24° or more), capped by nearly horizontal beds of variable material.t The railroad levels make the altitude of the track at the station 1172 feet. The top of the cliff is about 90 feet above the railroad, but the plain is somewhat higher toward the northeast, and this southern outlet of the Sauquoit waters is taken as 1270 feet. As the surface of the Sauquoit lake was more than 100 feet higher than that of the Oriskany lake on the west, the recession of the ice barrier on the crest of the separating ridge allowed the Sauquoit waters to escape westward into the Oriskany waters. The channels cut by this westward flow, which drained the Sauquoit waters away from the Richfield Junction outlet, lie across the top and northwest face of Crow hill, 3 miles south- east of Clinton [see pl. 2]. The highest of these cuttings shows as a steep bluff between the two north and south roads. Naturally the altitude is but little under that of the Richfield Junction outlet, or about 1260 to 1250 feet. The two other cuttings, which are on the northwest face of the hill, have alti- tudes of about 1200 and 1160 feet. The recession of the ice front from Crow hill lowered the Sauquoit waters to the Oriskany level, and of course no lower channels are found here. But the wave cutting by the Oriskany waters may possibly be found at about 1150 to 1140 feet on the exposed northwest spur of the hill. This second stage of the waters in the Sauquoit valley was consequently only an extension of the Oriskany lake, with outlet at Bouckville. Probably this phase did not last long, as the opening of still lower escape by channels southeast and south of Utica drained the waters down to a stage which we may ‘call the Clinton lake. ‘The writer is indebted to Prof. A. P. Brigham for indicating the location and character of this outlet. r22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Herkimer and Utica lakes This name is applied to such standing waters as the ice front held in the Mohawk valley above Little Falls [see pl. 2, 18]. They were never large and their extent is uncertain. The possi- bility of lake waters in the valley has been recognized by former writers, but the relationships and sequences have not been discussed. A rock barrier, which will be described later in this writing, existed at Little Falls when the glacier melted away from the region, and probably some ice drift was left over it. But no such lake ever existed in the valley above Little Falls as would be produced there today if the rock barrier could be restored, for the reason that the present graded valley, under the 500 foot contour, is partly the product of river action, chiefly by the Iromohawk (contraction for Iroquois-Mohawk) with some effect of the modern stream. In other words the capacity of the present valley is greater by whatever amount of drift the rivers have removed. The 7 miles of valley from Little Falls to Herkimer must have been partially occupied by glacial drift, and such lake as rested here when the ice was first removed, the Herkimer lake, might have been at least partly filled by the detritus of West Canada » creek. Brigham suggested that the water-laid drift on the south side of the valley at Herkimer might be the front of the eroded delta. Even today the river is crowded to the south side of the valley. At Frankfort and Ilion the deposits were possibly sufficient to block the valley, for to the detritus of the side streams was here added that of the floods of glacial rivers which terraced the hills southeast of Utica [see p. r27]. The initial lake waters at Little Falls were probably not less than 600 feet altitude, as that is the hight of the water-swept rock on the north side of the barrier. The same sloping rocks on the south side !see p. r31] are about 500 feet, which may be ee ee eee ‘Chamberlin, T.C. Terminal Moraine, ete. U.S. Geol. Sur. 3d An.° Rept. p. 361-62. Taylor, F. B. Letter in Am. Geol. May 1892. 9:344. Brigham, A. P. Topography and Glacial Deposits of the Mohawk Valley. Geol. Soc. Am. Buf. 1898. 9:188-210. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r23 regarded as the hight of the wasteweir during the principal stage of the waters previous to Iroquois time. On the 500 foot contour the valley averages over a mile wide, the widest section being some two and one half miles, at Utica; and it is 36 miles long from Little Falls up to Rome. Such is the basin of the hypothetic lake waters, which probably had existence at the ice front, expanding as the ice front slowly retreated up the valley (northwest) and they probably shallowed or were locally supplanted by alluvial filling successively in the same direction as far as Frankfort. The waters above Frankfort, called the Utica lake, seem to have remained open, with a series of marginal deltas, at 520 feet altitude. The deposits and the river history will be considered later [p. r35]. GLACIAL DRAINAGE FROM ONEIDA VALLEY TO ORISKANY VALLEY High-level channels on Eaton hill [see pl. 2] The primary glacial waters in the Oneida valley, Stockbridge lake, were drained down to a lower level when the ice sheet un- covered Eaton hill, 7 miles southeast of Oneida. The bold north front of this great hill is conspicuously terraced and channeled by the rivers which curved about it, held in place by the ice front. These channels are mapped in plate 2. The highest of these channels is over 1100 feet altitude, and the lowest is 800 feet. North of the lowest channel is a moraine which was protected from stream erosion by the high ground on the west. The two highest channels on the brow of Eaton hill had cata- racts on the east slope, and the cutting reaches down to 1000 feet. This indicates that the receiving water on the east, in the Sconondoa valley (which we may call the Vernon Center lake), was standing at about 1000 feet. This in turn indicates that the ice front on the east had receded farther north, being south of Lairdsville and permitting flow into the Oriskany waters at the Clinton stage. The rather indefinite scourway leading east to Hamilton College grounds seems to correlate with the higher Eaton bill channels. The above conditions imply still further that the ice front near Utica had receded far enough to allow overflow of the Clinton waters through an 800 foot channel east of Clinton, and r24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM a 740 foot channel south of Forest Hill cemetery and Devereux hill, southwest of Utica. The above correlations prove that the general trend of the receding front of the glacier over this broad region was north of east and south of west. Such oblique direction was a con- dition necessary to the eastward escape of the glacial waters in the Syracuse-Utica district. This has been discussed in the former writing [N. Y. State Geol. 21st An. Rep’t, p. 35, 36]. No channels occur on the slope of Eaton hill or the meridian of Vernon below the 800 foot channel. The ground is largely morainal, of the subdued type laid under water. Two miles northwest of Vernon occurs, however, a moraine tract of sharp relief. The absence of channels below 800 feet suggests that the Vernon Center waters must have preserved a level not much under that hight all the time that the ice was clearing away from the tract of ground in the neighborhood of Vernon. Channels west and northwest of Clinton [see pl. 2] The highest of these channels is a cutting across the back of Prospect hill, 4 miles southwest of Clinton. It lies across the north and south road, south of four corners [see pl. 2], with altitude according to the map contours of 1280 feet. As this is more than 100 feet higher than the southern outlet of Stockbridge lake, it is evident that it carried only the local waters held in the heads of valleys immediately west of the scourway. The next pronounced channel is a small but sharp cut 114 miles farther north, crossing the same highway at three cor- ners just south of the town line, and continued east as a steep bank at nearly the same level across the north face of the hill. The contour hight is 1160 feet, which makes it competent to carry the Stockbridge waters, even if we make no allowance for northward differential uplift since the Glacial period. From here northward and northeastward are several channels or benches cut in the north-facing slope, as shown in plate 2. One of the higher scourways, and the one extending farthest down the slope into the Oriskany valley, leads southeast to the Hamilton College grounds. It forms the smooth slope behind REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r25 the college hill, and terminates as two ravines, largely of recent cutting, north and south of the college grounds. The lowest channels which lead across from the Oneida valley to the Oriskany valley are three or four ill defined scourways crossing the north and south road 2 miles northeast of Vernon, and parallel to the West Shore Railroad. They are spread over a breadth of more than a mile, and all lead into Deans creek. Their altitude, by the contours, is 660 to 640 feet. The weakness of the scourways is probably due not to deficiency of water, but to lack of eroding power, the streams being already graded to their base level in the Oriskany valley. As the ice front receded still farther toward Rome, there was chance for yet lower escape of the Oneida valley waters, but the ground between Hecla Works and Stanwix has not been examined. All the north-facing slope from Prospect hill to Lairdsville has been quite denuded of its drift by the stream action, and the cut banks and channels are mostly in rock. This is charac- teristic of all such slopes which have been subjected to stream erosion at the lower ice front. Examples are found all the way from Westfield in the Erie basin to east of Utica. Low-level channels from Oneida to Rome The latest and lowest channels cut by the east flowing glacial waters before Lake Iroquois was established are found on the line between Oneida and Rome. These latest pre-Iroquois channels are described in the last (21st) report. GLACIAL DRAINAGE FROM ORISKANY VALLEY TO MOHAWK VALLHKY Channels east of Clinton [see pl. 2] The channels on Crow hill have already been described on page r21. The only channel observed by the writer north of Crow hill is a broad scourway which heads less than 2 miles northeast of Clinton, at about 780 feet altitude according to the map’ contours [see pl. 2]. This channei leads northeast and then east, and passes to the south of New Hartford. It is a good example of the type of shallow channel or scourway r26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM made by water which had little fall to reach its receiving body or base level. Careful examination of the area between Clinton and the Sauquoit may find other evidences of eastward stream flow. Channels south of Utica [see pl. 2] The highest cutting observed lies above the 1000 foot con- tour, on the northwest-facing slope, over 1 mile south of the three reservoirs. Like nearly all the stream channelings on steep hillsides, it shows as a notch or terrace in the slope, with a steep, concave bank, the northern river bank having been the ice front. Another cutting occurs 14 mile to the north, between the 800 foot and 900 foot contours. A capacious and typical channel lies south of Devereux hill, 1 mile south of Utica city line. It begins as a cut bank on the west-facing slope nearly a mile south of Forest Hill ceme- tery. Swinging around between the hills, it forms eastward a decided channel 40 to 60 rods wide at bottom and a mile long. Its eastward termination is a cut bluff south of the three reservoirs. The altitude of this channel is about 800 feet at the head and 700 feet at the east end. This channel carried the overflow of the later Sauquoit waters at the time when the broad, shallow channel east of Clinton was pouring a slow flood into the Sauquoit waters from the Oriskany lake at the Clinton stage. ~ Northwest of the head of the channel described above are two cuttings, one at about 640 feet lying on the road leading to Forest Hill cemetery, the other at about 600 feet following along the highway between New Hartford and Utica. These two banks curve around the slope and unite to make the ele- gant, smooth, concave bank of river erosion which forms the north base of Devereux hill, in the south edge of Utica, with hight about 600 feet. 1 Since the above was written, Prof. Charles H. Smyth of Clinton has noted several lower scourways on the east wall of the valley near Clinton. These are not mapped on plate 2. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r27 Channels southeast of Utica [see pl. 2] The steep north-facing slope of Frankfort hill, southeast of Utica, is one of the best examples of glacial stream work in central New York. The steepest part of the hill rises 700 feet in 1 mile (from 540 to 1200 feet, by the map). The whole north face, some 3 miles in breadth, is denuded of drift and the rock is carved into channels and very conspicuous bluffs, some of which are shown in plates 4-7. The highest conspicuous evidence of stream cutting occurs near the 1200 foot contour on the spurs north of the Merry triangulation station [see pl. 2]. Some cutting in continua- tion of the same flow can probably be found southeastward, or south of Center. Conspicuous cut banks have been seen on the saliences at about the 1000 foot and 900 foot contours south of Center, toward the Moyer creek gulf. On the north face of the Frankfort hill, below the 1200 foot channel, are not less than six strong cuts, appearing mainly as steep, concave bluffs, which give the hill from a distance a terraced profile [see pl. 7]. The most conspicuous bluff is at 900 to 1000 feet [see pl. 4]. A channel with its north bank in rock lies at 730 feet, the head of the cut being a bluff on the west face of a hill by Starch Factory creek. The two lower scourways lie either side of the east and west road, between Starch Factory and Fergu- son creeks, and become one at the junction of the north-leading road. Plate 7 is a reproduction of a photograph taken 14 mile east of the three corners and behind Mrs Lipa’s house, looking toward the great hill slope. The bluff at the top is the 1000 foot cutting. The broad channel and high bluff in the middle of the view is the union of the two strong and far separated channels at the west, by the county line, illustrated in plates 5, 6. At the west end of the hill face, on the highway and county line, are seven bluffs or channels which are united east- ward into the three stream cuttings, two shown in the view, plate 7, and the third lying northward below the east and west highway. Two higher cuttings, at 1080 feet and toward 1200 feet, do not appear in the view. The channels are all in Utica r28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shale, Oneida-Medina rocks appearing toward the top of the hill. ; Kast of Frankfort hill, and 5 miles southeast of Utica, is Dutch hill, forming the abrupt south wall of the Mohawk val- ley, with the river at its base. The steep north face of this hill is terraced by stream fiow held up by the ice front. Plates 8-12, are views of the face of this hill. No glacial drift re- mains on the slopes, which are Utica shale. Plate 9 shows the face of the hill as seen from the electric railway (Utica & Mo- hawk Valley Railroad), near “stop 4.” The highest stream cutting is not visible in this view from the foot of the steep slope, but is shown on plate 8. It is a bold, cut bank, some 30 to 40 feet high, facing a gently sloping terrace some 40 rods wide. The altitude of the angle or notch of the cutting is nearly 1000 feet. About 150 feet below the highest cut is an indefinite bank, indicated in piates 9, 10, by the banks of snow near the sky line. The lower and stronger bluffs are shown in these plates, the higher being at about 700 feet and the lower about 540 feet. East of “stop 4” is a landslip on the face of the lowest bluff, that occurred in the spring of 1903, a few weeks before the photographs reproduced as plates 9, 11 were taken. This is significant in this connection, as showing the character of the hill slope and the entire absence of drift. The slide was pro- duced by a veneer of the rotted shale slipping on its bed. Near the top of the steep slope is a hummocky belt, below the banks of snow shown in plates 9, 10, which is the product of old landslips. The northeast face of Dutch hill is cleft by a deep notch or ravine. The eastern portion of the steep face of the hill shows from the base only two conspicuous bluffs, the two lower ones of the west end of the hill being eastward united into one. The union of channels toward the east is similar to that on the Frankfort hill. * The reader who is able to visit the locality (even a ride on the New York Central or the West Shore Railroads is sufii- cient) should observe the difference between the profiles of REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r29 Dutch hill and the steep hill across the river from Frankfort. The map contours represent the latter slope quite correctly, as a steep_and fairly uniform slope. It was not cut and ter- raced by glacial stream flow like Frankfort and Dutch hills, though it may have been swept by water flow on the north side of the valley ice lobe. There is a peculiar and interesting complication in the drain- age about Dutch hill. It will be seen by the map contours [pl. 2] that the hill is somewhat isolated, being an outlier from the highland on the south. According to the contours the valley behind the hill has a hight at the col, east of Center, of 840 feet. It would be expected that all flow of high water past the ice front would take advantage of this pass, down to the level of the col, 840 feet. There are conspicuous evidences of water cutting on the valley side south of Center at about 1000. feet and at about 900 feet. But there is no sufficient evidence of any water flow across the eol. It is positive that no con- siderable stream ever passed there. Yet there are unmistak- able proofs of strong river work from 1000 feet downward on the north side of Dutch hill. What prevented the water from passing through the valley behind Dutch hill? The only ex- planation is that a block of ice, detached from the glacier front, rested for a long time in the valley, over the site of Center, and obstructed the drainage through the valley till the waters had fallen below 840 feet. Another confirmation of this theory is found in two small stream cuttings on the south side of the top of Dutch hill, along the north side of the east and west highway jsee pl. 2]. These required a barrier on the south side of the hill. They represent the first cutting by glacial waters on Dutch hill, all the later flow passing on the north side. It is probable that evidences of water cutting may be found further down the Mohawk valley on the valley slopes. They may be looked for specially west and south of Frankfort. Stream-cut cliffs on the high valley slope 4 miles southwest of Little Falls are plainly visible from,.the New York Centra! railroad. Also the peculiar phenomena found behind Dutch r30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM hill, where stream flow occurred either side of an ice block, which filled and protected the vailey bottom, are to be ex- pected in the Mohawk valley; along with the consequent pond- ing of the waters in side valleys and delta fillings. However, the writer’s task of tracing the high glacial waters of western- central New York, in their flow past the receding ice front, around into the Mohawk valley with free course to the sea, is here completed. It may be noted that the eastward flow of ihe waters proves that there was at this time no ice blockade in the lower Mohawk region. MOHAWK VALLEY FEATURES Barrier at Little Falls Structure The critical element in the drainage phenomena of the upper Mohawk valley is the rock barrier at Little Falls. Even the casual observer on the railroads must have noticed the narrow rocky gorge and the palisade character of the lower walls. The latter feature is partly artificial in places, as the lower, narrow gorge has been much cut to give room for the Erie canal and three railroads. The locality is interesting in itself, apart from its relation to the glacial waters, and it merits description. The existence of this rock barrier at Little Falls is due to a great fault, the most westerly of a series of ancient faults which lie athwart the lower Mohawk valley from Little Falls eastward to Rotterdam,! and which produce the narrow places in the valley and the bold east-facing cliffs at several localities. Like the other faults, this one has the upthrow side on the west, thus forming a great scarp or steep slope of hard rocks facing east. The-upthrow carried high into the air the strata of the region (Utica shale, Trenton limestone, and Calciferous sandrock) and even brought well up to view the Archean crys- tallines (augite syenite of the state map). Erosion has re moved all the clastic rocks and has left the crystallines ex- posed at the valley bottom for a width of over half a mile. * See description by N. H. Darton in 14th An. Rep’t N. Y. State Geol. 1894. p. 35. These faults are plainly indicated on the Geologic Map of New York by F. J. H. Merrill, state geologist, 1901. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r3l This rock forms the foundation for the city of Little Falls, and the high terraces of bare rock [pl. 14-17] which extend east of the city for more than a mile to the fault cliff. These upper terraces have been produced by the cutting away of the Cal- ciferous down to the basal crystalline; while the lower terraces [see pl. 18-25] have been made by the trenching of the crystalline rock by the Iromohawk (Iroquois-Mohawk) and the Mohawk rivers. The upper terraces, representing the top of the crystallines, dip rather steeply to the southwest, like all the strata at that point, and in consequence the rock terrace on the north side of the river is about 100 feet higher than on the south side. For the same reason, the top of the erystallines is higher at the crest of the fault scarp than westward at the city, and west of the city it disappears under the Calciferous. The lower benches, which are product of river erosion, slope east or down stream. These relations of the rocks are shown in the plates. The rear boundary of the north terrace, or the base of the Calciferous, is practically the 600 foot contour [see pl. 13]. On the south side the corresponding terrace is about the 500 foot contour. A road follows along the back of each terrace. So much for the structure and present form. Let us now translate the history. History It was suggested by Chamberlin that before the Glacial period there existed here at Little Falls a divide between Hudson and St Lawrence waters. Brigham has shown that probably the rock bottom of the valley, beneath the filling of drift and alluvium, slopes northwestward (up the present valley) to Rome. We may reasonably assume that the hard rocks at Little Falls formed an ancient col in the preglacial valley, and that the waters flowed away from this point in opposite directions. The form or hight of this col we do not know; but we may be sure that it was unlike its present form. It is possible that some Calciferous was in place on the Archean crystallines, and possi- bly the latter were not exposed at all. It is also probable that the glacier left some drift in this section of the valley. The form and dimensions of the valley, with its position and rela- r32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tions to the high ground and the ice body, do not favor the idea of very great erosion by the ice, though some ice abrasion Seems quite probable. The surface form of the crystallines on the north side of the channel may possibly be due to ice abrasion, but no positive evidence was found by the writer. The present form of the rock channel at Little Falls is chiefly, if not entirely, the product of river erosion. Stream erosion The investigation of one other locality will determine the limit of hight for the Little Falls col as it was left by the glacier. | About 4 miles south, of Little Falls is a low pass through the hills, leading to Newville village and the Nowadaga creek and to the Mohawk valley at Indian Castle. The writer has not been on this col, but the gap can be seen from the New York Central Railroad and from the electric road; and the fact that the pass carried glacial waters is proved by the conspicuous lines of stream cutting plainly to be seen on the slopes south of Jacksonburg and 4 miles southwest of Little Falls. This makes it certain that the Glaciomohawk waters found the col at Little Falls, as left by the ice, lower than the col among the hills on the south even after the stream-cutting of the latter; otherwise the waters could not have deserted the southern for the northern outlet. The Jacksonburg drainage cuts were made by the high-level waters escaping past the ice lobe resting in the valley. When the Mohawk valley was deserted by the ice, the Little Falls pass took the drainage. The present altitude of the southern pass, which is given by the map as 740 to 760 feet, makes the limit for the possible thickness of drift left on the 600 foot rock terrace at Little Falls as about 150 feet. The Archaean rock has no drift on it now, and is apparently all water-swept [see pl. 15-19]. As the surface declines southward about 100 feet in the width of the channel, it seems evident that some kind of filling on the col was necessary to hold the stream to its work against the north side. It would appear that the postglacial stream began its work by cutting across the col on the north side; that the resistance of the crystalline REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r33 rock prevented rapid down cutting, and, as the stream was forced to cut. laterally it migrated southward, denuding the crystalline rock of its cover, either of rock or drift.. The later erosion was concentrated on the south side, and the crystallines were finally trenched as we find them now. The earlier flow must have had a great cascade over the fault cliff, and the map contours in plate 18 show the wider valley below, headed by an amphitheater, but the cliff has been worn to a slope as shown in plate 24. | Altitudes For correlation with the lake and stream phenomena up the valley, it is necessary to determine altitudes of the phases in the down cutting of the rock barrier. The base of the Calci- ferous on the north side, along Loomis street (the Dolgeville road), the highest visible cutting, is 600 feet. The Archaean is eroded into irregular benches, and near the city the lower strong terrace, carrying Burwell street, is about 500 feet. Eastern park, in the city on the south side of Burwell street, and “ Lovers Leap” on the south side of the gorge, are about 480 feet. The main part of the city is on the lower terraces, from 500 down to 400 feet. Moss island is shown by the contours as 400 feet. The New York Central station is 376 feet. The river at the head of the rapids is 360 feet, and at the foot of the rapids 320 feet. The principal overflow on the rock barrier was at 500 to 400 feet. The more recent LOPES is from about 400 feet downward. The amount of down cutting by the present river is relatively small. In the western part of the city the broad plains, occupied by buildings and the railroads, and undoubtedly the work of its ereat predecessor, the Iromohawk, are only 15 or 20 feet over the present waters. At the dams the water is not many feet below the ancient rock platforms. The conclusion is that the Mohawk has made only a narrow and shallow cut in the older and broader channel, notwithstanding the fact, as pointed out by Dr Gilbert, that it is a loaded stream, provided with cutting tools. r34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Valley and river gradients The present grade of the Mohawk flood plain is from 360 feet at Little Falls to 420 feet at Rome. This is 60 feet in 36 miles, or 1 foot and 8 inches slope a mile. The outlet or wasteweir of Lake Iroquois at Rome has been somewhat obscured by alluvial deposit of the present Mohawk. The amount of filling is not de- termined but is thought to be of small depth. The present altitude of the col south of Rome is about 4380 feet. If we allow 20 feet depth of water over the present broad plain at Rome, we have an altitude of the Iroquois waters at the outlet of 450 feet, at the closing phase. The present Mohawk river has not greatly changed the rock channel at Little Falls from the condition in which the Iromohawk left it, and if we take the water surface of the latter as about 390 feet, or 30 feet over the present Mohawk flood plain, we have a gradient of the Iromohawk the same as given above for the present river. It is quite certain that postglacial deformation of the area has not depressed the Rome region relatively to Little Falls, as such movement would be in opposition to all the changes of level over the Great lakes and New York State. It may be assumed that the Iromohawk, a volume of water like the St Law- rence, did not have any steeper gradient than the present valley would allow. Indeed such gradient far exceeds that of the great rivers in their graded sections. It is more likely that the Iromohawk slope was less than the above estimate and that the river was broad and shallow at the head and narrow and deep at Little Falls. However, there are reasons connected with the lacustrine levels, as will appear later, and with the Iroquois levels in central New York, which make it probable that the Rome locality has not been much, if at all, lifted relative to Little Falls. Our working theory is that the present Mohawk valley shows a gradation plain of the greater river, which in form and altitude is practically as that greater river left it. The early Iromohawk had a higher head, by whatever amount the Rome outlet has been cut down, but on the other hand it had a higher base-level, by whatever amount the rock barrier at Little Falls has been trenched. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r35 Deposits in the valley. Lake plains The valley deposits are somewhat complicated and can not be completely ‘differentiated without detailed study. The ice sheet undoubtedly left considerable drift in the valley bottom and along the sides, both tilland kame. The drainage from a stretch of the glacier front was concentrated in the valley to make kames, moraine terraces and glacial deltas. The streams from the side valleys spread their detritus on or alongside the ice lobe or built deltas in the open lakes in front of the ice. When the ice lobe had receded to near Utica, the waters were greatly augmented by the inflow of the floods past the ice front which cut the many channels described earlier in this paper. But the volume of drift was correspondingly increased and it seems likely that a lower section of the valley may have been entirely filled with detritus to the level of the Little Falls barrier. In 1892 Taylor referred to the broad detrital plains at the mouths of the larger creeks as deltas, indicating standing water in the valley. Brigham described the deposits briefiy in 1898 [see reference p. 22]. The writer’s judgment, based on consider- able study, is as follows regarding a few localities. The irregu- iar gravel plains stretching 8 miles east of Herkimer and some distance west are the eroded delta of West Canada creek, the largest tributary of the Mohawk in the section under dis- cussion. The area southeast of Ilion, showing the crinkled con- tours, is not a kame area but eroded silts. The surface has free drainage and no kettles [see pl. 26]. It might be a slack water deposit accumulated in an embayment behind the Herkimer delta; but its altitude is high. The suggestion is offered here that possibly some deposits like this may represent lacustrine beds of interglacial epochs, or deposits made in lakes of ice advance Any deposit in water impounded by the first on- coming of the ice sheet, and derived from the land wash, should consist of fully oxidized material of atmospheric decay, and with no material from the northward (unless some rare ice- rafted inclusions). To diagnose such deposits will require care- Geol. Soe. Am. Bul. 1899. 7:430, 10:30. r36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ful physical and chemical examination, but they will sometime be found. The broad gravel plains west and south of Frankfort are a delta plain derived from Moyer creek gulf and the glacial stream cuttings on Dutch and Frankfort hills. The plains seem more level than shown by the map contours. Plate 12 shows only the north end of the plain northwest of Frankfort, looking toward the east end of Dutch hill. The area west of Utica in the Sauquoit valley is probably in part delta material of Sauquoit creek. Southeast of Oriskany, extending to near Whitesboro, is a broad tract of gravel which in relation to the creek should be delta, but the western end, near the creek, has a high relief with knolls rising to 600 feet, according to the contouring. The portion lying along the river valley, about 114 miles long and 14 mile wide, is leveled at 540 feet. The present suggestion is that it is partly delta and partly a kame area leveled by lake or river action. Southwest of Oriskany village is another gravel plain at 540 feet, according to the map. !See Oriskany sheet] Opposite Oriskany, on the north side of the valley, is another level gravel plain, 2 miles in length, with altitude 520 feet by the map. Other areas appear along the north side of the valley, toward Rome. The largest one is a delta plain along the west side of Ninemile creek, with altitude somewhat over 520 feet. The elevated tracts from 2 to 5 miles east of Rome, which on the map appear similar to the gravel plains, are morainal tracts, chiefly kame gravels. As named earlier in this paper, the standing water in which these plains were built is the Utica lake, the level of which was determined by the rock barrier at Little Falls; or possibly for a time by a delta barrier built in the valley between Frankfort and Herkimer. It is assumed that these plains of nearly uniform altitude (at least within 20 feet) represent constructional lacustrine levels. It seems quite impossible that the accordance could be produced by accident to or deformation of originally discordant levels. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r37 Drainage history The continental glacier did not uncover this upper Mohawk valley all at once, but the ice front slowly receded up the valley. In other words, the valley was slowly opened from Little Falls successively westward. The primitive waters, held between the barrier at Little Falls on the east and the retreating ice lobe on the west, lengthened out after the ice. At the same time _the open part of the valley was filling with stream detritus and the outlet was being lowered by the down cutting of the rock barrier. In addition to the broader delta plains described above, the evidences of standing water in the valley up to 500 feet and over are abundant to the eye of the trained observer in the almost continuous terraces and benches of wave-washed accumulation along the sides of the valley which are now gullied by the modern stream drainage. The earliest lake level was probably about 600 feet, the alti- tude of the bare crystalline rock on the north side of the Little Falls channel. But this higher level would hold only for the lower section of the valley. Up the valley, toward Utica and Rome, the highest level of standing water would be less than 600 feet, by whatever amount the Little Falls outlet had been lowered by down cutting while the valley was opening by ice recession. In the narrow Herkimer-Frankfort section of the valley the open waters may have been only temporary, as the detrital inwash from side streams and the ice drainage possibly kept this part of the valley filled with gravels, specially at the lower water levels. Above Frankfort the valley was wider and prob- ably deeper and held lake waters up to Iroquois time. In the section from Utica to Oriskany the lake plains are about 540 feet in altitude. Further up the valley, at Ninemile creek, they are somewhat less, being given only the 520 contour on the Oris- kany sheet. And, when the ice sheet had withdrawn from the ground south of Rome, the Utica lake had still lower level; for the latest pre-Lroquois cuttings at Stanwix are 460 feet and lower [see 21st annual report, pl. 10]. Soon after the Stanwix stream- cut banks were made, the flood of the Iroquois overflow took pos- r38 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM session of the pass at Rome, ‘and the vast Iromohawk river pro- ceeded to grade the valley. The later level of the Iromohawk planing is represented by numerous remnants of its flood plains. So far as observed, these are about 20 feet over the present Mohawk flood plain. A good fragment of the Iromohawk plain may be seen on the west side of Ninemile creek, 2 miles north of Oriskany village; also along the north side of the valley between Frankfort and Utica. Doubtless these remnants of the Iromohawk plain may be identi- - fied in numerous localities. The difference in altitude between the Iromohawk and the Mohawk plains, only about 20 feet, agrees well with the apparent amount of down cutting by the present river at the head of the rapids in Little Falls [see p. r33]. Summary. There are three stages which we can clearly recognize in the history of the valley drainage since the valley was buried under the ice sheet. 1 The Pre-Iroquois or Glaciomohawk waters. These were held in the valley during the ice retreat. They would have been lacustrine except for the detrital filling, but were probably fluviatile in the section below Utica. 2 The Iromohawk river. This great river, draining Lake Iroquois and the area of the Great lakes, was the predecessor of the St Lawrence and was the equal of that river in size and possibly in length of life. For some thousands of years it swept the valley, trenching the rock barrier at Little Falls and grad- ing its channel to that falling base level. The grade of the river has been discussed [p. r34]. 3 The Mohawk river, the present shrunken successor of the Troquois flood. It would be interesting if we could apportion with some certainty the work of the three stages. It seems likely that the work of the last stage, the present river, has been comparatively small. The diminished river has cut only about 20 feet into the channel whieh it found, and is meandering in a discouraged and listless way over the broad plain of its gigantic ancestor. It is unable to lower greatly for itself the rock barrier. But between the effects of the first two stages the decision is not so clear. The Glaciomohawk waters were large in volume and REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r39 long in life, with great erosive power. Perhaps they not only denuded the Archean rocks at Little Falls, but cut these down to the terraces under 500 feet. Then the Iromohawk used the remaining drift in the valley as an abrasive to rasp down the rock barrier to near its present condition; cutting away the valley deposits of the earlier stage and grading its channel to the falling outlet. The above writing assumes a fair permanence of relative levels throughout the whole area under discussion, or that the whole upper Mohawk valley has been equally lifted by the Postglacial : continental uplift with no evident deformation. THEORETIC LEVELS IN THE ORISKANY AND SAUQUOIT VALLEYS In this chapter it is proposed to indicate in a broad way the stream and lake phenomena which should, according to our theory, be found in the connected valleys. This will enable the student of the subject to follow out the matter with more detail and system, and to verify the theoretic history. 1 Mohawk gradation plains. The writer supposes that both the Oriskany and Sauquoit creeks are now graded to the Mo- hawk river as their base level. The Sauquoit, being the smaller stream, should have the steeper gradient. Artificial damming of the streams has interfered with the uniform current and grade, but the natural flood plains can generally be determined. 2 Old plains correlating with Iromohawk as base level. By taking the present flood plain of either stream as a datum plane, the ancient flood plain which the stream formerly built when it was adjusted to the Iromohawk river as its base level, may be found some 20 feet higher. Such plains of the older stage in the stream history may be recognized in the level stretches of alluvium, decidedly above the possible reach of the present stream. It must be recognized that the actual hight of these parallel planes will rise as we proceed up the stream valley. 3 Delta plains of the Utica lake. Through the area of lower ground, north and northeast of Clinton and north of New Hart- ford, will be found level stretches of gravel or sand at altitudes of 520 to perhaps 550 feet. These represent the stream accumu- lations in the waters of the “ Utica lake.” They will have some r40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM variation in level, because the Utica lake was not a permanent level, but had a falling surface, and because stream deltas are themselves of variable altitude. 4 Delta plains of the Clinton waters. These levels will range from about 600 feet up to perhaps 1100 feet. The most con- Spicuous will be at about 600 up to 800 feet, and correlate with the lowest of the glacial stream channels that drained the Clin- top waters eastward. On plate 2 these channels are shown. The lowest cutting forms the concave slope heading near New ‘Hartford and passing around the north base of Devereux hill, through the south edge of the city of Utica, with altitude of about 600 feet. The next higher level is about 700 feet, the channel being an earlier cutting on the same slope as the one just mentioned. The strongest level will be at 750 to 800 feet, produced by waters held for a long time at about 740 feet alti- tude, while the escape was through the strong channel south of Devereux hill and the Forest Hill cemetery, called here the ' “Reservoirs channel.” For the Clinton valley the level at this stage was determined by the outlet having nearly the same altitude and heading about 2 miles northeast of the town. This level in particular will be found in many places, but running to higher than 800 feet in the smaller stream valleys. The level constitutes a conspicuous plain and terrace in the Sauquoit valley above and below Chadwicks. 5 Delta plains of the summit levels. The highest water level to be found in the upper or southern section of the Oriskany valley must be at about 1150 feet, correlating with the southern outlet near Bouckville. In the Sauquoit valley the correspond- ing level will occur, but a higher, summit level there will be about 1270 feet, correlating with overflow at Richfield Junction. There are reasons why the phenomena of the water planes are weaker at the higher levels. The lakes were less stable, new outlets opening on the steep slopes; the valley walls are steeper, giving less foothold for the delta accumulations; and the amount of available detritus in the grasp of the lateral streams was less. In all these several stages of lacustrine levels considerable variation in the hight of the deposits must be expected; due < | ] PLATE 2 FREDERICK JH. MERRILL UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK 22 # ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST. DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM SE ANNUAL REPORT STATE MUSEUM, MAP OF DISTRICT HEOTWEREN ONEIDAAND LITTLE FALLS ] < | R SHOWING THE | : — i A § z r . . — \f . ALIN ae PN PS eae) eae ap a WF y |< EASTWARD GLACIAL DRAINAGE: Re Nis o IN Sy 1, 4 ™ b fy x f \ M AS T1.. PADRCHILD 19038. i A \ A_ ras, ns ee EO hrerctone Cree i u ’ Dex d SS . - $ p = yh ~ =e pe LN id ’ = - - of bay F 9 sh A 7 + ~< LEGEND y 4 = a » oe 4 “—— { = Sy S “os Naar in Mn, ~ iS LA VAN )\)\\) Freakbond4 >) Contour interval 20 fret aL] [VLorps yronbneg oy JO yoTyno oyy Jo prRot{ Sty St ‘pvoalrer oy} oaoqe yooy 06 “ITO oy9 Jo doq oy, NOILONNL ATHIIHOIN “LISOdUd THAVUD WO NOLLOUS ‘oyoyud ‘plyoareg? "7 “Hf uinoesnyy 94eVyG Jo 4yaoday WIG UINSSN]L 93¥1G YIOX MON JSLGO[OOH) 0}R4YG Jo 4yLodoay peg yloX Nan Jo a2n78 ay2 Jo fzissaauyQ & 97d ; _eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1-c ‘[d orvdu0d] WOTPeAVTO JOOF OOOT “JSvVO SUTyOOTT “vOIYA JO YSvoTAINOS {TITY JLOF;YUReAT Jo odoTs 4.10 ang | t I [TE4 JL WF [IS {JON MNVdA LOO-INVEAULS uInesny_, 943eI9 Jo 4aodey Yyy9¢E 4SISO[OVH) a4e4g Jo yoda peg P 923%Id ‘OJOUd “plTUdIIeay “yp TT Me MIN iA niece M a ON i UInNesSnyL 93¥1g YIOX MON yY4OX MAN Jo ayn19 ayz Jo fiqisuanug (jU9001 ST puno.so.1oy oy) Ut Sulyno ayy) lt ‘[d vatedutoo] UOTPVAVTO JOOF OOS “ysve JO YQNOS Supfoort ‘BOI1) JO 4sv SUIMOS “TTY JLOFyUBAY JO odols yyy MNVd LO0-NVIMIS ‘oVOYd ‘plore y a sta ae UINesnY, 94e4g Jo ytoday yy9e UInesnyl 94¥4g YIOX Moy JSLIO[OVH 24e4g Jo ytodoy pee ; Y4OX NaN Jo ajnIK ayz Jo esl He ¢ 94¥[d [2 ‘1d oaedutos| UOTPVATA JOO} YOO “YSoM FO YQNOS SUL OO'T “BOIF!) FO JSvOTJNOS “TTY Lo yURAT Jo edo[s Yya10N MNVA LN0-NVAULs ‘oVOY4d ‘“pllyoures, “rT “HY as A uInesny{ 94%4g Jo ytodoayy WI9e | WNOSNYT 9}3¥Ig YIOX Mopt qSISOTOIH 94R4g JO 41oday pzz : YHOX NIN Jo aynyy ayy Jo fiqissanug 9 9381 ' Pebeall # atin ne. 243 fy 7 7 my i i : <4 tay ’ é ~ a , i » — —p ‘[d oaedutos] ysvotynos Suryoory ‘woly O 4svotjynos “TTY Jaopyurasp to od: 9 [ a} t ee } (fy XU J HIOTS LOO-NVAULS JSVIYALon ‘oyOUd ‘plrmouregd ‘"T *w UInesnyT 944g Jo 4y1odoxy YY9¢ FSISOTOONH 94R4g Jo yaoday pee 4 9381 UINeSN]L 93¥}g YIOX Mop YOK NIN Jo aynig ay. Jo fipiswaaug qSOM CULYOOT “MOLVAVTO POOF OOOT “FIUMUINS 944 IvOU fvoTyA JO ySvoyynos sop g “[[LyY Youunq jo sory yp AoN MNV4 LA0-NVAUS Gisud’ tauoatea he wnosnyy 93849 JO 4Jaodoy YIOG uUInesny, 93¥1g YIOX MON | JSLSO[OIH 94R49 JO yrodoy pzZz yY4OX MAN Jo aynig ay. fo fhzisuanug 8 938d eee [tt-or ‘td o1tedutos] odojs IaMo] Uo dyspuvry ‘pvoaplet oLtpoo[a Woay ‘yyNOS JO ysvo SuLpooyT “Borys, JO JsvoyyNos sojitu g “[[TY Yoynd fo soey YyLON MdO1S LAO-NWVAULS pga’ "Piven or ae se Ls Spy tee! gh, a ; a AE os Se OR ean be “ gots Samat ee winesnyy 243%49 Fo yaodoy TWI9¢E UINesnyL 93¥1G YIOX MON 4SISOTOVH 94e49 JO yoda pez yYlOX NaN Jo 23029 ay. Jo fiqzisuanug 6 23°%1id jd oavdutos] odors dooys uo dispuey “ysemyynos Suryoo'y “RVoIGA, JO FSvVOTINOS sSoTIU g “[[IY YounG Fo sovy YIAON AdOTS LOO VOLS ‘oyoyd ‘pliqoaurest "TT “H . ‘ —_ uInessny, 93849 Jo yaodoy YIO9e uInesnyL 93841g YIOX MIN 4¥SLGOTOINH, 09B49 JO 4aodoyy pee yYIOX MAN JO aIDI8 ay? Jo fhpriswanugQ OT 93° Or ‘6 Soyrtd ur uMoys dispurt, Jo doy ye {Im Yyoyng Jo odo[s Woay ysvoyy1ou SuryooT AUTIVA MAVEHOT ‘o1oud “pimosrest "TT “He uUINISHAL 393¥IS Jo ylodey WI9¢G UIndsnyAL 33¥1G ZIOX MON 4YSLGO[OVH 93849 Jo yaroday pz yYloX Man fo a3n1g ay2 fo fizissaaugQ IT 93%1d —————_—_—————— a _ a Ps * . i Ee eee * aalftyslh-S > le ke ‘ ‘ nis F . Ii qoyndg Fo edo[s (peposs-uive13s) Jsvoyytou Jo spyord Surmoys {4a10s;yuRag Jo ysom eyep 944 JO uol210d v& Ssso.aoR {SOM T].L0U SULyOO'T VIIGd LHOIMNVA rojedd copmmbaren: tee WiNneSnT 943e4I9 Jo 4yaodey YI9¢ UInNesnyL 94¥1g YIOX Many JSISO[OVH 04R49 Jo yroday pez ylOox MaN Jo ajnjIg ayy Jo fiqzisuanug GL 9d ;' ———— EE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK PLATE 1!3 FREDERICK J.H. MERRILL, NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 224 ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST. DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST 56%» ANNUAL REPORT STATE MUSEUM 7455" T MAP OF DISTRICT ABOUT LITTLE FALLS SHOWING THE ‘GLACIAL, STREAM HROSION H.L. FAIRCHILD 1908. LEGEND OQamnnel with both banks preserved DQ oe Channel with south bank ony eS ha nok bank having been the ice i) rs . oath Seale 62500 4 oO a 2 Miles SSS er x 3 be Contour interval 20 feet a LT 94v[d UL MOTA JO OSIOAOI OY} A[IVON “4USII JU punoLSOIOJ UL SMOYS AOALL YMVYOPW ‘opis YILOU oy Uo ‘xoor ouUTT[eISAAD JO VOvA104 LOOJ YY YOY} PLVMOY [OUULYY JO OPIS FJMOS WO 9OV.IIO4 JOOF YOG OY} WOAJ YSvoYZLoU SuLyooT *f410 Jo 4Svo O[IUL J[VYy oUG STIVA WILL LY THNNVHO SMOO0OU ‘o10UNMd ‘pITyoOIIBA “TE lunesnyy 94849 jo 4aodoy WIG UWNIsnYL 93819 WIOX MON 4SLSO[OIH 94e49 Jo yarodoy pyz YlOX NaN fo 93018 ay2 Jo fzissamuyp VI 93¥%1d RE ‘punoisyovg oY} UL UMOLS ST OpIsS YYNOS UO DOVLIOF, “OT oVLeId sev uolyisod ourvs woay ‘jauuRYyo JO YYNOU paeMoy4 ‘YQNOS SuLyooT “Ayo oYy JO 4Svo oplut JPey sug STIVA WILLTT LY THNNVYHO MO0U ‘010Ud ‘pITWoOIIey TA WnesnA, eyVyg Jo yaodoy qyW9¢ UINesSN],L 93¥19 YIOK MON YSEdO[OIH 07e4g Jo yAodoy ps yYlOoX Man fo ayn)8 ay. Jo fizIisuaaugQ GT 93°Id 4 “ P r ‘y PON: eek. ‘a on ) i 48 Tie ad Ru, fa ies i ot Se es , pea oe. ae — [Fr ‘1d oredurod] 4yoT ye UMOYS OpIS YJNOS UO ddvAdoT, “‘LouURYO Jo opis Yy1oOU UO QOVAII} JOOF NNO Woaz ‘syoor ouTT[eISAa0 YAOMS-IOATL OY} TOAO (UTVOIYSdN) JSOM SUL[OOTT *A4LO OY} JO YSVo o[LU J[VY 9UQ STIVA WLLLIT LY TINNVHO MOOU ‘rou “piuDarea LH uInosny, 03899 Jo yaodoy YI9¢G UINESNYL 93¥I1G YIOX MON 4SIdJOLOIyH 04e4G Jo y1odoy pyz y4oX Nan Jo aynig ayz Jo fpyisuaaugQ OT 93%1d [ot ‘7d oaedutoo] of oyeTd ut ary A410 9YY AoIveU UOLIsod Woay ysomM JO YANOS SuUryoo'T STIVA AILLGLIT LV THNNVHO M00u ‘onoud “pruosrea “Tr uIndsny, 93249 Jo 4yLodey YI9¢G UINeSNYL 93¥1G YIOX MON 4SISO[OVH 99e49 Jo yAodoy pyg yloX Man Jo aynig ay? Jo fpziswanugQ LT 938d [LT ‘1d oruduroo] (qoo.14s TJeMang) A410 JO a9dpo 4svo ye ‘9dR110} TOMOT OY} ULOAT JSOM JO YANOS SuryoorT SUVIVYA WILLIT LY TONNVHO MOO ‘oyOYyd ‘plryoureyy VT CH tunesnyy 07eyg Jo yrodey YIOE UINeSNYL 93¥Ig YIOX MON 4¥SLSO[OVNH 94V4g JO yoda yy pze yYlOX Nan fo aznyg ay. Jo fizissanug ST 93°%Id [st-st ‘[d o1edutoo] Jouueyo 1o}veIs VY} Jo Soyouq IBMOT IY} SSOtOV A410 OY4 JO VSpo ysvo UO.A] “YSOM JO YWNOS SULYOOrT STIVA GWILLIT LY TANNVHO MO0U ‘oyoyd ‘pirqoareyt “TI “H tUnesny, 99%4g Jo 4yroday YI9¢ UINnesnyL 93¥1G YIOX MON 4SLSO[OOH 94e4g JO yaroday pez yY4oX Nan Jo aynzgy ay. Jo fiqissanugQ 6L 23¥8Id : bs [sg ‘Id a1edutos] 33103 oor oy} JO pvoy of} prvmoy (utvatjsdn) Jsom SuryooryT STIVA GILLIT LY IANNVHO MOON ‘oloyd ‘TE yy oqGqy wr: Pd a; — t 7. \ UINYSNT 94VIS JO yaoday YWIQE uNnesnyT 24¥1g YaI0K ¢ : MON 4SLBO[OO 9}B4S jO y10dayy P&G 9) YIOX NON fo ajnzg ay2 Jo fiprsaaaru LY TANNVHO MOO0U ‘ovogd “eH Ww wyoeqayv ~~ ee ‘jd eavduroo] proaprey [eayueg STIVA QW LIT ~ g ULNISNYL 99¥BI9 YIOX MON YlOt dan JO ayDIS ayy fo lipisdavnug WINYSH 9}vVIS Jo yuodey YAOE 4SISO[OOY) 94N19 JO yoda wy pzz 1G 938d [1¢ ‘td ov1edw00] 4ysta ye uses ‘oot ouT[eyskao ay} Jo doy ‘sovas9oy s9ddQ ‘jouueyo «oye, 044 ul (WIReT}s UMOP) 4svo SuUTyOO'T STIVI WIGLIT LY IANNNVHO MOO0OU ‘Ajlo JO aspe ULoysenp * ‘ojoud ‘[[TVEH y Woqqy TINeSsHIY 9381S JO yLodeay YIgE UINesSN]L 93¥1g YIOX MON WISO[OVH ovIg Jo yroday pez WHOL NIN JO apni ayy Jo hpiswanup . GS 278d : vm: ere cir tient mercer tt Log “[d orvdurod] 4YySld ye AdATE YMRYOW ‘4jo] Ve [wVUR. oA, “JseMyyLOU Suryoo, ‘asa108 jo yoy; STIVA WIULIT LY TANNVHD) MOO ‘o}0Ud ‘plqouegd "Tl “H MInesny, 94849 Jo 4yzodey YIQE TUNESN]AL 93¥3G HIOX MON JSLSOTOOH 94R49 JO yLodey peg ylOX NaN Jo ayniKQ ayz Jo fAjzisuanug SS 238d e¢ ‘[d s1eduto0o] punosser0f7 ey} Ul IoAIL yYMBYOW ‘sdo[s & 0} paposs ‘apis yYyNOs UO yoo QUI[[VISAIO JO pus 4B “M LOZ 'S SuIyooyT ‘as108 jo yynowW STIVA QLLLIT LY TANNVHO MOOU Sond Mique ‘a ' aInesny e3e4g Jo qroday YI9¢ : ISISO[OIH 94eYg Jo yAoday pez ‘ates uInesny 23%31g9 YIOX Mon y40X NaN Jo anig ayy Jo fipsvanup ba. ay pues ey eS : ha 7 ; } i bo ; 4 wnasnw 248419 Jo yoda YI9C 4SLS0[00H 24R49 JO 4yroday peg GS 23° 9H10G JO OPIS YJLOU “ITO UWLOMAILAL STIVA WLLLIT LY TANNVHO MO0U UINnEsn]L 93¥3g YIOZ Mon YO NaN Jo amg ay, Jo Aysiaanup or * eto, pee Se eee he ee ‘ : . i ’ - 4 ° « ? ~ ; . © in ~ — . < le , \ i Le ye a . wae eo na eX Til Sy ee - ‘ eS pe 7 ~ P ; 4 On, ah a A Ss] — * ¢ ° Ul » ; i Teee - , ° : i7* << 7 sae a yoo pets g ae 3 at ee pha Naser = ee Se ee a 4 yoo s-.j * = a sd J ‘ ts ‘ ’ ” 5 ‘a t Ps he « m7. 7 7 _. » 7 — ® JSOM GUIYOO'TT “UOT, JO 4sRay VITA GTdOus ‘o1OYd ‘pllyoareyy TEE mnesnyw 940419 Jo 4yaodey YI9Og 4SISO[OON) a3e4g9 JO yaoday peg 96 97°81 UINesnYL 93¥}G YIOX Map YlOX NAN Jo ajp1Ky ayy Jo ApISMIVUL » e a - * - é, ws Te’ 2 7, ** *aQIgGM Jo oeBg »|*"' "°° COLGghe ""****TOg a sortnbg "Y “VW

PSHM fra aes ss Feo et ** BUIPOTL +: -wUIpeyy > tk es youreg 2a Aouleey "**"*sp100 9¢z |pexyIOM |A'S ‘Teuws'jO Gyo wporgR f°" SH epee eres ssoareg ydesor re ee ee etd at ee de a ae a a ea i ora a ee en ee eee rte ee TR . USE “kqqeus eeevrecevense * AaT[BAV'T uyor yiay & M tal » bof ial ° ee Meidtia **-q10de[ppr JO "9 ‘Ul T *-410da1ppry meee): Ig ‘ “*sp100 OIL (pegiIen | ‘qa0d yoo"yT wan: qrodyooy |" ******* e10mmqIyM “A “OD Aarenb SO6I PNP jo A1IVNbB JO Uol}oO'T ssoIppy AWVN wor} puoy eUO{spUBS BUIPSPT JO s1reoONnpoid yuepucsdepuy NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM r46 uOsBes OY} [IB SUIMBIP SUIBS4 9 oF §. prey SBx ‘UOAIS you yunouy euoyspues ABID TO6T Wor} 450] Sp10d QOT sey S06T “sp100 OOOT Aarenb 0} sqgoodxy SHIVUI}T | **Sunuieyy) *-SunureyO "+ "998Bq10g *-Sunueyy "IS 95B410g "IS 9Dv410g “a3 99810 "Is o08410g ‘Id 90410 g UOI}BVUIIOF DIBO]OS*) + +s eegpr00 G7 "* 94 °9 Q00'SS ++ gp109 QOS “+ §H109 OOT "+ ++gpI09 00% _.4 ‘2 000'¢E ysnor 43 “9. 000 “EST poms 4] yunoury “''W9AIs JON |‘1eTYse ‘2 000‘9T 43ND *qano pue yno ‘Suipying “7 *"-qimo pus SuIpring Ostet ean ‘peMes ‘yoolg ‘QUOJSPUBS OJIYM YOnoy Pe ysnoyy ‘yooTg “poses yonol ‘pomes “yno ‘auoys -pues snosde]][Isie on[g au0js JO OpBIy “++ +05) -WBaIQ Jo YyNOg eriexer br ““9SBTIA JO “M "UI § “Wap Yooy jo ‘uw T esis: UveI() Jo's "WF ‘*BIOINY 4SVq Jo's “WF 6 0 8 8 88 8 ss @ afi aie Swe 68 6 0 “***e1u0ped yy “4S 1078 A Ayunoo suiwo0k MA ‘auoyson[g FV MBSIVAA "S “UL € 10 UspH YOOY ‘u “WT Aiienb JO uol}edo'T | OT PAUIPURIY] ‘*BIOINY JSC “s*-BTmOpaL] "++ -e1UOped ‘*Q][LA0s yO g errercs2 MBSIB AA ssoippYy rorees «Toure yy AUS _” “gxepuoig UIStTTM "‘O*E OUOISON[ MBSIC AA & Ss 9.6.6 8 ‘spunoyy ydesor “yOOd UIRITTTAA "***** 9100] “YY 881004) ee aqiy A, armbg "OD au04s eng Aoe[eA seseuery t “O° euoYson|_ UBOLIEUTY HASSHAT UO WANMO sey ‘OQ ouoysonlg As][B A 9eSeUex) OTL J, sotienb asi] oyvtodo ‘od dUOJSON[G MBSIVAA OY} PUB “OK, BUOJSON[_ UvolIoUTW ol, wo1yea10do Tenyow Ul Setsengy "YSIUANZ P[UOD SIOUMO 9} 8B UOTY -BULIOJUL TOUS TYLA You 40 uoRredo UT JoYyZoYA soltuvnh Fo UoyBoo] oT} AMOYS So[qRyl SULMOT[OF OY, “WOTYBAdosqo Jopun yoruysIp oy} ur sdoonpord ysoSavl oy} ore osoy,y, “AjyUNOD ures oY} UL oT[LAosRJO vou yuvd suv vB OsTR ‘oo SurMOd MA SMVSIBAA PUB UITX) YOoY ussAjJoq pvorpley oly oy} vou ‘QUOJSPUBS SNOID|[LSIY r47 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 qiodar ON sivoA INO} 10} poy1oM YON qsodol ON QUOJSPUBS SNOLDTTIG MOPIM UrI0I} 410d oy] q10dei ON GOGT Ul 9TPT B10INY qseq ‘SUIYTBO “VY 99}90[IBYD wo1j y10dayy *suvad OA O[PT qrodei ON 410der1 ON qioder ON SyIVUIEY "+" 93B410g ***ZunweyO "*-SunurwyO +++ s-98eq10g "$Id BOVYYT **4°1d BOVYYT "**"9RBq10g tee "938110 g ***Sunwaeyo vee “99eq10g UOT}PBVUIIOY dIZOTOe) **qinod pus Shenstitie *“*qano puv Surpring “*qano puv Surpring Grr puv Surpring espiq puv suipring esplq pus surpring bret elev *Surprng . ‘* Surpring “eer ew eee 9u04s JO epvIH "| * OTTAUI PUBS ‘euvueg woary ur F ‘routATO *N :* * 1099) SOTB AL "JoIJWIOg JO UMOY ‘MOS}.19q Urey wikis Sad eee RN. «AR « euoe’y a ee ‘-aqasuiidg jo "M *UI Z 91é @.e°3: 8 8.9 ‘applasutidg jo "M "tu a "* BIOINY 4SBG JO 9 “Ss “UIT Se i ee ee ee eee eee *Pjeyyso MM Cece gisele eo ce waa vice neces UBIO ee sole Ay Yynog SO6T ‘uoryeredo 1 ur 40u sorssenD eeereee ** A110 g "* +s -QyTLAxoy "OT PLAUIPWBL LANE *19ySoqoOY * OTLAUT USL OTA CY ae 1 MP Soudan uva{o ** -BrUOpoLy "ss ortASutidg **oqrasuidg "+B IOINY “OY PIEYISO MA *UBaIO ““SoTBM YINOg ssoIppy deo ay YPIWS 6.0 6 @: Gee ace 33 est yu. 8 6.0 -o je. eae aide N uyor aed t *- spunoy ydesor ‘oyeyso okey ydesor 19°98 W “Wl ‘4001 “UM "190M “ET *OyIBIO “VY ouopesy "99B4S9 SUIY[VO JorUBC -*+ grpeog “EH aTprd ss 000 paBMpa **uoyAvig "WW SeIByO NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM r4& q10dai ON Tus TI! Sood asofa you se0q ** eSepuoug "+ esepuoug "* BsBpuougd "* BsepuoUC ** esepuougG "* BsepuougC "* esepuougd "* esepuoug ** esepuougd "*** BIVSBIN "* esepuoud ** Bsepuouyd WOT}VBULIOJ dISOTOe Ocoee oe ase at T 90 04 Sp100 F98Z “"** spr109 000Z ***p& ‘0 000‘0¢ ***p& ‘0 900‘0Z ZOGT ‘T “AON 0} Spi0d OG, Sp.109 | ZO6T JUNowY eer ee ee we we ww ee oS @) 2's @ fe. ohelent = = « 6 ‘el a3] .6.B) > 6 6 6.0 «6 000¢ °} OOO0F | eevee *‘SUIpTINg |) “aurping eee *SUIplIng "2 “aUrpying eee *“Surpring uOIsusUIp pue sutpring 4yno pus surpring “** BUrpIINg | Aer “SUIPTING xny pue surpring eee *-SuIpping ‘*, WOISMOTHIC, eu04s JO epeiH “U9 ,, SNOLOFIULOD ,, PUB ., VOBPUOUGY ,, SUOISTAIP oY} VoVAQUID 0 posn oLOT ST q[qv Weoq oavy | SB AT]SNPUL OY} SUTPAVGal MOTVUAOFUL Yous YAM stoumo AaravUuD Jo syst] MO|[OF MOTOT WOLF FYSNoIG uso svy ‘deadra ATperoods ‘osodand 1034¥y oy} LOZ OUOYS OY} JO Yon) SHUISSOID OPBIS IOJ UsEdq svy DUOJSoUTIT oJ puvUop [edroutad oy ‘poyeis uddq Aprouye svy SY we; wr lesa 6 ee) ol sp es sete. ss 5 ol uolyV ose eee eee et woe ole} ~JNg “AB UOPSUISUSST o[eyng ‘Av uoysuis -Uusy pues o10WT IL ojeyng ‘Ae o1OUl] IIT oTeyng ‘oury Weg Pus ys Urey oreyng “ae o10Ul [lq pue uvaopeg qsodyoory jo ‘a oyrur IT ‘wey prempooM Ole} -JnNq “Av s1OUW]I LT puv ‘4s sounoquoddy Ole} -Jng ‘Av UOJSUISUOST Aiienb Jo uory4Bvo0'T sap Sch V3BVMOLYOOY) ee Aree a eee woLyy sand estas oe UIPOUTL AL ores “ng 48 UwULIOH Css preter aces ces OTB} -Jng ‘aw AolayT [Ee oe ee ee ee we oreyngy ‘AS s10UTTTIT S896T OTe Ae AB OLQUATTL AT OGLE ojeyng ‘suipying = ulgsny VIFF -jng “erenbg y001Ta 69.8 Dots oreyng Be opeyjng "48 Jounleyueddy sd beh tue | AB © SLOURTRA* * SET ssolppy *1ayNOg "PW Beicad | = Be uBUIsUg “ “V BUR E . ( Rene raUyaS “sg Pi ter poste [sey uyor oe eee ew eee oe ee ewe weer eer eee oe ee ee eee ees ***"saryay vuUYy QaSSe| ‘PAVSIO A \L preapy ‘Aopreg 3p 1099n) **"O9 quowlay ofeyng 09 yeydsy s9qieg ‘O° oull'T 2 904g UVOLIOULY sesso] ‘1owleyueddy “T uyor ‘ayeqyso sowloyuoddy vessay ‘ddny ‘q uyor “esoiqmy ‘f “@ SOGL Uoyvitsdo ur setzrenb euoj}seury "CEST FO yodar g.190}11M 9G} UT padoyd , BOVPUOUGC) e ¢ ‘IOY}VO OF ‘BpRUuRg y5 POA OUT, ‘MOTJONAJSUOD JOJVMYVoIG PUB ‘gU04SOWTT r49 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 qiodal ON BIA “Bye 7 UY oun], 10} yuang qtodei ON qiodei ON q1odarl ON Suipring syjo UMO JO} posq $}9014S Ao1a'T 10} 9u04s eumos = poysnig puvy uo sp10d QOT sey "* BBBpuOUCO ** esepuoug “++ ere BRIN ** esepuoug "** * B@leSBIN ""* *BIBSBIN ** *BIVSBIN, "* *BIBSBIN * * BIBSBIN "** *eresBINn "** *BIVSBIN ** eSepuoug ‘guisuenb yon | * esepuoug peo] B oGg q@ YWOM gPFe Supping "e+" Supping 6.0 © tre 6&6 © On 6 BD BV we 6 6 aera stale ws ve se wate eRe Oo) F Bot |e, Se, ec Om Canes Cae 6¢ Soace wee ee he A ive 3M so og YOM O00TS 93 OO8$ ++ spi00 ove poged "*** g8pt09 OOT tg 1) "9 0002 surpying pue ospug qno ‘qaino ‘re Ta Surpring pue ospig qno pue surpring cee * -SuIpling . se ee ‘Suipring see **Surpring JaTYyse‘ayaro -uoo ‘SuIpring BIABYeY JO ‘U ‘Ul 74 © + Os0e6, 010) 646070) ©, 8 Beg AOIN'T -[rer uoyounf uo Se an iiaark eal UOIyV ST[@q Bresviny pus u09STMO'T u00M4 -oq ulvjunour UD pvor ureyuNoyy jo opis ‘u ‘utyog ““suryeg jo‘ “Wt Pe eee oS 410d yoo'T q1odyooT ee ewww wre qr0dy0'T 4z0d -yooT ‘[euweyg Avon £O19'T jo “a ‘u sSolmzenb OMT, -yooT “48 901g 621 410d “-sooT “4s IT 18 410d -yooT “48 ule 9ZT ec ry f. Yroayooy po ee ‘''"*Kinqueyny) sloposyy, 6 0 2 ee "* "9aSseyT ‘UOSMBC "A o8*) UstT “JW oow0y trees seergmon qT Be WV iF utey Idoyqtyy Arua zy "*“moqeyl “A Seley) **MOS}BA\ “ SBULOTLT, "+ *QMOID [OBYIPL "+09 ap adr0yquTeEyg *N “CO “00 TO prepueys ee “uaa oo) ‘N eiwite wie AVE “+ *Surprng!|" ‘-medeq ‘dem, g wee ees os alodg!> ** 2k 2 sana anpent STATE MUSEUM NEW YORK r50 pouopurqy pouopuvqy pouopueqy pouopurqy peuopusqy pouopusqy Ssivof [BIDAVS IOJ posn YON Siva [B1IAOS IO} posn JON pouopuvqe Arent’ pouopuvqe Arren?) Ay10 Jo qred yys0u ut Arent) 410deri on g[OY S[lAeq jo yynos Arren?y g10dar ON qioder ON qoor3s AoTMBPT JO YOO] Arren?y SyIVUIIY "GE-PEE “d *C68T 3,dey eyes TL "ye e788 “A “N:? eu04seUNT ‘ployeys ““BxBpuouyc see eee eee Bovpuoug, see ee ww woe BIVSCIN adn aiiaheeaermeys BIVSBIN |" LErers eh ti “-eSepuoucd UOIYBUIIOS DIZOTOS*) ZOBI Homeroto UL 4OU SoTAIBNY OT[LASUHRLTTEAA eee ee ee oreyng AB oLOW]IL eae opeyng ‘AB OLOW [LY “opeyng © ‘AG OLOWTTLT SETS ‘oreyng ‘ae AororT “oreyng “ae AOLeT Piha seielane ine AO MMB A 5 opeyng aetbarNes ths opeyng. “4s ureyy 00} peompey “M PT “d Riots ues Gasset qoystouery iss nGaear A AROK LAO ayia) . e eee eee eee feys) olay ‘ONADTOT CC i ay S[[e 1 BIVSCIN cee eee ee ee woes STV BIVIBIN Des MYR Go 6 oT[LASuBUEMOg ee er ee ee VIBMOZIIOYO 6 ep) -e 0 a Dye! 8 6) 6h lene BIBMOYVYOIYO De ty (rs 5) Sr AS A015 TUN EPR LR BEd, 9 U9) otIEIBI) ee e ‘STR BIVSVIN, "**q10dyoorT ‘98 yore OF arEgorey A « Eds oT TLASUTeITTLA, PPE PERRET hn OT[LASUNBITIT AA at ncaRe ten i (‘AB OLOUTTILT ) oreygngdg ssoippy Be eiteeb gs Sle, ie bs mss 8 sie ee “*T20yToqey) ‘Qo vioys? stele] Gherei was ow gS ak Sn ee: ate 09 au04g AO19'TD > 6.5 (we .07 9 2 Se ‘site, 8 So ee Oe Oo 8 8 8 8 6 4 oe IOSUBI\I—D a: o fol Bl onetaldJemahe Claes y\ I9j9UI9-) UMBT JSOL1O TD Os .0 hisleteme Chae 6] Boke owe SsuluUd [' ny UByYCIN)D dé a) wheteMty RANG s Yeh of is) is 8600. 9.6, 0 ke weysulg 9B1OIL)D Ss 0 ‘6 40+ 0 9 oe etele 6 yg 86 eee ee * IOAOT wy qneiyQ0 "OO ‘YY JoysvouvyT x» onaogijeq ‘oreyng Uke wCeclde keh gated is ek @ Fae e wie ble *Arrenb A104 ng Re 6 ee wee kee On eee Bete ne p sae eee sae 490 A I P Peek |.» Re SM Ne Sead TONS’ MV ee er | ot ToT f bid b tesedatate bas 6 6 2 bee DR Raw “O1OUWIYIY AA | 5-€3 | Sadipniiahign! nae ain tectdla (ie tae deaek nantes septa sSuno age silsnone,e+ ete vaaleds © 9 8 pg © 8 ' IQSUOS[ISO, J ‘H 2p “a REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r5l Crushed stone The market for crushed stone has been active all through western New York. The new steel plant at South Buffalo has used large quantities for concrete construction; the breakwater has also consumed an enormous amount; and it is in great de- mand also for asphalt work and railroad ballast. This season Erie county has begun the use of convict labor for the purpose of making better roads. The plan originated with Supervisor William H. Conboy, of Grand Island, who urged that the employment of convicts in quarrying and crush- ing stone would lessen the cost of maintaining the penitentiary and would give the men needed physical exercise, thus con- ducing. to their better health and morals. Short term prisoners dig the stone at the almshouse quarry on Main street and wheel it to the crusher, which is a double one operated by a 50 horse power engine. From 25 to 50 prisoners have been employed in this work continuously for four months, with an average daily output of about 300 cubic yards. The cost of quarrying and crushing is about 20c a yard, and the stone is sold for 60c a yard. The county has taken the contract for the construction of good roads within its limits from the State and sublets the contract under the condition that the stone shall be purchased of the county at 60c a yard. The stone crushed this season has been used in surfacing the road between the city line and Williamsville and also two sec- ‘tions of the Transit road in Amherst and Clarence. It requires about 2700 cubic yards of stone for a mile of road, the average cost a mile being, in 1902, $9688.75, of which the county pays half. The county has nearly 22 miles of road under contract this year. MUSEUM YORK STATE NEW r52 [1¢a ‘d aag] SPVOLIBO (\f SB UBATY sesodind wor -B10d109 10} yUNOW’ [Tes B soYysNID "pA *0 oY} 07 SU0Z [* [| yNOGR sYysIO A UBUIMON “OM ®Y ‘T ‘HH woi dump Aarenb ay} osveT SUY[OWS IOJ XN SB 4sSot oly ‘Teyour pBol 1OJ paesn siy}y JO suo} QOOF ‘pA ‘d oy} 0} suo} TT ynoqe sYysIa\\ SHIVUIOY du04SOUI] Bovpuouy ‘**9UuO4SpUBS BUIPOTW ** *9UuOJSpUBS BUIPT] ou0jJSOUN] 9U0}SOUNI] 9U0}SOUWII] quoysoUll] ou0 SOUT] dU0 SOUT] dUOJSOUTT] ouo0JSOUI] ese puoud Bsvpuouyd eovpuoud vovpuougd eovpuougd wove puougd Bovpuouyd) wovpuougd UOTFVUIIO} DTIFOTOo e048, peysnao jo sioonpolg | ‘Aep B'pA ‘0 OOS Ae O48 ¢ 8 she) a8 *-. ***"Su03 000‘OSF suo} ssois —-Q00‘08 "**p& ‘0 000‘001 “pA 0 000'FIT oe Ta "2000S GO6I WOTpONporg ite: a Pee < eae oreyng oreyng ‘yueg SssulAeg AyUNOD OUI 1Z + -yoIyy “OlByNg “splq uBs10\ SOP ““oreyng ‘suipring uysny "+ oreyng ‘orenbs JPOOTT] ‘OpBIME “AV OLOVUT [LT SETS ssvIPpy he uyor ‘e * Areyuopusg AyUNOD oq “*"s-jesvueur ‘yeRoyjod “og Aten’) VUIpe{ A ye - Q0UNQTT AA“ “O) Me jee We Ma Ma Ome Ta Wa) tay AQudoyJ g "N ‘OF 9U0}g poYsND [esioudr) ‘**Taqouleg UMB'T 4So10.7 "*9asse] ‘Tog FP uosseyoiq "OD ¢ LT 2 9U04G BdUDIBIO "* Od quouleg O[Byng ey ewes 09 yeydsy sz9queg sesso] ‘ddny soiqmuy “[ a YAUaNLOVAANVN ‘REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1502 r53 Flux Only one firm, the Clarence Stone & Lime Co., makes a specialty of flux for furnace use. The bed of limestone worked by the com- pany occurs nearly in the middle of the outcrop of Onondaga limestone, 2 miles west of Clarence, and is of remarkable purity. The greater part of the product is sold to the Tonawanda Iron & Steel Co. The new iron and steel plants now in process of erection will create a market for large amounts of flux. The immediate supply for this expected demand will be furnished by Carroll Bros., Buffalo, from their Point Abino quarries in Canada. Clay products The conditions producing increased demand for stone, sand and other building material have extended to clay products as well. Almost every manufacturer reports a good market for his wares and in many cases, orders beyond his ability to fill. The exceptions are to be found in the case of small kilns intended for local use in the smaller towns, and in the cities of Olean and Dun- kirk, where the market is reported dull. The explanation ap- pears to be that in Buffalo and Rochester increased building has caused an unusual scarcity of material; and this has brought about a brisk demand for home products, with which the remote manufacturer can not compete on account of the additional cost of transportation. The largest brickmaking interests in western New York are located in Kast Buffalo and in the townships of West Seneca, Cheektowaga, Lancaster and Alden in Erie county. The fol- lowing constitute the Buffalo Brick Manufacturers Association, office, cor. Pearl & Court streets, Buffalo: Henry Bender, Eben- ezer; Berrick’s Sons, Brush Bros, Dietschler’s Sons; William J. Graaf, Pine Hill; Haake & Son; Lancaster Brick Co. Town Line; C. H. McCutcheon, Lancaster; George W. Schmidt; E. A. Schuesler. In 1901 the association sold and delivered 50 millions of brick. Aug. 1, 1902, it had delivered 32,500,000 and had orders for 30,000,000 more, all that the managers believed the association could make during the season with the means at hand. It had also refused orders for several millions more. STATE MUSEUM NEW YORK Hay eengeu ale ai sey. 00 edid TOMO oregnd e"uL “weak SIqy ‘A[yuouBULIEd A[qeqoid torerede ul jou O18 elosuy pueB oyABursdg "SUBATT qsey 9e sully [[euUs oy], yaodox ON uorzer0do wi ATpuvy “guejd Mon UOSBoOSs SIG} 1098] 000‘OY JO UL] B oeUL ABW ‘ses leanyzeu yy uing 410do1 ON — ZO6T Ul o10un Ayqeqoid £[Q61T Ut suoy QQ0‘Z0T Q]BVYS W101] 10948] OY} *youq sued Suryeul suo pues UOoUL -woo suryeut syueyjd OM4 SByT Aywedvo puosaq puvulod Apoedes puoseq pues Aywedvo puoseq puvwoec 000°00¢ eyeu Aj[ens;) “asn UMO JOY ayeul 0} Aqlpiqe Jo ssooxe Ul puBUTacy SYIVUIOYY yolrq WouUULO‘) ee ae SS OL Oli “***OlIq WOULULOL) a) aye) S88, Oe did possoid L ahee ‘uowlul0d §=Q00‘OZT “3G WoULLIOD) a8 8 0 @reon hes. © 6. 6 CC's op o 0 ‘oTIy MOTOY Suyoosdaty ‘*Suraed pu’ uOULUloy) ssoooid yom AQ yoq Suraed pue youq sulpping possoid Aiq *yormq pessoid Arq og WOUTUIOD yoqg WoUTUIOD Yolrq WoUTWOZ) ‘Q[I} SUYOOI pus’ o14Sy41V ee ***yOLIq WOUTUIOD oi) Bae sid ‘“yolq 0B} PUB SOULUI “ULL puwe sty “SUYOOY youqg UOUIWIO/) yonpoig ** gaodar ON ** UDAIS JON + WOATS JON * qaodos ON Se "**000° GLE "UALS JON ‘*000°000°61 "*000/000'8 "**000'Z06 I "**000'002'T ‘ 000°000'°F, 4 000'000 € "**Q00°0S6'T ***000°G22 "000°000°G9 “*UOAIS JON **000‘089'T 2061 JUNOUY -Q00‘0R1'T | ee “ABTS "CN woody ABO ae “oreys ‘ABO pus o[BYyG STBU Ss [Bl19078 "-BpuBvMBUOT, eure -opeyng + UBaIO **qr0dyoory ***quBAo'T oye 0 is. ‘e[OSuy tess -quBAaT "UMOYSOUWE f° = OPT ToMel “es yayUN "t+ yaryunqd STR, VABSVINY '* 00 yong epuemeuoy, "su0s % ITH a a "** "09 ap TaLOM “M ‘O - 0. 8 ake * prvuleig a» ase > + R's "AB IIN NOW ‘Vv yy ve) Ti ie 3 ale | “eT[EsOy, UOIvY * APIO, “O "+ **su0g a» yyAT uyor * IONSNOOPL “API SO3PHa SUACG aBYG UMOySoUIEL O*d YOU poessolg ef[kAqjomoy’ <> BOYER Baer ae ay Heese WOWTET “aT AA "09 YOM 101 UOLT eee eet Someraran "‘porjTy [°° OD OL, suyooy wopryjad "s+ +++eakuog |* *‘sorydozide 10} Auopoo Sieg “ “oreyng | USsy ‘Sisyq You opeyng 4° emmy el” abe ty 09 A¥ID PeIV soe @orgpy °° "5" OD SILL Bolg Song’ ssouppy UdUALOVANANVA ‘syonpord Leo "0 s190npolg REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r55 Lime Nearly all the lime now used in Buffalo comes from kilns in the vicinity of Point Abino and Ridgeway in Canada. The kilns of R. & H. Fogelsonger and J. S. Youngs at Williamsville are idle. The Straub & Meyer plant at Gunnville has been aban- doned. The Tonawanda Lime Co., which formerly made lime from stone brought from Kelly’s island, Lake Erie, is also closed. The small kilns of A. Fiegel, Harris Hill and of Shaw near Mill Grove, Erie co., have not reported. In July they were said to be in operation. C. N. Stainthorpe & Co. of Lockport make about 30,000 bushels of lime a year from their quarry of Niagara limestone in the northern part of that city. The following are said to be making lime, but have not answered my letters of inquiry: Barney Messing, Niagara Falls; C. H. Holmes, Leroy; John Heimlech, Leroy. Cement Se has been a good demand for cement through the year, and the manufacturers have been able to dispose of their product at good prices as fast as it could be made. The table below shows the production in the several factories. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM rd56 ‘OPBVUI BI 4IOdaI SIq} GOYA UO 4OIISIP UL JON-D S06T ul S[e1Ivq 000‘09T 9BuUl 04 yoodxo ‘ZO61 Ul pouing **£BO pus LPI ZO6I suluUNI 4OoN [ABO pus [Vy “ABO puv [IV | 000‘O8 oumIT10y8 MA | 000 ‘OFZ OUII[19986M | 000‘SZT SUNI[1996M | 000 ‘OST eunp12y8 MM | 000‘00E ee ee ee ee eee a Oe eee SYIVUIOY 81811048 W s[o11eq ‘ZO6T JONPOId SIOUIT AA (ae koe eq AWT "ose puppAe i u01}800'T SIOINJOVINUBI IMETIED ** OF qUoWIND puPya0g o1dury "09 queued) puvyyrog aed ATT “OC yUOTIOD) puepylog puvlAe iy rie ie COL ah 09 yuouled ssuluIUny) Yad NALOVANNVN r57 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 q10do1 ON Sees WS 0 Crete fea e 6 Oe U Cw © Ue © Oe Gre he Gee e 8 Ge 8) 6's 6 eo 6 8 Enere ous fen 9 0 6 WIPOUTELM, see ¢ ON Cs we IOSIOE] 93.1004) poyeurnysg |***: ‘pa inmen: (eo ppt aes t a 0 «was ty 6-0, Wepi wna hy), ete] Bye Ore alle ene eves soe ATIOAG M eer ie 09 puBg uojUR.0g pA ‘ooo0g fe’ him q10d yoor] 1@0 Mp gag A iy ee qaodyoory ** OO ap edioyyureyg ‘NOD pf ‘ogo fife ts oreyng TUT Gaia i5:S2* BG imi GUig |e" * se rode yy janureg pA 9 d OOOT ae Ce) e hie s olen] TTtH ould | OT[IASLOB SAT o\4 5.6 5) Oke 68 *“ssoDung uyor oreyng epeuey wor y1odun ospy | ‘*p£ ‘0 000.6% | JOA BIVSBIN [4S BluBAAsuUag Jo 4oog |****'00 puwg oulqy 4uI0g IaquIDAON ul a10ur yonu oreyng SB WDpoIp 0, yoodxY ‘{[ 4900 OF, |"** "pA ‘oO gEEG | "T''*IOAM BIVBBIN "4S [Iva 3 yINODH “10H |***;**** ABMOTLOFT = Xoq pA "9 00S e+e ee O][LAUBUIMOG] jo "9 "Ul € ed **IoysvouR'y “Bs iy fe eee * ploys10q uyor oreyng pA 9 OOF‘ST toe Gee c% = 68 8 eee ‘BpuBMOS) ‘asuvyoxny uOl] oY [809 LS eres ee Cw ow ieee) "iT “ BpBuUeBy Ul QUIT] PUB [BIOUI PVOI OS|[V OYVI “epeuwy wos ‘pA 00009 yodwy |**pA ‘0 0000S | toatl VaVSeIN Woy podumg |*opeyng “48 yp =» BIUISIA |* °°" *** **sorg [forIe_ SY1IVULY ZO6T qisodep jo uoljB00T ssolIppy uqmonadoud 10} uoljonporg “BpBUuRd WOAF FYHNOAG [VILOPBUL OpNUL you soop yonpoad oy, “MOOG UoOATS ov JoAvAs puv puvs Surure suay oy, “UBO[D JJO[ OLB [DAVIS PUB pUvS OT[} Ssoooad Your Aq ‘Fo poureap 1oyVAr oy puUv ‘saroos OJUL LOATL OY} JO poq oY} uwoOAZ JOY}0S0} poduind oav aoyVA puv pus OY, ‘puR[st puvly oAoqv puryst L110q “MBIJG JB AOALI VIVSVIN OT[} JO Pog oY} WOAT sjonpoad osotyy UTeIqO OST SUIODUOD OOIY] IO OMT, ‘OL OV] Jo aL0Ys UBIPVUBD oY} UO soodv[d AoYJO puv OUIQY JuIOg WO; O[RENG 04 FYSno01q oav purvs Jo soyyuend osaeT [PABLS pus puss , * r58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ballast The materials used by the railroads for ballast, filling ete. are not easily classified because separate accounts are not usually kept with each kind. The table below gives the amount of each where distinction was made. Otherwise all sorts are grouped together. It was my original intention to ascertain the amount of geo- logic material mined by the railroads in western New York. Later it was found necessary to extend the limits so as to include the divisions terminating as far east on the New York Central system as Syracuse, and as far as Binghamton on the Lacka- wanna and Erie roads. The material excavated from their tunnel and wheel pit extension by the Niagara Falls Power Co. I have also included in the same table. Geological materials excavated by railroads Sep. 1, 1901-Aug. 31, 1902 RAILROAD Location of Amount Remarks deposit Buffalo Creek....... Lake Erie}6000 c. yd sand..... Erie and Lehigh Valley, shore, Buf- lessees. Use mostly falo cinders from _ eleva- tors for filling ete. Delaware, Lacka- Nichols... .|153,450 c. yd....... 151,100 yd gravel; 2350 wanna & Western yd earth METIS. 26 os os on 3 SORE Dee Oe ee ee ee No report Lehigh, western div-|.......... 47,500 c. yd gravel... Also buys crushed stone . ision for ballast Lehigh Valley, Au- Brookton..|60,000 c. yd gravel. burn division Lehigh Valley, Au- Perryville..|2000 c. yd of lime- burn division stone for riprap Lehigh Valley, Au- Groton... .|20,000 c. yd gravel burn division | and clay Lake Shore: & Michit| | a: 22. Set BEER. ice ee Get gravel from pits in gan Southern Ohio Lackawanna Steel Bay View.. 639,450 c. yd....... Shale and clay for build- Co. é' ing railroad and filling yard. ToSep. 1, 1902 New York Central...) Walworth, 250,000 c. yd gravel New York Central; Newark, W. Shore New. York; Chicago) <2 25. in. /a 0 + ete eee Obtain supply of gravel and St Louis from Pennsylvania (Nickel Plate) Pennsylvania R. R.)Ischua..... 96,500 c. yd gravel . & A. V. division Buifalo, Rochester|Scottsville.|59,883 yd........... 39 698 yd gravel and Pittsburg 5 965 yd sand 14 220 yd earth 59 883 ; Niagara Falls Power N iagara/81,426c yd rock... .|Excavated from wheel pit Co. Falls and tunnel. Used for filling REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r59 SALT While nearly all other mineral industries have been in a fiourishing condition, that of salt-making has suffered a marked depression. The present state of affairs is not due to any sud- den change in supply or demand, but is rather the culmination of disasters the causes of which have existed for many years. Salt was first discovered in the Oatka valley in 1878. In 1883 it had been demonstrated that the rock salt bed extended beneath the whole of the Oatka and the greater part of the Genesee valleys, and in a few years both were dotted with salt factories and mines. Active competition soon lowered the price of the product to a point which gave very little margin to the manufacturer. Investigation showed that the total capacity of the factories and mines was more than double the amount required by the market which they would legitimately supply. To remedy this, the National Salt Co. obtained con- trol of nearly all the evaporating plants, and by closing un- necessary factories reduced both the cost of making and the amount of the product. About the same time, and for similar reasons, the Retsof Mining Co. acquired title to the four salt mines at Retsof, Greigsville, Leroy and Livonia, and working only one or two at a time controlled the price and the output of rock salt. For a time the price of salt improved, and salt-making again became profitable. But with better prices came renewed com- petition from new factories, till the past year has witnessed a repetition of overproduction and consequent stagnation of trade. In the summer of 1902, the National Salt Co. passed into the hands. of a receiver. It is now expected that early in 1903 the stock of the National Salt Co. and that of the Retsof Mining Co. will be merged into that of the International Salt Co., which will take the place of the first two organizations. In February 1903 only one factory, the Yorkshire, was being worked by the National Salt Co. in the whole Warsaw-Genesee field, though the Warsaw and Hawley works were expected to resume in the spring. Of the four mines, only the Retsof was in operation. | r60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In the same district two firms, the Worcester Salt Co. of Silver Springs, and the Genesee Salt Co. of Piffard, which also owned the Livingstone plant, were not absorbed by the National Co. and were actively engaged in salt-making up to the end of 1902. In the early part of 1903 the Genesee Salt Co. passed into the hands of a receiver. The Iroquois Salt Co. of Perry N. Y. has purchased of the National Salt Co. the plant at that place. A large part of the salt made here has been marketed by the National Co. Feb. 14, 1903, the bins were full of the product, and the works were temporarily shut down till the congestion could be relieved. In 1901 the National Salt Co. sold its Leroy plant to the Empire State Salt Co. of that place. The stock of the latter company is principally held by the butchers and meat-packers of Buffalo, who consume the greater part of the salt which the factory produces. A new salt mine Early in 1903 the Oatka Mining Co., an organization includ- ing several members of the Worcester Salt Co., announced its intention to sink a shaft for salt in the Oatka valley. The exact location of the works has not yet been made public; but, since several cores have been taken with a hollow drill near Wyoming, it is probable that the site will be in that vicinity. The plant will have a capacity of 1500 tons a day and will be in charge of Mr John H. Duncan, assistant superintendent of the Worcester Co. The principal office will be in New York. Processes In the methods of evaporating brine the grainer and pan pro- cesses still hold the lead. The vacuum process appears to be gaining ground, as is shown by the fact that it is now used by four factories —the Worcester of Silver Springs, the Glen Salt Co. of Watkins, the Yorkshire of Warsaw and the Cayuga of Ludlowville. Neither open nor steam-jacketed kettles are now employed in the western New York field. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r6l Independent salt manufacturers, western New York field Name Location Empire State Salt Co. Leroy Genesee Salt Co. Piffard Iroquois Salt Co. Perry Remington Salt Co. Ithaca Watkins Salt Co. Watkins Worcester Salt Co. Silver Springs Plants operated by the National Salt Co. Name Location Cayuga Salt Co. Ludlowville Glen Salt Co. Watkins Hawley Salt Co. Warsaw Ithaca Salt Co. Ithaca Warsaw Salt Co. Warsaw Yorkshire Salt Co. Warsaw Plants abandoned or not in use for several years Name Location Globe Salt Co. Wyoming Crystal Salt Co. Saltvale Pavilion Salt Co. Pavilion Pearl Salt Co. Pearl Creek Miller Salt Co. Warsaw Atlantic Salt Co. : Warsaw Gouinlock & Humphrey Salt Co. Warsaw Empire Salt Co. Warsaw Bradley Salt Co. Warsaw Castile Salt Co. Castile Gainesville Salt Co. Gainesville Bliss Salt Co. Bliss York Salt Co. York Phoenix Salt Co. Cuylerville Lackawanna Salt Co. Mount Morris Royal Salt Co. Mount Morris r62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Production of salt The total production of all the factories belonging to the National Co. and independent salt companies in the western New York field is stated by Mr N. S. Beardsley, receiver of the National Salt Co., at 2,000,000 barrels for the year ending Sep. 30, 1902. Of this amount 40% was table, the rest common salt. On the same authority the production of rock salt was 250,000 tons, the equivalent of 1,800,000 barrels. The portion of this produced by persons outside the National Salt Co. is shown by the following table. Company Location Product Genesee Salt Co. Piffard 1378.9 tons! Empire State Salt Co. Leroy » 34,258 ¢; Remington Salt Co. Ifhaca? . , Watkins Salt Co. Watkins 38,848 ~ Worcester Salt Co. Silver Springs © 64,635 wg di Iroquois Salt Co. Perry 18,478 = Caustic soda and bleaching powder In 1901 the National Salt Co. sold its salt works at Rock Glen to the American Electrolytic Co., of which W. C. Gouin- lock, Warsaw N. Y., is president. In the spring of 1902 the company began the manufacture of caustic soda and bleaching powder by the Moore electrolytic process. Both products were -successfully made and marketed at current prices. Hardly was the enterprise under way when the great strike in the coal regions occurred, rendering it difficult to obtain fuel, and, at the same time, the price of bleaching powder fell 50%. The two causes rendered manufacture unprofitable, and work was sus- pended awaiting more favorable conditions. At Niagara Falls there are two companies making caustic soda and bleaching powder by electrolytic methods. The Cast- ner Electrolytic Alkali Co., office, 38 Wall street, New York city, uses the wet method. The raw material is rock salt ob- tained from the Retsof Mining Co. of Piffard N. Y. Lime is ‘Given as 491,640 bushels to Dec. 31, 1902. * Not in operation before Sep. 30, 1902. * Given as 2,326,859 bushels. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 3902 r63 procured from various places mostly outside of New York State. The Acker Process Co., office, Niagara Falls N. Y., makes the same products by the dry process. The raw material is all obtained outside the State, the salt coming from Ohio, and the limestone from Pennsylvania, Canada and elsewhere. The details of manufacture are not given to the public by either concern. For the year ending Sep. 30, 1902, the Acker Process Co. made 14 tons of caustic soda and 28 tons of bleaching powder a day, counting 350 days to the year, a total of 4900 tons of caustic and 9800 tons of bleaching powder. GYPSUM The United States Gypsum Co. of Chicago Ill. has two mills 1 mile from Oakfield, Genesee co., where stucco and other gyp- sum products are made from rock mined in that vicinity. The combined output amounts to 500 tons a day. The plaster mill of S. Gilmore at Indian Falls in the same county was not in operation in 1902. NATURAL GAS The inquiry regarding natural gas has extended over that part of New York which lies west of the Auburn meridian, essentially the territory covered by my report of 1899. In the counties bordering on Lake Ontario, very little exploration for gas has been made, and that little has been unsuccessful. One deep well was put down at Eagle Harbor, Orleans co. The drill touched Trenton rock at 1814 feet and stopped in the is of the Potsdam at 2300 feet. The well was barren. At Warners, east of the meridian mentioned, no drilling has been done since 1899, and no improvement in gas production is reported. Letters addressed to the local gas company at Jor- dan have not been answered. At Seneca Falls the gas supply has failed, and the wells have been abandoned. In the Ontario field deeper drilling has increased the pro- duction. Mr A. Miner Wellman, of Friendship N. Y., has drilled six new wells in the western part of the field, all pene- trating the Medina. Of these only three were sufficiently pro- ductive to pay. The best well showed a rock pressure of 590 r64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM pounds per square inch, and an output of 1,000,000 cubic feet of gasa day. The only extension of this field has been a small addition in the extreme northwestern part of Yates county. Mr D. M. Page of Hornellsville has two productive wells at Rush- ville, the gas from which is piped to that village and supplies 140 stoves or their equivalent. Mr Page has also two unproductive wells at Rushville and a third at Gorham. In Livingston county very little new territory has been ex- ploited. In 1900 the Westcott Natural Gas Co. bored a well at Avon. Gas to the amount of 200,000 cubic feet a day was found in the White Medina (quartzose sandstone) at 1400 feet. To the Caledonia group of wells only one has been added since 1899. This was located about 3 miles south of Leroy. It was 1500 feet deep and passed through the Medina sandstone. In the salt group were found salt water and about 20 feet of rock salt. Mr J. C. Tennant, of Caledonia, was, in October 1902, sinking another well for the purpose of increasing his supply. He reports that the gas pressure in the Caledonia wells has not appreciably changed since 1899. The shallow Marcellus shale gas pool south of Caledonia has not been enlarged since the same year. In October 1902 a well was completed on the Whit- more farm at the Highbanks, 214 miles from Mount Morris. The boring penetrated the Medina sandstone but contained neither oil nor gas. At Corfu in Genesee county no new wells have been drilled since 1900. Mr H. W. Francis, superintendent of the local gas com- pany, reports that there is no falling off in production, but that the six original wells show a slight increase of gas pressure over that of a year ago. In Wyoming county few changes are noted. The Attica Natural Gas Co. has not added to its number of wells. The Attica Water, Gas and Electric Co. has drilled two new holes, one in 1901 and the second in 1902. Both were small producers. The gas pressure in this field is decreasing, and, unless new productive wells are found, the supply will soon fall below the demand. REPORT OF TIIE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 165 The Iroquois Salt Co. of Perry has bored a well near the outlet of Silver lake. No gas was found, but a show of oil was reported. A boring for water on the farm of Paul Armstrong near Perry is said to have shown a small vein of gas. Thin seams of gas-producing rock are not uncommon in shallow wells about 2 miles east of Perry. At Johnsonburg in the same county a well was completed in October 1902 by J. W. Stearns, of Akron N. Y. In this the drill found, Corniferous (Onondaga) limestone at 1230 feet Passed through Corniferous (Onondaga) lime stone at 1430 feet Top of salt at 1853 feet Bottom of-salt at 1893 feet Bottom of well at 1898 feet No gas in the well. Since 1899 a large area of gas territory has been developed in Erie county. The Alden field has been extended westward nearly to Lancaster and is increasingly productive in that direction. The Alden and Batavia Natural Gas Co.,? which now controls the greater part of this field, has 27 wells, the greater part of which produce from 100,000. to 1,000,000 cubic feet of gas each a day. The company has laid a 614 inch main to Batavia by way of Crittenden. At the latter place a branch owned by the Akron Natural Gas Co. takes gas for Akron village to supplement the supply from the Akron wells. My letter to the Batavia office has not been answered, but, from the best information at my disposal, I judge that these lines supply about 1200 taps. The United Natural Gas Co. has also lately drilled eight dry and five producing wells south and east of Lancaster toward Elma and Springbrook. The producing wells give a daily output of 200,000 to 750,000 cubic feet each. The gas from these and other local wells is kept in reserve and used only in very cold weather. The main supply for the city of Buffalo is piped from Penn- Sylvania. After lying idle for some months this well was cleaned out and yielded 15 barrels or more of petroleum. ? Office at Batavia; president, Robert Rose; superintendent, C. C. Rose. r66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The Lancaster-Depew Natural Gas Co. (J. W. Stearns presi- dent, 98 White building, Buffalo) has found a productive field of undetermined extent at Bowmansville. At present (October 1902) the company has four wells with an average production each of 250,000 cubic feet a day. The gas is carried to Lancaster and Depew in a 4 inch main and is now being distributed. The Lancaster Light and Conduit Co. (E. Feyler manager, Lancaster) is also piping in gas to the same village from two or more wells located in Last Lancaster toward Town Line. On account of the decreasing productiveness in the home wells, the Clarence Gas Co. began a search for gas south of that town. In June 1902 a well on the Erisman farm, 3 miles east of Bow- mansville, reached a vein of gas which is said to yield 200,000 cubic feet u day. Another well drilled for the same company on the Marley farm, 5 miles east of Bowmansville, in August—Octo- ber 1902, is reported to be good for 300,000 cubic feet a day. In all these wells the gas occurs, as is usual in this county, in the white or quartzose Medina sandstone. In the Getzville group the pressure appears to be eiminiahing: The Niagara Light, Heat and Power Co. (office, 3 Niagara street, Tonawanda N. Y.) has drilled four new wells since 1895 with unsatisfactory results. One completed in August 1902 produced at the start less than 11,000 cubic feet a day. In the city of Buffalo, the small reservoirs of natural gas are nearly exhausted. The Buffalo Cement Co. has six wells which are still producing, the daily output aggregating from 600,000 to 700,000 cubic feet. In these wells the pressure is steadily declining. The gas is used entirely for domestic purposes. The Richardson group of wells at East Aurora has proved inadequate for the demands of that village and Orchard Park and has passed into the hands .of the United Natural Gas Co., which supplements the local supply from its Pennsylvania main, which is near the latter place. At North Collins two new wells were added to the group in 1902, and the supply of gas has been increased. It is hoped that the additions will furnish gas enough for cold weather, at which season in the previous years the old wells have proved inadequate. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r67 The Boro well, 11% miles northeast of Collins, now furnishes gas to that village and to houses along the route of the line. The boro Gas Co. is now (October 1902) setting up a rig to drill well no. 2 ‘near the first one. The same company is also connecting 10 their line, a well drilled in 1900 on the F. Willette farm near Collins to meet present demands. The two wells at the State Homeopathic hospital near Collins are now supplying to that institution about 35,000 cubic feet of gas a day. The pressure has fallen from 120 pounds at the start to 65. f The gas supply at Springville has been increased by a well at “Coon hollow” 2 or 3 miles from Springville toward Zoar. Mr J. W. Stearns reports the well as capable of producing from two million to three million feet a day. In the vicinity of Gowanda, partly in Erie and partly in Oat: taraugus county, a little additional drilling has been done. A well was put down by the Gowanda Gas Co. on the Frank Taylor farm toward Perrysburg in May 1901. Another was sunk be- tween Gowanda and Dayton about June 1902, and a third on the Fred Unger farm east of Gowanda in October 1902. The first two were light producers. The third is not yet completed. The Willette well near Collins, previously referred to, was drilled in December 1900. Chautauqua county The geology and history of the Lake shore gas belt have been treated very fully by Professor Orton in his admirable mono- graph on petroleum and natural gas.1. The development since 1899 has been in the utilization of gas from already known fields, and therefore the data acquired have not contributed much to our previous knowledge. The wells all through this belt are shallow, small producers, and generally designed, like water wells, for the use of one or two families. The gas pressure runs from 1 to 2 pounds up to 50 or 60 pounds. A pressure of 25 pounds is considered good. Around Fredonia a few wells have been drilled since 1899, none proving very productive. If enough gas is obtained for * Orton, Edward, LL.D. Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York. N.Y. State Mus. Bul. 30. 1899. ros NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM heating and lighting a house, it is considered a paying well. At Westfield several borings have been made. Hon. S. F. Nixon sunk one for domestic purposes in August 1900, to the depth of 400 feet. Charles E. McEwen sunk another in November of the same year to the depth of 440 feet, getting a supply of 2500 cubic feet a day.}. Around Ripley the gas industry has been more active. Mr Charles Keith of that village within the last two years (1901-2) has put down 16 gas wells all within 4 miies of Lake Erie and mostly in Chautauqua county. Two were nearly barren, the others produce from 500 to 20,000 feet of gas a day. There are no large wells in this vicinity, but those found thus far seem well adapted to private use. There are three companies in Ripley which supply gas to con- sumers. Gas pressure in wells runs from 5 to 60 pounds. Only one new well, that belonging to Orton Smith, is re- ported from Brocton. Professor O. C. Presler, of Stockton, in- forms me that two wells have been sunk near that village, each of which gave a small flow of gas. One was located on the estate of Mortimer Ely, and the other, which was 2400 feet deep, on the Andrew Munger farm. At Busti three wells were drilled during the fall of 1900 and the spring of 1901. One of these on the farm of A. Philips was piped, producing enough gas for two stoves. The others were barren. Since my last report several wells have been drilled in the vicinity of Mayville and Chautauqua. The old McConnell well north of the former place has been deepened to 2929 feet, but without increasing materially the yield of gas. The following record of the extension, furnished by Mr G. B. Keith, the con- tractor, is interesting as showing the presence of lower De- vonian rocks. Brown shales at 1100 feet Gray shales at 1320 feet ‘Mr W. B. Duff, of Darlington Pa., who has drilled about 14 wells around Westfield, reports that 90% of them produce some gas. It is generally found above 750 feet and mostly between 100 and 450 feet. The Westfield wells, he says, produce from 2000 to 7000 cubic feet in 24 hours. The gas pressure holds up well when the hole is free from water. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r69 Black (Marcellus?) shales, 150 feet, at 1850 feet Limestone, Corniferous (Onondaga), at 2000 feet Sulfur gas at 2300 feet Salt water at 2600 feet Still in limestone at 2900 feet Bottom of well at 2929 feet A well 1100 feet deep was sunk in 1901 on the farm of George Hewes about midway between Mayville and Chautauqua. Bed rock was reached at 85 feet. At 1050 feet gas with a con- -fined rock pressure of 85 pounds was found. It is now used to heat two houses. Another well on the farm of J. F. Hunt, 144 mile west of the Chautauqua grounds, is 1200 feet deep. The original gas pressure was 80 pounds, which has now fallen, when the well is used, to 60 pounds. ‘The gas was found in a 50 foot stratum of sand at a depth of 810 feet. In the same sand was found a small quantity of amber oil, a barrel of which Mr Keith says was bailed from the well. The gas Mr Hunt uses in his kitchen stove. A well belonging to the Chautauqua Assembly is located in the rear of the assembly grounds. Its total depth is 1500 feet. A small supply of gas with an original confined pressure of 80 pounds was obtained. It furnishes power to pump water from three artesian wells near by which supply the assembly grounds with water. Still another well, 935 feet deep, is on the farm of W. J. Connell 1 mile south of the Chautauqua grounds on the Panama road. A small flow of gas was found with a pressure of 45 pounds. The gas is not utilized. The above wells were drilled in 1901-2. A group of six wells, ranging from 500 to 800 feet in depth, was also drilled in 1901-2, in the township of Carrol] not far from Frewsburg. All have a small showing both of gas and oil. One well has produced to the extent of 14 barrel of oil a day. : The following record of well located in Kiantone township, 3 miles south of Jamestown, was furnished by G. B. Keith. Well — drilled in August 1901. Drive pipe to rock 86 feet Casing 208 feet r70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Total depth 739 feet First gas at 290 feet Second gas at 611 feet Third gas at © , 632 feet The well had an original confined gas pressure of 140 pounds which has since increased to 185. The Pope Hollow well, drilled in 1895, was 1800 feet deep. It contained a 20 foot layer of sand at 500 feet, which, after being shot, gave a small showing of both gas and oil. Mr Keith has also drilled a well 900 feet deep on the farm of Dennis M. Jenks, 2 miles north of Kennedy. It proved barren save a little gas at 900 feet. The old well owned by Broadhead & Son at Jamestown was sunk to the depth of 5000 feet. Cattaraugus county There has been comparatively little exploration for gas in Cattaraugus county within the past three years. In the fall of 1902 a test well was drilled on the farm of Ezekiel Kelly, lot 57, township of Mansfield, 1 mile northwest of the village of Little Valley. The well had a total depth of 900 feet. Gas with an estimated flow of 110,000 cubic feet a day was found at 575 feet. It has not yet been utilized. A group of five wells with an aggregate production of three million feet a day has been drilled on lots 52, 60 and 68 in the southwest part of Red House township. The field, on lots 5, 6, 13 and 14 in the same township, known as the Red House gas field, is exhausted and is practically abandoned. There are no other changes of importance, either in the source or distribu- tion of gas in this county. In 1897 the Mud Creek Oil & Gas Co. drilled a well on the Walker farm at Mud creek, town of Randolph. At a depth of 500 feet gas was found in a 50 foot stratum of good sand. The well was left open for a month, then cleaned, and 30 days later showed a pressure of 240 pounds. Another well, drilled by the same company on the Goodspeed farm 100 rods northeast of the first, found a flow of oil and a small supply of sand at the same depth as in the other. Both wells are now abandoned. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r71 Allegany county The Canaseraga Oil & Gas Co. drilled a well in the winter of 1901-2 on the Miles-Harvey farm near Birdsall. The follow- ing data are furnished by O. S. Pratt, one of the stockholders: Depth of well 1140 feet Gas with an estimated pressure of 150 pounds at 550 feet The producing rock, as shown by the sample of drilling sent me, was a micaceous clay sandstone, 12 feet thick. No oil was found in the well. Another well, drilled about three years earlier, was located %4 of a mile away from the preceding. It had traces of both oil and gas. Still another in this vicinity showed a trace of oil but no gas. ; The Andover gas field has been increased by two small ex- tensions. The first lies northwest of Andover village and in- cludes the greater part of lots 41, 42, 55, 56, 57, 64 and 65, town- ship of Andover. The other lies southeast of Independence vil- lage and includes nearly all of the lots 103, 105 and 119, town- ship of Independence. A well drilled for gas in May 1902 on lot 77, Andover, in the old Andover field, showed a pressure of 150 pounds in one min- ute and 400 pounds in four minutes, without shooting. In the gas companies distributing gas, one or two changes are to be noted. The Allegany Gas Co. Limited, of Friendship is now absorbed by the Producers’ Gas Co. of Olean. The latter com- pany has made no further extensions since 1899. The Empire Gas & Fuel Co. Limited, of Wellsville has also acquired the plant of the Cuba Gas Co. It has, however, made no other additions to its producing territory. The Natural Gas Co. of Andover has not extended its lines, though the additions to its producing oil and gas wells, elsewhere noted, have naturally added to the productiveness of the gas territory. Steuben county Except in the extension of the Allegany field into this county, no drilling of any consequence for either oil or gas has been done since 1899. The Corning Fuel & Heating Co. drilled a second well to the depth of 2000 feet and, finding no gas, aban- r72 NEW YORK STATH MUSEUM doned the project. The Page & Darrin well, lot 19, Erwin township, is filled with water and has ceased to produce. PETROLEUM The high price of petroleum during the past three years has greatly stimulated production. Search for oil has been vigor- ously prosecuted along the borders of known fields, and aban- doned pools have been revived and worked. Old wells have been cleaned out and refitted and new ones drilled between, sometimes at intervals not exceeding 50 feet. The new wells are shot with heavy charges of nitroglycerin, 200 quarts being a common quantity, and often start off with a suprisingly large flow. The production soon drops to an amount varying from 14 barrel to 4 or 5 barrels a day. The wells are pumped in multiple by what the operators call a “power.” To the periphery of a horizontal disk several radi- ating wire ropes are attached. The ropes rest on X-shaped rockers, placed at short intervals, and are connected, at the re- mote end, with the pumps, which may be half a mile or more distant from the power. By means of a gas engine the disk is made to turn half revolutions, thus tightening the ropes and pumping several wells simultaneously. By operating a power for a few hours and then passing to another, a single man may care for a large number of wells and thus decrease the cost of production. The gas for the engine is either obtained from the oil wells or from a “ gasser” in the vicinity and costs very | little. By the above means, wells producing only 14 barrel of oil a day are pumped, and are considered remunerative. The little oil pool at Humphrey has not greatly increased in pro- ductiveness. The wells in this group are small producers, and the field does not, at present, give promise of further profitable extension. A new well was drilled about Aug. 15, 1902. It was located on the Edwin Guthrie farm about 450 feet northeast from another well, which has been pumped since 1898. At last accounts the well had 100 feet of oil in it, but had not been pumped. No change is reported from the field near Allegany village. The Rice brook pool is practically exhausted and has almost ceased REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 ‘*r73 to produce. About 1898-99 several good wells were opened on the Indian reservation north and northwest of the Chipmunk field. This accession has now so fallen off in productiveness that its owner, the South Pennsylvania Oil Co., regards it as “played out.” Important additions which appear to be perma- nent have been made farther south. The little pool at Irving’s Mills has been connected toward the east with the Chipmunk field, which has been also extended on the south so as to in- clude the greater part of lots 6, 14, 22 and 28, Carrollton. An- other spur from the eastern end of the Chipmunk field extends the line of this addition easterly into lots 3 and 1, Allegany. The Chipmunk-Flatstone pool has also been connected by pay- ing wells with the Bradford field near Limestone. The small pool on lot 1, near the headwaters of Flatstone creek, has also been connected with the main oil field on the south. Allegany county In 1901, five wells were drilled within a mile of Short Tract village. In all of these amber oil was found at depths ranging between 600 and 800 feet. Only one well was pumped and that has since been abandoned. It was said to yield three barrels of oil a day, but this [ have been unable to verify. Concerning this well, Mr W.S. Mills of Fillmore writes: “The casing is full to overflow, but whether its contents are all oil or partly salt water, I can not say.” Exploration for oil has also been carried on about 114 miles northeast of Friendship. A well on the McCarthy farm on the east side of lot 30 struck a vein of oil at 1200 feet which yielded 4 barrel a day. Another well with similar conditions and yield was bored on lot 22. These wells are not considered important. A small pool consisting of about 15 wells has been opened at Dry Brook about 2 miles northeast of Scio, on Jots 56 and 41, Amity, and lot 12, Ward, townships. These are small pro- ducers—1 to 5 barrels; but pay at the present price of oil. Scio Oil & Gas Co.’s no. 9 on the Fuller farm, lot 56, Amity, was completed about Oct. 25,1902. It filled a 65 barrel tank at the first pumping and had to be shut down till more storage r74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tanks could be erected. A well on the Reese farm, southeast of the Fuller well and belonging to the Baldwin & Norton Oil Co., completed about the same time, gave 57 barrels the first head. As in the previous case, pumping was delayed for lack of storage. These two wells, the best drilled in Allegany county for many years, indicate that the center of the Scio pool may lie between the old Scio and Dry Brook fields. In October 1902, the Norton Oil Co. of Wellsville put down a well on the Miles farm, southwest of Scio toward Albertson, in the hope of connecting the Scio field with the northern spur of the main oil field toward Allentown. The well, however, proved to be a light producer. The Andover field has been extended slightly on the eastern side, so as to include two tiers of lots on the southwest corner and side of Greenwood, Steuben co. The extension north in- cludes, also, lot 8 in the first tier. In 1901 three wells were drilled on lots 28, 25 and 48, Greenwood, the last or most east- erly being nearly barren. A notable extension, also, has been made south of the village of Independence, where 60 wells have been drilled within two years. The new wells are located mostly on lots 80, 81, 75, 74, 97 and 96, Independence. Two small wells have also been drilled east of the new extension on the northwest part of lots 7 and 8, West Union. The Independence wells are all small —1 to 8 barrels. Oil comes from the Fulmer Valley sand, which is 200 feet lower than the Penney sand. These small wells are shot with heavy charges—200 to 300 quarts—of nitroglycerin. Three or four wells have also been drilled in the south part of Granger township. A fair show of oil was obtained, but not enough to pay for drilling.t | ‘Information from W. J Penny, president Natural Gas Co., Andover. - ‘ ‘ te, ee dy, ten ited > ig. 4 i} a Yio >( ae > ea 7 rey: 4 ' a ¢ ae a ws, Sere As Ch a vd FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PLATE 29 229 ANNUAL REPORT STATE GEOLOGIST. 56% ANNUAL REPORT STATE MUSEUM. DIRECTOR & STATE GEOLOGIST 787100! 1830" : | r ae) fi | | LEGEND | 7 oO Limestone LG lay MAP SHOWING @® Sandstone A Peat MI NERAL RESOURCES © Lime + Sand & gravel OF ---- Gypsum —— Cement MONEROM COUN DY aESinys Scale of miles CaGEENONCIE SS Atrula ny oe 5 19038. eh 1 \Kepdat | B. eS - SS Sae T DS a kes ide- f = NN + i 1%, s M Poel it = ae 4 “T | | He bent on | a Ee areca $e Reyrong topes | y) Grek j ea J (S]=) anche! ] gi a t { f J ee Tak ~Aianain 10" | AGE ah Dalle biteh. 7) Ho Leys poe =H ae ee P. sat reece J] 4 3 aI = 4 eae 2 fae Brion oe Ontario), al Lf ceded 2 ay Lt i R Tar te Cn Atte WON . s / ci ei 4g 2 26 pencerpor' 35+ G sa . act TOr N. ii,” Miller Cars, IK 77°30" ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OF MONROE COUNTY AND CON- TIGUOUS TERRITORY BY CLIFTON J. SARLE Monroe county, in western New York, has an average length from east to west of 32 miles, and a greatest breadth of 26. The total area is 682 square miles divided into 19 towns. It may be roughly compared to an inclined plane, having an eleyation in the southern portion of about 7(0 feet above tide, and in the northern, at Lake Ontario, of 246 feet, the local base level. The broad topographic features of the county are due to the varying character of the underlying rock formations and the consequent difference in the rate of their destruction. Within the area there are one sandstone and four important limestone horizons alternating with five shale horizons. These lie in nearly horizontal layers, their successively truncated edges facing north- ward and stretching eastward and westward through the county. The shales which weather most rapidly, produce areas of de- pression, while the others cause areas of prominence and shelves or platforms. Superimposed on these features are those due to the distribu- tion of the drift, often more conspicuous because of their limited extent. The drift, while reproducing in a general way the broad features of the underlying rock surface, is irregular in its dis- tribution. It is usually arranged in more or less well defined east and west ridges, or moraines, though in some parts of the county, it is raised into elongated north and south mounds, or drumlius, both of these forms being the result of direct deposition from the glacier. In addition to these, are other features, the result of the sorting and arranging by water of the material freed from the glacier, such as serpentine north and south ridges of gravel known as eskers, supposed ty have been formed beneath the ice sheet by running water; mounds of sand and gravel formed by the débouchure of streams from the ice front into ponded water; beach and bar structures formed in connection with the glacial lake history of the region; gravel lobes formed at the mouths of streams flowing into these glacial lakes from r75 ‘ r76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the valley sides; and clay and sand plains formed in the deeper portions of these lakes. Subsequent erosion has done much to modify the original features. From the rock formations and the overlying drift are obtained stone, lime, gypsum, sand and gravel, clay and peat. In Living- ston county, 14 mile south of the Monroe county border, is an ex- tensive deposit of marl which is used in the manufacture of cement. Though there are in Monroe county smaller deposits of this material, no attempt has been made to utilize them. Beginning at Lake Ontario, the first hard rock exposed is the Medina sandstone. It underlies a belt of country averaging about 5 miles in breadth and has a total exposed thickness along the Genesee river of about 150 feet. In the basal 100 feet it is a red shale or clay with some benches of argillaceous sand- stone. The shale rapidly disintegrates on exposure and is suit- able for brick manufacture. 1n the upper 50 feet or more the formation is a red sandstone with shale partings, the less argil- laceous parts being suitable for building purposes. This sand- stone is developed on a small scale at various places along its outcrop. The next formation is the Clinton, which underlies a belt of country averaging 114 miles in breadth. It consists of two shales and two limestones, aggregating nearly 80 feet in thickness. The shales alternate with the limestones, the group beginning with a Shale. The shales have never been used, but experiments show that they could be utilized in making brick. The lower limestone, 20 feet thick, is a thin layered, silicious limestone with shale part- ings. At one time it was quite extensively quarried along the Genesee. The upper is a thin layered limestone 18% feet thick, with shale partings. Though it disintegrates rapidly on exposure, it also has been quarried to some extent along the Genesee. Above the Clinton is the Rochester shale, forming a belt averaging about 114 miles in breadth. It is a calcareous shale or very impure muddy limestone, about 80 feet in thickness. On this rests the Lockport dolomite (limestone) underlying an area about 4 miles in breadth. It has a thickness in the neighbor- hood of 100 feet. It varies somewhat in its character, but may be described as a magnesian limestone of drab color. It furnishes REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STAIE GEOLOGIST 1902 r77 the best stone in the county, both for building purposes and for making lime. Following on this is the Salina formation. It is 600 or 700 feet in thickness and underlies a belt of country 10 to 12 miles in breadth. In the basal portion it is a soft shale, variously colored, disintegrating rapidly when exposed to a clay which might be used for brick. In the upper portion it carries beds of gypsum, succeeded by the Waterlime or Bertie beds. The gypsum beds are worked in the southwestern part of the county, and the Bertie limestone at one place in its southern part. Succeeding this in the two extreme towns, is the Onondaga limestone. Like the Bertie it forms fair building material, but owing to its remoteness from a market, is only quarried at one place. The distribution of the sand and gravel of the county is ex- tremely irregular. Their occurrence can be only roughly indi- cated by locating the more extensive deposits. These comprise the Turk hills, partially included in the southeast corner of the county; an area of deposits extending from these hills, north- westward to Irondequoit bay; mounds and eskers of the Mendon pond region; the Pinnacle hills, which begin southeast of Roches- ter, in Brighton village, and extend along the southern outskirts of the city to the Genesee; a continuation of these which can be traced westward, though less clearly, to Brockport, a distance of 18 or 20 miles; an area of sand and gravel hills in the northern part of the town of Chili; another partially included in the south- western corner of the county; the Ridge road which extends eastward and westward throughout the entire length of the county, passing along the northern outskirts of Rochester; and the beach of Lake Ontario. Besides these are hundreds of smaller deposits scattered over the areas between. Of these areas, the material obtained from the Pinnacle range is undoubtedly the best, notably the sand. Much of the gravel in the southern part of the county carries a large ad- mixture of material from the upper calcareous portions of the Salina shale, often amounting to over 50¢ of the deposits. It is of interest to note, as pointed out to the writer by Mr E. P. Clapp, of North Rush, that all of the gravel deposits in the r78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM southern part of the county lying along the east side of the Genesee valley, are located on the southeast side of drift hills, while those on the west side are on the southwest side of the hills. Several large gravel deposits at the sides of the valley, for example, the one used by the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg Railroad, at Scottsville, were probably formed by large streams debouching into the deeper water of a glacial lake once filling the valley. The clay deposits of the county are found in low lying areas or depressions. The most extensive lies at the foot of the Pin- nacle range and extends with irregular narrowing outline southwest along the Genesee. P | The peat deposits lie in depressions formed by stream erosion or by the irregular deposition of the drift. The location of the marl deposits, like those of the peat, may be either in natural depressions in the drift or in basins formed by stream erosion. These deposits are of two kinds: those formed by precipitation from hard water and those resulting from the accumulation of the shells of fresh-water mollusks. The former are limited to the regions underlain by the Salina and Onondaga formations. Their origin is due to the large amount of calcareous shale and limestone in the drift, from which the water derives its lime. The latter are not limited in their distribution and usually occur beneath peat deposits. So far as known, they are comparatively shallow. Rochester, having a population of upward of 163,000, or over three fourths that of the entire county, is, so far as the areal dis- tribution of these natural products permits, the center of the various industries based on them. Quarry industry All the important or regularly worked quarries of the county are within the limits of Rochester. The Lockport dolomite which underlies the greater part of the city furnishes 99¢ of its house foundations. The remaining material is either shipped into Rochester or comes intermittently from two or three small quarries in the Medina sandstone northwest of the city. The last is of little importance. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r79 The limestone quarries are mainly located in two regions, the Frost avenue and neighboring quarries in the southwestern part of the city, and the North Goodman street quarries in the northeastern. The Frost avenue quarries are in the upper por- tion of this formation, while those of Goodman street are in the lower. Pike’s quarry”, on Frost avenue, is probably the largest excavation of its kind in the city, though not the most exten- sively developed at present. The property is owned by James D. Pike, of 158 Genesee street, and is worked for building stone by Herman Miller, of Susse street, formerly of the Miller & Jones Co., contractors. About 1000 cords of stone and 300 loads of rock chips have been drawn this year. Adjoining this quarry and on the corner of Frost avenue and Snyder street is located that of E. R. Tanner®. The output for the past year, for building purposes, was 1000 cords of stone and for street im- provement, 400 yards of macadam and 200 yards of chips. J. B. Nellis, 818 Plymouth avenue, has worked the old Nellis quarry (located on Arnett avenue off Genesee street) some this year; also considerably, during the latter part of the season, the old quarry on the corner of Flint street and Jefferson ave- nue. About 80 cords were taken from the latter. The Goodman street quarries are three in number. The most extensively worked is that of Foery & Kastner™, located at the end of Central park, office, 315 Joseph avenue. The output for the past year was 7000 yards of macadam and 400 cords of building stone. Just north of this is the quarry of Whit- more, Rauber & Vicinus®, office, 279 South avenue. The quarry of Lauer & Hagaman™, the southernmost on Goodman street, adjoins the above. The output from this was 583 cords for building purposes, and 242 yards of macadam. The amount of macadam for street repairs obtained by crushing the cobble- stones and Medina blocks of old pavements on streets improved, often exceeds in amount that taken from the quarries. For this work, the company has a large Gates portable crusher. H. S. Brown, 334 Hudson avenue, has a quarry in the thin basal beds of the Lockport dolomite. This quarry has been worked but little this year. r80 . NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In the three quarries on Goodman street, the stone for macadam is crushed in stationary Gates crushers; the drilling is done by steam; and the blasting with dynamite. In the other quarries of the city, with the exception of Pike’s, where steam is occasionally used, drilling is done by hand and blasting with black powder. No dressed stone is sold from these quarries. Building stone sells at $3.50 to $4 a cord; macadam at $1 a yard when sifted, when not, at 75 cents to 80 cents; the siftings at 90 cents a yard. In the smaller quarries rock chips, or quarry rubbish, sell at 20 cents a load. A few miles west of Rochester are several small quarries in the Lockport dolomite. One of these cwned by Henry Trabold and Vogt Bros., 114 miles northeast of Coldwater station in the town of Gates, has been worked by Chambers & Casey, contractors, of Rochester. From it 1100 yards of stone were used for macadamizing the Buffalo road. From another® just west of Gates Center, on the site of an old limekiln near school- house no. 6, Gates, on the north side of the Buffalo road, 800 yards of macadam were used by the above mentioned firm for the same purpose. A quarry®™ on a small creek 14 mile south of Gates Center is owned by Edward Marsh. It is worked irregularly. East of Rochester, in the town of Pittsford, Whitmore, Rauber & Vicinus of Rochester have taken out 5254 yards of Lockport dolomite from the bed of West branch of Allen creek, on the lands of J. Christ®™® and C. Teare@), for macadamizing Monroe avenue. The Medina sandstone quarries are located west of the Gene- see, near the Ridge road. In the town of Greece, 4g of a mile north of the Ridge road and just west of the Charlotte branch of the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg Railroad, is a quarry belonging to Bishop McQuaid@. The rock is taken from a massive tier about 45 feet from the top of the formation. Dur- ing the past year a considerable amount has been removed for monument foundations and for private building purposes. A quarry adjoining this is owned by J. A. Rainesford®), It is REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r81 only worked shallowly. About 75 cords have been sold during this year. George A. Allen and William Britton own quarries south of the Ridge road, just west of the Scott road, and 14 mile west of the above quarries. These quarries are at a little higher level in the Medina. This year the owners have only worked them for their own purposes. In the town of Parma, on the farm of Luther T. Bradshaw, south of the Ridge road, is a quarry which is worked irregu- larly@, One mile north of Honeoye Falls, on the south side of Hone- oye creek, on the Honeoye branch of the Lehigh Valley Railroad, are two quarries owned by John Tinker. The one east of the railroad is in the basal beds of the Onondaga limestone®™), the one west is in the top of the Bertie limestone@®, with the weathered Onondaga as a capping. These are worked but little. Contracts for macadamizing roads of Monroe county During the past season contracts for macadamizing 48 miles of road in Monroe county have been let. The following list gives the contractors’ names, sections of the road, material used and its source. West Henrietta road. 6 237 miles; 13,000 yards of Leroy limestone (Onon- daga); contractors, Anderson, Thomas & Brown, Glens Falls. Scottsville, section 1. 2.254 miles; 470) yards of Leroy limestone; contrac” tors, John Dunfee & Co. Syracuse. Scottsville, section 2. 7.537 miles; (contract only) 16,000 yards of crushed stone. Stone may come from quarry just south of Scottsville or from Leroy. Contractors, Anderson, Thomas & Brown, Glens Falls. Clifton road. 3.623 miles; Leroy, 7700 yards (contract only); contractors, John Dunfee & Co. Syracuse. Hamlin road, section 1. 4.637 miles; 6600 yards of crushed Medina sand- stone boulders used as foundation, and 3300 yards of granite boulders used as dressing; contractors, Casey & Murray, Rochester. Hamlin road, section 2. 4.057 miles; 5830 yards of sandstone boulders for dressing; contractors, Casey & Murray. - Buffalo road, section 1. .0364 miles; 800 yards of limestone from the Doty quarry north of the road and just west of Gates Center; contractor, George Chambers, Rochester. Buffalo road, section 2. 5.089 miles; 1100 yards of Lockport dolomite from conjoined quarries of Henry Trabold and Vogt Bros.; contractor, George Chambers, Rochester. r&2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Monroe avenue. 4.226 miles; 8200 yards of Lockport dolomite, in part boulders and in part from the bed of West branch of Allen creek, Pittsford; contractors, Whitmore, Rauber & Vicinus, Rochester. Webster road, section 1. 1.576 miles; 3450 yards of Lockport dolomite from Foery & Kastner’s quarry, Goodman street, Rochester; contractor, Horace M. Cowles, Rochester. . Webster road, section 2. 2.96 miles; limestone from fields on what is known as Atlantic avenue, road east of the Irondequoit creek and in the vicinity of the Black Oak tavern; contractor, F. A. Brotsch, Rochester. Webster road, section 8. 3.398 miles; for foundation, 5000 yards of macadam made from field stone, for top, 2500 yards of granite boulders; con- tractor, Henry L. Smith, Long Island City. Webster road, section 4. 2.879 miles; will use 4200 yards of macadam made from limestone boulders; 2100 yards from granite boulders. Clay industry The clay industry of the county is entirely centered in and about Rochester. The supply of clay used, excepting some imported from outside the State for pottery and sewer pipe manufacture, is obtained from an area of country about 10 miles in breadth and with a greatest length from north to south of about 7 miles, its northern edge abutting the Pinnacle range. The deposit lies in the towns uf Brighton, Henrietta and Chili. The clay is of Quaternary age and was formed as a fine sedi- ment at the bottom of the glacial waters ponded against the ice front at the time of the formation of the Pinnacle range. Though generally red, it varies somewhat in color, being in some places yellowish or limonitic. Its distribution is irregular, its depth running from nothing to 10 or 12 feet. The average thickness at the various places where it is worked is something under 4 feet. It may be thick or thin on a knoll; in some cases it is covered by sand, in others it underlies gravelly knolls. Some of that along Black creek may be connected with the history of that stream. The beds in its vicinity are underlain by quicksand. At other points it is usually underlain by hard pan or argillaceous gravel. At points in the clay, boulders are found in heaps or ridges of small size known as “ hogbacks.” The clay is worked in two regions; one 8 miles east of the Genesee and the other a short distance west. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 rsg3 The Rochester Brick & Tile Co. office, 248 Powers block, Rochester, is located at the eastern of these localities, in Brighton, on Monroe avenue, about 3 miles from the center of Rochester. It manufactures brick, draintile, flue linings, fire brick and building materials. The clay bank of this company is 1% mile south of the works and is of a red color with a little sand or loam over it at some points. This sand is utilized with the strong clay, so that no sand need be added. If too much sand is found in the clay at one point, it is equalized by mixing it with clay from another. As high as one fourth sand can be used. The clay at the present point of the working is 12 feet deep. It becomes a little lighter colored toward the bottom and passes into a hard pan or argillaceous gravel. Occasion- ally a small hogback of boulders is struck in this bank, though none have been uncovered this year. The material is plowed down as wanted and shoveled into cars, which are drawn by horses to the works, where it is dumped out on a platform in front of the machines. If bricks are to be made, it is shoveled into a two roll crusher and passed through once and out on an elevator or belt, which car- ries it to the pug mill, where it is tempered and prepared for the brick machine. From the end of the pug mill, it is fed di- rectly into the upright soft mud machine. The material is worked down through into molds by means of a series of hori. zontal knives set at an angle and turned about a vertical axis. From the molds, the bricks are dumped on wooden pallets, trucked away and placed in the racks to dry. There are three of these soft mud machines, placed on a line shaft at convenient distances from the rack system. Thirty-five thousand bricks can be manufactured by a machine ina day. The bricks, when dry enough to handle, are “edged up” in the racks, where they remain till dry enough to go to the kiln. The principal part of the burning is done in the W Ss and continuous kilns. The Wingard is an up-draft kiln consisting of side. walls and stationary fire boxes. There are six of these kilns at the factory. Bricks are piled into them 52 to 54 high, the capacity being 500,000 to 600,000 each. When filled, the r&4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM open ends are scoved up, that is, sealed with a layer of burnt brick plastered over the outside with clay. About eight days are required for burning and six for cooling. The bricks are left in the kiln till sold. The continuous kiln is square in form and is divided into 16 chambers, eight on a side, holding about 35,000 bricks each. The process of burning this kiln is firing down one side, crossing over and back on the other side, contin- uing this process around indefinitely, the filling and drawing of the different chambers of the kiln proceeding as the contents are ready. The bricks in all stages of burning from green brick to the finished product ready for delivery, are found in the chambers at one time. The firing of the kiln is done from the top, the heat passing through several chambers before going into the chimney flues. Soft coal slack is used. The company has a machine for the manufacture, by the stiff mud process, of hollow ware such as draintiles, flues and fire- proofing material. This machine is called an auger stiff mud machine and has a capacity of 100 or more tons a day. The number of feet of tile manufactured in a day depends on its size, it being possible to make more of the small tile, in case of two inch draintile, about 40,000 feet. This product is burned mainly in two round down-draft kilns. The time required for burning is four or five days and for cooling, three days. The clay for this ware is prepared in a like manner to that for the soft mud machine with the exception that four roli crushers are used instead of two. The pugging process is the same as in the brick, the material going directly from the mill to the auger machine. These tiles are dried in racks, and, owing to their being hollow, do not have to be edged up. In the busy season the company employs an average of from 100 to 140 men. The men work by stint and, if making brick, are given 35,000 a day to do; so, starting at 7 o’clock a. m., taking a half hour nooning, they are through at 8 o’clock p. m. The end of the brick season for this year was Oct. 19. Whitmore, Rauber & Vicinus formerly had two brickyards, one®) on the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg Railroad, about 4 miles from the depot in Rochester, the other on Monroe REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r&85 avenue east of the Rochester Brick & Tile Co.’s yard. They have now consolidated their works and carry on business at the former locality under the name of Rochester German Brick & Tile Co. The company manufacture brick, draintile and hollow ware. Its clay bank is located 14 mile from the buildings. The ma- terial at present runs about 3 feet deep. The clay is brought to the yards by a small steam engine. It is prepared in the same way as by the Rochester Brick & Tile Co. The company has four stationary up-draft Philadelphia kilns and one Wilford con- tinuous kiln, the latter being used almost exclusively. The Phila- delphia kiln, like the Wingard kiln used by the Rochester Brick & Tile Co., consists of side walls and open ends, but, instead of confining four fires in one chamber, the Philadelphia kiln is fired under each arch. The number of men employed in the busy season is between 100 and 140. The Maplewood brickyard®, belonging to the Hiram Sibley estate, office in Triangle building, Rochester, is located at Maple- wood, on the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg railroad, 2 miles south of the Rochester German Brick & Tile Co.’s yard. This company confines itself to making common building brick. The works are superintended by Robert Gay. The bank is located a mile farther south along the railroad. The clay at present runs about 3 feet thick and is underlain by quicksand. It is lighter colored than that of the Rochester Brick & Tile Co., and the lower portion is lighter colored than the upper. The clay is spaded into cars, and drawn to the works by a small steam engine. It is mixed with sand and tempered by hand in a pit, a process known as puddling, and then shoveled into the soft mud machine. The company has one Wilford con- tinuous and four Wingard up-draft kilns. On an average 50 men are employed during the brickmaking season, which is from April to October or November, according to the year. Boys are employed in bringing pallets and in edging brick. The pallet racks are arranged as at the Rochester Brick & Tile Co.’s yards. The teaming is done by contract. r&6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The output during the past year was 4,923,500 bricks, bringing on an average $6.83 a thousand. Pottery industry One pottery is owned by John Schmidt. The shop is located at 166 Scio street, Rochester. The bulk of the material used is Quaternary clay obtained in the town of Chili, at a point® 4 miles south of the center of Rochester, between the Scottsville road and the Western New York & Pennsylvania Railroad. In addition to this, clays from New Jersey and Ohio are used for glazes. The product consists of flowerpots, some of which are glazed by slipping. The large pots are made on a potters’ wheel, the small, in presses with changeable dies. One kiln is used. Four men are employed. ; Sewer pipe industry There are two sewer pipe manufactories in the county, both located at Rochester. The New York Sewer Pipe Co., (office in German Insurance building, Rochester) disposes of the entire output. The factory of the Rochester Sewer Pipe Co. is located at 545 Oak street, and the office is at 247 Powers building. The president and general manager is R. H. Gorsline; director, W. H. Gorsline. Most of the clay used in this factory comes from the town of Chili, 1 mile south of Maplewood station™, With this is used a New Jersey fire clay from Raritan river (Cretaceous), as the Chili clay will not stand vitrifying alone. The Chili clay is yellow or limonitic, averaging 3 feet in — depth, and is underlain by quicksand. In some parts of the bank the clay becomes sandy, too sandy for use, 10% to 154° being the limit at which it can be used. When sand is needed, it is obtained in stripping this bank. The material is brought to the works’ on the Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg Railroad. At the bank the cars are run in on a Siding, and the clay is thrown in from the spade. The New Jersey clay is shipped by boat on the Erie canal. Thirty boat loads, or 5000 tons of this clay and 8000 tons of the Chili clay, it is stated, were used last year. The process of manufacture of sewer pipe is as follows. The clay, roughly proportioned by wheelbarrowfuls, is dumped into REPORT OF THE DIRECTOK AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r87 combination wet pans, where it is ground, mixed and tempered. The apparatus consists of two large rotary crushers or mullers, which, turning, rotate a large pan beneath them, the material being crushed against the bottom. This is then shoveled out on a horizontal belt conveyor, which dumps it into a pocket, from which it is conveyed by a belt elevator to the top of the build- ing; from there it is dropped on other belts, by means of which it is carried to the presses. These presses consist of two cylin- ders of different sizes, the larger, or upper, being a steam cylin- der which drives a piston and disk down into the smaller one beneath, into which clay is fed. By this pressure, the clay is forced down through dies and comes out as green tile. It is said that a pressure of 117 pounds to the square inch is exerted on the 42 inch steam head of the press, which, transmitted to the 20 inch clay head, gives a resulting pressure on the latter of nearly 30 tons a square inch, and insures a close bodied pro- duct. In one press any sized pipe can be made by changing the dies. The sizes made range from 3 to 30 inches, the 30 inch being rarely made. After leaving the press the pipes are con- veyed to the drying room and set on slat floors, underlain by steam pipes, to air-dry. When the clay leaves the press, it is in a comparatively soft state and is allowed to stiffen till of the proper temper, after which the pipes are turned and trimmed and, when necessary, are rounded by putting a circle inside and “drawing them back.” The junction work, or putting in Y and T branches, is all hand work and is done the same day that the pipe leaves the press, as it is then at the proper temper. The time required for drying varies according to the size of the pipe. For the 24 inch, three weeks are needed. After being com- pletely dried, they are put in kilns and burned. In the kilns the pipes are “nested,” that is, the smaller set within the larger to economize space, but not too close, as it would inter- fere with the glazing. When the ware shows a sufficient amount of burning, salt is thrown on the fire, when a fusion of the surface of the pipes takes place, which constitutes salt glazing. The larger pipes require six nights and five days, or 132 hours of continuous burning, called a six day run. Approxi- r88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM mately the same time is required for cooling as for burning. When a kiln is cooled, the pipes are wheeled into an open yard. The company has 10 square down-draft kilns. Soft coal is used, about 100 tons being consumed in a week under the boilers and in the kilns. Sixty men are employed the year through. Last year the fac- tory was run for 49 weeks, three weeks being lost owing to the lack of coal, due to delay of traffic, from the heavy snows and thaws. The output for the last year was about 600 carloads, seven kilns, holding two carloads each, being burnt each week. Twenty per cent of this is consumed locally. The Standard Sewer Pipe Co., on Lexington avenue, office, 8 Caledonia avenue, uses clay obtained mainly from two beds in Chili, one® just west of the Maplewood brickyard, the other 114 miles farther south and just beyond Black creek“. Both beds are counected by sidings with the Butfalo, Rochester & Pittsburg Railroad, which runs past the works. The bed at Maplewood is a red clay about 3 feet deep, underlain by an argillaceous gravel; the other is a light colored clay about 4 feet deep and underlain by quicksand. The clay is dug up with spades. The company also uses the New Jersey fire clay. The process of manufacture is the same as that of the Rochester Sewer Pipe Co. This company has five square and four round, down-draft kilns, with six to eight fireplaces each, some fired on grates, others on the floors. The fires are separated from the contents of the kiln by fire walls. This year the company has been mainly making conduit pipes and has a double conduit press, or one feeding two dies, one on each side. Six hundred carloads of material have been put out during the past fiscal year. Local trade takes about one tenth of the output. Lime industry In Monroe county there are at present but three limekilns burning: one® in the southern part of Rochester on the corner of Jefferson avenue and Cottage street; one® about 3 miles west of Rochester in the town of Gates, 4 mile north of the Buffalo road; REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 rg9 and one® in the town of Brighton, about a mile east of the vil- lage, on the south side of the Brighton-Pittsford highway. The one in Rochester is owned by Lamson & Leason, who work it themselves under the name of Hurd Lime Kiln Co. They have a single center-draft kiln, with four fireplaces, two on a side. The kiln, with a capacity of 600 or 700 bushels, is filled from a bucket raised by steam. Soft coal is used in burning. The rock is obtained from J. B. Nellis who quarries it a little farther west on Cottage street from a level which is but a few feet below the zone of silicious concretions carrying the Guelph fauna. It is mainly made up of drifted bryozoan fragments. The amount of stone used during the last year was 429 loads, or about 107 cords. tes * cnn pam: ek ee ee 30 Hamilton.,,shales.,..(. 4 9:4-$9 -juseler itd -aesae oy aes 1079 Marcellus shales’ . . 92} fff <% sfeiqgik fesht -een tl see ee 81 Corniferous | limestones, (2. bsrx. ehasdjesakl- 4a-exeeyr abs 95 Oriskany sandstonesi:; o7iios «i-hewaitges omek ae 15 Lower Helderberg shales ........ ol. tet teG at- deo 135 Onondaga. limestones’: i Winizs. ad) cts seer. June. ods oer 295 Ist layer\of salt penetrated, -tasnioo. biciineS. 2eq-6e 42 TOLL sm orca ¥ coibea 1 > eer ke eee ae ae eee 2137 The works are now in active operation. MINERAL RESOURCES OF ONONDAGA COUNTY, NEW YORK BY T. C. HOPKINS Building stone Onondaga limestone. The gray, crystalline Onondaga lime- stone, which forms the base of the Corniferous group, is com- mercially the most important rock in the county and is quarried quite extensively in several different localities. The greater part of the dimension stone quarried from this formation comes from the Onondaga Indian reservation, 4 miles south of the city of Syracuse. The rock is hauled by wagon from the quarries at the reservation to the city of Syracuse, where part of it is used for stone buildings, and trimmings for brick buildings, and part of it is shipped by rail and canal to more distant points. In 1902 there were three quarries in operation on the reserva- tion.» The most northern one was operated by Kelly Bros., the next by Patrick McElroy and the southern one by D. Story. They were all in active operation during the season, quarrying dimension stone almost entirely. Besides the stone quarried for dimension stone, there are large quantities of the Onondaga limestone quarried for use in the manufacture of soda ash by the Solvay Process Co. At pres- ent it is using 1200 tons a day for this purpose. Part of this supply is quarried by the company from its own quarries at Split Rock, 3 miles south of the works and brought to the works by its overhead wire cable and bucket system. Heretofore, the stone, after being blasted from the quarry, has been broken into small dimensions by hand, a slow and laborious process, but the company has now completed the erection of two giant crushers, each having a capacity of 200 tons an hour, equivalent to the services of 200 men. This crushing plant, probably one of the largest in the State, has been constructed at an expense of $75,000 and will greatly facilitate this part of the work of this great company. r109 r110 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM However, despite its large quarries and large force of men at work, the Solvay Co. finds it necessary to purchase stone from outside parties to supply its needs. A. E. Alvord at Manlius in the town of DeWitt is at present quarrying and shipping 300 tons of the Onondaga limestone a day to Solvay. The stone is quarried on the hill above the village of Manlius and hauled in carts to the railway at the village, where it is loaded on the rail- way cars. Another source of supply for large quantities of stone for the Solvay works is I. E. Britton’s quarry, 2 miles south of Syra- cuse, on the Delaware, Lackawanna & Western Railroad. A con- siderable part of the stone from this large quarry goes to Solvay, but part of it is shipped to the sugar factory at Binghamton for use in refining the sugar. At Britton’s quarry there is no sharp line of demarcation be- tween the Onondaga limestone and the underlying Oriskany sandstone, so that the lower portion of the limestone is impreg- nated with sand and hence unfit for either the soda or sugar fac- tory, and this portion of the stone is used this year for macadam in grading the streets. Besides the large quarries mentioned above, there are several small quarries, where the Onondaga limestone is taken out in lim- ited quantities for purely local use. The Lower Helderberg limestone. The Lower Helderberg or Man- lius limestone is quarried in large quantities in the county and used locally as building stone for foundations, retaining walls ete. and for macadam for roads, for quicklime, and certain layers for waterlime or hydraulic cement. It is quarried for building stone and for broken stone for macadam by I. E. Britton, E. I. Rice, Daniel Murray, Mr Wells and Thomas Coughlin in the Onondaga valley south of Syracuse, by the Solvay Process Co., at Split Rock, and E. B. Alvord, near Jamesville. It is quarried for waterlime by I. E. Britton, Syracuse, A. E. Alvord, Manlius, Robert Dunlop, Jamesville, and John Costello, Manlius. Bangs & Gaynor at Fayetteville and Thomas W. Sheedy 1 mile north of Fayetteville have kilns for burning and mills for grinding waterlime, but they buy the raw stone from small quarries in the vicinity. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 rlll The largest producers of the Lower Helderberg limestone in Onondaga county during the year were E. B. Alvord, Jamesville, I, E. Britton, Syracuse, John Costello, Manlius (formerly the James Beahan quarry), and the Solvay Process Co. Clay and clay products There are no high grade clays in Onondaga county, but brick and tile clays are used in large quantities and pottery clay in one locality. The Syracuse Pottery Co. obtains pottery clay at Belle Isle, a few miles west of Syracuse on the New York Central Railroad. The works of the Onondaga Pottery Co., which were destroyed by fire a few months ago, have been rebuilt and are expected to be in operation by Jan. 1, 1903. They do not use any local clay. The brick companies in active operation during the year 1902 were the New York Paving Brick Co., C. & L. Merrick, George W. Pack, and the Onondaga Vitrified Brick Co. The New York Paving Brick Co. obtains its clay from its pits on the east bank of the Seneca river, east of Baldwinsville, and 14 mile north of Belgium. Theclay is partly glacial deposit and partly alluvial deposit. The bottom of the deposit consists of a smooth, plastic, blue, glacial till, overlain by an irregular deposit of sand and gravel, which is overlain in turn by a finely laminated, buff colored clay. Several acres of the clay have been worked over to a depth of 15 to 25 feet. The clay is loaded on barges at the pit and transferred by the river and the canal to the factory at Geddes on the west side of the city of Syracuse. The company manufactures vitrified brick for street paving, some for building ~ and some for the alkali and paper works. The bricks are widely known among the paper manufacturers for their power to resist the action of strong alkalis and are shipped for this purpose to distant parts of this and other countries. The bulk of the out- put, however, is used for street paving. The company has not been able to fill all its orders, so great has been the demand for the bricks this year, though it has been turning them out at the rate of 60,000 a day, or about 15,000,000 for the season. George W. Pack’s brickyard lies on the northwest side of the city of Syracuse. The clay is a lacustrine deposit and is worked r112 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM to a depth of 5 or 6 feet. It is adapted to the manufacture of common red brick, for which purpose only it is used. The clay burns to a pale red color. The clay is brought into the machine in carts and is fed into the machine by a belt with carriers at- tached. The bricks are dried in racks and burnt in the common up-draft kilns. The market is almost wholly local. The yard closed down Noy. 15 with a total product of 1,000,000 for the season. C. & L. Merrick’s brickyard is at Whiskey island, 2 miles north- east of Syracuse, on the cut-off of the New York Central & Hudson River Railroad. Besides the great number of common red brick, they manufacture repressed, hollow, and buff brick and draintile. They have increased the output this year, which amounts to about 3,000,000, by putting an automatic cut-off to the machine. They have also obtained new dies’for the tile machine. The Onondaga Vitrified Brick Co. manufactures red building brick at its plant at Warner’s. Lime and cement The quicklime industry was almost entirely abandoned in Onon- daga county during 1902, largely from the high price of coal due to the strike in the anthracite coal field. The output of waterlime was much smaller than usual, partly for the same reason, the high price of coal, and because of the more extended use of Port- land cement, which seems to be displacing the natural cement to some extent. The Paragon Plaster Co. obtains its waterlime from the dif- ferent quarries in the county, while its quicklime is made from limestone brought from Chaumont, Jefferson co., and the sand is obtained from Forestport, Oneida co. . R. D. Button, Cottons, Madison co., quarried a few hundred tons of gypsum this year and sold it to the plaster and cement companies. Mrs F. Hodge, Perryville, Madison co., has a small mill for grinding plaster, which is bought from the neighboring quarries. The Empire Portland Cement Co. of Warner N. Y., whose large mill was destroyed by fire recently, has rebuilt the mill, enlarging its capacity and equipping it with improved rotary REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r113 kilns. The new building is constructed of steel and is modern in every respect. It will have a capacity of 500 to 600 barrels of cement a day. The works are expected to be in operation by February 1903. Sand and gravel Large quantities of sand and gravel are quarried at Syracuse and near vicinity for use in mortar, plaster, cement and other purposes, but the industry is so purely local and carried on by individual operators in such an irregular way that no attempt has been made to get a directory of the dealers. Most of the sand is obtained from the beach deposits of the fossil Lake Iroquois. Salt Solar salt is manufactured in large quantities at Syracuse, but the product this year is below the average on account of the excessive rain and little sunshine during the summer months. The salt is all produced from water from the State wells. The output and details of the industry are given in the report of the state commissioner in charge of the wells and hence are omitted here. The Solvay Process Co. continues to get its salt from its wells at Tully. It has recently changed the plan of operating the wells. Formerly the fresh water was put into the wells under sufficient pressure to force it through the salt bed and out at the mouth of the well, whence it flowed by gravity to the works at Solvay. It was noticed after a time that more water was put into the well than was coming out, and there appeared to be also an increase in the percentage of salt in the State wells at Syra- cuse. The pressure was released on the Tully wells and the water pumped out of the wells into the pipes in which it is con- ducted to the works. Gypsum The gypsum industry has been fairly active during the current year, the output being somewhat above the normal. Part of the output is used for wall plaster and decorations, part goes to the cement manufacturers, and part is ground raw and used for land plaster. r116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The sand is used in the manufacture of window glass and bot- tles, and to some extent, in steel mills. For these purposes, it is shipped to Rochester, Ithaca, Lockport, Black Rock, Syracuse, Clyde etc. The following producers have given their output for the year. J. L. Bentley, Fish Creek 200-300 tons EK. H. Cook & Bros., Bernhard’s Bay 5000 tons A. L. Gifford, Rome 1000 tons A. F. Purdy, Bernhard’s Bay 2500 tons William Williams, Durhamville A few barrels Iron ore The Clinton iron ore is at present worked for two distinct purposes, as a source of iron and for the preparation of mineral paint. The mines now in operation are situated just east of the village of Clinton, where mining has been carried on for about 50 years. The Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co. has an extensive mining plant capable of producing a large quantity of ore. The entire output is smelted at the company’s furnace at Franklin Springs, about 2 miles by rail from the mines. The plant was put into operation July 12 and up to Sep. 27 had mined 13,800 gross tons of ore. Adjacent to the foregoing mines is the property of C. A. Borst, who has recently installed a very complete mining plant. The product of the mines is at present all used in the manu- facture of mineral paint. The output for the year was 2925 gross tons. Mineral water A short distance south of Franklin Springs a mineral water industry of some local importance has developed within a few years. The water comes from wells drilled to depths of 75 to 100 feet, the source being apparently in Clinton rocks. i While the different waters vary considerably in composition, they are as a rule quite saline. In two cases lithium is reported in some quantity. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 rl17 Producers and output for the year are as follows: J. b. Coates, Clinton. 12,000 gallons. Clinton lithia water George H. DeNike, Clinton. 15,000 gallons. Split Rock nat- ural mineral water Kirkland Mineral Spring Co., Clinton. Output not reported. Kirkland and Glacier waters PF. H. Suppe, Franklin Springs. Output not reported. Frank- lin natural mineral water Warner, Franklin Springs. Output not reported. Warner’s natural mineral water ECONOMIC PRODUCTS OF ST LAWRENCE COUNTY BY W. N. LOGAN Sandstone The E. A. Merritt Sandstone Co. of Potsdam has quarries and mills located at Hanaway Falls. E. A. Merritt is the manager of this company. The sandstone is the Potsdam in its typical locality. The value of the output is about $100,000 a year. The Clarkson Sandstone Co. has quarries 1 mile north of Hanaway Falls. The value of the product is $40,000 a year. The sandstone is used for building purposes and flagging. Potsdam sandstone is quarried on the L. F. Hale farm 2 miles south of Canton. The product of the quarry is used locally. A quarry of this stone on the Edward Gilson farm 4 miles north- east of DeKalb village in DePeyster supplies a smal! local de- mand for building stone. The Potsdam sandstone is also quarried on the Saxon farm 214 miles south of Brushton. It is used locally for building purposes. Output 100 cords a year. Also on the Sid. Paddock farm 3 miles east of Malone. The value of the output is $12,000 a year. On the Levi Bashah farm 14 mile north of Malone, 100 cords a year, valued at $5 a cord; on the Green farm 14 mile north of Malone, 50 cords; on ihe Paddock farm 14 mile west of Malone, 75 cords a year. Limestone Chazy limestone is quarried on the Oscar Hale farm 3 miles northeast of the village of Norwood in the town of Norfolk by Charles Warren. The limestone is used for building purposes and for road metal. The value of the output is $15,000 a year. Another quarry located 114 miles northeast of the village of Norwood supplies the local demand for building stone. Other quarries located at West Potsdam and Massena supply a local demand. No estimate of the output could be obtained. Marble The marble quarrying industry of St Lawrence county has been very active during the past year. Nearly all of the old r118 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r119 quarries have been in operation and a number of new ones have been opened. The E. E. Stevens quarry located 114 miles southwest of Canton village produces a gray marble very closely resembling gray granite in appearance. The product of the quarry is valued at $40,000 a year. The Nickerson quarry situated 2 miles south of Canton on the Nickerson farm has not been operated the past year. The marble receives a light yellow color from the presence of serpentine. The Chamberlain quarry located 214 miles from Kent Corners and operated by W. D. Chamberlain of Dayton O. has just re sumed operations. The value of the output the last year worked was $15,000. The marble is white in color. A marble quarry was opened by Horace Ellsworth, of Canton, on the Peter Fallon farm 134 miles east of Colton village in the town of Colton. A white marble quarry was opened on the J. C. Leary farm 2 miles east of Colton. The Gouverneur Marble Co. of Gouverneur operates a quarry located 1 mile southwest of Gouverneur in the town of Gouverneur. The company employs 65 men and values the product of the past year at $90,000. Two thirds of the output are used for monu- mental purposes and one third for building purposes. Some of the waste from the mills is used for road metal. The marble varies from a light to a deep blue. A chemical analysis gave the following result: silica 1.58¢; iron and aluminum oxids .79%; lime 51.454; magnesia 3.49¢; sulfur .88¢; carbonic acid 42.562. The St Lawrence Marble Co. has quarries located 114 miles southwest of Gouverneur. The company employs 30 men and had an output valued at $380,000 (for the year 1901). It works two quarries. “i The Davidson Bros.’ marble quarry is located 134 miles south- west of Gouverneur. The mills of the company are at Watertown. Seventeen men are employed at the quarry. The output of the company is 40,000 cubic feet, valued at from $1.25 to $4.50 a cubic foot. | The Northern New York Marble Co. has two quarries, the Northern and the Empire, located 214 miles southwest of Gouv- ri20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM erneur. This company employs 100 men and has an output valued at $80,000. The marble is used mostly for monumental purposes. Some of it however is used for building purposes. Morrison & Whitney of Gouverneur have opened a quarry of white marble 314 miles north of Gouverneur on the Babcock farm. Machinery for the quarry and mills is being put in rapidly. Lime The crystalline limestones of the Grenville series are burned for lime in many parts of St Lawrence county. They produce a lime of superior strength, but it requires a high temperature to calcine them. A kiln is operated by Mr Church, of Crary’s Mills, about 4 miles southeast of Canton village in the town of Canton. The output is about 600 bushels a year. Williams & Johnson operate two kilns at the village of Bigelow in the town of DeKalb. They also operate a kiln 2 miles south of the village on the Tom Davis farm. The yearly output is about 1000 bushels. A kiln on the V. P. Abbott farm 2 miles southwest of Gouver- neur in the town of Gouverneur is operated by C. J. Maimer and produces 400 bushels a year. A kiln on the J. C. Leary farm 2 miles east of Colton village has supplied a local demand, but is not operated at present. Iron ore There has been renewed activity in the production of iron ore in this county during the past year. Many of the mines which were compelled to close down about 10 years ago, because dealers refused to buy that grade of ore, have resumed operations. When the mines closed, ore containing less than 50¢ of iron could not be sold. At the present time there is a market for ore running as low as 48%. The Rossie Iron Ore Co., represented by Mr B. Nicholls, 59 Wall street, New York, has two mines located at Caledonia in Gouverneur. Both are in operation, and a third has just been opened. The company employs 65 men and has a daily output of 100 tons. The ore is hematite and contains about 50¢ of Fe. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r121 The ore occurs in beds which are constricted in places, forming lens-shaped masses. The beds are tilted, and the ore is always richest in the trough of the lenticular mass. The age of the rocks I have not determined, though I think they are later than Grenville. The Carney Ore Mining Co. of New York operates three shafts 34, of a mile east of Caledonia. The mines are managed by John- son Bros., of Gouverneur. The output is 80 tons a day. The ore grades from 484 to 50¢ Fe. A deposit of micaceous hematite was discovered in the public road 3 miles east of Canton village. It has been opened and the ore used for road metal. Hematite was found also on the George Cole farm, 114 miles northwest of High Falls. Also on the Grant Hastings farm, 14 mile west of the same village. A deposit of red hematite found on the Halley farm 2 miles from High Falls was leased by M. W. Spalding, of Rensselaer Falls. These ores all occur in rocks of the Grenville series. An iron ore bed was opened during the past season on the Vander- hoff farm, 2 miles south of Crary’s Mills in the town of Pierre- pont, by S. Vanderhoff. The ore contains 55% of Fe. A shaft has been sunk to a depth of 20 feet. Iron ore was discovered at Owl head 6 miles south of Malone. The deposit has not been exploited. The Chateaugay Iron Mining Co. is said to be operating mines on Upper Chateaugay lake. Lead Rossie and Macomb have in times past produced lead, but the mines have not been worked in recent years. The lead ore occurs in small veins in rocks (limestones and schists) of the Grenville series. During the past summer lead ore was discovered near the DePeyster-Macomb line, 4 miles east of Macomb village and 7 miles north of Gouverneur. The discovery revived interest in lead mining. Preparations are being made by the Gouverneur Garnet and Lead Mining Co. to exploit this vein. r122 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Tale The tale industry of St Lawrence county has been prosperous during the past year. All of the old mines have been working, and a number of new ones have been opened. The Ontario Talo Co. of Gouverneur has one mine located 14 of a mile north of Fullerville in Fowler, and two 1 mile north of Fullerville. The daily output is 20 tons. It is used in the manufacture of paper, paint and toilet preparations. Sixty tons a week are used by the Bellows (Vt.) Paint Co. The company produces four grades of bur and cylinder tale. The International Tale Co. of Gouverneur owns three mines at Taleville in Edwards. The output is 35,000 tons a year. The product is used in the manufacture of paper, paint, rubber goods and toilet preparations. There are five grades, both bur and cylinder. | The United States Tale Co. of Gouverneur operates one mine at Taleville. Its output is 10,000 tons a year. The product is used principally in the manufacture of paper. The Union Tale Co. of Gouverneur operates three mines in the vicinity of York in the town of Fowler. Its output is about 30,000 tons a year. Ninety per cent is used in the manufacture of paper. The company produces several grades, both bur and cylinder. The C. T. Holbrook Co. opened a mine 314 miles west of DeKalb Junction in DeKalb, on the Helageas farm. About 500 tons of tale have been taken out. A deposit of tale was located on the Close and Root farms 2 miles east of Colton. It has been leased by A. Fuller, of Colton. Apatite This mineral occurs associated with the crystalline limestone of the Grenville series. Quantities of crystals are collected each year by museum collectors from the marble quarries of Gouver- neur and from other localities in Macomb. It has not yet been found in sufficient quantities to be of commercial value as a fertilizer. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r123 Diopsid Well formed crystals of green diopsid were collected from the farm of George Foster, 2 miles east of Bigelow in DeKalb, during the past year. The crystals occur in pockets and fissures in the crystalline limestone of the Grenville series. A deposit existing under similar conditions occurs on the Calvin Mitchell farm, 134 miles from Bigelow. These two deposits have been visited by collectors and the material is sold for cabinet specimens. Garnet The Gouverneur Garnet & Lead Mining Co. opened a garnet mine 3 miles north of Gouverneur during the past summer. The garnet is to be used in the manufacture of sandpaper. It is the variety known as almandite and occurs in a quartz vein in gneiss. A garnet-bearing rock was found also 1% mile east of the village of Colton. Graphite Numerous deposits of graphite have been discovered in St Law- rence county during the past year. On the L. C. Smith farm, 3 miles southwest of the village of Canton, a shaft has been sunk to a depth of 25 feet. The graphite occurs in veins and pockets in a gneiss of the Grenville series. The graphite is of the foliated variety and free from impurities. It has not yet been found in paying quantities. This mine is controlled by W. Chamberlain & Co. of Canton. Another graphite mine was opened by C. T. Holbrook, 1 % miles south of High Falls on the John Lalone farm. The graphite occurs in a gneiss of the Grenville series. The mine is not being worked at present. Graphite was discovered on the William Perry farm 4 miles southwest of the village of Canton. The deposit has been leased by M. W. Spalding, of Rensselaer Falls. A deposit of graphite was found 114 miles southeast of Pope’s Mills in Macomb, on the Olds farm. About 100 tons of graphite- bearing rock has been taken out. The deposit is worked by Chamberlain, Jenks & Roberts of Canton. r124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Mica Mica has not yet been found in quantities of commercial value in St Lawrence county. It has been located at the following points, and small quantities have been taken out. On the William Kelley farm, 44 mile south of High Falls in the town of Canton (biotite). One the J. Murray farm, 14 mile south of High Falls in the town of Canton (biotite). On the Butler farm 4 miles south of Colton in the town of Colton. On the Brown farm 2 miles east of Colton. Iron pyrites The Stella Mining Co. has mines located 1 mile northeast of the village of Hermon in the town of Hermon. These mines have an output of 60 tonsa day. The mineral is shipped to a chemical company in Cleveland O. _ The High Falls Pyrite Co. has mines located at High Falls, town of Canton. The output of these mines is 20 tons a day. The product is sold to chemical works. During the past season a mine was opened on the Alexander Farr farm 21% miles north- east of the village of Bigelow in DeKalb. The mine was operated by G. Fleming, and six or eight carloads have been taken out. A deposit of pyrites occurs on the L. Hockens farm 7 miles west of Rensselaer Falls in the town of De Peyster; also on the George Styles farm, 114 miles east of Bigelow in DeKalb; and on the Steve Hendricks farm 1 mile south of Bigelow. These deposits all occur in rocks of the Grenville series. Tourmalin Small deposits of this mineral have been discovered during the past season on the 8. Newcomb farm 6 miles west of Rensselaer Falls in De Peyster and on the Hamlin farm 3 miles east of Colton. It is of value only for cabinet specimens. NOTES ON RECENT MINERAL DEVELOPMENTS AT | MINEVILLE BY HEINRICH RiES . The introduction of a new and successful method of magnetic separation for treating the magnetite ores at Mineville, Essex co., has led to renewed activity in the iron mining industry at that locality. The special object of thus treating the ores is to obtain a product low in phosphorus, which in the crude ore often runs ' from 114¢ to 24, and thus make it available for Bessemer work. In the summer of 1901 Witherbee, Sherman & Co. installed a new separating plant for treating the ore from the Joker and Bonanza shafts on the Old Bed. In this plant the ore, after a preliminary crushing, is dried to remove all moisture and then passed through Wendstrom mag- netic separators. The concentrates from these are ready for ship- ment, but the tails are recrushed to 20 mesh and passed through a Witherill separator with two magnets. The first magnet re- moves the magnetite, which is added to the concentrates men- tioned above, while the second magnet takes out the hornblende, thus ieaving a mixture of apatite with some quartz to pass off at the end of the belt. The last mentioned product is sold to manu- facturers of fertilizer. The present separating plant has four Wendstrom separators, and three Witherili machines, giving a daily capacity of about 400 tons of concentrates, which, when the machines are not over- crowded, usually run from 64¢ to 654 iron and .5% to .7% phosphorus. Since the present separating plant has been so successful, the compauy is erecting a second one to the north of the first, which is to have a daily capacity of 500 tons. In the new separator the ore is crushed to the proper size in jaw crushers and rolls, dried in a vertical dryer and then passed through the Witherill machines, no Wendstrom separators being emploved in this case. It is probable that the new works will _be in operation by November 1902. r125 r126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The ore from ithe Harmony or A shaft on the new bed runs from .1% to .8% of phosphorus and hence can be shipped in its crude form. In March 1902, a new shaft, known as the B shaft, was begun at a point about 500 feet south of the A shaft. About 250 feet of glacial drift were penetrated before bed rock was struck. This occurred at the end of August 1902. Considerable prospecting with diamond drills has been done during the 12 months ending September 1902, and some addi- tional beds of good ore have been found. The Port Henry Iron Ore Co. has continued shipments from its mine, no. 21. This goes in part to the furnace at Port Henry, which went into blast again in February 1902 and is now being operated by the Northern Iron Co., with an output of 100 to 125 tons a day. The product is chiefly Bessemer pig and in part foundry iron. The blast furnace at Crown Point still remains inactive. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r127 ADMINISTRATION The work of the State Museum for the fiscal year ending Sep. 30, 1902, has been productive of varied and valuable results. Since the opening of the remodeled building Oct. 7, 1901, the attendance has been greatly increased and, in the 12 months from that date, has surpassed any previous record since September 1893, when the turnstile was first put in, the total number of visitors aggregating over 75,000. This may be safely taken as an expression of the fact that, if the museum collections were in a proper building with sufficient room for their exhibition, the number of people benefited would be very great. Under the present circumstances, there being little opportunity for the amplification of the exhibition collections, a large part of the energy of the museum staff is directed to work of research and publication. The aggregate of this publication work is evidenced in the reports and bulletins issued, for the fiscal year the bulletins distributed numbering 12 and aggregating 1595 pages. PALEONTOLOGY During the past year the state paleontologist and his staff have been largely occupied with special problems arising from recent field operations. These have required work both in field and office and may be briefiy stated. The discovery of a quite remarkable and heretofore unknown development of the Guelph fauna in New York has led to its careful exploitation as an im- portant addition to the ancient fauna of the State. A memoir on this fauna and its distribution in the State is now printing. Interesting additions to the Portage fauna and to evidence bearing on its origin and migrations have been made by opera- tions in Chautauqua county, and an account of this fauna, bringing together the results of several years investigations, is likewise in press as a Museum memoir. In connection with this work examination has been made of sections in Erie county, Pennsyivania and at Kettle Point and vicinity, Ontario. The region directly south of Syracuse, covered by the Tully topographic quadrangle, has been mapped stratigraphically in detail, and the map is ready for publication. The area covered r128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM by Becraft mountain near Hudson, celebrated in New York geol- ogy for the completeness of its stratigraphic section and the subject of a number of important papers, has been mapped in detail, on a base scaled 1 mile to 14 inch. This work with the report thereon will soon be ready for publication. Correlation study of the ‘‘ Hudson river shale ” formation has ‘been continued in Rensselaer county under specially favorable conditions afforded by the Melrose water tunnel, which makes an underground rock section about 1 mile in length. The Coral- line, or Cobleskill, limestone has been carefully restudied from its outcrops in Otsego county, eastward into Ulster county. In the office, time has been given to the completion of the Catalogue of Type Specimens, which is now printed to about 600 pages, half its entire length, and, in connection therewith, the ticketing and labeling of the type specimens have been carried forward. Sys? Investigations have progressed on the relations of the Potsdam sandstone and its fauna to the overlying formations, by Gilbert van Ingen; on crustaceans of the Salina group, by C. J. Sarle; on the pyrite fauna of the Tully limestone, by Dr F. B. Loomis; on the paleontology of the Salamanca quadrangle, by Charles Butts; and on the Guelph and Naples faunas, the graptolites of the Beekmantown shales, the fauna of the Gaspé sandstone and Grand Grévye limestone and the fauna of the Elmira quadrangle, by the paleontologist and his assistant. Full details of the work of this division are given in the separate report of the state paleortologist. ZOOLOGY The assistant in zoology returned from field work Oct. 1, and the first part of the year was spent in cataloguing and identifying the material collected during the summer and in cataloguing the- material collected by Dr Bean. Part of the exhibition collection needed attention and was gone over and a number of additions were made to it. These amounted to 24 in the vertebrate series and 54 in the invertebrate. Besides these, 67 descriptive labels were prepared and placed with the specimens. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r129 These occupied the time of the assistant till Mar. 1, when he took his vacation. This was spent in an examination of a num- ber of European natural history museums, on which a short re- port is appended. After his return May 1, the assistant spent considerable time in collecting in the vicinity of Albany. Short trips were also made to several other places, including Averill Park, Altamont, Howes Cave, in order to investigate cave fauna; Peekskill, Catskill, Aquetuck, in order to investigate the find- ing of a supposed Quaternary horse, which a careful examination has shown to be indistinguishable from the modern horse, EK quus caballus; Sheffield Mass., in search of rattlesnakes; and Cold Spring Harbor. The entire month of August was spent in the Adirondacks, the places visited being White Lake, Oneida co., Wilmurt, Herkimer co., and Keeseville and Upper Jay, Essex co. Considerable valuable information concerning the distribution of various forms was obtained. September was spent on Long Island continuing the investigation of the edible crab, and a re- port is appended on the commercial relations of that form. The only publication of the department of zoology during the year was the catalogue of the reptiles and batrachians of New York prepared by the assistant, Dr Paulmier, and Mr. Eckel. This was intended only as a preliminary catalogue, but has been very well received and has been the means of interesting a num- ber of people in different parts of the State in these forms and has resulted in a number of additions to the collections. It is hoped that in this way sufficient specimens and information con- cerning their distribution may be obtained to permit of the pub- lication of a more complete catalogue. No changes of any importance have been made in the arrange- ‘ment of the specimens on the fourth floor, but the very fine col- lection of domestic fowl formerly the property of the New York State Agricultural Society, on the first fioor of the rear wing, has been placed in the custody of the Museum, and a number of speci- mens have been placed on polished bases. A number of the vivariums which were mentioned in the last report were kept on exhibition during the winter and attracted r130 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM considerable attention. A number of new forms have been col- lected during the summer and are now in the halls. Prof. James L. Kellogg, who prepared for the Museum a bulle- tin on the clam and scallop industries of New York, has con- tinued his work on this subject and has made a supplementary report, which is now in press. ———— —————— ——— OO eT Ee CRAB FISHERIES OF LONG ISLAND BY FREDERICK C, PAULMIER During the summers of 1901 and 1902 the writer spent some time in investigating the crab fisheries of the Long Island coast, and a preliminary report was published in the report for 1901. During 1902 the time which could be allotted to this study was but short, and the present report is merely on the state of the fisheries and on the methods of taking crabs employed on Long Island. The past season was not a very successful one. This was due to the scarcity of crabs, and only about one third of the usual number of hard crabs were shipped to market. Soft crabs were so scarce that not enough was taken to supply the local demand. The reason assigned for this by the fishermen was the coolness of the summer, other conditions being apparently the same. There is nothing to warrant the fear that the scarcity is due to over- fishing; for similar off years have occurred before and been fol- lowed by a more abundant supply the next year. It was noticed that, while the number of crabs was smaller than usual, they appeared to average larger in size. Crab fisheries Crabs are, of course, taken all over the island by boys and by the summer boarders, by whom it is regarded as one of the amuse- ments of the summer. The method used by these is to entice the crab within reach by means of a fish head or other bait and then catch it in a long- handled crab net. This method results in the capture of only a small number of crabs, but yields plenty of amusement. For the market, however, the fisheries are confined mostly to the eastern end of Moriches bay, Center Moriches and Brook- haven being the principal places for shipping. The following is the method of procedure. A manila rope several hundred feet long is taken, and on this, at intervals of from two to three feet, lines about 18 inches long are fastened, r131 r132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM and to the ends of these the bait is tied. This consists of pieces of eel’s flesh, which is sometimes fresh but more frequently salt. The catching and salting of this are done in the previous winter. The rope is now coiled in a tub and taken out to the shallow water where the crabs occur. One end is fastened to a pole set in the bottom and the rope is then paid out along the bottom, and the other end fastened to another pole. The line is then gone over the following day by the fisherman in a row boat, pulling himself along by it, and the crabs which are found clinging to the bait are drawn up and secured with a crab net. They are either put directly into barrels or else into the bottom of the boat to be barreled after the return to the shore. The handling of the crabs is done by means of a pair of iron or wooden forceps about 18 inches long. The fishing is usually done early in the morning, and the lines are rebaited, if necessary, in the afternoon. The barrels used in the shipping are empty lime barrels, which are furnished to the fishermen at the station by the Long Island Express Co. for 9 cents each. A barrel will hold 200 to 250 crabs according to its size and weighs about 110 pounds. In some places the Long Island Express Co. maintains a free collection, and the crabs are then collected from the fishermen and taken te the station. In other places the fishermen have to send them to the station. They are shipped to New York on an express train, leaving late in the afternoon or evening, and the express charge is 40 cents a barrel. The season lasts from July 1 to Sep. 15, though crabs may be taken both before and after those dates. The number of men engaged in the business varies considerably, many fishermen tak- ing it up only when other occupations fail for the time. Attend- ing to the wants of the summer population, sailing, etc. seem to be more lucrative than crabbing. The last season also was such an unfavorable one for crabs that but few carried on the business. Center Moriches. In 1901 there were 12 men engaged in catch- ing and shipping hard crabs. The shipments here during the season averaged about 50 barrels a day, running at times up to 80. In 1902 about the same number of men were catching them, REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r133 but only about one third as many crabs were taken, and the ship- ments averaged only about 20 barrels a day. A free collection of the barrels is maintained at this place. Brookhaven. In 1901, 10 men were catching hard crabs, and the average was about 50 barrels a day. In 1902 only five were doing it, and the shipments were only about 30 barrels to Aug. 1. At the time the writer visited the place, in the latter part of August, the shipnients had fallen to about five barrels a day. A free collection also was in operation here. Eastport. Not visited in 1901, but in 1902 there were about 11 men engaged in catching crabs. The shipments were only about 20 barrels a day and there was no free collection. Speonk. Here, the only other place mentioned by the officials of the express company as a place for shipping crabs, no one was found regularly engaged, but a few men caught crabs when they had nothing else to do. Four or five barrels were occasionally shipped. The shedding of crabs for the New York market is confined on Long Island to Freeport. It is carried on to a certain extent for local purposes at several other places, as at Great River, where four men were engaged in it. These men did it only asa side business, and their product amounted to only three or four’ dozen a day each. At Center Moriches, one of the centers for the hard crab ship- ping, cue of the fishermen spends his entire time in shedding crabs; and his method may be taken as a good example of those in use. His being located.in the center of the crab fishery is of considerable advantage; for he does not have to go in search of those about to shed, but purchases them from the hard crab men for one cent apiece. These crabs are technically known as “ com- ers” and are recognized by the appearance of a membrane be- tween the joints of the large claws, which then look as if scratched by apin. A “comer” may also be recognized by breaking off the ends of one of the walking legs, when the new skin will be found underneath, and still later by the appearance of the crack around the edge of the carapace. At this stage they are known as “ crackers.” r134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The “ comers” are put by themselves in a crab car, which is a float about 10’x4’ with a bottom of boards and with sides about a foot high, of laths placed perpendicularly. These are moored along a platform and float, so that there is about 6 inches of water in them. The crabs are thus easily watched and can be reached with a net. In the process of shedding the carapace splits all along under the edge, and the top is raised up, disclosing the soft new skin underneath. In this stage they are known as “busters” or “peelers ” and are carefully removed to another car, so that they will rot be injured by the more active “‘ comers.” The crab in this stage is covered with a thin membrane, which prevents the water from getting on the new shell. If it becomes broken, the crab dies, in the parlance of the fishermen, from “ drowning.” The active process of shedding takes place by muscular action, the crab gradually drawing its body out through the wide open- ing of the dorsal part of the old shell and pulling the legs out through the openings at their bases. Once out of its shell, the crab lies helpless on the bottom of the car and must at once be taken cut, or it will soon commence to harden and become what is called a “ paper shell.” The soft shell crabs are carefully taken vut of the water as soon as they have shed and are packed with their anterior end upward with damp eelgrass, in shallow boxes, for shipment to market. Packed in this way, they will not- harden for some time. For shedding purposes, the female crabs are preferred, as they appear to stand the process better and “set up” in a better manner after shedding. SNAKES OF ROCKLAND COUNTY, NEW YORK | BY W. SEWARD WALLACE The region on the west side of the Hudson river, between West Point and New York city, is said to be one of the richest areas in species of flowering plants in the eastern United States. It is also rich in other forms of life, the Reptilia, in particular, being abundantly represented. The following notes were taken in part during the summers of 1895-96, on the low chain of hills that extend from Sparkill, northward, along the river to Haverstraw, and thence westward and southward to the vicinity of Sterling lake. Rockland county, the smallest in the State, is three-sided, its boundaries having the form of a triangle, the apex a few miles west of Ramapo, the base resting on the Hudson river. ‘This geographic area neariy coincides with a geologic basin com- prised between the Highland range and the trap rock elevations known as the Palisades (Closter, Tallman, South and other mountains; Verdrietege Hook and the High Tor). These high hills extend in a hugh semicircle along the Hudson river, and from near Haverstraw northward to “near the Highlands,’! and thence southwestward toward the Highland range, which continues the formation southward. Inclosed within the various hills lies a basin of fertile land, the exposed rock being the Triassic sand- stone. Thus on the hills we find a region quite different from that of the low plain in the interior, and corresponding differ- ences in the fauna. Certain species are of somewhat rare occurrence in the county, and it is possible that they are only strays. It seems very pos- sible that single individuals or even numbers of a species may wander north or south of their habitat during a single season, and be found there, without necessarily extending the natural habitat of the species. Thus the northern limit of the pine snake, in the vicinity of New York, was heretofore the southern portion —_ 1See Mather’s Report on the First Geological District, Geology of New York, 1843, where an excellent account is given of the whole formation. r135 Z r136 - NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM of New Jersey ;! yet a single specimen of this snake was found on a high hill near Piermont N. Y., nearly 500 feet above tide water. So, while recording the species in the Ophidia of the county, it is probable that this specimen was a stray and far northward of where it is normally found. DeKay, however, thought that the species would “probably be found in this State.” There are several points within this area which I have not yet visited, but the present list is quite complete and has my personal identification of nearly every snake mentioned. Technical descriptions have been omitted, as such may be found in any good herpetology. The following are the best for this purpose. 1 Brown, A. Erwin. A Review of the Genera and Species of American Snakes, north of Mexico. * Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadelphia. Proc. January 1901 (issued Ap. 2). 2 Cope, E. D. Crocodilia, Lizards and Snakes of North America. U. 8. National Museum. Report 1898; Serpentes. p. 153-1270. 3 Eckel, E. C. & Paulmier, F. C. Catalogue of New York Reptiles and Batrachians. N.Y. State Museum. Bul. 51. Albany 1902. I THE COLUBRINE SPECIES Not poisonous GROUND SNAKES Carphophis amoenus (Say) Worm snake This snake, while generally common in the eastern states, seems rare around Nyack, but one specimen having been taken in 1899 at Blauveltville N. Y. The beautiful rich color of the back is not easily seen in the localities where the little ground snake hides, and the lighter red of the underside can not be seen till the snake is turned over. As the gastrosteges are generally appressed to the ground, the snake is almost invisible in a plowed field, or elsewhere where the ground is exposed. 1“ Pine woods, New Jersey to Ohio and southward,” Jordan. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r137 RING SNAKES Diadophis punctatus ( Linn.) Ring-necked snake This snake is quite frequently found, but it seems to be scarcer each year. Indeed, all the snakes in the vicinity of Haver- straw, New City and other towns are decreasing on account of the merciless slaughter carried on by boys and men. It is more common in New Jersey and Connecticut. The ring-necked snake extends very far northward; the writer found it in Digby county, Nova Scotia, in 1898; southward it extends to the South Atlantic states. A single specimen was taken at Cold Spring Harbor L. J. in August 1899. BLOWING ADDERS Heterodon platyrhinus ( Lat.) Blowing adder or spreading adder This serpent is perhaps more dreadful in its appearance than any other snake of the eastern states, owing to its habit of coiling up, flattening its head and hissing like a poisonous snake. It is, however, quite harmless. The blowing adder is not at all common in Rockland county. It is found commonly in Connecticut, as at Hartford. GREEN SNAKES Cyclophis aestivus (Linn.) Rough green snake In Rockland county only two species of snakes are regular tree- climbers, the pilot snake and this little green snake, though DeKay’s snake sometimes climbs in bushes over water in the spring. The green snake is called the summer snake, and it is, where it occurs at all, extremely abundant. It is fond of lying in low grass, coiled up in a tight knot, and is eften found in New Jersey in meadows bordering streams and lakes. This snake is. to those who can overcome their repug- nance to snakes in general, a very attractive little creature and makes an extremely docile and interesting pet. The eyes are large, bright and intelligent looking. It seldom reaches 15 inches in length, is very slender and of a beautiful, bright emerald green color. r138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM GRASS SNAKES Liopeltis vernalis (DeKay) Grass snake Another of the green snakes is also quite common in Rockland. This is the little “ grass snake.” It is very similar to the bush- climber, but is much smaller, more stout and of a more energetic disposition. The eyes are even larger that in C. aestivus, the genera! color is of a deeper tint, and the head is longer, on a more slender neck. The species is not easily tamed, like the green snake. This little snake loves grassy fields and is often seen in apple orchards and around barns. It does no climbing, like the pre- ceding species. It does not seem to abound in this county, and is not common in New Jersey, near by. Both species eat flies and other insects and are a real boon to the farmer, who, never- theless, ruthlessly murders them at sight. In Nova Scotia, on about lat. 44° 30’, this snake is common along the borders of the numerous lakes. BLACK SNAKES Zamenis constrictor ( Linn.) True black snake This well known snake is one of the largest in the county, often reaching 7 and (if reports are true) 8 feet in length. It is very fond of water and swampy tracts, but is also common in grassy fields and cornfields, along with the next species (Coluber obsoletus). The black snakes often live in holes in the ground, beneath bushes or stone walls. The so called “blue racer” is a variety of this species, which Cope refers to Michigan; the present species has however well earned the same name around Nyack, both by its clear blue color and its extraordinary speed. The average “blue racer’s ” speed is marvelous, considering that it has noth- ing but the ventral scales to take hold of the ground with. Walking along the path by the eastern branch of the Hacken- sack river one day, the writer came suddenly on a nest of black snakes, all of large size, coiled up in a heap. There seemed to be a dozen. Three of the largest showed fight at once, rearing REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r139 their heads and vibrating their tails angrily; but the others im- mediately slid into ihe water and disappeared. I had no stick at the time; there were only small willow bushes near, and no rocks. I leaned over, and shook the nearest bush violently, and the three snakes immediately slid into the water and beat a hasty retreat across the stream, leaving in the muddy bank an im- pression similar to ripple-marks on a beach. PILOT SNAKES Coluber obsoletus (Say) Pilot snake This is also a “black” snake and is often confused with the true black snake. It is however a larger species and is not so bold or venturesome. But it is a very swift and beautiful creature, generally more robust than the last. The pilot snake often climbs trees “by following the depres- sions in the rough bark,” as Jordan says. This snake is occa- sionally seen in trees, or on fallen logs, over the Hackensack river and smaller streams in Rockland county. The pilot is the only member of the beautiful genus Coluber found in the county, with the possible exception of the fox snake, CO. vulpinus, which undoubtedly occurs in New Jersey! a few miles to the southward. C. vulpinus is not included in the list however, as no specimens could be identified with that species. PINE SNAKES Pityophis melanoleucus (Daudin) Common bull snake But one specimen of this brilliant patterned snake was seen in Rockland county and this specimen was, moreover, dead, and half eaten up by ants, though the skin was whole. It was found on Tallman’s mountain, near Nyack. ‘These snakes are common in the more southern states of Delaware and Maryland, where they grow very large. One specimen obtained from New Jersey measured over 6 feet. It has been already mentioned in the introductory remarks, that the occurrence of the pine snake in Rockland county is pos- 1 N. J. Geol. Sur. 1889. Zoology, p. 646. . r140 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sibly explained by the migration of a single specimen, or of a pair of specimens, beyond the northern limit of their habitat, southern New Jersey. A series of such migrations, extending through a period of time, would, of course, tend to establish the southern parts of Rockland county as the northern limit of dis- tribution of the pine snake. It would however seem best to wait till further evidence can be secured before placing the pine snake permanently in the state fauna. These remarks apply also to the bush snake, Cyclophis aestivus, for though occasionally seen in Rockland county, this snake’s habitat heretofore only reached southern New Jersey. KING SNAKES Ophibolus The snakes of this genus are all well known for their bright markings, their bravery and their swiftness. They are all large and heavy, and each member of the genus is nicknamed. Thus the “king snake” (the western form) is an “enemy of the rattlesnake.” I have been repeatedly informed by residents of Nyack that the king snake is troublesome to the farmers in the county, but they must have reference to the milk snake, or the corn snake, as king snakes do not occur as far north as New York. The corn snake, however, has never been identified in Rockland county, though it undoubtedly belongs in the state fauna. Ophibolus doliatus trianguius (Boie) Milk snake A prominent member of the king snake tribe is the milk snake, var. triangulus (Boie), which is common in the villages and farm country of Rockland county. This variety, according to Cope, Stejneger and other authors, is the most northern and also the most widely separated from the type (Osceola doliata of Cope). The milk snake is often killed in barns by the farmers of the state. The writer has never seen it take milk or steal eggs, as it has been accused of doing by trustworthy writers. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r141 WATER SNAKES Natrix fasciata sipedon ( Linn.) Water snake This snake is (falsely) called “ moccasin.” The ‘‘ moccasin ” of authors is a member of the Crotalidae and is a very dangerous snake; but the snake under consideration is harmless. It is often seen along the banks of the Hackensack and other streams in the country, but it is not so common as the * black snake.” It lies stretched out on fallen trees or on the fiat leaves of water lilies that are strong enough to hold it, and it swims very readily with a rapid, sinuous motion. A very large one that was seen on the Hackensack swam for some distance in front of a pursuing canoe, and then dove like a duck; nor did he reappear anywhere while we were in the vicinity. Another dropped into the stream from a limb fully 10 feet or more above the surface of the river. Storeria dekayi ( Holb.) Dekay’s snake Two of this species were taken above the town of Blauvelt on the Hackensack in May 1901. The larger was an adult male and had recently shed his skin. He was coiled tightly around a small clump of alder twigs and did not hear or see me till my hand was within a few inches, whea it was too late to escape capture. The smaller was an immature specimen, only 50 mm long. He was, nevertheless, swimming upstream, against a powerful cur- rent, and making good headway when captured. It seemed strange to find these generally land-loving, little ‘Snakes not only sleeping in.a bush which grew in water, but actually swimming about. Dekay’s snake is not common anywhere in the county, or at least is not frequently seen, which is owing to its diminutive size and secretive habits. r142 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Storeria occipitomaculata (Storer) Red-bellied ground snake, brown snake Common in the farming country, but seldom seen in the rocky hills. This species loves flat, dry areas and plowed fields, where there is dust. It is very frequently found on the roads, killed - by boys and mashed almost beyond identification. It is found also in New Jersey, and a specimen has been taken at Cold Spring Harbor L. I. GARTER SNAKES Eutaenia saurita (Linn.) Ribbon snake The prettiest garter snake, if it may be so called, is this snake. Cope includes it in the group and places it, phylogenetically, at the point farthest off from the type, ZH. sirtalis. This one is domestic in its habits and is frequently found around kitchen gardens, where it snaps up insects. One fact is noticeable, that, while H. sirtalis is the most vari- able species in the county, saurita seems always the same in pat- tern and in brightness of colors. Eutaenia sirtalis (Linn.) Common striped snake The snake that is oftenest seen lying dead on the country road, or thrown over an orchard wall, is this unfortunate garter. There is no reason for killing it; it is undoubtedly of value to the farmers, and is perfectly harmless. Going along a road, some 3 miles from the village of Nyack one day in the spring of 1896; the writer was a witness of a most in- teresting courtship. A large female garter snake was coming down the road toward me, evidently making for a stone wall near by. Suddenly from a bush emerged another garter. He gave chase to the first, caught up with, and headed her off. Then for 10 minutes the two circled about, going up and down the road, passing me several times. At last they glided gracefully over a low road and disappeared in the adjoining field. The common garter snake is a most variable species, and sev- eral so called varieties have been accredited to the eastern states, REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r143 but the writer has never seen more than two varieties of Hutaenia sitalis in the county of Rockland, one with bright spots, EZ. ordinata, spotted, and one with bright lines, H. sirtalis, striped. It is even possible, in the Opinion of the writer, that these are not varieties, but subvarieties. The young and old of this snake also differ in a most remarkable way. Cope thought that the sirtalis was the ancestral form of the genus. It is the least specialized of all. 2 THE CROTALINE SPECIES Poisonous “PIT VIPERS ” Ancistrodon contortrix ( Linn.) Copperhead Of all snakes the copperhead is the most interesting to the writer. It is very common in Rockland county, and in a number of localities it occurs frequently enough to be dangerous. With one or two exceptions, copperheads are always found living on elevated rocky places, which are occasicnally at a considerable distance from water. . An exceedingly vicious specimen was found on the very summit - of the Hook mountain, which is about 800 feet above the nearest water (Rockland lake, 2 miles away). There were no ponds or pools whatever on the mountain, but possibly reptiles find water underneath the rocks in places or collect it from dewy leaves. The region is arid enough for the prickly pear, which flourishes on the rocky hilltops of the range. The local name of this snake is the “ copper ”; the southern is the “ cottonmouth,” a name also given to the moccasin. In the villages of the county this dangerous reptile is well weeded out; but it is still unpleasantly numerous on farms, in woodlands and along the Hackensack river. At a place back of Haverstraw, some years ago in the springtime, a farm-hand discovered a great nest of copperheads and rattlesnakes in an old cellar and killed a great many of them with a whip. Six were found one dry morning in the summer of 1897, with the aid of a friend, on Snake hill, over Nyack. r144 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The old and young of the species differ in color; the old are dull brownish in color, with a heavy thick body and a rather broad head like a rattlesnake’s. But the young are slender, vividly colored, and the head is not conspicuously broad. The nests are generally holes under large stones or in banks, or occasionally in disused springs, basins or cellars. The tail of the copperhead, being armed with a stiff, horny point (a primitive rattle), makes, when the snake vibrates it in the dry leaves or grass, a noise like that produced by a cicada, when the latter is pinned to the ground or a tree by a digger wasp and beats its wings about. The copperhead lives principally on toads and the terrestrial and arboreal frogs and lizards, but. the writer never actually caught it feeding. Dr hh. E. Kunze (quoted by Stejneger in his. paper on poison- ous snakes) thinks that the copperhead does not strike from a coil, but from a curved, twisted attitude it often assumes. This can be confirmed so far as the annoyance of a stick or cane pro- duces a natural strike, for it seldom coils up when thrown on the defensive, but contracts suddenly into a close, zigzag posi- tion, very much like any other snake; and, when in this attitude, it can cast itself at any object very effectively. Crotalus horridus ( Linn.) Rattlesnake In the report of the geologist! it is stated that no rattlesnakes have keen seen in the northern counties of New Jersey for 50 years. This must be an error, probably due to the lack of cor- rect local information; for rattlers are still met with in both states (New Jersey and New York), and specially in Rockland county, along the line of the West Shore Railroad, and the New Jersey & New York Railroad. For this I can personally vouch. These dangerous snakes are specially numerous in the level, cultivated area lying to the west of the Hackensack river, in Haverstraw, Monsey, Suffern and other towns. The case of a farm-hand finding a nest of venomous snakes in an old cellar near Haverstraw has already been mentioned. 1N. J. Geol. Sur. 1890-92. Zoology, 2:648. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r145 Rattlesnakes occasionally stray westward over the higher hill country, and the writer has twice seen rattlers on Eagles’ Nest hill, South mountain, over Nyack. On one occasion I was walk- ing on the hill and sat down on a rock to sketch. Suddenly I heard what I took to be an early locust or cicada (it was in July); but the sound was less musical and seemed unfamiliar. On investigation a small snake was discovered thrashing about and occasionally coiling up. My attempt to catch the snake failed, and it quickly disappeared beneath the very rock which I had been using as a seat. There can be no doubt as to the identifi- cation, as no other snake has a rattle, or could make such a noise as that on a bare rocky surface. I had further and more direct proof later when, one morning, I came across another rattler, larger than the first, lying on a boulder by the Balance Rock road. He tried to get across the road, but was headed off. Then he alternately coiled and sprang his rattle and chased about me, in a circle, till he finally escaped, as the other had, beneath a round, granite rock that stood by the roadside. Mr Edwin C. Eckel, in his “ Snakes of New York State,” [Am. Nat. 35:155] says: Crotalus horridus still occurs in Orange and Rockland coun- ties, but is very rare and possibly extinct east of the Hudson. Cope mentions a specimen collected in 1878 from Katonah, West- chester co.; and I have been informed that one was killed in 1887 near White Plains. With this somewhat rare snake I come to the end of the known species of Ophidia occurring in Rockland county, N. Y. There are in all 16 species and varieties, divided among 14 genera. I regret that I have not a collection of snakes to back up my list; but my notes and observations, together with the fact, mentioned before, of having handled specimens of nearly every species, I have thought sufficient for the purposes of the present paper. 1Mr W. H. Davis reports the capture of one at Garrison-on-Hudson in the summer of 1902. Ed. REPORT ON A VISIT TO SOME EUROPEAN NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUMS BY F. C. PAULMIER During the spring of 1902 the writer spent his vacation time in europe in visiting some of the larger natural history museums. At the request of the chairman of the State Museum committee and of the director of the Museum, the following report was pre- pared. It is not intended as representing a study of museums, but merely points out some of the exhibits and methods of dis- play which it would be worth while to copy in the State Museum, and it is also confined more particularly to observations on methods of exhibiting the invertebrates in which the writer is most interested. It is to be regretted that lack of time pre- vented him from visiting some of the smaller local museums. The limited period of his vacation, however, prevented him from doing so, and only the larger museums in Vienna, Prague, Dres- den, Berlin, Munich, Stuttgart, Paris and London were visited. The writer wishes to express his thanks for the courtesies ex- tended to him by the directors and other officers of these museums. They extended to him every facility he desired, and to thein much of the success of the trip is due. The landing was made at Naples, and there considerable time was spent in examining the famous aquarium at the Stazione Zoologica. Vienna. After a trip through the larger cities of Italy, the museum at Vienna was visited. Here, among many interesting exhibits in the magnificent new building, the thing that im- pressed the writer most was the very effective use of back- erounds of various shades in showing off the specimens to the best advantage. Thus, for instance, the majority of the birds are displayed in rooms with maroon walls, and the backs of the cases are of the same color; dried echinoderms are shown on an olive ground, as are the alcoholic invertebrates, which are cemented to black or white glass in square jars. Disarticulated skeletons are mounted on black. The general effect is very good; but the halls must be exceptionally well r146 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r147 lighted, as these colors do not reflect the light as well as the lighter shades. Here, as in other museums on the continent, the use of iron for the frames of cases is quite common. Prague. The type collections in this museum are particularly fine. Dry specimens are placed on light brown porcelain bases with light green labels. The type collection of insects is in flat cases (covered with black cardboard, to be raised by the visitor), and the upright cases between these are filled with models, nests, examples of mimicry, etc. An interesting exhibit was that of scorpions, showing dry and disarticulated specimens and their allies together with the fossil forms. Particularly interesting or valuable specimens among the mammals and birds are placed in glass boxes in the cases. Dresden. The Royal Museum in Dresden is the one which, in the views of the present writer, comes closest to the type which the New York State Museum should be. Here the entrance hall and adjoining rooms contain a collection of the local forms of Saxony, and the remainder of the museum is filled with a type collection. This has the advantage of showing, within a limited space, the forms which are seen most commonly by the observer and enables him to identify them with ease. From this he can pass on to an examination of the more unfamiliar forms. Many of the details of the exhibits are worthy of special mention and copy. Among these may be mentioned the fish painted with water colors, a method which the writer regards as being the only satisfactory one. of exhibiting that difficult group. The process has been described by Dr V. Brun, of Ham- burg, where it has been carried out to a greater extent than at Dresden, but this was the first place in which the writer had seen specimens. The process consists of hardening the fish in as natural a shape as possible and painting the specimen with water colors. It is then mounted in alcohol in a horizontal position against a white glass plate, which is placed in a square jar. 3 r148 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In the local collection the bottom of the jar is covered with gravel, and water plants, also painted, are placed in the alcohol, thus giving a very natural appearance to the specimens. The Same idea is carried out with the reptiles and batrachians and is a most satisfactory method of showing them. Birds eggs are placed in tin trays on blackened hard wood sawdust, which prevents their rolling when the drawers in which they are kept are opened. The distribution of birds is shown by the use of small maps, on which the summer range is shown in one color, the winter range by another and the inter- mediate region, where the bird is always found, by a third. Differently colored labels are used to indicate the continental areas from which specimens come. Very effective use is made of colored backgrounds, a case of scarlet parrots displayed against a background of rich brown being particularly striking, as were the birds of paradise against a blue ground. Explanatory labels have not found favor in this museum, the authorities believing that the way to interest the public is to exhibit the specimen in as attractive manner as possible and not attempt to teach the observer more than he can learn from an examination of the specimen itself. This museum is open to the public only two hours each day, from 11 to 1. The remainder of the time it is kept completely dark to prevent the fading of the specimens from exposure to light. Berlin. The walls and background in the museum are of a light straw color, which does not give as good an effect as the more pronounced tones of the Vienna and Dresden museums. A most interesting display is that of the transparent hydroids, which are fastened to glass and placed in jars in window cases, so that every detail can be seen. The Coelenterata are illus- trated by many colored sketches and diagrams. Many groups of invertebrates and lower vertebrates are shown in square jars in their natural surroundings and very effectively. Consider- able attention is paid to comparative anatomy, and many dis- sections, sketches and diagrams are exhibited. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r149 The museums in Munich, Stuttgart and Paris were also visited; but, as the buildings and methods of installation are not novel, notes on them may be omitted in favor of the natural history division of the British Museum, at South Kensington, London. London. In the immense collections here so many methods of installation have been tried, and so much information may be obtained concerning good and bad methods, that it is, with- out doubt, the most important place to be visited by one wish- ing to study museums. Among many interesting and valuable things, the following may be noted. Iron cases have not found favor here as they have in some of the continental museums. Great stress is laid on very full explanatory labels and photographs, and sketches are commonly used. . One of the things that impressed the writer strongly was the cases illustrating some of the general facts of zoology, such as mimicry, protective coloration, warning colors ete., shown principally by the insects, and with very full descriptive labels; cases showing melanism and albinism and one of pigeons show- ing the various breeds produced by artificial selection. Ex- hibits such as these have a very great educational value, and it is hoped that some of them may be copied in the State Museum. 7 Well labeled collections illustrating comparative anatomy are shown and include, among other specimens, skulls showing the various varieties of teeth, the succession of teeth ete. These could be copied with success in the State Museum, though of course without carrying the work to such an extent. The insects are shown in flat cases, which are covered with a frame (to be raised by the visitor) on which are printed diagrams and descriptions of the forms in the case beneath. The collection of hymenopterous nests is good, and many of the galls are represented by wax models. The variations in dif- ferent species of any part, such as the coxa, are shown by specimens with that part colored red. Forms of antennae are shown by specimens and diagrams. A unique exhibit is the r150 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM distribution of the genus Carabus, a beetle, shown by specimens pinned on a map. Arachnids are dried and placed in flat cases on dark green or olive velvet or plush, which, however, has a tendency to fade. Dried Crustacea are placed on sand or sandpaper, while some of the alcoholic specimens are also placed on or partly in sand, so as more closely to simulate their surroundings. The set of museum handbooks are models of their kind and in some cases are really textbooks of the department they treat of. They are sold at a very low price. As a result of his trip, the writer would regard the following points as the most important and capable of being copied with advantage in the State Museum. First and most important, the writer believes to be the use of descriptive labels, sketches and diagrams. Second, the in- stallation of specimens, as far as possible, in groups represent- ing them in their natural surroundings. In the limited amount of space at present at the disposal of the museum, this is out of the question with the larger forms, but many of the lower and smaller forms may thus be shown to advantage. Third, in order to add to the attractiveness of the exhibits, the use of colored backgrounds is recommended for such cases as those of corals and skeletons. Many other suggestions might be made; but these three the writer regards as most important, and it is hoped that, as far as time will permit, they may be introduced into the Museum. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 ri51 ENTOMOLOGY The state entomologist reports that very important results were obtained in 1902 though the season was comparatively poor for the development of many insects, and relatively few destruc- tive species were brought to notice. Investigations. The studies on insects injurious to forest and shade trees have absorbed much time, and the results of several years’ work are embodied in an extensive, well illustrated memoir, in which the forms affecting shade trees receive special attention. This work not only contains many original observa- tions on species of importance in New York State, but gives a summary of our previous knowledge and will consequently prove of great value to subsequent students of this group. A critical, biologic study of certain wood borers belonging to the genus Saperda, undertaken in cooperation with Mr H. L. Joutel, has been completed, and the admirably illustrated account will appear as a separate bulletin. The grapevine root worm, a most serious pest in vineyards in the Chautauqua grape belt, has been closely studied, and the results of the investigation are presented in a bulletin on this insect. The study of aquatic insects, begun at Saranac Inn in 1900 and prosecuted at Ithaca in 1901, was continued during the past season by Dr James G. Needham and his associates. The second report on this work treats largely of the damsel flies, Odonata-Zygoptera; the insect food of brook trout; certain aquatic beetles, Donacia; the Chronomidae, a group of much importance as food for fishes; and the neuropterous family Sialidae; and is now in the printer’s hands. Dr Needham is at present engaged in the study of other material, and his next report will be concerned largely with the stone flies, Perlidae, and Chironomidae. Experiments with remedies for the San José scale have been pur- - gued during the season on a more extensive plan than formerly, and control was secured of another orchard near the original experimental ground and also of one in the lower part of the r152 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hudson river valley. The results of this work are given in detail in the entomologist’s report. A study of our mosquito fauna has been undertaken and will be continued another year. Collections. Systematic collecting was pursued in the vicinity of Albany, and considerable additions were made to the state collections. Every opportunity was embraced to secure desir- able specimens for exhibition purposes, and a number of addi- tions have been made to the general collection exhibited in 1901 at the Pan-American Exposition. A small special collection, illustrating the more important mosquitos and their differences, has also been placed on exhibition, and arrangements have been © completed for supplying public schools with small collections of insects at a nominal expense. The general state collection has received considerable attention, and gratifying progress in the systematic arrangement of the Coleoptera and Lepidoptera can be reported. Publications. The following publications have been issued during the year: Museum bulletin 46, Scale Insects of Impor- tance and List of the Species in New York State; Museum bul- letin 47, Aquatic Insects of ithe Adirondacks; Museum bulletin 53, 17th Report of the State Entomologist; and Museum bulle- tin 57, Hlm Leaf Beetle in. New York State. The latter is an extended and revised edition of Museum bulletin 20 and was issued on account of the great, demand for information con- cerning this serious pest of our elms. Those now in press are mentioned in connection with the investigations on which they are based. | Other lines of work. The report from the corps of voluntary observers and the lists of publications and of contributions, contained in the entomologist’s report, are records of other activities of the office. | A detailed report on the work of this division is contained in Museum bulletin 64. BOTANY The state botanist reports that his work for the season just past has been specially directed to the investigation of our native species of the genus Crataegus and to a continuation of REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 ~°r153 our efforts to unfold the riches of our mycologic flora. Several species of thorn bushes and trees, new to our State, have been discovered, the exact number of which can not be stated till their careful study and examination have been completed. The region about Albany has been found to be unexpectedly rich in species and will probably afford one or more new to science. Fair progress has been made in the collection of specimens of mushrooms and other fungi for the herbarium and for the economic exhibition of these interesting plants, many of which are yet to be examined. Mushrooms were not as plentiful as the rainy character of the season might lead one to suspect. An excess of moisture may be unfavorable to their develop- ment as well as a deficiency of it. Unless accompanied by a favorable temperature, rain will not make mushrooms plenti- ful. The prevailing low temperature has doubtless prevented the development of many species that rejoice in very warm weather. A few species have been subjected to a test of edibility, some of which have been found worthy of addition to our list of edible species. An attempt was made to collect specimens of all our poison- ous and suspected species of mushrooms for the purpose of having them chemically analyzed and of publishing figures of all of them, but, owing to their scarcity, it has not been possible to complete this work. For the detailed report of the work of this division see bul- letin 67. ARCHEOLOGY During the past year Rey. William M. Beauchamp has done 150 days’ work on archeologic bulletins for the State Museum, having completed one on metallic implements and another on metallic ornaments. Two others require only final touches. One is on the aboriginal use of wood and the other on the Perch Lake and other mounds. Material has been partially collected for other bulletins. r154 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ATTENDANCE AT THE MUSEUM 1Oct. 7, 1901—Oct. 7, 1902 Total ..boiqare> aeaed Gned waitned mimeo aoe Le " 75 598 Monthly maximum), i:. ch: oiuiace? ead wed vee tee 11 404 Daily: maximumyAmgwd2e.ca sien fet a oidackotiy tik 940 Amerage; monthl ¥is «dink ith «i ohens. com aeds uaa 6 299 Average, daily wisikiuosd. dst aot sheneh sentinn pti. alee 241 ACCESSIONS TO THE COLLECTIONS Economic geology Specimens collected by Arthur L. Parsons 1 specimen of peat, Montezuma swamp, about 1 mile west of the village of Montezuma 1 of peat, 244 miles north of Chittenango station 1 of peat (under marl), 2144 miles east of Oniontown (known locally as Ognon) 1 of peat, from small bed in a tamarack swamp, near Monte- zeuma Swamp, on the hills about 214 miles south of Savannah of peat, 24% miles north of Canastota of peat, Oak Orchard swamp, north of Elba of peat, Cowaselon creek 214 miles northwest of Canastota of peat (under marl), Cowaselon creek, 244 miles northwest tt he of Canastota 1 of marl, Cowaselon creek, 244 miles northwest of Canastota 1 of marl from Oniontown (known locally as Ognon). Donation Carborundum Co.,-Niagara Falls. 1 bag of powdered carbo- rundum | Mineralogy Purchase G. L. English. 1 specimen of witherite, Fallowfield, Northum- berland Eng. 5 specimens celestite, Put-in-Bay O. 1 After being closed on account of extensive repairs since Sep. 22, 1900, the museum was again opened to the public Oct. 7, 1901. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r155 Donations F. P. Graves. 1 specimen cerussite on galena, Doe run Mo.; 1 - gsphalerite, Joplin Mo. Michigan state commission for the Pan-American Exposition. 1 speci- men hematite, Negaunee mine, Negaunee Mich. W. A. Rogers. 1 specimen fluorite, Mannie Furnace Tenn. Cuban commission for the Pan-American Exposition. 1 specimen pyrite, Cuba P. H. Kimbel. 2 specimens beryl, Bedford N. Y. H. H. Hindshaw. 6 specimens vivianite in early Pleistocene clay, Anne Arundel county, Md. Donor unknown. 1 specimen arsenopyrite, Brazil E. €. Eckel. 1 specimen gold, Cripple Creek Col.; 1 malachite, Clifton Ariz. A. L. Parsons. 3 specimens corundum, Craig mine, Ontario; 8 franklinite, zincite, willemite, Franklin N. J.; 1 willemite, franklinite, Franklin N. J.; 1 asphalt rock, Uvalde county, Tex.; 1 rutile, Australia; 1 columbite, Amelia Court House Va.; 1 magnetite, Mineral City Va. Mineral Creek Mining & Smelting Co. 2 specimens realgar and orpiment, Mineral Creek, Lewis co., Wash. Miss Hill. 1 specimen volcanic dust, Mt Pelee, Windward islands Gilbert van Ingen. 1 specimen pyrite altering to limonite, West Chazy, Clinton co.; 1 calcite, Kenwood, Albany co.; 1 pyrite on slate, Granville, Washington co. Harold Heiser. 2 specimens gold in quartz, Victor Col.; 1 syl- vanite, Victor Col. A. Corbin jr. 1 specimen garnet in quartz, Gouverneur; 1 garnet, North Creek ELachanges WITH THE EGLESTON MINERAL MUSBUM, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 1 specimen of allemontite, Pribram, Bohemia: for 1 specimen dyscrasite, Andreasberg, Hartz; 1 tiemannite, Clausthal; 1 alabandite, Tombstone Ariz.; 1 linnaeite, Siegen, Prussia; 1 smaltite (chloanthite), Schneeberg, Saxony; 1 nagyagite, Nagyag, Transylvania; 1 berthierite, Braundsdorf, Saxony; r156 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 1 guitermanite, Zuni mine, San Juan co., Col.; 1 pyrostilpnite, Samson mine, Andreasberg, Hartz; 1 enargite, American Belle mine, Ouray co., Col.; 2 sylvite, Stassfurt; 1 iodyrite, Chile; 1 carnallite, Stassfurt; 1 cervantite, Kern co., Col.; 1 massicot, Chenati mountains, Tex.; 1 jacobsite, Jacobsberg, - Sweden; 1 hausmannite, Thuringia; 1 minium, Lucky Cuss_ mine, Tombstone Ariz.; 1 braunite, Cummington Mass.; 1 octahedrite, St Gothard, Switzerland; 1 Zunyite, Zuni mine, Silverton Col.; 1 fosterite, Bolton Mass.; 1 bertrandite on beryl, Mt Antoro, Col.; 1 dumortierite, Clip, Yuma co. Ariz.; 1 gmelinite, Cape Blomidon, Nova Scotia; 1 olivenite, Corn- wall Eng.; 1 clinoclasite, Mammoth mine, Tintic dist., Ut.; 1 tyrolite, Mammoth mine, Tintic dist., Ut.; 1 pharmacosider- ite, Cornwall Eng.; 1 childrenite, Tavistock, Cornwall Eng.; 1 mixite, American Eagle mine, Tintic dist. Ut.; 2 glauberite, San Bernardino co., Col.; 1 chalcanthite, Clifton Ariz.; 1 jaro- site, Tintic dist. Ut.; 1 stolzite, Zinwald, Bohemia Specimens collected by H. P. Whitlock amphibole (actinolite), Tilly Foster mine, Brewster brucite, Tilly Foster mine, Brewster enstatite and prochlorite, Tilly Foster mine magnetite in serpentine and chondrodite, Tilly Foster mine be Fe be pyroxene (coccolite) in hornblende and epidote, Tilly Foster mine ; chondrodite with magnetite, Tilly Foster mine serpentine, Tilly Foster mine serpentine pseudomorph after magnetite, Tilly Foster mine hydrotalcite, chondrodite and magnetite, Tilly Foster mine pseudomorph, serpentine after calcite, Tilly Foster mine molybdenite on serpentine, Tilly Foster mine calcite crystals, Tilly Foster mine calcite, incrusting, Tilly Foster mine UNO ORE oD siderite, Ancram 12 albite, Ancram 4 talc, loc. 1, Staten Island+ 1 Locality 1 Staten Island is in the town of Tompkinsville. REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r157 serpentine asbestos, loc. 1, Staten Island anhydrite and talc, loc. 1, Staten Island chromite in serpentine, loc. 1, Staten Island magnesite on serpentine, loc. 1, Staten Island serpentine showing veining, loc. 1, Staten Island amphibole decomposing to serpentine, loc. 1, Staten Island brucite on serpentine, loc. 1, Staten Island serpentine (decomposed), loc. 1, Staten Island serpentine (slickenside), loc. 1, Staten Island serpentine (Garretson’s), loc. 2, Staten Island serpentine, loc. 4, (Todt hill) Staten Island quartz, loc. 4, (Todt hill) Staten Island serpentine, loc. 5, (Grant City) Staten Island serpentine, loc. 6, Hoboken N. J.1 serpentine, loc. 7, (Castle point) Hoboken N. J. hematite, Pike Clarke mine, Somerville amphibole (actinolite), Smith’s Mills, St Lawrence co. pyrite in calcite, old Fluorite loc., Macomb fluorite in calcite, old Fluorite loc., Macomb calcite, old Fluorite loc., Macomb tourmalin in granite, Macomb lead mines, Macomb galena, Dodge lead mine, Macomb graphite, Holbrook’s graphite mine, North Russell phlogopite, Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell pyroxene and titanite, Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell titanite, Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell apatite in calcite, Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell molybdenite, Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell calcite, Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell labradorite (?), Holbrook’s mica mine, North Russell eo or OO NN oC Oe CO ao, — te serpentine, New Rochelle sphalerite, Ellenville Ot 1 galena, chalcopyrite and quartz, Ellenville 4 chalcopyrite in quartz, Ellenville _ 1 Locality 6 is 70 yards south of Stevens Institute, Hoboken. ary r158 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Zoology MAMMALS Collections 1 jumping mouse, Zapus hudsonius, Rensselaer . E. C. Eckel. 1 New York weasel, Putorius noveboracensis, White lake, Oneida co. Purchases 1 opossum, Didelphis virginiana, Cedar Hill, Albany co.; 1 mon- key skeleton, Cebus sp. Donations J. L. Paulmier. 2 opossums, Didelphis virginiana, Madison N. J. Bronk Van Slyke. Teeth and feet of a supposed Quaternary horse, Equus sp. Aquetuck Van Allen Lyman. 1 skull of dog, Canis familiaris, Clarksville BIRDS Donations William H. Hogle. 1 Briinnich’s murre, Uria lomvia, Blooming Grove, Rensselaer co. | E. N. Holly. 1 nest of humming bird, Trochilus colubris, Tribes Hill N. Y. | REPTILES Collections 1 green snake, Liopeltis vernalis, Sacandaga Park; 1 milk snake, Osceola doliata triangula, Fort Lee N. J.; 1 DeKay’s snake, Storeria dekayi, Albany; 1 New York city; 1 brown snake, Storeria occipitomaculata, Upper Jay, Essex co.; 1 garter snake, Hutaenia sirtalis, Upper Jay; 1 Altamont; 1 ribbon snake, EL. saurita, Fort Lee 2 ring-necked snakes, Diodophis punctatus, White lake, Oneida co. 1 blowing adder, Heterdon platyrhinus, Karners Donations Bronk Van Slyke. 2 black snakes, Zamenis constrictor, Aque- tuck N.Y. Van Allen Lyman. 2 green snakes, Liopeltis vernalis, Ausable Forks N. Y.; 1 garter snake, Hutawenia sirtalis, Ausable Forks NS ee REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r159 R. C. Benedict. 1 green snake, Liopeltis vernalis, Litchfield county, Ct Mr Halsey. 1 garter snake and brood of young, Hutaenia sirtalis, Long Island C. A. Trask. 1 worm snake, Carphophiops amoenus, Karners Harold Roys. 1 rattlesnake, Crotalus horridus, Sheffield Mass. BATRACHIA Collections 2 Amblystoma tigrinum, Wilmurt, Herkimer co. Amblystoma sp., eggs and larva, Forbes Manor 13 Plethodon cinereus, Wilmurt; 2, Altamont; 10, Averill Park, Rensselaer co.; 1, Rensselaer 12 Plethodon cinereus, White lake, Oneida co.; 1 Plethodon glutinosus, Altamont N. Y. 5 Spelerpes bilineatus, Karners, Albany co.; 5, Cold Spring Har- bor L. I. | 4 Spelerpes ruber, Madison N. J. it Desmognathus ochrophaea, Wilmurt; 1, Altamont 5 Desmognathus fusca, Karners; 9, Madison N. J.; 12, Menands; 3, Averill Park; 2, Port Douglas, Essex co.; 4, East Greenbush, Rensselaer co. 2 Diemictylus viridescens, Wilmurt; 5, White lake, Oneida co. 1 Bufo lentiginosus, toad, Wilmurt; 1, toad and eggs, Clarks- ville; 1, White lake . 1 tree frog, Hyla pickeringii, Sheffield Mass.; 1, Averill Park 2 leopard frogs Rana virescens, Wilmurt 1 wood frog, Rana sylvatica, Wilmurt; 1, White lake, Oneida co. 2 green frogs, Rana clamata, Mill creek, Rensselaer co. 5 bull frogs, Rana catesbiana, White lake N. Y. 1 northern frog, Rana septentrionulis, White lake N. Y. Donation Dr S. R. Williams. Eggs and larva, Spelerpes bilineatus, Cold Spring Harbor L. I, r160 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM INVERTEBRATES Collections 13 crayfish, Cambarus sp., Karners; 6, Albany; 30, Madison N. J.; 8, Altamont; 10, Wilmurt; 7, Port Douglas, Essex co. 10 Crangenyz sp.. Howes Cave 5 fiddler crabs, Gelasimus pugnaxz, Cold Spring Harbor L. I. 21 Virbius zostericola, Bayshore 20 shrimps, Mysis stenolepis, Bayshore 21 Oniscus asellus, Catskill; 13, Rensselaer 12 Oniscus sp., Bayshore 7 Orchestia agilis, Bayshore 98 Gammarus sp., Bayshore 7 Gammarus fasciatus, Cold Spring Harbor N. Y.; 3, Van Cort- land park, New York city 1 Hyalella dentata, Van Cortland park, New York city 12 Asellus communis, Van Cortland park, New York city 7 Talorchestia megalophthalnia, Point o’ Woods, Fire island 75 water fleas, Daphnia pulex, Kenwood, Albany co. 1 mite, Trombidiwin sp., Clarksville 1 fly larva, Tipula abdominalis, Howes Cave Tumblebug, male, female and egg ball, Canthon laevis, Aquetuck 1 Polydesmus sp., Kenwood; 3, Altamont; 1, Averill Park, 1, Cold Spring Harbor L. I.; 1, Catskill; 1, Rensselaer; 1 Wilmurt 12 Julus sp., Port Douglas, Essex co.; 6, Peekskill; 1, Wilmurt 2 Fontaria coriacea, Aquetuck; 1, Peekskill 1 Lithobius forficatus, Bayshore; 1, Catskill; 1, Wilmurt 2 Geophilus sp., Kenwood; 1, Rensselaer; 1, East Greenbush, Rensselaer co. The following specimens of leeches, Hirudinea, are undeter- mined: 2, Wilmurt; 3, Long Lake, Oneida co.; 1, Kenwood; 1, Albia; 3, Altamont; 12 on crayfish, Albany; 3 on catfish, Ken- wood; 1, Madison N. J. 1 earthworm, Allobophora foetida, Kenwood 3 earthworms, Lwmbricus terrestris, Howes Cave 2 Nereis imbata, Bayshore 18 flat worms, Planaria sp., Van Cortland park, New York city REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 r161 1 roundworm, Filaria sp., Rensselaer N. Y. 17 Synapta sp., Point o’ Woods, Fire island N. Y. The following specimens of “daddy longlegs,” Phalangida, are undetermined: 7, Rensselaer; 48, Kenwood; 3, Wilmurt; 1, Bay- shore; 8, Peekskill; 1, Cold Spring Harbor; 9, Catskill; 8, Alta- mont; 7, Karners; 8, Averill Park; 2, Sheffield Mass. The following specimens of spiders, Areina, are undetermined : 5, Bayshore; 10, Kenwood; 8, Rensselaer; 2, Karners; 6, White lake; 1, Averill Park Cluster of mussels in marsh grass, J/odiola plicatula, Bayshore Wi ¥ 5 sponges, Reniera sp., Bayshore 2 sponges, Jlicrociona prolifera, Bayshore Specimens of Spongilla are undetermined from the following localities: Wilmurt; White Lake, Oneida co.; Van Cortland park, New York city Ethnology Purchase Luke I. Fitch, Watervale N. Y. NEW YORK STATE MATERIAL 15 strings of glass beads containing brass, copper and bone ornaments, Pompey celt, Oneida river celt, Onondaga county celt of striped slate, Onondaga county chipped and polished hornstone celt, Onondaga county; polishing a rare feature in this material 1 broad gouge of ironstone, found throughout New York, but rare, Three River point; picking on back a rare feature 1 worked seashell, Brewerton, Onondaga co. a MATERIAL MOSTLY 17TH CENTURY WORK, FROM POMPEY, ONONDAGA CO. worked seashell silver coin copper coins perforated : brass medal lead or pewter medals iron hawk-bell, rare me Oe eR ee r162 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM copper hawk-bell and chain pewter hawk-bells, rare copper earrings, very rare brass rings nose-rings (?) shell turtle ornament perforated brass ornament pewter ornaments and buckles rare bone ornaments, Sheldon fort brass bangles Part of bangle brass articles copper ornament, doubly perforated metallic figures crucifix horse’s leg made of pewter iron ape iron figure pewter figure Do NWrrRwWO Nw dD & a a ar we) 18 triangular brass arrows 2 conical brass arrows 1 iron spearhead 2 scalping or hunting knives, one perforated 1 copper knife, rare, Indian hill 2 gun wormers 5 brass needles, rare, antique form Part of a balance arm for scales iron awl small iron saw glass bead bone beads, Sheldon fort stone bead Ward’s Natural Science Establishment. 1 Indian. skeleton found in excavating for a cellar on the shore of Lake Ontario, near Long Pond, Monroe co. N. Y. Ke ee Donation ’ H. W. Seton Karr, Wimbledon, England. 5 paleolithic gine ments from Somaliland, East Africa. ee ee ge POS TNE: - Abbott, V. P., r120. Accessions to collections, r154-62. Acker Process Co., r63. Adamant Plaster Co., r114. Adams Basin, gravel-pits, r100. Adders, blowing, r137. Adirondacks, crystalline rocks, r6. Administration, report on, r127. Akron, limestone quarries, r48, r49. Akron Cement Co., r56. Akron Natural Gas Co., r65. Albion, sandstone quarries, r43, r44, r45. Alden, deltas, rll. Alden & Batavia Natural Gas Co., r65. Aldrich, G., r99. Alfred Clay Co., r54. Allegany, petroleum, r72. Allegany county, economic geology,, r42; natural gas, r63, r71; petroleum, 173-74. Allegany Gas Co., r71. Allen, George A., r81. Alpine, marl and clay, r107. Alvord, A. E., r110. Alvord, E. B., r110, r111, r114. Ambrose, E. J., r48, r52. American Bluestone Co., r46. American Electrolytic Co., r62. American Stone & Lime Co., r48. Amish, August, r98. Amity, petroleum, r73. Analyses, of clay and marl, r92; Tully limestone and Hamilton shale, r107. Ancistrodon contortrix, r143-44. Anderson, Thomas & Brown, r81. Andover, oil and gas field, r71, r74. Anorthosites, r6. . Apatite of St Lawrence county, rl22. Appenheimer, John I.., r48. Archean crystallines, r30, r31. Archeology, report on, r153. Argillaceous sandstone, producers, r46, Armstrong, Paul, r65. Atlantic Salt Co., r61. Attendance at museum, r127, r154, Attica Brick & Tile Co., r54. Attica Natural Gas Co., r64. Attica Water, Gas & Electric Co., r64. Aurora, sandstone quarry near, r47. Austin, Chester, r99. Avon, natural gas, r64. Babcock farm, Gouverneur, r120. Babcock Peat Works, r104. Bacon, William, r97. Baldwin & Hinds, r43. Baldwin & Norton Oil Co., r74. Ballast, r58. | Bangs & Gaynor, r110. Barber Asphalt Co., r48, r52. Barnard, , r93. Barnard, sand and gravel pits, r97, r98, r100. Barton, , T104. Bashah, Levi, r118. Batavia, limestone quarries, r49. Beadle, Dudley H., r47. Beardsley, N.5S., cited, r62. Beiser, George, r57. Bellows (Vt.) Paint Co., r122. Bender, Henry, r53. Bentley, J. L., r116. Bergtold, John, r57. Berlin, natural history museum, r148- 49. Bernhard’s Bay, glass sand, r116. Berrick’s Sons, r53. Bertie limestone, in Monroe county, r7i,75l. Bigelow, limekilns, r120; diopsid from, r123; iron pyrites near, r124. Bigger, C. A., acknowledgments to, r10. Biller, J., r50. Bingham, George, rd0. r164 Birdsall, natural gas, r71. Bishop, Irving P.,* Economic Geology of Western New York, r42-74. Black snakes, r138. Bleaching powder, r62-63. Blimb, Jacob, r98. Bliss Salt Co., r61. Blowing adders, r137. Bluestone, quarry, r46. Bogardus. George, r97. Boro Gas Co., r67. Borst, C. A., r116. Botany, report on, r152-53. Bowen, Ernest, r50. Bowen, S. C., r45. Bowmansville, natural gas, r66; sand and gravel, r57. Bradley Salt Co., r61. Bradshaw, Luther T., r81. Brady, Joseph, r43. Brant, deltas, r11. Brayton, Charles M., r47. Brick manufacture, of western New York, r53; of Monroe county, r82-86; at Horseheads and Corning, r107; of Onondaga county, r111-12. Brigham, A. P., acknowledgments to, r21; cited, r22, r31, r35. Brighton, clay industry, r82; lime in- dustry, r89; sand and gravel pits, r92, r95, r96, r98; roads, r93. Britton, I. E., r110, r111. Britton, William, r81. Broadhead & Son, r70. Brockport, sand and gravel pits, r96. Brocton, natural gas, r68. Brondart, William, r46. Brookhaven, crab industry, r133. Brotsch, F. A., r82. Brower, Elsworth, r97. Brower, F. W., r100. Brower, H., r100. Brown, A. Erwin, cited, r136. Brown, H.S., r79. Brown farm, Colton, r124. Brown snake, r142. Brush, Charles, r96. Brush Bros., r53. Brushton, sandstone quarry, r118. Buckley, Keron, r98. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Budlong, Mrs Helen S., r100. Buffalo, trade conditions, r42; lime- stone quarries, r48; sand and gravel, r57; natural gas, r65, r66. Buffalo, Bellevue & Lancaster R. R. Aa. FOG, Buffalo Brick Manufacturers Associa- tion, r53, r54. Buffalo Cement Co., r48, 152, 156, r66. Buffalo, Rochester & Pittsburg Rail- road, gravel-pit, r96. Building materials of western New York, r42. Building stone, of Monroe county, 179; of Oneida county, r115; of Onon- daga county, rl09-11; of St Law- rence county, rl118; of western New York, r43-50. Bull snake, common, r139-40. Burgess, John, r57. Burnette, B. W., r100. Burret, Charles, r96. Burritt, D. C2) 197. Bushman, Ivan, r98. -Bushnell’s Basin, sandpits, r92, r99. Busti, natural gas, r68. Butler farm, Colton, r124. Buttery quarry, r50. Bution, R. D., rise Calciferous sandrock, r30, r31. Caledonia, natural gas, r64; cement industry, r90; iron mines, r120, r121. Calkins, Daniel, estate, r47. Canaseraga Oil & Gas Co., r71. Canawaugus, cement industry, r91. Canton, graphite mine, r123; iron mines, r121; iron pyrites, r124; lime- kilns, r120; marble quarry, r119; mica, rl124; sandstone quarries, r118. Carl, A. R., r49. Carney Ore Mining Co., r121. Carpenter, R. C., analyses of Tully limestone and Hamilton shale, r107. Carphophiops amoenus, r136. Carroll, J. E., r57. Carroll Bros., r53, 157. Carroll (township), natural gas, r69. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Cartersville, sand and gravel industry, r99. Casey & Murray, r81. Cashburn, George, r97. Castile Salt Co., r61. Castner Electrolytic Alkali Co., r62, Cattaraugus county, economic geology, r42; natural gas, r70. Caustic soda, r62-63. Cayuga Lake Cement Co., r107. Cayuga Salt Co., r60, r61. Celadon Roofing Tile Co., r54. Cement industries, report on, r13; of Monroe county, r90-92; of Onon- daga county, r112-13; of western New York, r55-56. Center Moriches, crab industry, r132- 33. Chadwick Bros., r43. Chamberlain, Jenks & Roberts, r123. Chamberlain, W., & Co., r123. Chamberlain, W. D., r119. Chamberlin, T. C., cited, r22, r31. Chambers, George, r81. Chambers «& Casey, r80. Champlain area, water levels, r9. Champlain valley, evidences of sub- mergence, r8. Charlotte, sand and gravel pits, r97. Chateaugay Iron Mining Co., r121. Chautauqua, natural gas, r68. Chautauqua county, economic geology» r42; natural gas, r67—70. Chazy limestone of St Lawrence county, r118. Cheektowaga, quarry, r48. Chemung formation, r47. Chili, clay industry, r82, r86; gravel- pits, r98. Chipmunk field, r73. Christ, J., r80. Church, , 7120. Churchville, gravel-pits, r97. Clapp, Edwin P., r77, r98. Clarence Gas Co., r66. Clarence Stone & Lime Co., r52, r53. Clarke, Frederick A., r47. Clarke, Melvin A., r94, r98. Clarkson, sand and gravel pits, r96. r165 Clarkson Sandstone Co., r118. Clay, analysis, r92; at Alpine, r107; of Monroe county, r76, r78, r82-86; of Onondaga county, r111-12; in Sen- eca Falls, r107. Clay products of western New York, r53-54; producers of, r54. limactichnites, r10. linton, glacial drainage, rll; channels west and northwest of, r24-25 channels east of, r25-26; limestone quarry, rl15; mineral water, r117. Clinton formation, r8; in Monroe county, r76. Clinton iron ore, rl16. Clinton waters. delta plains, r40. Close farm, Colton, r122. Coates, J. B., r117. Cobb, William, sandpit, r92. Coe, Mrs Anna, r97. Coldwater, sandpits, r98. Cole, George, r121. Coler, Bird S., r43. Collamer, J. B., r105. Collections, accessions to, r154-62. Collins, natural gas, r67. Colton, marble quarry, r119; limekiln, r120; tale mine near, r122; mica, r124; tourmalin near, r124. Coluber obsoletus, r139. Colubrine species of snakes, r136-43. Columbia county, field work, r8; miner- als, r15. Conboy, William H., r51. Conley, F. E., Stone Co., r115. Connell, W. J., r69. Constantia, glass sand, r115. Convict labor on roads, r51. Cook, E. H., & Bros., r116. Cook, Edward, r47. Cook, George, r107. Cook, William, r46. Cope, E. D., cited, r136. Copperhead, r143-44. Corfu, natural gas, r64. Corniferous (Onondaga) limestone, r65, r69, rl08. See also Onondaga lime- stone. Corning, brick and terra cotta works, r107. C C r166 Corning Fuel & Heating Co., r71. Cosman, Henry, r97. Costello, John, r110, r111. Cottons, gypsum quarries, r112. Coughlin, Thomas, r110. Covey Hill, Canada, r9. Cowaselon lake, r19-20. Cowles, Horace M., r82. Crab fisheries of Long Island, by F. C. Paulmier, r131-34. Craig colony for epileptics, rd4. Crary, Mrs Mary C., r96. Crippen, Dean, r96. Crotaline species of snakes, r143-45. Crotalis horridus, r144-45. Crowe, Michael, r49. Crump, S. J., r99, r105. Crushed stone, r51-52; producers of, * 752, Crystal Salt Co., r61. Crystalline rocks of Adirondacks, r6; of southeastern New York, r8; at Little Falls, r30, r31. Cuba Gas Co., r71. Cullen, Mrs Katharine, r99. Cummings Cement Co., r56. Cushing, H. P., survey of crystalline rocks of Adirondacks, r6. Cutter & Bailey, r48. Cuylerville, salt plant abandoned, r61. Cyclophys aestivus, 1137. Darling, Everett, r100. Darton, N. H., cited, r30. Davidson Bros. marble quarry, r119. Davis, Tom, r120. Davis, W. H., cited, r145. Dawes, Charles, r115. Dawson, W., r49. Dean, William, r97. De Floe, Henry, r95, r98. De Frees, Charles, r96. De Graff, L. A., r48, r52, De Graff & Roberts, r43. De Kalb, sandstone quarry, r118; lime- kilns, r120; tale mines, r122; diopsid from, r123; iron pyrites, r124. De Kay, cited, r136. De Kay’s snake, r141. Dell, Gus, r98. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Delta plains, r39-41. | De Nike, George H., r117. Denning, H. C., r97. Depew, limestone quarry, r49. De Peyster, sandstone quarries, r118}j iron pyrites, rl124; tourmalin, r124. De Roller, Amos, r97. Despatch, sandpit, r96. De Witt, limestone quarries, r110; gypsum quarries, r114. Diadophis punctatus, r137. Diamond Wall Cement Co., r101. Dickenson, Edward, r97. Dickerson & Bell, r52. Dietschler’s Sons, r53. Diopsid of St Lawrence county, r123. Douglass, John A., r99. Downey, Dr, r45. Dresden, natural history museum, r147- 48. Dry Brook, petroleum, r73. Duff, W. B., r68. Duncan, John H., r60. Dunfee, John & Co., ‘r81. Dunkirk, trade See r42; ola products, r53. Dunlop, Robert, r110, r114. Durhamville, glass sand, r116. Deere county, field work, r8, apie Harbor, sandstone quarries, r43, r44, r45; natural gas, r63. East Aurora, deltas, rll; sandstone quarry, r46; natural gas, r66. East Hamlin, gravel-pits, r96. East Lancaster, natural gas, r66. Eastport, crab industry, r133. Eaton hill, high-level channels on, r23. Kekel, E. C., study of crystalline rocks of southeastern New York, r8; field work, r8; cited, r136, r145. Economic geology, report on, r13; ac- cessions to collections, r154. Economic geology of Monroe county and contiguous territory, by C, J. Sarle, r75-106. Economic geology of Oneida county, by C. H. Smyth jr, r115-17. Economic geology of western New York, by I. P. Bishop, r42-74. =_— =, “=. — INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Economic products of St Lawrence county, by W. N. Logan, r118—24. Eden, deltas, r11. Edwards, tale mines, r122. Egypt, sand and gravel pits, r99. Elder, Mrs F. E., r95. Ellsworth, Horace, r119. Ellwanger & Barry, r104. Elma, deltas, r11. Ely, Mortimer, r68. Empire Gas & Fuel Co., r71. Empire Portland Cement. Co., r112. Empire Salt Co., r61. Empire State Salt Co., r60, r61, r62. Entomology, report on, r151-52. Erie basin, glacial phenomena, r11. Erie county, economic geology, r42; brickmaking interests, r53; lime- kilns, r55; natural gas, r65. Erie County Penitentiary, r52. Erisman, A. G., r48. . Erisman farm, Bowmansville, r66. Erwin, natural gas, r72. Essex county, mineral developments at Mineville, r125-26. Ethnology, accessions to collections, r161-62. European natural history museums, report on, by F. C. Paulmier, r146- 50. r56, Eutaenia saurita, r142, sirtalis, r142-43. Fairchild, Herman L.., field work, r10; Glacial Waters from Oneida to Little Falls, 117-41. Fairport, sand and gravel pits, r99. Falkner, Daniel, r99. Fallon, Peter, r119. Fancher, E. F., r43. Fancher & Cornwall, r43. Fancher & Delaney, r45. Fancher & Newsome, r43. Fancher & Vincent, r43. Fargo, deltas, r11. Farr, Alexander, r124. Farrand, William H., r45. Fayetteville, kilns and mills, gypsum quarries near, r114. r110; rl67 | Felt, Joseph, r99. Ferguson, Ervy, r96. Feyler, E., r66. Fiegel, A., r55. Filkins & Gorman, r45. Fish, Horace M., r49. Fish Creek, glass sand,'r116. Fishell, Benjamin, r98. Fleming, G., r124. Flux, r53. Foery & Kastner, r79, r82. Fogelsonger, R. &,H., r50, r55. Ford, , 45. Forest Lawn, gravel-pits, r100. Forest Lawn Cemetery, r50, rd2. Foster, George, r123. | Fowler, tale mine, r122. | Fox & Holloway, r57. Francis, H. W., r64. Frankfort, glacial deposits northwest of, r36. Franklin Iron Manufacturing Co., r116. Franklin Springs, iron ore, r116;_min- eral water, r116, r117. Sal Franklinville, sandstone quarries, r46, r47, Fredonia, deltas, rl11;sandstone quarry, r46; natural gas, r67. French, George, r97. Frewsburg, natural gas, r69. Friedman, X., estate, r50. Friendship, natural?gas, r63, r71; pe- troleum, r73. Frontier Brick Co., r54. Fuller, A., r122. Fuller farm, Amity, r73. Fullerville, tale mines near, r122. a £122 ;%plain Gainesville Salt Co., r61. Garbutt, William D., r97. Garbutt, plaster mines, r100. Garbuttsville, gypsum quarries, rl14. Garland, Morey C., r105. Garnet, of St Lawrence county, r123. Garretsee, John R., r104. Garter snakes, r142-43. Gatenby, John, r97 Gates, Lockport dolomite quarries, r80; lime industry, r88, r89; sand and gravel pits, r94, r98; peat de- posits, r104. r168 Gay, Robert, r85. Gehres, Anna, r48. General Crushed Stone Co., r52. Genesee county, economic geology, r42; natural gas, r64. Genesee Salt Co., r60, r61, r62. Genesee shales, r108. Genesee Valley Bluestone Co., r46. Geologic map, published and dis- tributed, r6. Geology, report on, r6-13. Gesl, John, jr, r48. Getzville group, r66. Gifford, A. L., r116. Gilbert, G. K., assistance from, 19; cited, r33. Gilbert pit, r95. | Gilmore, S., plaster mill, r63. | Gilson, Edward, r118. | Ginegaw, Charles, r98. Glacial drainage, investigations con- cerning, r8, rl1-13. Glacial waters from Oneida to Little Falls, by H. L. Fairchild, r17-41. Glacial waters in western New York, r12-13. Glaciomohawk waters, r38. Glass, Heman, r106. Glass sand of Oneida county, r115-16. Glen Salt Co., r60, r61. Globe Salt Co., r61. Goodrich estate, Albion, r43. Goodspeed farm, r70. Gorham, natural gas, r64. Gorsline, R. H., r86. Gorsline, W. H., r86. Gouinlock, W. C., r62. Gouinlock & Humphrey rol. Gouverneur, apatite from, r122; iron mines, r120; limekiln near, r120; marble quarries near, r119, 1120; | tale mines, r122 Gouverneur,Garnet & Lead Mining | Co., FI2E ri22. Gouverneur Marble Co., r119. | Gowanda, sand and gravel, r57; nat- | ural gas, r67. | Gowanda Gas Co., r67. | Graaf, William J., rd3. Salt Co., NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Granger, petroleum, r74. Granites, r6. Graphite, of St Lawrence county, r123. Grass snakes, r138. Grattan & Jennings, r50. Gravel industry of western New York, r57; of Monroe county, r76, r77, r92- 100; of Onondaga county, r113. Graves, Byron J., r97. Greece, sandstone quarry, r80; peat deposits, r105; sand and gravel pits, r95, r97, r98, r100. Green farm, Malone, r118. Green snakes, r137. Greenleaf, Halbert S., r97. Greenwood, petroleum, r74. Greigsville, salt mines, r59. Grenville rocks, area of, r7-8. Ground snake, red-bellied, r142. Ground snakes, r136. Gunnville, lime kiln, rd5. Gutenbury, Theodore, r49. Gutherlet, George, r98. Guthrie, Edwin, r72. Gwinne, C., r45. | Gypsum, of western New York, r63; of Monroe county, r76, r100-3; of On- ondaga county, r113-14. Haag, Jacob, r98. Haag Bros., pit, r94. Haake & Son, r53. Hale, L. F., r118. Hale, Oscar, r118. Hall, Peter, r97. Hall & Sons, r54. Halley farm, High Falis, r121. Hallock Bros., r105. Halloway estate, Medina, r43. | Hamburg, deltas, r11. Hamilton shales, rl08; analysis, r107. | Hamlin, Eugene, r47. Hamlin farm, Colton, r124, _Hanaway Falls, sandstone quarries, r118. Harris, Darwin, r99. Harris, Richard, r97. Harter, John V., r99. Hartley, Edward, r99 Harvey, Miles, r71. | Haskell, A. W., r50. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Haslip, Robert, r97. Hastings, Grant, r121. Hatch, E. A., gravel-pits, r99. Hawley Salt Co., r61. Hazen, George, r97. Hebbs, James, r99. Hebner & Son, r43. Heffer, David, r95, r98. Heimes, Anthony, r99. Heimlich, John, r55. Helageas farm, De Kalb, r122. Helderberg limestone of Oneida county, r115. Hematite, r121. Henchen, Mrs Virginia, r100. Henderson, T. H. jr, acknowledg- ments to, r10. Hendricks, Steve, r124. Henrietta, roads, r93; clay industry, r82; sand and gravel pits, r98. Herkimer, glacial deposits, r22. Herkimer lake, r22-23. Hermon, iron pyrites, r124. Heterodon platyrhinus, r137. Hewes, George, r69. High Falls, iron mines, r121; graphite mine, r123; mica near, r124. High Falls Pyrite Co., r124. Hill, Harris, r55. Hiller, J., r48. Hilton, John, r50, r54. Hilton, W. E., r54. Hilton, sand and gravel pits, r96, r97, r100. Hinds, M. Katherine, r45. Hindsburg, sandstone quarries, r45. Hinnan, A., r96. Hiscock, George W., r100, r104. Hockens, L., r124. Hodge, Mrs F., r112. Holbrook, C. T., r123. Holbrook, C. T., Co., r122. Holley, sandstone quarries, r43, r44, r45. Holmes, C. H., r55. Honeoye Falls, limestone quarries near, r81; sand and gravel pits, r98, r99. Hopkins, Robert, r99, r105. r169 | Hopkins, T. C., Mineral Resources of Onondaga County, r109-14. Horan estate, Medina, r43. Horseheads, brickworks, r107 Howard, Mrs Daniel, r99. Howard, Judson, r105. Howell, L. D., r49. Hudson Valley, evidences of submer- gence, rs. Hulburton, sandstone quarries, r43, r44, r45. _ Humphrey, oil pool, r72. Hunt, J. F., r69. Hunt, Stephen, r99. Huntington, Mrs George, r95, r98. Hurd Lime Kiln Co., r89. Igneous rocks, r6. Ilion, glacial deposits, r22. Independence, natural gas, r71; petro- leum, r74. Indian Falls, gypsum, r63. International Salt Co., r59. International Tale Co., r122. Iromohawk river, r22, r31, r33, r34, r38, r39. Iron mining at Mineville, Essex co., r125-26. Iron ore, of Oneida county, r116; of St Lawrence county, r120-21. Iron pyrites of St Lawrence county, r124, Irondequoit, sand and gravel pits, r98, r100. . Iroquois Portland Cement Co., r90, r92 Iroquois Salt Co., r60, r61, r62, r65. Irving’s Mills, petroleum, r73. Ithaca, salt manufacturers, r61, r62; cement works near, rl07; mineral developments in the region around, rl107-8. Ithaca group, r47. Ithaca Red Brick & Tile Co., r107. Ithaca Salt Co., r61. James Bros., r45. Jamestown, natural gas, r69, r70. Jamestown Shale Paving Brick Co., ro4. Jamesville, limestone quarries, r110, ri11; gypsum quarries near, r114. r170 Jeffrey Manufacturing Co., r103. Jenks, Dennis M., r70. Jewettville Pressed Brick Co., r54. Johnson Bros., r121. Johnsonburg, natural gas, r65. Jones, William H., r95, r98. Jones & Co., r45. Jordan, , cited, r136. Jordan, natural gas, r63. Jordon, Mrs Edwin B., r99. Kaeser, Lawrence, r50. Kaiser, Franz Joseph, r98. Kales, J. W., r47 Kamery, Henry, r46. Kearney & Barrett, r45. Keenan, John, r97, Keeney, N. B., r49, r52. Keith, Charles, r68. Keith, G. B., r68, r69, r70. Kelley, William, r124. Kelly, Ezekiel, r70. Kelly Bros., r109. Kemp, J. F., mentioned, r7. Kennedy, natural gas near, r70. Kent Corners, quarry, r119. Keyes, Wayland A., r105. Keyes estate, Holley, r43. Kiantone, natural gas, r69. Kieffer, Martin, r49. King snakes, r140. Kingsbury, Frank, r97, r101. Kirkland Mineral Spring Co., r117. Kirkpatrick, W. J., r100. Klem, Peter D., r99. Knapp, Charles H., r99. Lackawanna Salt Co., r61. Lake George valley, geologic work, r9. Lalone, John, r123. Lambertson, sandstone quarry, r47. Lamson & Leason, r89. Lancaster Brick Co., r53. Lancaster Light & Conduit Co., r66. Lancaster-Depew Natural Gas Co., r66. Lansing & Son, r114. Laona, sandstone quarry, r47. Lauer, F. C., r89. Lauer & Hagaman, r79, r89, r96, r99. Lead of St Lawrence county, r121. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Leary, J. C., r119, r120. Leet, W. D., r47. Leroy, limestone quarries, r49; lime- kilns, r55; salt production, r59, r61» r62; natural gas, r64. Leroy Stone Co., r50. Levalley, John, r45. Leverett, Frank, mentioned, r11. Lewiston, limestone quarry near, r49. Lily,Dale Portland Cement Co., r56. Lime industry of western New York, r55; in Monroe county, r76, r88-90; of Onondaga county, r112-13; of St Lawrence county, r120. Limestone quarries of western New York, r48; of Monroe county, r79; at Waterloo, r107; of St Lawrence county, rl18. Limestone (town), petroleum, r73. Lincoln Park, sandpits, r98. Lincoln Park Sand Co., r94, r98. Liopeltis vernalis, r138. List, Katherine M., r100. Little Falls, glacial waters, r22; rock barrier, r22, r80-33. Little Falls quadrangle, r19. Little Valley, natural gas, r70. Livingston county, natural gas, r64; marl, r76; cement industry, r90. Livonia, salt mines, r59. Lockport, sandstone quarries, 145; limestone quarries, r48, r49; lime- kiln, r55; sand and gravel, r57. Lockport dolomite, in Monroe county, r76, r78, r79, r80; weight of cord, r89. Logan, W. N., Economic Products of St Lawrence County, r118—24. London, natural history museum, r149-50. Long, William P., r99. Long Island, Crab fisheries, by F. C. Paulmier, r131-34. Long lake sheet, mapping of, r6. Lower Helderberg limestone of Onon- daga county, r110-11. Lower Helderberg shales, r108. Ludlowville, salt plants, r60, r61. Lycoming Calcining Co., r100, r102. | Lyndon, gypsum quarries near, r114. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Lynn, Thomas, r92, r98. Lyth, John, & Sons, r54. Mabbett, F’., r47. Mabon, Charles F., r49. Macadam, r79. Macadamizing roads of Monroe county, contracts for, r81-82. McCarn, Samuel C., r98. McCarthy, Jerome, r43. McCarthy farm, Friendship, r73. McClintock, J. Y., r93. McCormack, Adelbert, r43. McCusker, Mat., r54. McCutcheon, C. H., r53. McDowell, Benjamin, r98. McElroy, Patrick, r109. McEwen, Charles E., r68. McMurray, J. C. & A., r54. Macomb, lead ore, r121; apatite, r122; graphite mine, r123. McQuaid, Bishop, r80. McVean, Cameron, r97. Madison county, gypsum quarries, r112. Magnetite ores at Mineville, r125. Mahar, Patrick, r98. Maimer, C. J., r120. Malone, sandstone quarries, r118; iron ore near, r121. Manlius, limestone quarries, r110, r111. Manlius Center, gypsum quarry, r114. Manser, , T50. Mansfield, natural gas, r70. Maplewood brickyard, r85. Marble quarries of St Lawrence county, r118-20. Marcellus shale, r64, r69, r108. Marl, analysis, r92; at Alpine, r107; in Livingston county, r76, r90; in Mon- roe county, r76, r78. Marley farm, near Bowmansville, r66. Marsh, Edward, r80. Massena, limestone quarries, r118. Mather, W. W., cited, r135. Maxfield, Herbert A., r99. Mayer, Joseph, r47. Mayville, natural gas, r68. Medina, sandstone quarries, r43, r44, r45, Medina Quarry Co., r43, r52, r171 Medina sandstone, r8; quarries, r43— 44, r45, r52; in Allegany county, r63; in Erie county, r66; in Livingston county, r64; in Monroe county, r76, r78, r80. Meeskill, Edward, r97. Meeskill, John, r96. Mendon, gravel-pits, r98, r99, r100; peat deposits, r105. Mendon Center, gravel-pits, r98, r99. Merrick, C. & L., r111, r112. Merritt, E. A., Sandstone Co., r118. Messing, Barney, r49, r55. Mica of St Lawrence county, r124. Middleport, sandstone quarries, r45. Miles farm, Scio, r74. Milk snake, r140. Mill Grove, limekilns near, r55. Miller, Herman, r79. Miller, Mrs John, r98. Miller Salt Co., r61. Mills, W.S., r73. Mineral developments in the region around Ithaca, by Heinrich Ries, r107-8. Mineral developments at Mineville, by Heinrich Ries, r125-26. Mineral resources of Onondaga county , by T. C. Hopkins, r109-14. Mineral water of Oneida county, r116- | 3 Mineralogy; accessions to collections, r154-57; curatorial work, r1l4-15; field work, r15; publications, r14; report on, rl4—15. Mineville, mineral developments at, by Heinrich Ries, r125-26. Minzie, Peter J., r97. Mitchell, Calvin, r123. Moeschler, Otto, r95, r98. Mohawk river, r31, r38-39; gradation plains, r39. Mohawk river valley, glacial waters, r19; glacia] drainage from Oriskany valley to, r25-30; features, r30-38. Monk, William, r99. Monroe county, contracts for macad amizing roads, r81-82. r172 Monroe county and contiguous terri- tory, economic geology, by C. J. Sarle, r75-106. Mooers quadrangle, determination of | shore lines, r9; glacial deposits, r9; “Flat Rocks,” rl10. Moore, George R., r46. Moore, John, r45. Moran, Thomas, r98. Morley, C., r54. Morrison & Whitney, r120. Morton, sandpits, r96. Moselle, Aaron, r54. Mount Morris, salt plants abandoned, | r61; natural gas, r64. Mud Creek Oil & Gas Co., r70. Mudge, Albert, r97, r101. Munger, Andrew, r68. Murray, Daniel, r110. Murray, J., r124. Napier, John, r47. National Salt Co., r59, r61, r62. National Wall Plaster Co., r114. Natrix fasciata sipedon, r141. Natural gas, r63-72; of Onondaga county, r1l14. Natural Gas Co., r71 Natural history museums, European, report on a visit to, by F. C. Paul- mier, r146-50. Nellis, J. B., r79, r89. New, Henry, r97. __ New York city, offices of Medina Quarry Co., r43. New York Paving Brick Co., r111. New York Sewer Pipe Co., r86. Newcomb, S., r124. Newfield, brick plant, r107. Newman, H. L. & W. C., r56. Newsome &«& Co., r45. Niagara county, economic geology, r42. Niagara Falls, limestone quarry near, r49; limekiln, r55; caustic soda and bleaching powder companies, r62. Niagara Falls Power Co., r58. Niagara formation, r8, r48, r49, r50. Niagara Light, Heat and Power Co., r66. Nice, P. H., r50. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Nicholls, B., r120. Nickerson marble quarry, r119. Ninemile creek, r36, r37. Nixon, S. F,, r68. Norfolk, limestone quarry, r118. North Clymer, sandstone quarry, r47. North Collins, natural gas, r66. North Rush, sand and gravel-pits, r98. Northern Iron Co., r126. Northern New York Marble Co., r119. Northumberland volcanic plug, r8. Norton Oil Co., r74. Norwood, limestone quarry, r118. Oakfield, gypsum mills near, r63; gyp- sum quarries, r114. Oatka Chemical Co., r103. Oatka Mining Co., r60. O’Brien, William, r43. Ogden, sand and gravel pits, r97, r100; peat deposits, r104. Oil wells, r72-73. Olds farm, Macomb, r123. Olean, trade conditions, r42; sandstone quarries, r46, r47; clay products, r53; natural gas, r71. Oneida, low-level channels from Oneida to Rome, r25. Oneida county, economic geology, by C. H. Smyth jr, r115-17. Oneida quadrangle, r19. Oneida valley, glacial drainage from Oneida valley to Oriskany valley, 123-25. Onondaga county, mineral resources, by T. C. Hopkins, r109-14. Onondaga Indian reservation, quar- ries, r109. Onondaga limestone of western New York, r48, r49, r50, r52; in Monroe ~ county, r77, r81; near Ithaca, r108; of Onondaga county, rl09-10. See also Corniferous (Onondaga) lime- stone. Onondaga Pottery Co., r111. Onondaga Vitrified Brick Co., rill, r112. | Ontario Tale Co., r122. Ophibolus, r140. doliatus triangulus, r140. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Orchard Park, natural gas, r66. Oriskany Falls, Helderberg limestone, r115. Oriskany lake, r20. Oriskany quadrangle, r19. Oriskany sandstones, rl108. Oriskany valley, theoretic levels in, | r39; glacial drainage from Oneida valley to, r23-25; glacial drainage | from Oriskany valley to Mohawk | valley, r25-30. Orleans county, economic geology, r42; | _ Pierce, Samuel, r100. _ Pierrepont, iron mines, r121. _ Piffard, salt production, r60, r61, r62. natural gas, r63. Orleans Sandstone Co., r45. Orton, Edward, cited, r67. Oswego county, glass sand, r115. Pack, George W., r111. Paddock, Sid., r118. Page, D. M., r64. Page & Brainard, r54. Page & Darrin gas well, r72. Paleontology, report on, r127-28. Palmer, Lucy, r105. Palmer, Milton, r104. Paragon Plaster Co., r112, r114. Pardee, E. S., r100. Parma, sand and gravel pits, r96, r97, rl100; sandstone quarry, r81; peat deposits, r104. Parma Center, gravel-pits, r97. Parma Corners, gravel and sand, r97. r173 Perry, William, r123. Perry, sandstone quarries, r47 ; salt pro- duction, r60, r61, r62 ; natural gas,r65. Perrysburg, natural gas, r67. Perryville, plaster mill, r112. Petroleum, r72-73. Pfaudler Vacuum Fermentation Co., r95. Philips, A., r68. Phillips, Mahlon, r95, r98. Phillips, Marcus H., r43. Phoenix Salt Co., r61. Pike’s quarry, r79. _ Pilot snakes, r139. Pine snakes, r139-40. Pit, Gilbert, r98. Pit vipers, r143-45. Pittsford, Lockport dolomite, quarry, r80; sand and gravel, r99; peat de- posits, r105. Pityophis melanoleucus, r139-40. Plaster mines, of Monroe county, r100. Pledger, John, r100. _ Pleistocene geology, work in, r8. Point Abino Sand Co., r57. Pomfret, sandstone quarry, r47. Port Henry Iron Ore Co., r126. _ Portage formation, r47, r108. Paulmier, Frederick C., Crab Fisheries | of Long Island, r131-34; Report on History Museums, 1146-50; cited, | r136. Pavilion Salt Co., r61. Peacock, John, r100. Pearl Salt Co., r61. Portland, deltas, r11. Portland cement plant, on eastern shore of Cayuga lake, r107. a Visit to some Euopean. Natural | Postglacial marine invasion, history of, r8. Potsdam sandstone, crustacean trails, r10; of St Lawrence county, r118. | Pottery clays, r111. Peat deposits, in Monroe county, r76, | r78, r103-6. Peckham, William F., r97. Pedley, William, r98. Pekin, limestone quarries near, r49. Penfield, sand and gravel pits, r99; peat deposits, r106. Penny, W. J., r74. Perinton, sand and gravel pits, r99. Perry, Fred, r45. Pottery industry of Monroe county, r86. Prague, natural history museum, rl47. Pratt, O. S., r71. . Presler, O. C., r68. _ Producers’ Gas Co., r71. | Purdy, A. F., r116. / Putnam county, minerals, r15. _ Pyrites of St Lawrence county, r124. | Quarry industry of western New York, r43—50; of Monroe county, r78-82. r174 Rainesford, J. A., r80, £95, r100. Rambert, Charles, r89. Randolph, natural gas, r70. Rann, Horace, r97. Rapier, Samuel, r57. Rattlesnake, r144-45. Rausch, Matthew, r97. Red-bellied ground snake, r142. Red House gas field, r70. Reed, F. E., r89. Reed & Allen, r45. Reese farm, Amity, r74. Reinhardt, Valentine, r98. Remington Salt Co., r61, r62. Remington salt plant, r108. Rensch, Mrs Julia, r105. Rensselaer Falls, iron pyrites near, r124. Retsof Mining Co., rd9, r62. Reynolds, , 743. Ribbon snake, r142. Rice, E. I., r110. Rich, James, r100. Richmond county, minerals, r15. Ries, Heinrich, report on cement in- dustries, r13; Notes on Mineral De- velopments in the Region around Ithaca, r107-8; Notes on Recent Mineral Developments at Mineville, 1125-26. Riga, gravel-pits, r97. Riggs, Frank, r47. Ring snakes, r137. Ripley, natural gas, r68. Roads, convict labor on, rd1. Roberts, J. A., r43. Robins, Henry S., r99. Robinson, W. H., r106. Rochester, center of various industries, r78; clay industry, r82; lime indus- try, r88; peat deposits, r103, r105, r106; pottery industry, r86; quarry industry, r78; sand and gravel in- dustry, r92, r98, r99, r100; sewer pipe industry, r86. Rochester Brick & Tile Co., r83. Rochester German Brick & Tile Co., r85. Rochester Junction, gravel-pits, r98, r99, r100. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM _ Rochester Lime Co., r89. Rochester Sewer Pipe Co., r86. Rochester shale, in Monroe county, r76. Rock, , acknowledgments to, r10. Rock Glen, sandstone quarry, r46; salt works, r62. - Rockland county, Snakes of, by W Seward Wallace, r135-45. Rockville sandstone quarries, r47. _ Rogers, Joseph, r97. _ Rogerson, J. C., r43. Rome, glacial drainage, rll; low-level channels from Oneida to, r25; glass sand, r115, r116. Root, Charles H., r103. Root farm, Colton, r122. _ Rose, C. C., r65. Rose, Henry, r98. Rose, Robert, r65. | Ross, William, r97. | Rossie, lead ore, r121. _ Rossie Iron Ore Co., r120. _ Rounds, Joseph, r46, r47. | Royal Salt Co., r61. Rupp, John B., r48, r52. _ Rush, peat deposits, rl05; sand and gravel pits, r98. Rushville, natural gas, r64. Ryan, John J., r43. _ Ryan, Matthew, r45. | Sackett Wall Board Co., r102. St Lawrence county, minerals, r15; economic products, by W. N. Logan, r118-24. St Lawrence Marble Co., r119. | St Lawrence valley, investigations in, r9. Salina formation, in Monroe county, r77. Salt, r59-62; production, in western New York, r62; works on Cayuga lake, rl107; of Onondaga county, r113. Saltvale, salt plant abandoned, r61. Sand industry of western New York, r57; of Monroe county, r76, 177, r92-100; of Onondaga county, r113. Sandstone of St Lawrence county, r118. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Saratoga, field work near, r8 j / | i Sarle, Clifton J., Economic Geology of | Monroe County and Contiguous Ter- ritory, r75-106. Sauquoit creek valley, glacial waters, r19, r36; theoretic levels in, r36, r39. Sauquoit lake, r20-21. Saxon farm, Brushton, r118. Scarritt, W. E., r43. Schmidt, George W., r53. Schmidt, John, r86. Schoof, B., r49. Schrader, J., r93. Schrier, S.,r48. Schroeder, John, r96. Schuesler, E. A., r53. Schumacher & Liederman, r50. Schwalbach, Casper, r94, r98. Schwalbach, Frank, r94. Schwalbach, John, r94. Schwartz, F., r96. Schweney, John, r99. Scio, petroleum, r73. Scio Oil & Gas Co., r73. Scottsville, gravel deposits, r78, r96, r100. Scranton Sand Co., r57. Search, Charles, r98. Searl, A., r47. Seneca Falls, quarries, rl07; natural gas, r63; bed of slip clay, r107. Servoss, Joseph, r45. Setter, N., r50. Severance, F. M., r114. Sewer pipe industry of Monroe county, r86-88. Shafer, C. E., r96. Shaw, , TOO. Shaw, George, r98. Sheedy, Thomas W., r110. Sheehan, J. S., r93, r98. Sheehan, Michael D., r93, r98. Shelby Basin, sandstone quarries, r45. Short Tract village, petroleum, r73. Sibley, Hiram, estate, r85. Sibleyville, sand and gravel pits, r98. Silver Creek, deltas, rl11-12. Silver Springs, salt production, r60, r61, r62. Skinner quarry, r43. pa ri75 Slack, Michael, r43. Smith, Earnest, r99. Smith, George L., r96. Smith, Henry L., r82. Smith, L. C., r123. Smith, Mrs L. Cornelia, r94, r98. Smith, Orton, r68. Smith & Reap, r47. Smyth, Charles H. jr, Economic Geol- ogy of Oneida County, rl15-17; cited, r26. Smyth, Thomas A., r94. Snakes of Roekland county, New York, by W. Seward Wallace, 1135-45. Soda ash, manufacture, r109. Solvay Process Co., rl109, r110, r111, r113. Souter, M., r48. South Greece, gravel-pits, r97. South Pennsylvania Oil Co., r73. South Wales, sandstone quarry, r47. Spalding, M. W., r121, r123. Spencerport, sand and gravel pits, r97, r98, r100. Speonk, crab industry, r133-34. Split Rock, limestone quarries, r109. Sprague, Halsie, r99. Spreading adder, r137. Springville, natural gas, r67; sand- stone quarries near, r47. Squire, Alexander Petrie, r97. Squires, A. R. & Son, r45. Stafford limestone, r50. Stainthrope, C. N., & Co., r49, r55, v57, Standard Oil Co., r49. Standard Sewer Pipe Co., r88, Stearns, J. W., r65, r66, r67, Steinwach, Charles, r50. Stella Mining Co., r124. Steuben county, natural gas, r71-723 petroleum, r74, Stevens, EK. E., r119. Stockbridge lake, r20, r23, Stockton, natural gas, r68, Stone, of Monroe county, r76; of Oneida county, rl15; quarries of western New York, r43-52, Storeria dekayi, r141. occipitomaculata, r142. yet r176 Story, D., r109. Straub & Meyer, r50, r55. Striped snake, common, r142-43, Styles, George, r124. Suppe, F. H., r117 Sweden, sand and gravel pits, r96. Sweet, A. Ju., r45 Sweet, C. A., r100. Sweet, Mrs E., r100. Syenites, r6. “Syndicate” quarry, r50. Syracuse, glacial drainage, rll; lime- stone quarries near, rl09, r110; salt, 1113; sand and gravel, r113. Syracuse Pottery Co., r111. Tale industry of St Lawrence county, r122. Taleville, talc:mines, r122. Tanner, E. R., r79. Taylor, , cited, r35. Taylor, F. B., cited, r22. Taylor, Frank, r67. Teare, C., r80. Tennant, J. C., r64. Terry, Frank, r96. Thompkins, John, r100. Tinker, John, r81. Toby, M. P., r99. Toby, Reuben, r99. Tonawanda Brick Co., r54. Tonawanda Iron & Steel Co., r53. Tonawanda Lime Co., r55. Topographic sheets, r6, r19. Tourmalin of St Lawrence county, r124. Trabold, Henry, r80, r81. Trenton limestone, r30. Truesdale, Warren, r98. Tully, salt wells, r113. Tully limestone, r108; analvsis, r107. Udell, P. G., r97, r104. Uebelhoer, C., r50. Ulster county, minerals, r15. Unger, Fred, r67. Union Hill, sand and gravel pits, r99. Union Springs, quarries, r107. Union Tale:Co., r122. United: Natural Gas Co., r65, r66. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM United States Gypsum Co., r63. United States Tale Co., r122. Utica, glacial drainage, rll; channels south of, r26; channels southeast of, r27—30; stone, r115. Utica lake, r22-23, r36; delta plains, r39—40. Utica quadrangle, r19. Utica shale, r27, r30. Vanderhoff farm, Crary’s Mills, r121. Vandorn, Adelbert, r97. Vernon Center lake, r23. Verona, glass sand, r115. Vienna (Austria), natural museum, r146-47 Vienna (N. Y.), glass sand, r115. Vogt, J. B., r50. Vogt Brothers, r80, r81. Voisard, Edward T., r48. Voleanic action, exhibit to illustrate theory of, r14. history Wakelee, R., r89. Wales Center, quarry, r47. Wallace W. Seward, snakes of Rock- land County, New York, r135-45. Walrath, Thomas, r114. Waltzer, Joseph, r100. Ward, petroleum, r73. Warner, brick manufacture, r112; ce- ment works, r112; natural?gas, r63; natural mineral water, r117. Warren, Charles, r118. Warsaw, sandstone “quarry, 146; salt plants, r60, r61; salt plants aban- ©’ doned, r61. Warsaw Bluestone Co., r46. Warsaw Salt Co., r61. Water snakes, r141-42. Waterlime in Monroe county, r77. Waterloo, limestone-quarries, r107. Watertown, mills, r119. Watkins, salt @ production,” r60, r61,. r62. Watkins SaltCo., r61, r62. Watson, Thomas G., r49. Wayland Portland Cement Co., r56. Webster, Freeman, r104. Webster, sand and gravelfpits, r99, r100. INDEX TO REPORT OF DIRECTOR AND STATE GEOLOGIST 1902 Weeks, J., r100. Wellman, A. Miner, r63. Wellman, Mrs Martha, r97. Wells, » Tlic. Wellsville, natural gas, r71; petroleum, r74. West Canada creek, r35. West Henrietta, sand and gravel pits, r98, r99. West Potsdam, quarries, r118. West Rush, gravel-pits, r98. West Union, petroleum, r74. West Webster, sand and gravel pits, r99, r100. Westchester county, minerals, r15. Westcott Natural Gas Co., r64. Westfield, deltas, rll; sandstone quarry, r47; natural gas, r68. Weyer, O. W., & Co., r54. Wheatland, plaster mines, rl100; sand and gravel pits, r97, r100. Wheatland Center, plaster mines, r100; sand and gravel pits, r97, r101. Wheatland Plaster Co., r102. Wheeler, B., r47. White, Squire, r46. Whiting, C. H., r45. Whitlock, H. P., Guide to the Mineral- ogic Collections, r14. Whitmore, C. B., r45, r50, r52. -Whitmore, Rauber & Vicinus, r79, r80, r82, r84, r94. Wilhelm, quarry, r48. r177 Willette,{F., r67. Williams, Dr, r97. Williams, K. B., r99. Williams, William, r116. Williams & Johnson, r120. Williamsville, limekiln, r55. Willis, H. P., acknowledgments to, r10. Windhauser, John, r100; Witherbee, Sherman & Co., r125. Witkopf, Henry, r49. Woodworth, J. B.,' field work, r8 ;{his- tory of the postglacial marine in- vasion, rs. Worcester Salt Co., r60, r61, r62. Worm snake, r136. Wray, William, acknowledgments to, r10. Wyoming, salt mine, r60; salt plant abandoned, r61. Wyoming county, economic geology, r42; natural gas, r64. Yates county, natural gas, r64. York, tale mines near, r122. York Salt Co., r61. Yorkshire Salt Co., r60, r61. Young, William, r107. Youngs, J. S., r50, r55. Zamenis constrictor, r138-39. Zoology, report on, r128-30; accessions to collections, r158-61. ston > <: od -~ “- i ‘ a J . ee ’ he é Tite oe. Wi Pade: fl we Ag ae 7a SR, eee ee oe cn ee wa AnD ce a . Appendix 1 Geology 5 Museum bulletin 56 5 Description of the State Geologic Map of 1901 Proved ‘s. signe es Pee ae aaee , i: j vey! ai Wi aang , r aa A ; AE ee Te pe Oe Reg le . Published monthly by the University of the State of New York BULLETIN 272 NOVEMBER 1902 New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director Bulletin 56 GEOLOGY 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF Igo! BY . FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Ph.D. PAGE PAGE rs Sacha ot et em 3 | Geologic maps used in compila- SPURUION, sie 25 oe 2s 5S eee 5 ne ae ee a 22° History of the New York geologic Authorities for the counties of Re nina cine id wlanne ee 5 NOUN POEMS oo. Sat oh dae ice x ~ 0 28 Geologie provinces of New York.. 11 | Authorities for Connecticut, Mas- Maps showing geology of New York ‘sachusetts, Vermont, New Jersey | ae ee ee 16 and Pennsylvania .............- 32 Earlier geologic maps and their Mauuscript maps contributed..... 32 geographic bases. ..........---. 17 | Nomenclature of New York geol- OR oe eee 20 etl ae ea aan Lainie opt ne 33 Acknowledgments for material Table of formation names....faces 34 Pa She Sth, Ss ba tine 34 bho D> Dene Damen Bor, Pete ae ats os da dees 35 Contributing geologists -......... rR OS ee eee face 6 cre eet y M Rent . y _ * {—_— < ie ’ - mee ¥ ey a yrs fe ies — os oy rat dy jinn botaie - ” et stsi@ at} to pins 5x a.4 é<- —_— 7 4 ? r ws ae, e Pes © Pa | ° Me -aauad wing 19 s } c x sg 7 : “See esas eare* ~ 2 Mi oe Pf uber ~ 34h Sirs fal et aa “5 - = - ae ae > ee <* gy - Baal SY st : ae t nee Oe te University of the State of New York New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. Merritut Director Bulletin 56 GEOLOGY 5 DESCRIPTION OF THE STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF Igor PREFACE The purpose of this bulletin is to give a certain amount of information which could not be expressed on the geologic map of 1901, namely the detailed credit for the material used in its compilation. With this it has seemed worth while to give some items of general information about the history of geologic work in New York. The matter relating to the early Natural History Sur- vey is in part based on an article by the late Dr James Hall in a publication entitled Public Service in the State of New York, which has been copiously quoted because of its convenient form, though the facts given are on record elsewhere. In compiling a second edition of the geologic map of the State of New York, on the scale of 5 miles to the inch, the writer has found the task exceedingly complex. While the geology of New York has been carefully studied by many com- petent observers the lack of accurate maps has rendered much of the field work unavailable for graphic reproduction because many accurate observations could not be located. It also ap- pears that in the earlier work the geologists have not understood the most practical methods of locating their observations, the practice seemingly having been to locate outcrops with refer- ence to drainage rather than with reference to roads. 4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM From the earliest times roads have been surveyed and their principal turns and angles have been located with sufficient accu- racy to make them available for reference from one map to another. On the other hand, as the streams have rarely been surveyed and their meandering have been represented in a con- ventional and conjectural manner, outcrops or boundaries re- ferred to them are usually unavailable for plotting on an accu- rate base. In offering the present map and its accompanying bulletin to the public, the author does not expect that he has been able to avoid errors and he earnestly asks the cooperation of all who are interested in the geologic map of New York to aid him in making it as accurate as possible by supplying corrections for a revised edition. FREDERICK J. H. MeRRILL Albany N.Y. July 1902 The geologic map of New York, edition of 1901, is sold in atlas form for $3. Mounted on rollers $5. STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 5 INTRODUCTION The geologic map of New York is a graphic expression of the general results of the geologic study of the rocks of the state. This study began as early as 1820 and has been carried on con- tinuously, not only under state auspices, but by private and federal enterprise, and many valuable contributions have been made by geologists not in the state service. A very complete bibliography of articles on New York geology will be found in bulletins of the United States Geological Survey, nos. 127, 180, 135, 146, 149, 156, 162 and 172. HISTORY OF THE NEW YORK GEOLOGIC SURVEYS In 1820 and 1821 Prof. Eaton, with the assistance of Drs T. Romeyn and Lewis C. Beck, under the patronage of Hon. Stephen Van Rensselaer, conducted an agricultural and geological survey of Rensselaer and Albany counties. These surveys, of which reports were published, were intended to serve the interests of agriculture,and were spoken of in the American Journal of Science as being the most extensive and systematic efforts of the kind made up to that period. In 1822, also under the patronage of Stephen Van Rensselaer, Mr Eaton undertook a geological and agricultural survey of the district adjoining the Erie canal. The report on this work was published in 1824, in a volume of 163 pages, with a geologic profile extending from the Atlantic to Lake Erie, and a “ profile of rocks crossing part of Massachu- setts ” (from Boston harbor to Plainfield), by the Rev. Edward Hitchcock, who also furnished a description of the rocks and minerals crossed by this profile. . Much had already been done, therefore, to prepare the way, and the public mind was fully awake to the interests and im- portance of a geological survey, when the Albany Institute, in 1834, memorialized the Legislature for some action in that direction. In 1835 a similar petition was presented by the New York Lyceum of Natural History. These memorials were referred to a committee of the Legisla- ture of 1835, which recommended a resolution by which the secre- 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM tary of state was “requested to report to the Legislature at its next session, the most expedient method of obtaining a complete geological survey of the state, which shall furnish a scientific and perfect account of its rocks, soils and minerals, and of their localities; a list of all its mineralogical, botanical and zoological productions, and provide for procuring and preserving specimens of the same; together with an estimate of the expenses which may attend the prosecution of the design, and of the cost of publication of an edition of 3000 copies of the report, drawings and a geological map of the results.” In pursuance of the request contained in this resolution, the secretary of state, Hon. John A. Dix, presented a report! at the session of the Legislature in 1836, which contained much valu- able information with reference to what had already been done toward developing the mineral resources of the state, giving a summary of our knowledge of the subject at that time, and discussing several questions of great interest; for example, the salt and salt-bearing formations, our mineral springs and the probabilities of finding coal within the limits of the state. He also gave a statement of what had been done in other states, and of work in a similar direction elsewhere in progress or in contemplation. Under their distinctive heads, he discussed the botany and zoology of the state, and gave reasons why each should receive due attention. | The report concluded with the recommendation of a plan for the geological survey by a subdivision of the state into four districts, a plan which, with some modifications, was ‘carried out in the final organization. This plan contemplated the em- ployment of two geologists for each district, which was subse- quently. modified by the appointment of one geologist with an assistant, for each district. One mineralogist was appointed for the entire state, and also one botanist and one zoologist. As shown by the accompanying maps, the first district con- AREAL Oil 10 Fos) Be Dee SIS ee ee 1 Report of the secretary of state in relation to a geological survey of the state, dated Jan. 6, 1836. Assembly doe. no. 9, 1836. I’RepERIcK J. H. MERRILL University of the State of New York Director and State Geologist New York State Museum Sulletin 56, Plate 1 carer ig e stn sia Serre MAP OF : } Poa CONN. OR GE NEW YORK Pe SHOWING ORIGINAL DISTRICTS m OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 1836 Scale of Miles hot BN ES A (a t a a $ : : . ear“ 7 - . ; “ oS ay “wanes 1 sora aiyoloat) o2are Bas sotveath = oi F Se = il ay © } 4 ‘ i} f WiaivyAns § / 1} {Aur “we | a -) ZAM SS f a AHO ee aren éutd AG i hew oevavave - “ why Taeey a call ei. <> oe “ae F (nie See sia ‘ * > ° FREDERICK J. H. Merritt University of the State of New York Director and State Geologist New York State Museum Bulletin 56, Plate 2 78 76 44) | NEW YORK SHOWING DISTRICTS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 18371841 ~ Scale of Miles 9. z 2 10 20 3° 78° 76° STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 7 sisted of the counties of Suffolk, Queens, Kings, Richmond, New York, Westchester, Rockland, Putnam, Dutchess, Orange, Sulli- van, Delaware, Ulster, Greene, Columbia, Rensselaer, Albany, Schoharie, Schenectady, Saratoga and Washington, containing an area of 12,263 square miles. The second district consisted of the counties of Warren, Essex, Franklin, Clinton, Hamilton, Jefferson and St Lawrence, making 10,817 square miles. The third district comprised the counties of Fulton, Montgom- ery, Herkimer, Oneida, Lewis, Oswego, Madison, Onondaga, Cayuga, Wayne, Ontario, Monroe, Orleans, Genesee and Liv- ingston, making, as reorganized, 11,468 square miles. The fourth district consisted of the counties of Otsego, Che- nango, Broome, Tioga, Chemung, Cortland, Tompkins, Seneca, Yates, Steuben, Allegany, Cattaraugus, Chautauqua, Erie and Niagara, embracing an area of 11,594 square miles. The third and fourth districts were afterward reorganized, making all the counties to the west of Cayuga lake, and a line drawn north and south from its two extremities; the fourth dis- trict, which contained 11,060 square miles. During the session of 1836 the Legislature passed “ an act to provide for a geological survey of the state,’ authorizing and directing the governor to “employ a suitable number of com- -petent persons, whose duty it shall be, under his direction, to make an accurate and complete geological survey of this state, which shall be accompanied with proper maps and diagrams, and furnish a full and scientific description of its rocks, soils and minerals, and of its botanical and zoological productions, together with specimens of the same; which maps, diagrams and specimens shall be deposited in the State Library; and similar specimens shall be deposited in such of the literary . institutions of this state as the secretary of state shall direct.” This act further provided for an annual appropriation for defraying the expenses, and required the persons employed to make an annual report to the Legislature on or before the first 8 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM day of February in each year, setting forth the progress made in the survey. The appointments of the principal geologists were made as follows. Lieut. W. W. Mather, a native of Connecticut, who had lately resigned from the United States army, was assigned to the first district. Prof. Ebenezer Emmons, of Williams Col- lege, was assigned to the second district. Mr T. A. Conrad, of Philadelphia, was assigned to the third district, and Mr Lardner Vanuxem, of Bristol Pa., to the fourth district. The mineralogic department was assigned to Dr Lewis C. Beck, a native of Albany, but at that time a professor in Rut- gers College, New Jersey. Dr John Torrey, professor of chemis- try and botany in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, was commissioned as state botanist; and Dr James E. De Kay, of Long Island, as state zoologist. The assistants in geology commissioned by the governor were: Caleb Briggs in the first geologic district, James Hall in the second, George W. Boyd in the third, and James Eights in the fourth district. The instructions given to these officers were essentially the same as recommended in the report of the secretary of state. Each of the geologists was required to collect, in his own dis- trict, eight suites of rock specimens, but no conditions of this kind were imposed on the mineralogist, botanist or zoologist. A special draftsman was appointed for the zoologic department and also for the botanic department. The geologists were each allowed a small sum ($300) annually to pay for the drawings of sections, maps, etc. which might be required for the illustration of their reports. This, in brief, was the organization of the New York natural history survey at its commencement. At the end of the first year, it became evident to the geologists that the relations of the rock formations, the age and order of superposition, among the then unknown, or very imperfectly understood, stratified de- posits, could be determined only on paleontologic evidence. They therefore unanimously recommended to the governor that STATRD GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 9 some competent person be appointed to devote himself to that department. To this position Mr Conrad was assigned, thus leaving a vacancy in the third geologic district, which, after a reorganization of its boundaries, as before explained, was as- signed to the charge of Mr Vanuxem,and Mr Hall was appointed to the fourth district. During the five years of field work which followed the New York geologists accumulated a vast amount of mate- rial and of facts regarding the geologic formations within the state, proving conclusively that they could not be parallel with any of the described and well determined formations of Europe. The Silurian system of Murchi- son, as described and illustrated in the Edinburgh Review, in 1838, and as finally published in 1839, though covering a portion of similar ground, was not broad enough to meet the require- ments of the geology of New York. Thus failing to find the means of comparison and identification, the term “‘ New York system,” was proposed, to embrace the sedimentary formations from the Potsdam sandstone to the base of the Carboniferous system; or, as the formations were developed in New York and southerly into Pennsylvania, the upward extension of this term reached to the base of the Coal Measures. This term “New York system,” included the formations ordinarily embraced by the names Cambrian, Silurian and Devonian in England and on the continent of Europe. In 1842 Mr Conrad resigned his position as paleontologist of the survey without communicating any report to the gover- nor; and the four geologists who had expected to avail them- selves of the results of his investigations were left to their own resources. In this state of affairs, each one of the geologists illustrated his own report, as best he could, by figures of char- acteristic fossils of the rocks and groups which he had studied in his own district. By this means a very considerable num- ber of the more common and characteristic fossils were illus- trated in woodcuts, which were printed in the text, thus giving authentic guides for the determination of all the more import- ant members of the series. 10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The incompleteness of the plan for the contemplated uatural history survey of the state was recognized by the governor and Legislature; and it was also claimed that agricultural interests had not been sufficiently considered in the work already pub- lished. It was, therefore, decided that the department of paleontology should be reestablished, and that of agricu!ture be added to the plan of the work. The paleontology was commit- ted to Mr James Hall, who entered on the work in 1844. The agriculture of the state was reported on by Dr Ebenezer Emmons. The first of the series of five volumes bearing on this subject contained a somewhat detailed discussion of the general geology of the state, with a statement of the author’s views regarding the “Taconic” system. A geologic map was pre- pared to accompany this volume, which was an almost exact reproduction of the geologic map of 1842, with the exception that the area considered by the author to be occupied by the Taconic system was so colored on the map, though not noted in the accompanying legend. This map was not widely distributed. During the period from 1844 to 1892 little areal work was carried on, the work of Dr Hall being concentrated on paleon- tology, but between 1890 and 1892, part of the general museum appropriation had been used for geologic work by the writer. In 1892 an appropriation was secured from the Legislature for the completion and publication of the geologic map of the state and considerable work was done in tracing boundaries. Subsequent to the publication of this map (the Hall map of 1894) small appropriations were annually made for field work and a certain amount of areal mapping was carried on under the di- rection of Prof. Hall till his death in 1898. On the death of Prof. Hall the writer was appointed to suc- ceed him as state geologist, while Dr John M. Clarke was appointed state paleontologist and the work of areal mapping has been continued as rapidly as appropriations would permit. STATD GEOLOGIC MAP oF 1901 11 GEOLOGIC PROVINCES OF NEW YORK The geologic formations of New York, by their lithologic influence on its physiography and topography, separate them- selves into several natural divisions, which have invited and held the attention of many geologists who have devoted them- selves to the study of one or another area according to their personal interest and experience. The more prominent of these which have been made subjects of special study are the Adirondack crystallines, southeastern crystallines, metamorphic rocks of the New England border or Taconic range, Silurian and Lower Devonian rocks of the Mohawk valley region and the Upper Devonian rocks. Adirondack crystallines With the exception of a few unimportant papers previously published, geologic work on the pre-Cambrian rocks of the Adirondacks dates from 1837, the first year of field work of the Geological Survey of New York. In the division of the work adopted, by far the larger portion of the area in question fell to the share of Emmons, Vanuxem’s district touching it in Lewis, Herkimer and Fulton counties only, while Mather had a small portion in Saratoga and Washington counties. Emmons described various classes of rock in his annual reports and in the final report on the second district, which appeared in 1842. These divisions were based on lithologic differences and were not shown on the 1842 map, on which the entire central mass of the Adirondacks is colored in one tint as “ Primary.” From 1842 till a comparatively recent date, little or no field work of value was carried on in that area, many of the papers published being in relation to the adoption of the names “ Huronian ” and “Laurentian” of Canadian geologists for subdivisions of the Adirondack series. In 1895 Prof. J. F. Kemp, at the suggestion of the writer, took up a study of the region of the iron mines near Port Henry. The results of this work appeared in Museum bulletin 14. Sub- | sequently work was continued under the direction of Prof. James Hall from 1896 to 1898, the study of the Adirondack area being divided between Professors Kemp, Cushing and Smyth. 12 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pre-Cambrian and metamorphic rocks of southeastern New York Mather, in his final report of 1842, described the rocks of this: area under two heads: metamorphic and primary. In the former he included the mica slates, quartzites and crystalline lime- stones; in the latter the granites, gneisses and igneous rocks. Though in deference to one of his colleagues, he had given space to the Taconic system, he stated that he believed it to consist merely of altered representatives of Champlain (Cambro-Silu- rian) age, and further says that the “metamorphic” rocks are probably of the same age, but still more highly altered. On the 1842 map, however, only the limestones are separated out and colored distinct from the “ Primary gneisses and granites.” Forty years of reactionary ideas elapsed before the work of Dana and the writer verified Mather’s statements, the interval being filled in with the publication of schemes of classification and theories of origin,in which the names Laurentian, Huronian,. Norian and Montalban figured prominently. The difficulty of establishing these theories without actual field work was appar- ently not manifest to some of the authors. The history of modern geologic work in the region dates back less than a quarter century. Dana, in the extension of his work on the Taconic rocks, carefully worked over Dutchess, Putnam, Westchester and New York counties; and correlated the crystalline limestones of the last two with the Cambro- Silurian limestones of Dutchess county. Failing, however, to differentiate the mica schist (Manhattan or Hudson) overlying © the limestones (Inwood or Stockbridge) from the gneisses (Ford- ham) underlying them, his work lacked completeness. This want was supplied by the writer, who recognized the dissimi- larity and true stratigraphic positions of the two noncalcareous formations, and correlated the Manhattan schist with the Hud- son river slates and shales... Detecting also the presence in these counties of a comparatively thin bed of quartzite (Lowerre} immediately below the limestones, he inferred its equivalence to the Cambrian quartzite of Dutchess county. The series was 1Am. Jour. Sci. Ser. 3. 39:389; N. Y. State Mus. 50th An. Rep’t. 1:21-31. STATB GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 13 thus found to be complete and the positions of its members well established. Subsequently the positions and boundaries of these members have been located in detail throughout the south- eastern counties by the writer and his assistants, Messrs Blake, Ries, Newland, Hill and Eckel. The rocks of the Taconic range and adjoining areas Most of the so called “ Taconic ” rocks fell, on the first geolog- ical survey of the state, within the district assigned to Mather, who appears to have recognized their true character and rela- tionship. Emmons, however, insisted that they formed a sepa- rate and distinct system underlying the Silurian, and his views were accepted, under protest, by Mather in his final report. Owing to the later advocacy of Emmons’s views by Hunt and Marcou, neither of whom performed any field work in the region, the “ Taconic question” left a marked impression on the litera- ture of New York and New England geology. The subsequent work of Dana and Walcott was, however, decisive, and since then the only problem has been the exact correlation, so far as exactness is possible, of these Taconic rocks with the unmeta- morphosed strata of the Cambrian and Silurian formations. So far as the area covered by Dale in his work on the slate belt falls within the limits of the 1901 map, his boundaries and correlations have been followed. Maps from several of his other papers have been used for smaller areas, while some areas on the eastern border are taken from the maps of Pumpelly and Emerson. Dwight’s manuscript maps contributed for the occa- sion have been followed for most of Dutchess county, north of the Highlands. With the exception of small areas near Lake Champlain, credited to Brainerd and Seely, the remaining part of the Paleo- zoic mapped east of the Hudson is from the work of Dana and Walcott. Dana’s mapping covers a relatively small area in northeastern Dutchess and southeastern Columbia county and in the adjoining portions of Massachusetts and Connecticut; while Walcott’s boundaries have been followed for most of Rens- selaer and Washington counties and nearly all that part of Vermont which appears on the map of 1901. 14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Silurian and Lower Devonian The most interesting problems connected with these forma- tions are those of the proper systematic position of the Lower Helderberg and the mutual relations of the Medina sandstone, Oneida conglomerate and Oswego sandstone. The first subject has been discussed by Clarke, Williams, Stevenson and others; while the second remains to be investigated. The mapping of the Cambrian and Silurian formations in the Lake Champlain region is based on the work of Brainerd and Seely, Cushing, Kemp, van Ingen, Walcott and White, all save van Ingen’s con- tribution having appeared in various papers. The mapping of the pre-Hamilton rocks in the western and northern towns of Orange county is based on the work of Ries; that of the Schunemunk-Bearfort mountain area on Darton’s, retraced on the Schunemunk and Ramapo atlas sheets by Eckel. With the exception of the small areas about Kingston and Hud- son credited to Davis, Darton’s work for the Hall map of 1894 served as the basis for the pre-Hamilton mapping of Ulster, Greene and Albany counties and for the westward extension of the Helderberg rocks across the state. His mapping of the Niagara limestone was also used, supplemented by later work by Sarle, who is to be credited with the Medina-Clinton and Clinton-Niagara boundaries from Oneida lake to Lockport, and with the Potsdam-Trenton, Trenton-Hudson and Hudson-Medina boundaries from near Boonville and Rome to Lake Ontario. Westward of Lockport a manuscript map by Gilbert and the recently published map by Grabau, of the vicinity of the Niagara river, were used. The mapping in Erie county south of Buffalo is based on the work of Bishop, with corrections by Clarke. The boundaries in Onondaga county are mainly as mapped by Luther; while small areas near Skaneateles, and in Oneida county near Oneida, Clinton and Utica were revised by Eckel. In addition to the work on the areas specified above, Clarke and Luther made manymanuscript corrections to the boundaries shown on the map of 1894 in the central and western part of STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 15 the state, the Hall map of 1894 being used where no information of later date was obtainable. In the Mohawk valley the mapping of the Paleozoic is based largely on Darton’s work under the direction of the late James Hall. The boundary between the Cambrian and the Silurian, north of the Adirondacks, is to be credited to Cushing. White’s mapping, revised in some places by Eckel, was used for the Lower Silurian formations in most of Oneida county and in parts of Herkimer and Lewis. The Upper Devonian and the Carboniferous The mapping of the formations above the Onondaga on the present edition of the geologic map is based, east of the Chen- ango valley, on the work of Prosser, except in Albany county, where Darton’s boundaries have been used. West of the Chen- ango valley it is based mainly on recent published and unpub- lished work of Dr John M.Clarke,aided by Luther in some areas, the portion not thus recently revised being copied from the Hall map of 1894. The position of the Tully limestone, first mapped by S. G. Williams, has been revised by Luther throughout most of its length and by Eckel in that portion appearing on the Ovid atlas sheet. The Carboniferous outliers in the southwestern part of the state are aS mapped, in manuscript, by Clarke after Randall, but are not considered by Dr Clarke to be very reliably deter- ~ mined. Triassic to Pleistocene The Triassic sandstone and diabase of Rockland county are as mapped by Kiimmel. The pre-Pleistocene boundaries on Staten Island are based on the mapping of Hollick; the Pleisto- cene of Staten Island and Long Island are from the mapping of Woodworth and Woodman. Their respective areas were sep- arated by the meridian of 73° 30’, Woodworth mapping all west and Woodman all east of that line. The continuation of the moraine across New Jersey and Pennsylvania is credited to Salisbury and Lewis. ‘TUNIS 09VIG *X “N "ULLOSNY 99VIG “X “N 61 ‘Na LT ‘Wal EGRT ‘HOltsodxa uriquiN[oD Spo qv yIOX MON OS[e feT [Ug ‘MaNEsSNA, 09BIG *X 'N ylodoar Yypl ‘AoAAING [VOLSO]OIH *S * QT ‘A ‘“SUmOoT} ‘sLOOULSUM SauipY JO oyngysuy weowouy GT ‘A ‘g10doy susacy qIOT GI ‘A ‘suory ‘SLOOMISOG SUIUIPL JO O¥NIYSUT UBOTAOIUY qsodor WIG “ADAANG [BOTSOLOONH *g *fQ YIOXK MON JO 0}VIG OY JO DDIAIOY OITGu_ ‘09 ® uoig Sune Aq LOGO OY} AOZ paysiqud YyIOX MON JO supyv ssuBpy wz 10ysy vpeurg yo o9Aang yeo1sofooy oy} Uo Jaodoy Sutrkurdmoooy OVS "A “NJo dvu s,qouddy "Ef JO UlsavM yy UC wpeaeg jo rey INg [voOLSO[OOH 9Yy UO 410d 0x VIWOWY YON Ul S[OAVAT, YIOX MON jo oungynousy oy) uo qaodoey oyg Auvduoddv oy, yIOX MON JO JOLASIC, OLDO]OOH YIP Ogg uo 41odoy sodas o1s0[o0s ogy Auvdmo90v OF, YOOUJXOT, [VILSO LOH) -OUSUBIT, MUSEUM -OUSUVAT, NEW YORK STATE NOILVOIIENd HO WOICHN ‘UG wee sepa nino = Ras Res «heey rt | see Se ee TIO Lt olde ont "KA ‘N jo Sutozsds ‘mez jolsojoos Surmoys dvur yoroy |*-- 7" "7" [LOW “Hf YOmopaa,y iiee. hin saa ae “te ee Mer Se “" * hh meee * SST ION bf moma one ‘UG 5g Spee SP = Saee Be ne > e e , | eae Oana ae eee See eT eee ‘DEPT. a “A= Sor ae = «sae = OM | teocsh os ATTONe Hee’ MOMapela PUBRTT 9°” BP =e See ona oe Se | nae + oer «eae AP Se = OO OT ml "“mO7 [°° *se" =X NT UIOISOMYNOG, |°**"°" -"" 8°" TOUINgQGSY “W so[svqD “Ul CZ ok BE eager ‘'N |---+ s2** += 000q09TH “H S9[rebqpD TUT Ta ee ee eee es mee ey ie? | see SS" DOOM De eee a) wait . . . =< 2 oe a Ee 2 Se, Se ree ee ‘RG Shores yils> tae ope eens GRemne thy | ose sere See SS eee ae Sele LOG a ae ae he ner I | ae er == OOMOT I Ia) Saree Innes =| °° bes Sse eee eee cces Sane the | "==" Bee SEP? HOOOMOIUT En Saltau) ‘mez «IO 'f) UsOJSvoy}10U Az epLvueg |*[[VF] some ® ULSOrT CWeTTTEAA 1g Stee Sie wey pee =e be os ee re ee” me ee © ee ee Ae = ee ‘UM eZL |"9'*Q Udoysvogjiou a vpeary |*[[v]T sowee a Uvso'T WURUTTM JI SOO7 Thee toes EY Oy EDR UT). | MA ter errs seer iatry sa[IBVyO dig ey a [EP Aas oR ose arom ty es nee TE 98 -SOUNT TT POZelogn ‘LNG |897VIS UIOJSOM [VAJWID A “AN TT oF tees oe oe “""" 11817 SOURS ‘ORT a “se ee SS sMine come ere h ge ht) Senne te amar 4P aes ese [OGm) TOR "7 tacos 2° Nee Tee aan See Te | cee saree Se” ae” Ore it ao ne sa at VaUv HOHLAV MLVLS SMUOA MON WO ADO'TOOUD ONIMOHS SAVW 16 40 WS ; STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 17 EARLIER GEOLOGIC MAPS AND THEIR GEOGRAPHIC BASES The maps of 1842 and 1844 The condition of the geographic maps of New York in 1842 can best be shown by quoting the words of Prof. Hall. Upon the organization of the Geological Survey of the State of New York, one of the first objects sought was a map for laying down the limits of the geological formations. At that time there were no accurate maps except of small parts of country, and the best resource was found in Burr’s atlas of the state and county maps of the State of New York. There seems to have been no approximately correct geographic map of the state available for the use of the geologists in recording their observations. At the close of the survey a small map was engraved expressly for the use of the geologists in laying down the limits of the geological formations. This map from the eastern limits of the state adjoining Massachusetts, Connecticut and Vermont to its western extremity was about 28 inches, and its extreme limit from north to south along the eastern counties of the state or from the Canada line to Sandy Hook was 2 inches less than its extent from east to west, or 26 inches. The locations of towns, villages and postoffices were doubtless taken from the best maps extant, but these afforded very unsafe guides for locating the outcrops of the geological formations. Emmons’s map of 1844 was colored on the same base as the map of 1842. In 1867 a geologic map of Canada and the northern and east- ern United States was published by Sir William Logan, director of the Canadian Geological Survey. This map is on a scale of 25 miles to the inch, and is of interest in the present connection because of the fact that the geology of the United States was compiled for it by Prof. Hall. The geologic mapping of New York there shown is, therefore, the first authoritative revision of the 1842 geologic map of New York. Of this map it is said that only three copies were sent to the United States. These were presented to Prof. James Hall, Prof. James D. Dana and the United States Coast Survey. A repro- duction on the scale of 125 miles to the inch is contained in the atlas accompanying the report of progress of the Canadian Geological Survey for 1863. — 1N. Y. State Geol. 12th An. Rep’t. 1893. p. 27. 18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In 1882 Dr Hall prepared a small black and white geologic map of the state on the scale of 38 miles to the inch to accom- pany a publication entitled Public Service of the State of New York. In 1894 an “Economic and Geologic Map of the State of New York” was prepared by F. J. H. Merrill to illustrate the report of the board of managers of the exhibit of the State of New York at the World’s Columbian exposition. The scale was 14 miles to the inch, and the detail was necessarily much general- ized, but in some areas the geologic boundaries were based on more recent data than those shown on the large map prepared under the direction of Prof. Hall. A later edition of this map was published in bulletin 15 of the New York State Museum, and a reprint of this edition is con- tained in the report on barge canal by the state engineer, 1901. The geographic base of 1894 The base of 1894 was prepared for Prof. Hall in Washington under the direction of Mr W J McGee, from such cartographic material as was available at that date. The manuscript draft of the base was prepared by Messrs Klemroth and Torbert on the same scale as that of the publication. The engraving was done on copper by expert engravers of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, temporarily unemployed. While this map is very beautifully engraved, it is not wholly accurate in its geography, owing to the incompleteness of the surveys of the state and the lack of good compilations of such Surveys as had been carefully made. An edition of 1000 copies was printed. The geographic base of 1901 The lack of accurate geographic information concerning New York state at the time of the compilation of the base of the Hall map rendered it necessarily inaccurate and, though beau- tifully engraved on copper, the errors were so numerous, which could be corrected through the availability of later surveys at the time of preparing the new edition, that the cost of correcting the STATE GROLOGIC MAP oF 1901 19 copper plates would have been nearly as great as the expense of the original engraving. It was, therefore, decided to use for the new edition the less expensive method of photo-lithographic reproduction and leave to a future period, when the topographic survey of the state might be completed, the engraving of a new copper plate base of which the accuracy might be unquestioned. The compilation of the manuscript geographic base was made by draftsmen under the supervision of Mr C. C. Vermeule, on the scale of 24 miles to the inch, using all atlas sheets that had been surveyed at that time. In areas for which atlas sheets had not yet appeared the most accurate county maps were followed. The lithographic work was done by Julius Bien & Co., and after the proofs of the base were submitted they were again revised with the help of all later topographic sheets that appeared up to the time of going to press. The compilation of the geology was made with great care, preparation for it being the compila- tion during the previous year of a manuscript map of the state on a scale of 12 miles to the inch, in order to bring together all the latest material and to form a definite idea of its adjust- ment. Detailed credit for the material used is given in the text of this bulletin and in the important work of adjustment the writer has been greatly aided by his assistant Mr E. C. Eckel. The drafting of the geologic boundaries on the new base was mainly done by Mr A. M. Evans to whose manual skill and geo- graphic instinct much of the value of the map as an accurate reproduction is due. It should be understood by those who use the map that a certain percentage of the boundaries shown on it are necessarily conjectural. Some, because they have not yet been carefully Surveyed on topographic sheets; some because the extent of Quaternary deposits is so great as to render these boundaries, in a large measure, indeterminate. One of the more prominent examples of the latter class is the boundary between the Niagara and Salina formations, west of the Genesee river. It can not be promised that this boundary will ever be defined with any degree of certainty unless a very extensive system of borings be made. 20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM COLOR SCHEME The colors and patterns used for the expression of the geo- logic formations are as nearly as possible those adopted by the United States Geological Survey in its geologic maps. The adjustment of these conventions to so large a map has proved quite difficult, yet it is sufficiently close to be clearly intelligible to those familiar with the system in question. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS FOR MATERIAL USED The space necessary for a detailed acknowledgment of material used in the present edition of the geologic map of New York is so great that it was found impracticable to engrave it all on the map itself. In the following pages, therefore, a de- tailed acknowledgment is made for all material used. LIST OF CONTRIBUTING GEOLOGISTS WITH COUNTIES IN WHICH THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS LIE New York e Bishop, I. P. Erie. Clarke, J. M. Albany, Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cay- uga, Chautauqua, Chemung, Chenango, Columbia, Cortland, Genesee, Herkimer, Livingston, Madison, Monroe, Oneida, Onon- daga, Ontario, Otsego, Schuyler, Seneca, Steuben, Tioga, Tomp- kins, Wyoming and Yates. Cumings, E.R. Schenectady. Cushing, H. P. Clinton, Franklin, Herkimer and St Lawrence. Dale, T. N. Rensselaer and Washington. Dana, J.D. Columbia and Rensselaer. Darton, N. H. Albany, Greene, Ulster, Orange, Saratoga, Herkimer, Fulton, Hamilton and Montgomery. Davis, W. M. Columbia and Ulster. Dwight, W. B. Dutchess and Columbia. Eckel, E. C. Westchester, Putnam, Dutchess, Rockland, Orange, Oneida, Seneca and Yates. Finlay, G.I. Essex. Ford, 8. W. Columbia. STATER GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 21 Gilbert, G. K. Niagara. Grabau, A.W. Niagara and Erie. Hall, James. Schoharie, Sullivan, Tioga, Tompkins, Ulster, Wayne, Delaware, Monroe, Livingston, Broome, Cayuga, Che- nango, Cortland, Erie, Greene, Genesee, Herkimer, Madison, Oneida, Orleans and Otsego. Hill, B. F. Hamilton, Putnam, Washington, Dutchess, Fulton, Warren and Montgomery. Hollick, A. Richmond. Kemp, J. F. Essex, Fulton, Hamilton, Saratoga, Warren, Washington, Montgomery and Rockland. Kummel, H. B. Rockland. Lincoln, D. F. Seneca. Luther, D. D. Allegany, Broome, Cattaraugus, Cayuga, Chau- tauqua, Chemung, Cortland, Erie, Genesee, Livingston, Madison, Onondaga, Ontario, Seneca, Steuben, Tompkins, Wyoming and Yates. Merrill, F. J. H. Queens, New York, Westchester, Putnam, Dutchess, Ontario and Rockland. Newland, D. H. Dutchess, Putnam, Hamilton, Warren and Washington. Parsons, A. L. Livingston. Prosser, C. §. Schenectady, Otsego, Delaware, Schoharie, Greene, Orange, Sullivan, Albany, Ulster, Madison and Che- nango. Ries, H. Westchester, Orange and Putnam. Sarle, C. J. Niagara, Orleans, Monroe, Wayne, Cayuga, Oneida, Oswego, Lewis, Jefferson and Madison. Smyth, C. H. jr. Hamilton, Herkimer, Jefferson, Lewis, St Lawrence and Oneida. van Ingea,G. Clinton and Essex. Walcott, C.D. Rensselaer, Washington and Columbia. White, T.G. Essex, Herkimer, Oneida and Lewis. Woodman, J. E. Nassau and Suffolk. ‘Woodworth, J.B. Richmond, Kings, Queens and Nassau. 22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LIST OF GEOLOGIC MAPS USED IN PREPARATION Clarke, J. M. New York State Geologist. 4th Annual Report. 1885. p. 9. 1 Geologic map of Ontario county. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Report. 1898. 2 Geologic map of Seneca, Schuyler, Yates and parts of Tompkins and Ontario counties. p. 60. 3 Geologic map of part of Chenango and Cortland counties. p. 42. New York State Museum. Memoir 3. 1900. p. 12. 4 Geologic map of Becraft mountain. Cushing, H.P. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Report. 1898. , 5 Geologic map of town of Champlain, Clinton C0; PD. ai. 6 Geologic map of Chazy town, Clinton co. p. 567. 7 Geologic map of town of Plattsburg, Clinton co. p. 556. 8 Geologic map of town of Beekmantown, Clin- ton co. p. 561. 9 Geologic map of town of Altona, Clinton co. p. 563. 10 Geologic map of towns of Plattsburg and Schuy- ler Falls, Clinton co. p. 553. 11 Geologic map of town of Peru, Clinton co. p- 550. 12 Geologic map of town of Ausable, Clinton co. p. 546. 18 Geologic map of town of Black Brook, Clinton co. p. 542. 14 Geologic map of town of Saranac, Clinton co. p. 539. 15 Geologic map of town of Dannemora, Clinton co. p. 536. STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 23 16 Map of Clinton co., showing boundary between Cambrian and pre-Cambrian formations. pl. 1, p. 503. 17 Map of Ellenburg, Clinton co. p. 553. New York State Geologist. 16th Annual Report. 1899. 18 Map of Potsdam-pre-Cambrian boundaries in Clinton, Franklin and St Lawrence counties. p. 4. 19 Map of a portion of towns of Potsdam and Pierrepont, St Lawrence co. p. 25. New York State Geologist. 18th Annual Report. 1900. 20 Geologic map of Franklin county. Dale, T. N. United States Geological Survey. 13th Annual Report. 1893. pt 2, pl. 97. 21 Geologic map of the region between the Taconic range and the Hudson valley. United States Geological Survey. 19th Annual Report. 1899. pt 3, pl. 13. 22 Geologic map of the slate belt of eastern New York and western Vermont. Dana, J.D. American Journal of Science. Ser. 3, no. 120. Dee. 1880. 20:450, pl. 8. 23 Map showing limestone areas of Dutchess, West- chester and Putnam counties, New York and a part of western Connecticut. American Journal of Science. Ser. 3, no. 171. Mar. 1885. 29:222, pl. 2. 24 Geologic map of Taconic region; pt 1, southern portion. American Journal of Science. Ser. 3, no. 197. May 1887. 33:432, pl. 11. 25 Geologic map of middle and northern Berkshire. Darton, N.H. New York State Geologist. 14th Annual Report. 1895. 24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 26 Preliminary geologic map of portions of Herki- mer, Fulton, Montgomery, Saratoga and adja- cent counties. p. 33. 27 Sketch map of region north of Mayfield, Fulton co. p. 46. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Report. 1898. p. 738. 28 Preliminary map of Albany county. Ford, §S. W. American Journal of Science. Ser. 3, no. 169. Jan. 1885." Zo 17. ' 7 29 Map of Schodack Landing, Rensselaer co. Grabau, A.W. New York State Museum. Bulletin 45. 1901. 30 Geologic map of the Niagara river. Hall, James 31 Preliminary geologic map of New York state.. 1894. Kemp, J. F. American Journal of Science. Ser. 3, no. 214. 1888. 36:248. 32 Geologic map of the vicinity of Rosetown, Rock- land co. New York State Museum. Bulletin14. 1895. p. 355.. 33 Geologic map of towns of Moriah and Westport, Essex €o. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Report. | 1898. 34 Geologic map of the town of Chesterfield, Essex. co. p. 580. 35 Geologic map of the town of Wilmington, Essex: co. p. 586. 386 Geologic map of the town of St Armand, Essex co. p. 588. 87. Geologic map of the town of North Hudson,. Essex co. p. 590. 88 Geologic map of the town of Schroon, Essex co. p. 592. ' 89 Geologic map of the town of Ticonderoga, Essex co. p. 600. STATE GROLOGIC MAP OF 1901 25 40 Geologic map of the town of Minerva, Essex co. p- 602. 41 Geologic map of the town of Newcomb, Essex co. p. 604. 42 Geologic map of the town of Jay, Essex co. p. 582. New York State Museum. Bulletin 21. 1898. cov. p. 2. 43 Geologic map of vicinity of Lake Placid. Kemp and Newland, D. H. New York State Geologist. 17th Annual Report. 1899. 44 Geologic map of the town of Putnam, Washing- tonco. p. 512. 45 Geologic map of the town of Dresden, Washing- tonco. p. 514. 46 Geologic map of the town of Whitehall, Wash- ington co. p. 520. 47 Geologic map of Whitehall village and region to the west. p. 522. 48 Geologic map of the town of Fort Ann, Wash- ington co. p. 530. 49 Geologic map of the town of Bolton, Warren co. p. 534. 50 Geologic map of the town of Chester, Warren co. p. 536. 51 Geologic map of the town of Hague, Warren co. p. 538. Kemp, Newland and Hill, B. F. New York State Geologist. 18th | Annual Report. 1900. 52 Geologic map of the towns of Benson, Hope, Wells, Lake Pleasant and Indian Lake, Hamil- ton co. p. 141. 53 Geologic map of the vicinity of Wells village, ‘Hamilton co, p. 144. ‘54 Geologic map of the town of Johnsburg, War- ren co. p. 158. 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM 55 Geologic map of the town of Fort Ann, Wash- ington co. p./162. Kemp and Hill. New York State Geologist. 19th Annual Re- port. 1901. 56 Geologic map of the town of Caldwell, Warren CO.) De 2. 57 Geologic map of the town of Queensbury, War- ren.co. p. 26. 58 Geologic map of the northern part of Saratoga county. p. 28. 599 Geologic map of the northern part of Fulton eOunTY... D..25. | 60 Outline map of the “ Noses,’ Montgomery co. p. 32. Kummel, H.B. New York State Geologist. 18th Annual Report. 1900. 61 Geologic map of Triassic rocks of Rockland county. Lincoln, D. F. New York State Geologist. 14th Annual Report. 1895. 62 Geologic map of Seneca county. Map omitted from v. 2 of 48th museum report, where it should also have appeared. Luther, D. D. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Report. | 1898. 63 Geologic map of the town of Naples, Ontario co. p. 236. 64 Geologic map of Onondaga county. p. 302. Merrill, F. J. H.. New York State Museum. Bulletin 15. 1895. p. 595. 65 Geologic map of a part of southeastern New York. Prosser, Charles §. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Re- port..; 898.15 Busi 66 Geologic map of parts of Chenango, Madison, Otsego, Schoharie and Albany counties. New York State Geologist. 17th Annual Report. 1899. .. p.66. STATD GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 oT 67 Geologic map showing the distribution of the Middle and Upper Devonian rocks in central- eastern New York. Prosser, C. S.; Cumings, E. R.; Fisher, W. L. New York State Museum. Bulletin 34. 1900. cov. p. 2. 68 Amsterdam N. Y. quadrangle. Ries, Heinrich. American Geologist. 1896. 18:240. 69 Augen gneiss area near Bedford N. Y. New York State Geologist. 15th Annual Report. 1898. 70 Orange county. p. 395. 71 Town of Warwick, Orange co. p. 408. 72 Towns of Monroe, Woodbury, Highlands, Corn- wall and a part of the town of Blooming Grove, Orange co. p. 414. 73 Area around Bull hill, Orange co. p. 423. 74 Geologic map and sections of regions west of Cornwall, Orange co. p. 427. 75 Geologic map of the town of Chester, Orange co. p. 428. 76 Geologic map of the town of Deer Park, Orange co. p. 470. 77 Geologic map of the town of Hamptonburgh, Orange co. p. 472. 78 Geologic map of the towns of Newburgh and New Windsor, Orange co. p. 476. Smyth, C. H. jr. New York State Geologist. 19th Annual Re- port. 1901. p. 85. 79 Geologic map of portions of St Lawrence and Jefferson counties. Walcott, C. D. American Journal of Science. Ser. 3, no. 208. 1888. 35:346, pl. 3. 80 Map of the Taconic region. White, T. G. New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions. 1894. 18:6. 81 Geologic map of towns of Essex and Willsboro, Essex co. 28 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM New York State Museum. 51st Annual Report. 1899. 82 Geologic map cf the pre-Cambrian border in Oneida and Lewis counties. p. r54. 88 Geologic map of the vicinity of Frankfort Hill. p. ro4. LIST OF AUTHORITIES FOR THE COUNTIES OF NEW YORK Albany. Below top of Hamilton, Darton (28); corrected as to Oriskany in towns of Knox and New Scotland by Clarke; above base of Hamilton, Prosser (67). Allegany. Portage-Chemung boundary by Clarke and Luther. Areas of Catskill in Hall (31) omitted. ety Broome. Hall (81) corrected by Clarke and Luther in towns of Triangle and Lisle. Cattaraugus. Clarke and Luther. Carboniferous compiled by Clarke after Randall. | . Cayuga. Hall (31) corrected in towns of Aurelius and Spring- port and city of Auburn by Clarke; Tully and Genesee-Portage boundaries by Clarke and Luther; Clinton by Sarle. Chautauqua. Clarke and Luther. Chemung. Clarke and Luther. Chenango. Hall (31); west of Chenango river; Clarke (3) and manuscript; east of Chenango river, Prosser (66). Clinton. Cushing (5-18 incl.); with corrections and additions by Cushing. Columbia. Eastern part, Dana (24, 25); northwest part, Wal- cott (80); region about Hudson, Clarke (4); Cambrian boundary at Hudson river, Ford (29); remainder of county by Dwight. Cortland. Clarke (8), Hall (81) corrected by Clarke and Luther. Delaware. Hall (81), Prosser (66) upper and lower boundaries of Ithaca, Oneonta-Chemung boundary west of Meredith. Dutchess. Town of Pawling by Merrill except pre-Cambrian boundary from Whaley Pond to northern limit of this formation by Hill; town of Amenia from Wassaic northward by Merrill; STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 a pre-Cambrian and Cambrian of Dover mountain by Eckel; town of Fishkill by Newland and Eckel; East Fishkill and Beekman by Hill; other boundaries by Dwight. Erie. Hall (81) corrected by Clarke and Luther and I. P. Bishop; Salina-Onondaga boundary near Buffalo, Grabau (80). Essex. Kemp (33-43) and manuscript; town of Minerva, Fin- lay; Willsboro Point by White (81) corrected by Kemp; Crown Point Paleozoic corrected by van Ingen. Franklin. Cushing (18, 20) corrected by Cushing. Fulton. Darton (26, 27); Kemp and Hill (59). Genesee. Onondaga and below Hall (31), corrected by Clarke in towns of Alabama, Pembroke and Leroy; above base of Hamil- ton by Clarke and Luther. Greene. Hall (31), Oneonta-Chemung and Chemung-Catskill; upper and lower boundaries of Ithaca, Prosser (67). Hamilton. Northwestern part by Smyth, eastern part, Kemp (52, 53). Herkimer. Hall (31), corrected in town of Litchfield by Clarke; Little Falls crystalline area by Cushing, White (83); Darton (26). Jefferson. Pre-Cambrian boundaries, Smyth (79); Paleozoic boundaries above base of Potsdam by Sarle. Kings. Woodworth. Lewis. Pre-Cambrian, White (83) and Smyth; others by Sarle. Livingston. Hall (31), corrected in towns of Caledonia and Lima by Clarke; top of Hamilton to base of Chemung, Clarke and Luther; corrected in town of Mount Morris by A. L. Parsons. Madison. Hall (81) corrected as to Lower Helderberg by Clarke; Prosser (66); Tully by Luther; Clinton-Niagara and Niagara-Salina by Sarle. Monroe. Hall (81) corrected in towns of Brighton, Mendon, Rush and Wheatland by Clarke; Medina-Clinton and Clinton- Niagara boundaries by Sarle. Montgomery. Darton (26); “ Noses” area, Kemp and Hill (60). Nassau. West of 70° 30’ by Woodworth; east of that meridian by Woodman. New York. Merrill (65). 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Niagara. Region near Niagara river, Grabau (80); Clinton other boundaries by Gilbert and Sarle. Oneida. Hall (31), corrected in towns of Augusta, Marshall and Paris by Clarke, in Kirkland by Smyth, and in Paris, Kirk- land and Vernon by Eckel; below top of Niagara by Sarle and White (82, 83). Onondaga. Luther (64), corrected as to Helderberg and Salina by Clarke; Tully resurveyed by Luther. Ontario. Clarke (1, 2), corrected by Clarke; Tully by Luther. Boundaries in towns of Seneca, Phelps and city of Geneva by Merrill after well records. Orange. Schunemunk area of Paleozoic rocks by .Darton; east and south of that area by Eckel; west and north of the Schunemunk area, Ries (70-78); Deer Park, Prosser (67). Orleans. Hall (31), adjusted to topography. Oswego. Sarle. Otsego. Hall (31) below Hamilton; above base of Hamilton, Prosser (67); corrected in towns of Laurens and New Lisbon by Clarke. Putnam. Southern parts of Phillipstown and Putnam Valley, Merrill (65); Patterson, East Kent and southern Southeast by Merrill; limestones between Anthony’s Nose and Cold Spring and in valleys of Sprout brook and Canopus creek by Newland; remainder of the county from reconnaissance by Hill. Queens. Crystalline rocks, Merrill (65); Pleistocene by Wood- worth. | Rensselaer. Rensselaer grit plateau and vicinity, Dale (21); portions of the southeast part, Dana (25); remainder, Walcott (80). Richmond. Pre-Pleistocene by Hollick; Pleistocene by Wood- worth. Rockland. Triassic, Kiimmel (61); pre-Cambrian and Paleo- zoic boundaries in town of Stony Point, Merrill; towns of Ram- apo and Haverstraw by Eckel; eruptives near Rosetown, Kemp (32). fa) STATED GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 31 St Lawrence. Smyth (79) and Cushing (18); corrected by Cush- ing. Saratoga. Darton (26); Kemp (58). Schenectady. Darton (26); except Amsterdam quadrangle by Cumings and Prosser (68), Schoharie. Hall (81); top of Hamilton and Ithaca-Oneonta boundaries by Prosser (66 and 67). Schuyler. Clarke (2). Relation of Ithaca and Naples beds of the Portage group diagrammatically shown as necessitated by map patterns. Seneca. Lincoln (62), corrected by Clarke and Luther; Tully limestone within Ovid quadrangle by Eckel; relation of Ithaca and Naples beds of Portage, Clarke (2), diagrammatically shown as necessitated by patterns of map. Steuben. Clarke and Luther. Suffolk. Woodman. Sullivan. Hall (31); top of Hamilton and above, Prosser (67). Tioga. Hall (31). Tompkins. Hall (81); Clarke (2); and Tully and Genesee, Luther. Ulster. Hall (81); top of the Hamilton and above, Prosser (67). Warren. Kemp, Newland and Hill (49-51, 54, 56, 57), corrected by Kemp. Washington. Kemp and Hill (44-48, 55); Dale (22); Walcott (81). Wayne. Niagara-Salina boundary by Hall (81); others by Sarle. Westchester. Merrill (65); except in town of Bedford, Ries (69); and in towns of Cortlandt, Yorktown, Somers, North Salem, Lewisboro, Poundridge, Bedford, North Castle, Newcastle and Harrison by Eckel. Wyoming. Clarke and Luther. Yates. Genesee-Portage and Portage-Chemung, Clarke (2) corrected by Clarke and Luther; Tully limestone by Luther ex- cept near Dresden by Eckel. 32 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM LIST OF AUTHORITIES FOR CONNECTICUT, MASSACHUSETTS, VER- MONT, NEW JERSEY AND PENNSYLVANIA Connecticut. Dana (23, 24 and 25) modified by unpublished results of reconnaissance by Eckel in towns of Greenwich, Stam- ford, New Canaan and Darien and H. C. Magnus in towns of Salisbury and Sharon. Massachusetts. Dana (24, 25) except in the area covered by Dale (21 and the geologic map of Monument mt, U. 8. Geol. Sur., 14th An. Rep’t), Emerson (U. 8S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 259 and U. 8. Geol. Sur. Monograph 23, pl. 1), Pumpelly, Dale, Wolff and Hobbs. Vermont. Walcott (80); Dale (22); and Brainerd and Seely. New Jersey. J.C. Smock (New Jersey geologic map of 1890); except Green Pond mt region, by Darton (Geol. Soc. Am. Bul. 5: 367) as engraved on the Hall map (81); area about Franklin by Wolff and Brooks (U. 8S. Geol. Sur. 19th An. Rep’t); moraine by Salisbury (N. J. state geologist. Rep’t 1895). Pennsylvania. I. C. White (G 6), H. C. Lewis (Q), Frederick Prime jr (D 3) and B. S. Lyman (2d Geol. Sur. Summary Rep’t, v. 3) MANUSCRIPT MAPS A number of manuscript maps and manuscript corrections embodying the results of unpublished field work, were used in the compilation of the geology of the present map. A manuscript map of the boundaries above the base of the Portage from Cayuga lake westward was supplied by Dr John M. Clarke, state paleontologist, embodying the results of field work by himself and his assistant, Mr D. D. Luther up to 1898. Dr Clarke also contributed, as noted above, numerous manu- script corrections of existing maps. Mr C. J. Sarle, who had been engaged under Prof. James Hall in field work on the Upper Silurian formations of the central and western parts of the state, contributed manuscript maps showing the results of this work. Mr N. H. Darton, whose mapping of the rocks of the Helder- berg escarpment had been used on the Hall map, contributed his original manuscript drafts. STATD GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 Ko For the Adirondack area Professors Cushing, Kemp and Smyth mapped in manuscript their respective areas of work, much of which had been left uncovered by their published maps. Several of the maps used in manuscript have since been pub- lished. | Manuscript maps by G. K. Gilbert, covering parts of the Upper Silurian area of Niagara county and a revision by I. P. Bishop of parts of his map of Erie county were also used. Prof. W. B. Dwight contributed in manuscript the results of his field work in Dutchess county. In southeastern New York, field work by the writer and his assistants furnished a large amount of unpublished material. Long Island was mapped in manuscript by Prof. J. B. Wood- worth and his assistant, J. E. Woodman, as the result of field work for the State Museum. Part of the area thus coy- ered has since been described with accompanying maps in Museum bulletin 48. NOMENCLATURE OF NEW YORK GEOLOGY In selecting names to be applied to the formations shown on the map the attempt has been made to render it as serviceable as possible to the teacher and student by keeping its nomen- clature as close as possible to the mass-of older textbooks now in use. In so doing the editor has not followed in every case the latest expression in terminology or classification, and has not under- taken to decide the merits of any question at issue. Perhaps the most prominent question of geologic classification in New York now under discussion is that of the systematic posi- tion of the Helderberg limestone; namely whether it should be regarded as Silurian or Devonian. Dr John M. Clarke, state paleontologist, after exhaustive study, has expressed the opin- ion that in this formation fossils of Devonian aspect appear and that it should, consequently, be included in the Devonian system. Prof. H. S. Williams, attacking the question from another point of view, in his studies of the Paleozoic formations of Maine, 7U. S. Geol. Sur. Bul. 165, p. 56. 34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM finds the Square Lake limestone which he correlates by its fos- sils with the Helderberg formation of New York and above it the Chapman sandstone in which. he finds forms representative of the Silurian Tilestone fauna of Great Britain. From this he argues that, inasmuch as these Silurian fossils occur in a forma- tion more recent than the Helderberg limestone, the latter should be regarded as Silurian. So far as the writer understands from the literature to which he has access, the authors referred to, do not dispute each other’s identifications of fossils. The question then seems to hang on the definition of a system; Dr Clarke holding that the System begins where its faunas first appear, while Prof. Will- iams holds that a system continues as far as its faunas linger, the definition of a system having, apparently, not been pre- ‘viously fixed. The question would, therefore, seem to remain open till the majority of geologists take the one side or the other. On inquiring the opinion of the director of the United States Geological Survey, he expressed the view that the matter was still unsettled and so it is left by the present writer, the Helder- berg being for the purposes of the present map classified in the Silurian system according to the arrangement adopted by Prof. Hall in the geologic map of 1894. The classification of Oneonta, Ithaca and Portage formations. as given on the map is based on a paper by Dr John M. Clarke in the 15th annual report of the state geologist, in which these formations, though regarded as essentially of equal age, lying between Hamilton and Chemung, are treated as separate groups. In the classification printed by Dr Clarke in Memoir 3 of the New York State Museum, he proposes to give the name of Portage group to the aggregate of the three formations and use the term Naples for the formation designated in the pre- vious paper as the Portage group. The following table shows the progress made in the term- inology and classification of the rocks of New York since the beginning of geologic study within its area. — Conrad 1840 Heomone Tat Vaouxen | eee ee Old ret eaudatone 1 OM red axndatons = "i Chemung group | nanan —_—_—___— Catanil gronp ‘waperior werien Se Chena ~< 4 owrane onour (Chemung shales aman ETOP | oe i | | |faiaos aromp } Castanea sale {Whaea shales | Rhsee and Chemung gronp | es \ 3} (everee scare | $I <— }inily Timeatooe & \ratly Voseatono a — =| * | : Mamflton shale Hamitton groap | ack alate Marewifan shale Mareollus abate ——__———_——_+- ———__—| a = eee 7 Hmestone } Gray, bloe and black lime: \Corniferens Ii meets fino Cornitiferons Hie rovk Otay aparry Himestone seky easy oad wrinabdal iia ars Bie a » Hmeatone |icaiderbergtimestone | [Corniferous limestone | | SS — — — ao et at [Onandags limestone = i ‘Coondage limeatone ci Ovondage limestone | —— — a im eit sate 5h crakarieoe thas: = E 7 Gritrock [aot saviletone = 4 alc Saat $ Ganda gol erit i re Oriskany aandetone [Oriskany axndatone : |Orlskaoy sandstone é lorinany savdetonn & (Oriavany sandstone rf Oriskany sandat = 2 a Seotella timostone sli | renee é f | F| 2 | Cope eau |e [Limestone and shale E Dolihyrie shay Hmeatone 18) = [Delthyrts analy limestone § ‘ 4 = Delthyris ahaly timestono Delthyris pbales #3 i | | é B/E 3 i 3 z| | 5 ens a esteem muse Pentamerus iimertone > rentamers es IG Iestaisarne tiseitons 1 | rommaratimtans |e |8 lk Mina and white hydraullcltmantens] - Waterline \Waterlime series - - AOS \Water Itme serion SWater Nowsatone 2 |ttyarantie twertane | Water thineatone z J] [veatertioe grou pec erareecae | = : a oT 5 — — — | : CaleHfarous slate (Orpesons marle and slate Sallfarons group of Onondags |Onondaga sallferons group : ritous slates (Onondaga salt group rerons Gyprcous shales (Onondaga salt group JG specous states 5 | E | [Onondags sait groop : JOmondags salt aeonp —\'p | (Ooondagn malt ea Geediferoue and bitamin: - ; . Geealiferoos Nave rook a ee, [ feauel la : |Nisoana uwevroxe ] A || g [Niacara group * | lntagara grup So Galeareoos shale croup Vrotean group ochestar shale ——— | a ol oblongns time) | ia autt ‘ i lCyrlises kins aad fi z , Rat oid of Sram and assoolat pu cane AG Arran sae le DOL 5 Pyplives strana aad fed) Is Cllaton groop [Clinton group, S = =| | ee —| -—— ofenawan cunert i Mall ferous row Ren nome cad ecatatone } bas ‘OnEIDA CONGLOMERATE - = | 3 Avion Heal sandatone of Niagara river | eat = bE eee eaptel aheseeeh [Niagara sandatove aii B |siawangont ert ea BST EN _— —- — _||, 2a = els el weno ‘Transition @ r | [Sandstone of Salmon river F; | e i Veioitive snail) ITHA¥S Atl ray aandatone anit shale of Ral. aula stone and blaek shale) ‘Transition argillite Polaskt a Satagn river sandstone an pedi Shales of Salmon escor fo le I YF pt Tusteen river groop trateon river aroup Mite ‘otal ‘of Ralmow river [Frankfort alate shales et o | =| nraywecke itiaci E |Mobawk slate 2 Magoeslan slate g low slate H ites waa | Tas (cU Waceemnaa” ani abate ————— LS | ee = = =" i 3 S pears, fp 2 ton limestone ITrenton limestone Teenton lmeaton | Trenton limestove | la E | rentan Hiovestous = Ser Vimeatone \Tray aparry limeataoe of the Mo [Transition or Treaten time. be, Hadson slate group IDopeauville waterline 2 — < Wan} 8 & dt <4 oor (hae valey SS" stone 5 Rirdeeye limestone” |Sinisaye i 2 aiohive¥ Itabatoae rf \f Mi | \5 | \5 ‘4 od z © | Mohawk limestone a\— a toam use [Bleok river itmatone 3 [Hack river tmentone ae Hastant limestone Harnegat limestone — |Sparry lime rook a Mohawk limestone Mobawk limestone s s [pCuaey immerowe 2 : ca | fms - ——e EZ |oucitoroug —[Calpteone snedatone of Mala®™ oascfarous sand lcalciteroas mandrock _—_|Calelferous sandstone * |Galeiferaus aandrook i & [Catettoxous groop I Ts elferves sandreck | 6 i Petedam sandatane ‘Potsdam aundatone [Potsdam aandstono | tatara oandatones | Potalaw sandstone Pree || i —— 5 | ; Graoolar quarts = - 4 +> | Geanolar quarta | = = _ - RESO YT, ~~ ET Te ST TE = Se = = = —— = ———— = Conrad 167, Vaouxem 14, Emmoos 1636, Mather Mather 1634, Vaonxom 1810, ase no names, * Cambrian ayatem, 101d red system, {The nomenclata Fe uses on the geologic maps of 1894 and 1001 relates only to those divisions and formations which could | boon regarded by geologists as lying below the Binteay®, bat these two formations io not appear to oconr together at any locality, ‘Small capitals indioato earlionk oeenrrence of Lerma used In present ayateme of nomenclatare. | Term Salina fest used by Dana, Manual ie Mather 1842 Vanuxem 1 OXROxTA onoOcY = Cazavovia group [thaca shales ; ‘Tully limeaton . ee E /Snalesmear apolla = Erle Group Hamilton shale Wack ‘Marceflas shal Erle Division (Carexitt anor [Catskill groop t [thaea and Chemung growp | Chemung grep [tuhaen group Hamilton group Mareollos sbale Erle Division ieniferone Umestone Middle Series Pentamerns limestone Waterline [Waterline series Vater limestone Silurian System sliferows group of Covodage |Cnandage saliferous group Onondaga alt group ‘Corpiferons Hieeator |Corniferous timentone ‘Lower Serie Hodson slate gronp ‘Mohawk limestone Hadron Slate Series (Calciferous group |Potsdam sandal Granular quarts Silurian Kall UNDA Maye Portage gronp 4 [owcontssamstone Hamilton formation ny sandatone Mellerberg limeatone {SAuiNa rouMaviow Niagara formation Clinton formation Medina and Ooeldi lanes Formations Trenton Haveatone Melderberg limestone (Qoondage limestone 3 | Onondaga limestone: Onondaga limestone Onondaga Limentt Grivaiare § Schohariege ie Schoharie grit Pucoldal sacdstone — ag Caada gall grit polit rie Conds gailt Oriskany sxodetove £ Oriokavy aandatone | (Orinkany sandstone Oriskany mands ; E Kocrinal limestone II [Limestone and shale g |, Deltbrris analy timostone | \§ [Delthyrie stiaty timeatone | § ‘ a Ui | 5 5 ie) [Poutamorus galeatus limestone # | _|Pentamerns limestone } 36] |Pootamerns timentone 4|7 [Pentamorostimestons | Pil ben | 5 flydrantie limestone 5 fsa waterline | » Water linweaton * Waterline group t mle and pi SS ee —l Gypscous shales 2\2 (ORD OCTET | £| [Onondaga sate group F|_lonondacs anit gronp : z\s ] Ria = |NIAGAMA Liston Niagara group = = | I Pentameras oblongns time: : Green sbales and Oolitic} 2 strata and real > ; ar re on a canton eve i = ‘Medion sandatou | | die Gneita eoogtonerate 3 Rod aandatone Congl | Z |Sbawangunk grit Gear asrstci or Oe sandstone i weno Lonearne Taconte alate Thadaon river groap Modsoo river group: s Shalos of Salwon river = [ & = 2 qi Orre, /Magoesian slate E [Utica state § |Utiea slate = ‘Treoton limestone Trenton limestone 4 & | Prenton limestone } |Trenton timeatone & |trenton timestorlt. = Marbioof Tale ta Morte | fe | iar | Brecela and sparry limestone A ee 3 Lime) | [Black river limestone 3 [Black river tloostone Baek river Hmeq{on 2 {Crazy uestoxe 2 Fy A 3 | | idee Des — a == L i CaleSforone sandstone © | Galciferous emndrook i | E |Caloiterous groop g [Catetoroon aandeook i cares Potsdam sandatono Potsdam sandstone Potedam aaudatone Potadom aandatone Potedans sands the google maps of MK and Lela only to thon disomy and ia sro formations do not appear to oocar togather at any Locality. ‘Small capitals Indicate oarlloat ogeurronce of Larms used in preasnt aystems of nomenolatare. {Term Salina feat ased by Dana, Manual ‘Cambrian aleifor \rook Potsdam aanitatone (Georgia formation {in ¥ monty Hodteon river and Utloa Paleodevonie Ontarte or Stiaric Champlatole Cambric or Taconic Seneoan |Ulstertan Oriekantan Holdorborginn Cayogan Niagaran |Cinelnnatian Mohiawkian [Canadian Potelamlan |Acattan Selmenort 1808 J Merrit map 108 Catskill Chemung beds \ co} Chemave Vortage ) Oneanta Tully limestone Klammtiton bexts Hamiiton Marcell Ooonstags limestone | lOnondage Shor = = Piaopra grit ‘Orivkany bests Orinkany Kingston beds Leora Umeatone New Nootl (Cony mai Maaline Titer Kalina beda ‘ jelph dolomite Look part limestone “Pa Hiocheator shale Clinton bods Ciloton [Medina and Oneida | Medina andatone nandatone of Oswego Hudson river —— | |trentan limestone ack rly LCarwelle Vimveaton (Chiaxy lineatone ERMANTOWS LiMORTONE Potatam sandatove avd IIroeatone \ieorgia slates and Ueorgia qinartelte: LN DEA Acknowledgments for material used, 20-33. Adirondack crystallines, 11. Agriculture, report on, 10. Albany county, agricultural geological survey, 5. Albany institute, action in regard to a geologic survey, 5. and Beck, Lewis C., assistance in early geologic survey, 5; appointment as mineralogist, 8. Bien, Julius & Co., lithographic work, 19. Bishop, I. P., credit for material used, 14, 20;.manuscript maps, 33. Blake, geologic work, 13. Botanist, appointment, 8. Boyd, George W., appointed assist- ant in geology, 8. Brainerd, credit for material used, 13, 14. Briggs, Caleb, appointed assistant in geology, 8. Cambrian, mapping of, 14. Canada, geologic map, 17. Carboniferous, 15. Clarke, John M., appointed state paleontologist, 10; credit for ma- terial used, 14, 15, 20, 22; on age - of Helderberg limestone, 14, 33; manuscript map, 32; classification of Oneonta, Ithaca, and Portage formations, 34. Classification of rocks, table show- ing progress made in, facing p.34. Color scheme, 20, Connecticut, list of authorities for, 32. Conrad, T. A., appointment as geol- ogist, 8; appointed paleontologist, 9; resigned as paleontologist, 9. Counties of New York, list of au- thorities, 28-32. ' Crystallines, of Adirondacks, 11; of southeastern New York, 12. Cumings, E. R., credit for material used, 20, 27. Cushing, H. P., study of Adiron- dack area, 11; credit for material used, 14, 15, 20, 22, 23; manuscript maps, 33. Dale, T. N., credit for material used, 13, 20, 23. ) Dana, J. D., work on pre-Cambrian and metamorphic rocks, 12; geo- logic work, 13; credit for: material used, 13, 20, 238. Darton, N. H., credit for material used, 14, 15, 20, 24; manuscript maps, 33. Davis, W. M., credit for material used, 14, 20. De Kay, James E., appointed state zoologist, 8. Devonian, lower, 14-15; upper, 15. Dix, John A., report in regard to geologic survey, 6. Dwight, W. B., credit for material used, 18, 20; manuscript map, 33. Eaton, Prof., agricultural and geo- logic survey of Rensselaer and Albany counties, 5; agricultural and geologic survey of district adjoining the Erie canal, 5. Eckel, E. €., geologic work, 13; eredit for material used, 14, 15, 20; assistance in adjustment, 19. Eights, James, appointed assistant in geology, 8. Emerson, credit for material used, 138. ° Emmons, Ebenezer, appointment as geologist, 8; report on agriculture, 10; on Adirondack crystallines, 11; on rocks of the Taconic range, 10, 138. 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Erie canal, survey of district adjoin- ing, 5. Evans, A. M., drafting of geologic. boundaries, 19. Finlay, G. IL, credit for material used, 20. Fisher, W. L., credit for material used, 27. Pord,. S.. .Ws used, 20, 24. credit for material Geographic base of 1894, 18. Geographic base of 1901, 18-19. Geologic maps, list, 16; earlier, 17- 18; used in preparation of 1901 map, list, 22-28; price of 1901 map, 4. Geologic provinces of New York, 11-15. Geologic surveys of New York, his- tory of, 5-10; division of state into districts, 6-7. Geologists, contributing, list of, 20- 21, Geologists, 10. Gilbert, G. K., credit for material used, 14, 21; manuscript maps, 33. Grabau, A. W., credit for material used, 14, 21, 24. state, appointments, §, Hall, James, appointed assistant in geology, 8; appointed in charge of 4ih district, 9; appointed paleon- tologist, 10; geologic maps com- piled by, 10, 14, 15, 17, 18; credit for material used, 21, 24. Helderberg limestone, systematic position, 14, 38. Hill, B. F., geologic work, 13; credit for material used, 21, 25, 26. Hitcheock, Edward, assistance in early geologic surveys, 5. Hollick, A., credit for material used, 15, 21. be Hunt, advocacy of Emmons’s views, 13. Ithaca formation, classification of, 34. Kemp, J. F., study of iron mines near Port Henry, 11; credit for material used, 14, 21, 24, 25, 26; manuscript maps, 33. KXlemroth and Torbert, 18. Ktimmel, H. B., credit for material used, 15, 21, 26. Lewis, credit for material used, 15. Lincoln, D. F., credit for material used, 21, 26. List, of maps showing geology of New York state, 16; of contribut- ing geologists, 20-21; of geologic maps used in preparation, 22-28; of authorities for the counties of New York, 28-32; of authorities for Connecticut, Massachusetts, Vermont, New Jersey and Penn- sylvania, 32. Logan, Sir William, geologic map compiled by, 17. Luther, D. D., credit for material used, 14, 15, 21, 26. McGee, W J, base of 1894 map pre- pared by, 18. Manuscript maps, 32-33. Marecou, advocacy of Emmons’s views, 13. Massachusetts, list of authorities for; 32: Mather, W. W., appointment as geologist, 8; on rocks of south- eastern New York, 12; on rocks of the Taconic range, 12, 13: Merrill, F. J. H., appointed state geologist, 10; on rocks of south- eastern New York, 12; Economic and Geologic map of the State of New York, 18; credit for material used, 21, 26; manuscript maps, 33. Mineralogist, appointment, 8. New Jersey, list of authorities for, 32. New York geologic surveys, history of, 5-10. INDEX TO STATE GEOLOGIC MAP OF 1901 New York Lyceum of Natural His- tory, action in regard to a geo- logical survey, 5. New York system, term proposed, 9. Newland, D. H., geologic work, 13; credit for material used, 21, 25, 26. Nomenclature of New York geology, 33-35. Cneonta formation, classification of, 34. Paleontologists, appointment of T. A. Conrad, 9; resignation of Conrad, 9; appointment of James Hall, 10; appointment of J. M. Clarke, 10. Parsons, A. L., credit for material used, 21. Pennsylvania, list of authorities for, 32. Pleistocene, 15. Portage formation, classification of, 34. Prosser, C. S., credit for material used, 15, 21, 27. Pumpelly, credit for material used, 13. Randall, credit for material used, 15. Rensselaer county agricultural and geologie survey, 5. Ries, Heinrich, geologic work, 13; credit for material used, 14, 21, y 4 Romeyn, T., assistance in early geo- logic survey, 5. Salisbury, credit for material used, 15. Sarle, C. J., credit for material used, 14, 21; manuscript maps, 32. ———— Ee 37 Seely, credit for material used, 13, 14. Silurian, 14-15, Smyth, C. H. jr, study of Adiron- dack area, 11; credit for material used, 21, 27, 28; manuscript maps, 33. Southeastern New York, pre-Cam- brian and metamorphic rocks, 12. Stevenson, on systematic position of the Lower Helderberg, 14. ‘“‘Taconic ”’ system, 10, 12, 13. Terminology, table showing prog- ress made in, facing p. 34. Torrey, John, commissioned as state botanist, 8. Triassic sandstone, 15. van Ingen, G., credit for material used, 14, 21. Van Rensselaer, Stephen, patron of early geologic surveys, 5. Vanuxem, Lardner, appointment as geologist, 8; appointed in charge of 3d district, 9. Vermeule, C. C., compilation of geo- graphic base of 1901, 19. Vermont, list of authorities for, 32. Walcott, C. D., geologic work, 138; credit for material used, 13, 14, 21, 28. White, T. G., credit for used, 14, 15, 21, 28. Williams, H. S., on age of Helder- berg limestone, 14, 34. Williams, S. G., credit for material used, 15. Woodman, J. E., credit for material used, 15, 21; manuscript map, 33. Woodworth, J. B., credit for ma- terial used, 15, 21; manuscript map, 33. material Zoologist, appointment, 8. (fages 39-49 were bulletin cover pages) z re oe ‘ b ee ofp ayn on ey tt2 rc WARP he. ' : | i gta Le vey iat athe 3 ae a gets é “shone 3 ee ane vn . es ee : a JR Abed wy ‘ On cell -“ a ats ee. Appendix 2. -__ Economic Geology 11 Museum bulletin 61 a : uarries of Bluestone and other Sandstone, in New York - oes 7 ¢ ee ae Tg thet, atte : F i an eae ; Sg. Ags £ : i Be —* wR Published monthly by the University of the State of New York New York State Museum MERRILL Director BULLETIN 281 MARCH 1903 FREDERICK J. H. Bulletin 61 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY 11 QUARRIES OF BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES IN THE UPPER DEVONIAN OF NEW YORK STATE BY HAROLD T. DICKINSON PAGE Plates (cont’d) FACE PAGE EEE. cno.0's Ocpenensavetua’s SAAR nates aaeat yoo 5 Tom Gad bluestone quarry on Jockey DE IIOETNTS, coc cca niece sc ticuaeainieetjwensma Ys dal) 5% OE) ye ee ee en eee 37 Joints and bedding................ . aie 6 Owen Grant bluestone quarry near Stony SGPIPPING i 00. ccccvessscusccccseces ca vabee AO EIGHOyes WIGNER CGei ss éiso=0s se cede timdisaa BS EE a Gee acuasaranteoccnsecane 10 7 Henry St. John bluestone quarry, 1 mile PIR ila dsisinl aaa.<'c'e'sisise ¢/ate Save esiaste wa! pole CARWOL WAILOM. «i562. 0n5cee sic 4 69 Bent And OWNership, ... 2. .ccrscccscesses 13 8 Frank Bond bluestone quarry in Gace Transportation.......... ce weRdspiesaweicuce 14 hollow, 344 miles from Walton.......... 69 PEM sacineiienlcie eseetss ssptaleinteca da tpn wielitcay win. aA 9 George Davis bluestone quarry, 214 miles Quarries in Greene and Ulster counties..... 17 CBMbIOE, WIG owas ativani.ce saae vaceanteds 69 SABO ITOCKGUSITICN .vicmsccesssss sceccess! 58 10 J. Merritt bluestone quarry, 2 miles south Merrihew ledge ...........06. ae pe a Se TMA TES ats 6 saicic weg ce dSw'a coisa ttwiileia sea a aU List of buyers on Hudson river ....... aria 11 I. J. Moore bluestone quarry, Pine creek Condition of the bluestone industry in SOUUH OF WaltOMm......ccccasevsscs aaements ey Ulster county ...... Piopinista eink elanieieae tere) Uae 12 W. G. Underwood bluestone quarry on Quarries in Broome, Delaware and Sullivan N. Y. O. & W. R. R. between Cadosia DECREE SE Reals o<0S cl so casnessainn's anon On and Rock Rift...... saeecen Sciwen dienes, Wied Docks and stone buyers along Erie and 13 Conrow and Hauyck bluestone quarry, Ontario and Western railroads...... xen north of Deposit............ coeees ecenede 17 Quarries in the south central counties....... 86 14 Bluestone quarry in Sands creek hollow Quarries in the southwestern counties....... 97 MORE EIBNCOCE awrevs veduies sccis ace Geeccsnes 83 TOIGOX «556 elas balesite 3b = Bee ee esitn saaiesten 105 15 F. G, Clarke bluestone co. quarry, Ox- FORD wee to otis aa Suds ewussigpnaelercent aviac 87 Pidtes 16 J. T. Hunt bluestone quarry, 6 miles north 1 Map of location of New York bluestone "7 fe racer gig Seanan nen scawesesesss we MUAEVICR.c.usscceakevetcvaes, COVEr page Ss By Pimeatone co. quarsy, § 2 Map of location of eastern Catskill blue- miles north of Portageville, N. Y., on stone quarries............... Cover page 3 IPenmaylvamis. Bio Be ooo do ncancesadesasna ple 18 Warsaw bluestone co. quarry at Rock FACE PAGE Rift near Warsaw........seccee cecccreee 94 3 Waste weir of Kingston reservoir no. 1, 19 Otis and Gage bluestone quarry at Rock Sawkill valley, Ulster co ............000+ 35 Glen near WAFSAW.......eeereeeeereeees 95 4 T. McDonald bluestone quarry in bed of 20 F. F. Woodworth sandstone quarry at DEE CU ecneiudebcsccccccsecccccees 96 CONOCTON......ceeseee ceeeeeeeereee eevee 98 an q . "i i’ -Y er: tf : . > J* 7 ~ ecsauotedt a... G nap vi 2; Te i WA ¥ ay ; NET 40 ret : : Le As ¢ ‘ =e ryt Wy 4 te eae & 4 a A if 444 4 uN a 7 > > . as a 4 - ¢ ‘of Batac4 =a YaAool «np «wet it. Sie ¢ > mez f bat ? “a aoa on tales? Ad : : A rived it SNE Mend tients PIO OS aes " Be ease . ‘ i I wollok ™ x i é f a i J8 piaall ft ‘> 7 enseVeswe TOY > ior + : YPIDOD on a bee m4 tcarg ote re a ust ecaie rte 2 > “ ee * . os ae oe é . ° é ) ‘ - f= Bit} L een afi » A j - f r - obetglt Ye 2 ay Srl : ef 29oOGMo pam! J ti * 2s ° na oo wll Ww d0on c i ‘ ‘ 7 «a 2 g , c> DB A eee 2. Seren 4 ee. riorrncd ies SOOM Brey r ih sta. ite wougtetd ef = mn par? ve-desseye TRS] Yo dosag Mie ot Thaip orn a + - ‘svewne sen es BOOOURAT? waeh thy used sitid eider> et a §! os Far on 44000 wan) beds cael : } t F Claw paste tea Vea ot xe i Li EP aug bilaacinirel. Dp S ptThasgy 69 sandeeui) wus! eonsaai) fT] ‘4 W.yo¥ 1 elitteperot %a. SP wea tim node) ok Be waved pain Jt aida i perioné cy ay done ta Uitayp .on sauteed. asta ei p+) ale pie eee shheoeht es cu wae Me era 7? naoee PITH 6 Sool I6 “rte y sCotesuld sent? hes ei aL 4» - a te : (em eter Wea aa iit) ia tagp ewombaes shewhoow ..3 Dee shee ee ee ses AOS n ees Aten lateemetinnreapesisttty Yim Lagee > TO UAE 4ZOVAG ast todooti] area he aL a bss ay ae | | rd nislleg 203030 SIMOnOda: a CALA ALUD - Te SauTO GWA. 1H0Ts £2 row eo a : 54 o AOMATANG .T GHEE | e Sect A a 2B b4 u net . ys - Geriiled fiw rik Wulet , 1014 > , i> on ney Ear ANS rae 2 REP lye yer as ry > sal ek +e EOS ae eee fh f , = a = mee i ees US aE Sato a7 wed ae weal ate =, Lie a a e teas PARE hi ck on tie ee | , 5 C c2ebretns ptetendvnanae thing cae -/ (ss eeee tities as. ‘dag (2% inate a fd Pee ome ae Ek? eke @Be rte eva ey » nai SMT OOH E wig Pw “7 FOn pe Se ue we ied tay 2 +». 20 Abed yield hag be ene ee ee sp a wai Pry * ee a> tied : +2 -+ 1 Boab ins Ral saorectd ods 2° 5 — tees ee’ tapes ew hes phawe dee ot s iN Bnephee, mia fean ood angie “eee md, polkas este eth: x 3 . -BaB ens ioeut _ bpdtvantos O\ es ep bh oem eal i ‘ « staged’ do wiJo a PME IPOD 62) 65 uy ak vy Mee oe University of the State of New York New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. Merrityt Director Bulletin 61 ECONOMIC GEOLOGY 11 QUARRIES OF BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES IN THE UPPER DEVONIAN OF NEW YORK STATE PREFACE The first official study of the building stones of New York was made by Dr James Hall, state geologist, in preparation for a report to the commissioners of the new state capitol in 1868. His examination of the building stones available for this great building led to the formation of a collection of large cubes dressed on different sides to show various modes of treatment, which is now the nucleus of a large collection in the Geological hali. In 1886 Prof. John C. Smock took up the study of the build- ing stones of New York and in bulletins 3 and 10 of the New York state: museum, contributed copiously to our accurate - knowledge of the resources of New York state in this sort of building material. With the lapse of time it becomes necessary to enlarge our descriptions and records and it is now proposed to bring up to date our knowledge of the subject of building stones. This has, however, grown to such an extent that it seems hopeless to treat it all in one volume or publication. It is intended, therefore, to issue, as time and means will permit, sep- arate bulletins discussing various types of this important material. The first contribution is the following one on that valuable and important variety of sandstone known as bluestone and on rocks of allied character. FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL July 1902 INTRODUCTION The area in New York in which are quarried the sandstones of the Upper Devonian, as shown by the accompanying map, is bounded on the east by a line roughly parallel to the Hudson river and from 5 to 50 miles west of it, beginning in Albany county and running south to West Hurley in Ulster county, where it turns to the southwest, following Rondout creek. The northern boundary of these formations is approximately in an east and west line 15 to 20 miles south of the Mohawk valley and stretching westward to the shore of Lake Erie, which is the western limit. The whole of the central and southern part of New York state is occupied by these sedimentary rocks, the formations extending south into Pennsylvania. The sandstone is quar- ried at different localities throughout the whole terri- tory, the most productive region being -the southeastern part, where numerous quarries have been opened in the eastern face of the Catskill mountains, in the low lying terraces between the mountains and the Hudson river and in the hills on both sides of the Delaware river. This district is favorably situated for the transportation of the stone to the eastern markets and is the chief producer of the commercial “ blue- stone” so extensively used for flagstone, street crdssings and house trimmings in the larger cities of the east. The beds occur from the Hamilton group to and including the Catskill and are horizontal or dip at gentle angles. The greatest difference in elevation between the workable beds is shown in Ulster county, where a few of the mountain quarries are 2500 feet above the quarries nearest the Hudson river. The rocks are shales and sandstones. But there is so great a range in composition and texture that there are many varieties under each of these heads and an almost infinite gradation from one to another, and no sharp line can be drawn. The quarry stone is, as a rule, even bedded and compact and can be split in planes parallel to the bedding. In texture the stone —————————— SS — =~ BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 5 varies from the exceedingly fine grained material which takes a very even finish, to a sandstone which is almost conglomeritic in its nature. The color is highly variable, being blue, gray, greenish, pink and red in different localities. Four geologic groups are represented in this territory, viz, Hamilton, Portage, Chemung and Catskill, but the distinctions between these groups are in part paleontologic and may be dis- regarded in a discussion of the economic geology of the area. The main belt of country producing the even bedded and compact sandstone suitable for flagging and house trimmings known commercially as “bluestone” begins on the western side of the Hudson river in the southwestern part of Albany county and stretches southward through Greene, Ulster, Sulli- van, Delaware and as far west as Broome county. Besides this main belt there are scattered localities in the central part of the state, producing bluestone, at Oneonta, Rock Rift, Oxford, King’s Ferry, Trumansburg and Portageville. The district including Greene, Ulster, Delaware, Sullivan and Broome counties is the most productive, the products reaching the markets by the way of the Hudson river, and Erie and Ontario and Western railroads. The quarries in this district are all small and as a rule short lived. The term bluestone was originally applied to the blue colored sandstone quarried in Ulster county, 4 to 7 miles west of the Hudson river. Today in commerce, the name bluestone is ap- plied to a large part of the flagstone produced in the state, regardless of color. It is therefore, today rather a misnomer, for this material is sometimes green and occasionally reddish. Probably 75¢ of the Ulster county stone is marketed in the condition known as “ quarry dressed,” the balance being treated in the mills along the Hudson river. In Broome, Delaware and Sullivan counties a very small per- centage of the product passes through mills in the district. Some “rock ” however is shipped in the rough to other mills. A large part of the stone at Oxford, Portageville and Rock Rift is subjected to mill treatment. 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM There are three classes of the product of the quarries, 1) flagstone, 2) “edge” stone and 3) “rock.” The first class in- cludes the stone used for sidewalks and requires little dressing. A stone 1} inches thick and over, with a smooth surface and. edges at right angles, fulfils all requirements. Bluestone is particularly suitable for use as flagging, retaining after long wear its rough surface. “The stone is so compact as to absorb. but little moisture, and thus, when used as flagging, ice and rain remain upon it but a short time.” “Its hardness resists wear, never forming the slipping surfaces of clay slate.” The second class includes such stone as curb, window and door sills, lintels and other house trimmings. This stone all requires dressing; curb requires “ axing” on the face and edge. — This class of stone requires one or more perfect edges for market. : The third class includes the stone sold in the rough to the dealers for mill treatment. All this is thick stone, varying from 4 inches to 5 and 6 feet. It is sawed or planed in the mills for platforms, steps and building stone. The products of the first two classes are often treated in the mill when orders call for such finished work. The kinds of stone as to shape, size and use are more numer- ous than the uninitiated would imagine. As regards the microscopic structure and quality of the stone,. the following notes by F. L. Nason! are interesting. Bluestone. Bigelow bluestone co. (now Ulster bluestone co.) Minerals: quartz and feldspar. The quartz is in grains, which appear to be very angular in shape, more like a breccia. The grains are clearer than those of other sandstones examined, and the proportion of quartz grains to the rest of the matter is smaller. The feldspar observed differs very materially from that in the other stone. Grains of triclinic feldspar are ob- served, which are very fresh. Another feldspar is almost com- pletely decomposed. No carbonate of lime appears to be present, and very little oxid of iron. The long, wavy, crys- tallike dark spots in the stone appear to be decomposed feld- 1N. Y. state mus. 47th an. rep’t 1893. 1894. p.583; N. Y. state geol. 13th an. rep’t 1898. 1894. p.389. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 7 spar, more or less stained with iron. The cementing material is probably silica, as dilute hydrochloric acid has no effect, and it is not stained with iron.! Joints and bedding The beds of stone are divided naturally by vertical joints at right angles, one system running about north and south, while the other has an east and west direction. The north and south joints are known to the quarrymen as “ side seams,” while the east and west joints are called “heads,” “head-offs” or “headers.” These joints are persistent throughout the whole area of the two main districts, but in Delaware and Broome counties the east and west joints are likely to be very irregular. The distance between these joints determines the maximum size of the blocks,-but not often is a stone the full size of the block taken up. These joints are from 5 feet to 75 feet apart as a rule. The bed is divided also by horizontal seams which are at varying distances apart. These layers are known as “ lifts.” In addition to these open seams and between them, occur what are known as “reeds.” The reeds are really closed seams which can be seen on looking closely at the edge of a block. The reeds are both an advantage and a disadvantage. They occur, as a rule, in only the fine grained stone. They are advan- tageous in that they provide means of splitting a thick stone into a number of thinner ones. This splitting is done by means of a “point” and thin wedges. They area disadvantage in that they are a source of weakness in the stone. The frost will often open up the reeds, specially in curb which is set on edge. Each quarry has its characteristic reeds. A typical “black reed” is the best for splitting stone. It is often true of these reeds that, after quarrying, when the stone is exposed to the weather two or three weeks before *The test was as follows. A thin slice of the stone, 1s of an inch thick * was immersed in the dilute acid. In the case of a calcareous sandstone, or of a ferruginous sandstone, the grains of silica and feldspar would thave been loosened into sand. The slice of rock remained practically unaffected. 8 NEW YCRK STATE MUSEUM frost, they tighten and close up, while, if it is quarried during the winter, the reeds will open. Again, it is true that, witha thick lift, if the stone is split to a thickness of 6 inches, there is no danger of the reeds opening, while, if it is left thicker than this, the danger of the reeds opening from exposure is great. Some reeds will not open at all, even when the block is “pointed ” all around, and others will open only partly. As before stated, each quarry has its characteristic reeds, which have to be found by the quarrymen by experience. The seams in the quarry are a source of trouble and at times loss. A seam will “shift and grow” or “double,” that is, on the front edge of a block the thickness of a lift may be 2 inches while on the back the thickness will be 4 inches. Two seams have run together, not gradually, but by a sudden jump, leaving the two faces of the stone parallel. All these considerations affect the commercial value of ¢ quarry. When a quarry is first opened, the lifts are always thin, not | over # inch to 2 inches thick. As each tier of blocks is taken out, the lifts are thicker. Also it is a common occurrence to find that the lifts in the lower part of the bed are heavier than those at the top. All thin lifts are used as flagstone, while the thicker lifts are worked into edge stone or left in the rough and sold as “rock.” As a rule, a good “rock” quarry is the most profitable, as the stone requires no dressing of any kind. But, on account of the sizes and weight of the stone, derricks. are required. Between the lifts, a thin bed cf shale may occur, 3 to 4 inches thick. Shale is known to the quarrymen as “pencil.” A “rough streak” in a quarry bed is a common occurrence. This is a streak of stone, of varying thickness, in which the seams are very irregular. There are varying degrees of “ roughness ”; part of the streak may be worked into salable stone, with extra labor, or it all may have to be dumped on the rubbish pile. A bed of stone is said to be “ bottomed ” when a thick rough streak or pencil is encountered. A rough streak is not always permanent. With each new tier of blocks taken out, the con- BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 9g ditions change, and the rough streak may become as workable as the balance of the bed, and again it may increase in size, spoiling the bed entirely. Nearly every quarry has its oyn peculiar formation. Quarries within 400 or 500 yards of each other frequently differ greatly as to quality and formation. Stripping The overburden, or “ top,’ consists in Ulster county of a layer of soil, clay or hardpan, underneath this alternating beds of shale and rock. This “rock” is a name given to the part of the ledge which can not be worked into salable stone. (“ Rock” also is a term applied to the thick “lifts ” of stone which are sold to the mills for sawing and other treatment.) Below the shale and the rock is the bed of stone. The thickness of the soil, shale, rock and bed of stone is very variable. But a rough ratio for profitable quarrying is 1 of bed to from 2 to 3 of top, depending on the ease with which the stone is worked, its quality and the character of the bed. Some quarries have all soil top, some all rock, and again some have all shale top. Generally all three are found except in Delaware and Broome counties, where shale occurs rarely. The stripping is usually carried on in winter, as only a few quarries can be worked when it is very cold, owing to the effect of freezing on the durability of the stone. The ground also is then frozen hard, and the scales of dirt are quite firmly cemented by frost. Dynamite or some other high explosive is used to loosen the rock and dirt. This is found to be better and more economical of time and labor, since the frozen dirt and slate can be handled better than when uncemented. The stripping is handled by shovels and wheelbarrows for the soil and shale, while powder and dynamite are employed in breaking up the rock. There is not much difference in cost of removing the vari- ous kinds of “top” except as to thickness. Rock is easily han- dled with a derrick after blasting. Hardpan requires consid- erable work even after blasting. Shale and soil require a great 10 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM deal of work in handling. A one horse dump cart or a small car and wooden or iron rails are often part of the equipment for stripping. The waste material or rubbish is carted away and dumped opposite the face of the quarry. In the case of the quarries in the mountains, this rubbish is dumped down the mountain side. Very little attention has been paid to the proper dis- posal of this rubbish, for, in many cases, it has to be handled twice. In many beds which are now being worked in Ulster county the greatest part of the stripping is rubbish from quarries opened 40 years ago and abandoned. Quarrying Quarrying is carried on eight or nine months in the year. In many quarries no work at all is done during the winter, After the stripping is done, the different lifts are raised by wedges driven into the open. seams, just enough to give the proper strain for the lift to free itself from the under bed. The area of these lifts varies with the size of the block. That of large ones may be 1000 square feet or more. The thickness varies from 1 inch to 8 feet. 7 If it is not possible to lift the layer from the whole block, a line is marked by cord and chalk where it is necessary to break the stone. This line is traced across with a point by digging out holes # inch to 1 inch deep and from 2 inches to 3 inches apart. The point is held so that its horizontal projection will fall along the chalk line. After the block has been traced across, every sixth or seventh hole is drilled to a depth corresponding to the thickness of the lift. In these deeper holes, plugs and feathers are placed. The plugs are driven down together by striking one after another, so that the strain is equal all along the line. To do this well requires a great deal of skill, which is a result of long and close attention to work. At a certain point of strain the stone will break off along the chalk line, true and even. In Ulster county the stone breaks the best in a north and south BLUBPSTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 11 line following the side seam, while in Delaware and Broome counties the stone breaks best in an east and west direction. The quarrymen say that the stone “ works” best north and south or east and west as the case may be. This same system is used in breaking lifts of large area to smaller sizes. Generally, very little powder is used in blasting out the bed of the stone. The joints are usually free or open for working. When powder is necessary in the bed the “ Knox” system of blasting is used, a short description of which follows. The holes are first drilled to the desired depth in a line then “reamed” out, making the hole elliptic in section, the longer axis being in the line of the holes. A small amount of explosive is put in each hole with little or no tamping. Within a foot or so of the top of the hole a plug is put in and the tamp- ing placed on top of this. The holes are fired simultaneously by electricity. The greater part of the force of the explosion is taken up by the air cushion and, as a result, the block is not shattered or split. In the larger quarries in Ulster county district, hand and horse power derricks are used, but in no case are there any steam hoists except at the docks. In Delaware and Broome counties there are a few steam derricks, and all the larger quarries are equipped with hand or horse power derricks. A blacksmith shop for sharpening and tempering tools is usually part of the equipment of all the quarries. The tools consist of hammers, points, drills, wedges, plugs and feathers, crowbars and shovels. In a very few instances does the equipment include steam drills or pumps. When water is troublesome a siphon is used, if a sufficient fall can be had, or a horse or hand power pump is used when a Siphon is not available. In the few cases in which the steam pump is used the “ pulsometer ” seems to be a favorite. The following from Stone is of interest as showing the peculiarities of bluestone quarrying: The quarrying of bluestone probably requires as much skill, if not more, than any other kind of stone, a fact often over- 12 NEW YGRK STAT# MUSEUM looked and a potent factor in the success of a quarryman. It seems to be a general impression among a great many users and perhaps a few of the producers of this most useful and durable stone, that a man needs only to find a deposit of salable quality of bluestone, no more than usual proportion of top to bed, with the usual shipping facilities, and success is assured. But for any one who has been closely connected with this especially interesting business, it is easy to find the reason why a quarry has not paid. The causes are usually radical, and one of the first flaws after ascertaining that the quarry contains stone in fair quantity will be found by looking into the system of quarrying, and here is frequently a drawback to the pros- perity of the quarry. As a rule, the best quarrymen have worked in the quarries from the time they have been able to do anything, and, as that is usually pretty early in life, many of them have gained such knowledge of the work that they know to a certainty how the stone will work, as soon as they see the bed, without raising a lift. It is only after long work that a quarryman becomes expert. Dressing After the stone is lifted from the bed, it is handed over to the stonecutter, who prepares it for market. If it is flagstone, it is cut into commercial sizes 2, 3 or 4 feet wide, and the irregu- larities are chiseled down. Flag, as a rule, requires little dressing. If-the stone is to be cut into curb or other “edge” stone, the block must be split, if too thick, and then broken to the proper width. Curb is usually “axed” 12 inches to 14 inches on the face, and the top edge is pitched at the proper angle. “ Rock” and platform require no dressing in the quarry. The dressing of the stone in the quarry is usually of the roughest kind and is done as quickly as possible. For the finer grades of axed and cut stone, the work is done on the docks. At many of the docks stone mills are in operation. The mill treatment consists of sawing large blocks, planing and rubbing the house trimmings, platforms, steps etc., and boring sewer heads. There is a great difference in the stone in regard to its action under a saw or planer. Some stone will chip or check under a planer and not give the smooth surface desired, while other BLUBSTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 13 stone will wear out the gang saws very fast. The action of a stone in a mill depends largely on its hardness and texture. A planer consists of a stationary base with a moving carriage, on which the stone is placed and held firmly by set screws. This carriage moves forward and backward under the bits of the planer. These bits are fastened to the immovable part of the frame, and, as the stone passes under them, take off the irregu- larities of the surface. A gang saw has a varying number of saws set at different or the same distances apart. These saws are fastened by wedgés on a frame above the block of stone and are moved for- ward and back by an eccentric. As the cuts in the stone deepen, the frame is lowered by a feeding device. Sand and water are fed into the cuts during the sawing. Rubbing is usually a secondary treatment to planing. The rubbing bed is a circular cast-iron plate, which revolves hori- zontally. The stone is placed on this and held stationary by projecting arms. The revolving cast-iron plate grinds the stone and smooths off the irregularities of planing. Sand and water are fed from the center into the bed during the process. Another kind of saw is the “ diamond” saw, which has dia- monds set along the edge of the saw. The diamonds are held in cast-iron teeth, which are removable from the blade. There are 10 to 12 teeth, containing 2 to 3 “borts,” in each saw, spaced equally, according to length of blade. The diamond Saws cut 23” to 24” an hour, while the ordinary gang saw cuts only 23” to 22” an hour. Most docks have one or more stonecutters employed in special and fine work. Rent and ownership The majority of the quarries in the two main districts are worked by two or three men, sometimes in partnership, but often one man operates the quarry, hiring one or two extra men as quarrymen or stonecutters. A good stonecutter can com- mand a wage of $1.75 to $2.25 a day, while a quarryman is paid $1.50 to $2, and in some places only $1a day. In Delaware and 14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Broome counties the demand for stonecutters is greater than the supply this year. The quarrymen seldom own the land on which the quarry is situated, but lease it at a rental proportionate to the amount of stone taken out. In Ulster county the usual rental is 5% of the value of the stone quarried. In Delaware and Broome counties the rental varies from 3c to le a foot of the product, according to the location of the quarry. This “ per foot” applies to the stone as sold, that is, if the stone is sold per linear foot, the rental is $c per linear foot; if sold per square foot, the rental is $c per square foot. This is hard on the flagstone quar- ries, as the price of flag ranges from 5c to 8c a square foot, but for quarries producing edge stone, the rental is much less, as curb is sold for 16c a foot. The charge of 5¢ appears to be a much fairer way of renting. In Ulster county the larger quarries are in many cases owned by the dealers, but in only a few cases are the dealers operating the quarries. They prefer to rent them on a percentage basis. They own the ledges in order to control the output of the stone. Transportation The stone is hauled by two, three and four horse teams to the docks or railroad switches. Only at Rock Rift and Portage- ville do the railroad switches run into the quarries. In Ulster county very little stone is shipped by way of the Ulster and Delaware railroad from Broadhead’s Bridge to Kingston. The freight rate is higher than the cost by wagon. The wagons in use hold from 8 to 10 tons of rock. A great proportion of these wagons are now equipped with wide tires; in fact, some towns have local legislation requiring wide tires on wagons weighing over a certain amount. The main quarry roads are often “bridged” with bluestone. “ Bridging” con- sists of thick stone laid as a track for the wheels of a wagon. This “bridge ” is 20 inches wide and 4 inches to 6 inches thick. It does not take long for wagons to wear deep ruts in the bridge. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 15 But, if kept in repair, these bridge roads are the best for the heavy quarry wagons. The quarries on the hills and moun- tains have a separate road leading to each from the main roads. As a rule, these are in fearful condition, being cut to pieces by the chained wheels. The grade of these roads is very steep. A 25% grade is not an uncommon one. i @ * Surddtays (9}8[S) Tloued puv JIUO}S JO pod SUIMOYS ‘jSBoTJLOU SULYOOT "A “N “OO AoyspO “TA Aoyoor uo per) Woy, Jo Atrenb ouoysony[ | ‘ojoyd ‘UoSsUIyIIq *“\L ‘HH 1g ‘d odBJ OF, G 2°%Id a eR ne BLUESTOND AND OTHER SANDSTONBDS of William Charlton, Sawkill. Two men employed the year round. Quarry equipped with siphon. W. F. Watson, Sawkill. Two men employed. %, ‘ o- ~ te me ot —— ae * . ‘ > - a, . > — Go re ee” . ves , , ; , ¥ < ; 3 we * — , ~ eee Sar as a. * si ’ a on 4 M F gg ‘d vovjy oF 9 238d , ° = ‘ty ASF tap id af BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 39 Lamb Bros., West Hurley. This is another small quarry with only 3 feet of bed, with 7 feet of stripping. The stone is not as good a blue as is usual in the district, and only small sizes of stone are produced: The quarry is equipped with a siphon. The product is sold to Hewitt Boice, Kingston. Two men are ein- ployed. James O’Neill, West Hurley. The quarry is situated 4 mile southwest of West Hurley. The bed of stone is 8 feet thick, with an average thickness of stripping of 10 feet. The lifts vary from 4” to 20”. The stone is fine grained and of good blue color. The two systems of vertical jointing are present. The bed dips to the south and west. Some blasting is necessary in quarrying some of the heavier lifts. The Knox system is used. The water is drained by a ditch and horse power pump. The length of face in a north and south direction is 350 feet. The output includes all varieties of marketable stone, and is hauled by wagon to Hewitt Boice at Kingston. O’Neill does his own hauling, and at 70c a ton a profit is made. Ten men are em- ployed 10 months in the year. $6000 is the value of the product per year. Martin Lane, West Hurley. This is an old abandoned quarry opened up this year. The face is 75 feet long, in a north and south direction. The bed of stone is 7 feet thick with 10 feet of shale and rock top. The stone is of fair quality and quite reedy. The lifts vary from 4” to 20” and can be split to almost any thickness. The bed dips to the south and west. The out- put is sold to various dealers at Wilbur, where it is hauled by wagon. A siphon is in use. Three men are employed. South of West Hurley and Stony Hollow is the Morgan hill and Hurley woods district. The quarries are nearly all aban- doned now, only a few men quarrying regularly. Quarrying and farming are carried on together. Dunn Bros., Hurley. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with 15 to 18 feet of rock stripping. The stone is of medium grain, of good blue color, and reedy. The lifts vary from 4” to 8”. 40 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The side seams and heads are well developed. The dip of the bed is to the southwest. The quarry is worked on a very small scale with two men. The product is hauled to Wilbur and Kingston. _ Toole Bros., West Hurley. The bed is 43 feet thick and rather rough. The stripping of rock averages 12 feet. The stone is of medium grain and good blue color. The. lifts vary from 4” to 12” and are split into various thicknesses along the reeds. This quarry has been extensively worked, but, as the quarrymen say, “the rock has dipped down into the stone.” The product of chiefly edge stone is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. at Wilbur. Three men are employed. The other quarrymen working at various localities in this district are: Thomas F. Scully, Hurley. Fred Krantz, Hurley. Frank McMullen, West Hurley. In the Lapala and Roseville districts the following quarry- ’ men are working. Winchell Bros., Lomontville. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with 8 to 10 feet of stripping of rock and clay. The stone is of medium fine grain and fair blue color. The lifts vary from 4” to 5” and are worked mostly into edge stone. The vertical joint systems are as usual. The dip of the bed is to the north and west. Product is sold to Hewitt Boice at Kingston. .A siphon is in use. Three men are employed during the year. A. De Graff, Hurley. The bed of stone varies from 2 to 6 feet in thickness, with 14 to 18 feet of shale and rock stripping. The stone is of good color and grain, but some rough streaks in the bed make a great deal of waste. The dip of the bed is to the northwest. The quarry is equipped with hand pump. Stone is sold to different dealers on the Hudson. Product, flag and edge stone. Two men are employed. Clearwater, Conner & Hotaling, Hurley. This quarry is on same ledge as De Graff’s, and the thickness of bed and stone is the BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 41 same. Different dealers buy the stone. Three men are em- ployed. Thomas Sampson, Hurley. The bed of stone is only 2 feet thick, but has a light top of 4 feet. The quarry is in the bed of Stony creek. The lifts are 4” to 6” thick, producing chiefly edge stone. The grain is fine and the color good. The stone is sold to Julius Osterhoudt at Wilbur. Four men are employed through the year. W. H. Miller, Lomontville. This quarry is situated on what is known as the Irving ledge, which has been opened for 800 vards in a north and south direction. The bed ranges in thick- ness from 2 to 6 feet with a top of varying hight. The stone is fine grained, of good blue color, and reedy. The ledge is known for the great amount of large “rock” produced. This is the main product today. The vertical joints are very much stained with iron. The stone is sold to Hewitt Boice and the Hudson river bluestone co. Miller employs three men. Water drained by a siphon. a) Hi The following also quarry on this ledge: Ennis & Jones, Lomontville. Two men employed. John Clearwater, Hurley. Two men employed. J. Scriver, Hurley. Three men employed. William Gooches, Lomontville. Two men employed. William R. Brodhead, Hurley. The bed of stone averages 6 feet, with stripping of clay, shale and rock of 14 feet. The stone is of the average quality of the district. The lifts vary from 2” to 8”, and all varieties of stone are produced. A hand pump is used for draining the water. The output is sold to Hewitt Boice at Kingston. Three men are employed. John J. Sampson, Hurley. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with a rock streak 2 feet thick dividing the bed. The stripping amounts to 9 feet of rock and clay; the latter is 1 foot thick. The product is of all varieties and is of the usual grade of this district. Hewitt Boice at Kingston is the buyer. Three men are employed. 42 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Winchell Bros., Hurley. The bed of stone is 8 feet thick, with a top of shale 25 to 30 feet thick. The stone is fine grained, of good blue color, and reedy. The bed dips to the southwest gently. The ledge has been opened up 200 feet along the side seams. The lifts are heavy, 6” to 9”, and the product is princi- pally rock. Hewitt Boice owns the ledge and buys all the product. Four men are employed. Cornelius Goebel, Lomontville. The bed of stone is 6 feet thick, with 12 to 14 feet of rock top. Some stone is taken out of the top rock, but very little. The bed dips north and west. The stone is of the average quality. All varieties of salable stone are quarried, and sold to Hewitt Boice at Kingston. A siphon is in use. Three men are employed during the season. Robert Elliott, Hurley. The bed of stone is 12 feet thick, with 14 feet of rock stripping. The stone is fine grained, reedy, and of good blue color. The vertical joints are regular and stained badly with iron. The dip of the bed is to the north and west. The lifts vary from 8” to 10”, giving a variety of products. The quarry is equipped with horse power pump and derrick. Hewitt Boice of Kingston buys the product. Four to five men are employed throughout the year. The quarries south of the Lapala district are all cali in size and number. The region through Atwood and Vly was quite productive -at one time. South of Vly the Scarawan quarries are being worked on a small scale. The end of this productive line is at Mackey hill west of Kripple Bush, where a long ledge has been opened. The following are at work in the vicinity of Vly and Atwood. Green L. Davis, Atwood. A very small quarry between At- wood and Vly. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with 10 feet of rock and dirt top. The lifts vary from 4” to 8’. The stone is of average quality and is sold at Wilbur to different buyers. One man employed. Lockwood & Krom, Atwood. This ledge has been paeneal up for some distance. The bed is 4 feet in thickness, with 6 feet of rock and1 foot of clay top. The stone is rather coarse BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 43 grained and of good blue color. The lifts vary from 2” to 6” in thickness. The dip of the bed is to the north and west. The bed is said to work “hard,” and the bedding planes are not smooth. The north and south joining is prominent, and the sides are stained with iron. The stone is hauled 12 miles to Kingston and 14 miles to Wilbur. Two men are employed. Besides the. above firm the following are quarrying on the same ledge. George Winchell, Atwood. Bush & De Boice, Atwood. Three men are employed eight months in the year. Charles Ennis, Atwood. One man employed. The quarries in the Scarawan district are as follows. Turner Bros., Stone Ridge. The ledge of stone is 12 feet thick, in which 3 feet is the thickness of the workable stone. No sharp line of demarcation between the rock and stone is to be seen. The rock and stone are interbedded. The stone is coarse grained, of good blue color and with few reeds. The top lifts are light, producing flag, while the lower lifts are heavier, 5” to 8”. The north and south joints are prominent. The bed dips to the north and west. Two men are employed. The following are also quarrying on this ledge. Snow & Smith, Kripple Bush. Two men are employed eight months. Wagner & Krum, Kripple Bush. This quarry is on ledge just above Turner Bros. and is of the same character. The bed of stone is 3 feet thick, interbedded with 9 feet of rock. Two men are employed. The following operate on the same ledge occasionally. J. H. Beatty, Vly. All the Scarawan quarries haul their stone to High Falls on the canal, where it is loaded on barges for ship- ment. Julius Osterhoudt is the buyer at High Falls. Jason Beatty, Kripple Bush. This quarry is situated 4 mile east of the Scarawan quarries, but the stone is of the same quality and character. The bed is 3 feet thick, with 4 feet of rock top. The stone is hauled to High Falls to Julius Oster- houdt. One man is employed. 44 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The opening on Mackey hill is 1 mile long and extends part way around the hill. The bed of stone is 10 to 12 feet thick, with a top ranging from 12 to 35 feet in thickness. The top is’ entirely shale, which when stripped has not been disposed of well, as the quarries are badly blocked in places with rubbish. The stone is rather fine grained, of good blue color and reedy. The lifts are very heavy, 10” to 24”. The top lifts.do not split well, but the lower ones do. The ledge dips to the south and ‘west, and the water, following the dip, collects at the southern end, where it is removed by siphons. A number of firms are quarrying on the ledge, and many have hand derricks in use. The side seams and head-offs are all tight, sometimes requiring blasting in lower lifts. The product is edge stone and * rock,” which is hauled to High Falls on the canal. The following are quarrymen, all of Kripple Bush. Osterhoudt & Barley. Two men employed eight months in the vear. Beatty & Vandermark. Two men employed the year round. W.D. Roosa. Four men employed during the year. The prod- uct sold by the quarryman at Port Jackson to various markets. Quarry equipped with hand power derrick. Davis Bros. Two men employed the year round. Jacob McMullin. Two men employed the year round. Rose Bros. Two men employed the year round. Quarry equipped with horse power derrick and pump. Greene Bros. Two men work intermittently. Quarry equipped with hand derrick and siphon. 0. E. Christian. Two men employed intermittently. Hector Connor. One man and two boys employed the year round. To the west of the northern part of this main range of quar- ries, viz west of the Quarryville, Fish Creek and Highwoods dis- tricts, the ledges of stone are terraced one above another, form- ing as it were the foothills of the Catskill mountains. A num- ber of quarries have been opened in these ledges, but only a few are worked at present. The stone is of poor quality, not evenly BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 45 bedded and very apt to “slack” or disintegrate on exposure. Near Fawns a ledge 14 miles long has been opened, but is now abandoned. On the eastern face of the mountains, from the Mountain house to Woodstock, and in the Kaaterskill and Plaaterskill cloves quarries are being worked. This stone is known as the mountain stone and differs from the stone quarried lower down in the vertical scale, in color, texture and appearance. The color is very variable, the grain is almost invariably coarse, and few reeds are present. There is less danger from “ slacking” or disintegration on exposure, and it is a stronger stone than the fine grained, reedy stone of Quarryville and other similar districts. There is a distinct preference, however, for the typical bluestone; so the mountain stone does not stand high with the buyers. Quarries have been opened on at least eight different levels on the eastern side of the mountain. On the southern side only one quarry is in active operation. The beds of stone vary in thickness from 4 feet to 12 feet. The amount of top, or over- burden, depends on the length of time the quarry has been worked. As the beds are worked out into the mountain, the top increases. When the quarries are first opened, the stone is lighter and sold for flag. As the bed is worked deeper into the side of the mountain, the stone becomes heavier, and rock and edge stone are the chief products. The large sized stones are rock, such as platforms etc.; edge stone is 20 inch curb, sills and jointers. The top is of rock and slate of a very decided reddish color. This red in places runs into the bed, and a red stone is some- times quarried, but is looked on with disfavor by the buyers. The beds are of a rather light blue color, which has a greenish tinge when dressed, or after being exposed to the weather. This greenish tinge is typical of the stone from this mountain and of the mountain to the south. The joints run nearly north and south and east and west. The joints running north and south are known as side seams, while 46 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the east and west joints are called headers. “ Blocks” is the name for the strips of stone between the side seams. The stone is quite free from reeds and does not slake after exposure. All splitting is done along the seams. The dip of the bed is very slight on the eastern side of the mountain to the west and south; while on the southern side west and north the beds are nearly horizontal. The texture, or grain, varies from coarse to fine. It is a usual thing to find that the top lifts of a bed are fine erained, while the bottom lift is quite coarse. The coarse grained stone is stronger and less likely to slake; and is also heavier. The stone from the different quarries on the mountain does not vary much. The same condition and variations of texture, color, and top are met with at all levels. The quarry openings show a thickness of these alternating beds of shale, rock, and bluestone of 2000 feet. The joints are tight and loose, varying with the different openings. The side seams are in many places stained with iron. | | A number of ledges with good beds of stone are exposed, but not opened, as the owners do not care to have the mountain dis- figured with the rubbish piles. The top is disposed of mostly by dumping down the mountain side. The stone is all hauled to Malden and sold to the Ulster blue- stone co. | West of Dutch Settlement and West Hurley the bluestone belt widens, stretching over the 500 foot plateau which borders the mountains on the southeast. The stone from this territory is hauled to Brodhead’s Bridge and other stations on the Ulster and Delaware railroad. Beyond Brodhead’s Bridge, along the Ulster and Delaware railroad, stone is quarried in the mountains as far as Grand ‘gorge. This stone is of various colors, but is sold in the market as bluestone. The stone is shipped by way of the Ulster and Delaware railroad to Rondout, where it is loaded on barges for shipment to the eastern markets by tide water. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 47 The quarries om the terraces between the mountains and the Highwoods district are as follows: Hommell Bros., Fawns. Quarry is 1} miles northeast of West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 8 feet thick, with 15 feet of shale top. The stone is medium grain, of good blue color, but reedy. The lifts are evenly bedded, but the stone works “ scal- lopy.”. The product is chiefly edge stone, which is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two men are employed intermittently. Hommell & Ransome, Fawns. Two men employed on same ledge. Quarry equipped with small hand derrick. Wolven Bros, Fawns. Quarry 14 miles northeast of West Saugerties and 4 mile south of Hommell Bros. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with 12 to 15 feet of red shale top. The stone is rather coarse grained and a good blue. The bed dips to the southwest. Side seams and heads are present and regular. These vertical joints are tight, making hard quarrying. The lifts vary from 4” to 6”. Product is chiefly edge stone, which is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Quarry equip- ment consists of a horse power pump and hand derrick. Two men are emploved throughout the year. The quarries in the vicinity of Palenville are as follows. Sylvester Stone & Christopher Hawley, Palenville. Quarry northwest of Palenville on the mountain side at an elevation of 1160 feet. The bed of stone is 5 feet thick, with 20 feet of top, one half shale and one half rock. The stone is coarse grained and greenish blue. Some reeds are present, but split very unevenly. The lifts vary from 4” to 20”. Both side seams and “ headers ” were present when this ledge was first opened, but the headers have run out. The bed dips to the south and west. The product is chiefly edge stone, which is hauled 13 miles to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two to three men are employed. Two or three loads (3 to 4 tons each) a week are pro- duced 8 months in the year. Lee Wolven & Frank Simmons, Palenville. Quarry is 250 feet above Stone’s. 9 feet of good stone are worked, which is cov- 48 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ered with 18 feet of dirt and loose rock. The stone is of same quality and character as Stone’s. The product is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two to three men are employed during ihe year. Three loads a week of four tons each. Lyman Lamouree, Palenville. This quarry is 200 feet above Palenyille, on the mountain side at an elevation of 780 feet. The quality of bed and character are the same as Stone’s. The color is reddish. Bed is 10 feet thick with 20 feet of rock and shale top. One man employed intermittently. Stewart & Dolan, Palenville. Two men employed very inter- mittently on the mountain. | P. A. Moon, Palenville. Quarry is situated just south of Otis elevated railroad, 300 feet from base of mountain. The bed is very irregular, 2 to 6 feet thick, with rock stripping of 8 feet. The product is principally flag and is a litthe more green than usual, but the stone is of poor quality, and the quarry is worked irregularly. Product sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden, and also locally. One man and one boy employed. Frank Symmonds, Palenville. One man employed occasionally on same ledge as Moon. This bed when worked back into the inountain gives out; that is, the stone changes into “ rock.” J. H. Wolven, Palenville. Quarry on north side of the Kaaters- kill clove, 2% miles west of Palenville and 500 feet above the bottom of the clove at this point. The bed of stone is 8 feet thick, with 30 to 35 feet of top, including 7 to 8 feet of shale. The stone is of the greenish tinge characteristic of this district, and coarse grained. A few reeds are present. The lifts vary in thickness from 2” to 8”. The dip of the bed here is north and The quarry is worked toward the north, the face running The product is hauled 15 miles to Ulster blue- A hand derrick is in use. Four men are west. east and west. stone co. at Malden. employed during the year and six to seven loads of stone a week are drawn during eight months in the year. The stone is comparatively soft for mill treatment, but tough, and may “chip out” under a plainer. The quarrymen say they have found streaks of coal and “ shiny ” in the beds. This latter BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 49 is probably pyrites. The same ledge has been opened up farther east, but is not worked there now. Hommell & Rightmeyer, Palenville. Quarry situated on south side of Kaaterskill clove, opposite Wolven. The bed is thin, 3 feet with 12 to 15 feet of rock top. The dip is to the southwest, showing gentle roll once existed where the clove has been eroded out. The stone is coarse grained and of greenish tinge. No reeds are present and the seams are irregular. Small pockets of coal and crystals of iron pyrites are found in many of the mountain quarry beds. The stone is hauled to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two men are employed eight months in the vear. Lamouree & Haines, Palenville. Quarry just west of Palen- ville and 500 feet above the town. The bed of stone is 7 to 8 feet thick, with 15 to 20 feet of rock top. The quality and appearance of the stone are the same as the other stone from these mountains. This has been a very productive quarry. The bed dips to the southwest. The stone is sold to Ulster blue- stone co. at Malden. Two men are employed. W. Fuller, Saxton. Quarry situated 200 feet above Haines. The bed is 20 feet thick, with rock top of 25 to 40 feet. The stone is medium grained and a fair blue color, lacking the usual greenish tinge. The side seams are straight and regular, but the heads are very irregular. The lifts vary from 3” to 10”. The bed dips to the south and west. The product is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two men are employed. Valk & Hommell, Palenville. Quarry near Fuller’s and below it. The bed of stone is 10 feet thick, with 10 feet of rock top. The bed is quite rough and some rock is interbedded with the stone, which is of medium grain and of greenish tinge. No reeds appear. The bed dips to the south and west. Both sys- tems of vertical jointing are present. Lifts vary from 2” to 4”. The product, principally flag, is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two men are employed. M. T. Wasson, Palenville. Quarry is near Valk & Hommell’s. The bed of interbedded rock and stone is 12 feet thick, with rock stripping of 14 to 20 feet. This is a very small quarry and 50 NEW YORK STATE MUSBUM very rough bed. The stone is of the usual character of the mountain stone, and is sold to the Ulster hineatape co. at Mal- den. Two men are employed. Arbecker Bros., Palenville. Employing two men. Howard Winne, Palenville. Employing one man. Work inter- mittently near Wasson’s quarry. Cook & Ransome, Palenville. Quarry 2 miles south of Palen- ville, 300 feet above base of mountain. The bed of stone is 8 to 10 feet thick, with rock top of 15 to 18 feet. The stone is of greenish blue color. It is-coarse grained and free from reeds. The lifts vary from 2” to 4” and are rough. The systems of joining are well developed. The bed dips to the southwest. The quarry is equipped with hand derrick and siphon. The product is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two men are employed the year round. The quarries in the vicinity of West piiiceaseatt and: Plaat Clove are all on the mountains at elevations varying from 400 feet to 2500 feet above the base of the mountains. On the north side of the Plaaterskill clove the following quar- ries are in operation. Hommell Bros., West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 6 feet thick, with 20 feet of rock top. The color is light blue and the grain is coarse. The lifts vary from 3” to 6”, with few reeds. The bed is rather rough and uneven. Two men are employed. Hommell & Snyder, West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 8 to 10 feet thick, with 30 to 35 feet of rock top. The stone varies in | grain from fine in the top lifts to very coarse in the lower ones. The lifts vary frow. 4” to 20’. Some reeds are present, along which the stone splits evenly and readily. The stone is blue, but has the greenish tinge typical of the mountain stone. The dip of the bed is west and south. The stone is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Three men are employed the year round. George Young, Plaat Clove. The bed of stone is 10 to 12 feet thick, and there are 15 feet of rock top. The stone is coarse grained and greenish blue. The bed is quite rough, and there os BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 51 is a great deal of waste in quarrying. The side seams are quite irregular. The lifts vary from 3” to 12”. The product includes all varieties, and is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Two men are employed eight months in the year. Wase & Burt, Plaat Clove. This quarry is 1} miles northwest from Plaat Clove postoffice. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with 12 to 15 feet of top, the most being hardpan. The stone is light blue with a greenish tinge and quite coarse grained. It is too hard for mill treatment. The vertical joining is very irregular. The lifts vary from 3” to 4”. The product is chiefly thick flag, which is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Two men are employed. | Schoonmaker & Young, Plaat Clove. This quarry is on the same ledge as Wase & Burt’s, but the bed has thinned out to 2 to 24 feet. The character and class of stone and products are the same. The product is sold to James Maxwell. Two men are employed intermittently. Abraham Hommell, West Saugerties. Employed in quarrying on the north side of the clove at different localities. On the south side of the clove and on the Plaaterskill moun- tain the following quarries are being worked. Delemater & Hommell, West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 12 feet thick, with 10 feet of shale and rock top. The stone is coarse grained, of good blue color and free from reeds. The lifts vary from 1” to 6”. The dip of the bed is to the south and west, in contrast to the north and west dip of the beds on the north side of the clove. The vertical joints are quite irregular and stained withiron. The product is chiefly flag, which is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Two men are employed. Becker Bros., West’ Saugerties. This quarry is on the same ledge as Delemater & Hommell’s. The quality of the stone is the same, though the bed and top are not so heavy, being 8 feet and 10 feet respectively. The product is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. at Saugerties. Two men are employed. Snyder & Hommell, West Saugerties. This is on same ledge as the two previous quarries, and the quality and color of stone 52 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM are the same. The bed is 7 feet thick, with 12 feet of hard- pan top. “The product is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Two men are employed the year round. | Erby & Egner, West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 9 to 14 feet, with a top of 50 to 65 feet of rock with shaly streaks. The stone is of fair quality regarding grain and color, and is soft enough for mill treatment. The quarry will be abandoned soon on account of the thickness of the top. The stone is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Two men are employed eight months in the year. Rightmeyer & France, West Saugerties. This quarry is on the northwest side of Plaaterskill mountain, 2300 feet above West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 5 to 6 feet thick, with 10 to 15 feet of rock top. The stone is gray and of medium grain. The seams are 2” to 4” apart and are very even. The product is chiefly flag, and is hauled 12 miles to James Maxwell at Sauger- ties. Two men are employed throughout the year. Ethan Yeager, West Saugerties. The quarry is just being opened on the same ledge with Rightmeyer & France’s quarry. Huff & Young, West Saugerties. This quarry is also on same ledge as Rightmeyer & France’s, but farther east. The dip of this ledge is southwest. Stone is the same in color and texture along the ledge, but rougher. The product of flag is-sold to James Maxwell. Two men are employed throughout the year. John Shalk, West Saugerties. This quarry is situated on south side of the Plaaterskill mountain, 2450 feet above West Sauger- ties. There are two beds of stone worked, separated by shale and rock. The top bed is 4 feet thick and the bottom bed 5 feet. The stripping amounts to 10 feet of rock and clay. The lifts are light, 4” to 5’. The chief product is flag, which is sold to James Maxwell. The stone has a reddish tinge and is medium grained, and free from reeds. The seams are quite regular and smooth. One man employed. Patrick Callahan, West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 5 feet thick, with 15 to 20 feet of rock top. The stone has a reddish tinge and is rather finer grained than the usual mountain stone. BLUESTONE AND OTHBER SANDSTONES 53 The vertical jointing is quite irregular. The stone is carted to James Maxwell at Saugerties at an expense of 334¢ of the value of the load. One man is employed. Abraham Steamburgh, West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 7 feet thick with 20 feet of rock top. The stone is of the moun- tain character, coarse grained, reddish tinge and free from reeds. The product is all flag, and is sold to James Maxwell. Two men are employed eight months in the year. Becker Bros., West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 5 feet thick, with 10 to 12 feet of rock top. The stone is coarse grained, of reddish tinge, and some reeds are present. The lifts vary from 2” to 3”. The vertical joints are smooth and regular. The stone is soft enough to be worked in the mill. The product is chiefly flag, and is sold to different dealers at Saugerties. Two men are employed during the season. Charles Cole, Plaat Clove. The bed of stone is 3 feet thick, with 12 to 15 feet of shaly rock top. The bed dips, as is usual in this district, to the west and south. The stone is of medium grain and reddish tinge. The product is mainly flag, as the lifts are quite thin. One to two men are employed. Teetzel & Burt, Plaat Clove. The quarry is situated 24 miles west of Plaat Clove postoffice. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with 25 feet of rock top. The stone is light colored blue, coarse grained and free from reeds. The bed dips to the south and west. The product is principally flag, and is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. The quarry is equipped with hand der- rick. Two men are employed. Dale & Bunt, Plaat Clove, are just opening a quarry in this district, employing two men. Snyder & Lindsay, Plaat Clove, are likewise opening a quarry, employing two men. Between West Saugerties and Woodstock numerous quarries have been opened at the base of the mountains and on ‘the eastern face. The following are operating. Myers & Doyle, West Saugerties. This quarry is 14 miles southwest of West Saugerties, 1250 feet above the town. The 54 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM bed of stone is 12 to 15 feet thick, with 25 feet of red shale and clay top. The top 4 feet of bed are red stone, while the lower part is light blue. The stone is all coarse grained. The bed is rather rough and hard to work. The vertical jointing is regular and smooth. The ledge has been opened up for 300 feet along the side seams. The product includes all varieties, and is sold at Saugerties to different dealers. Three men are employed throughout the year. Bach & Burton, West Saugerties. Quarry is 24 miles south of West Saugerties and 300 feet above the base of the mountain. The bed of stone is 12 to 14 feet thick, with 25 to 30 feet of shale rock and clay top. The stone is coarse grained, of light blue color and somewhat reedy. The dip of the ledge is to the south and west. The lifts vary from 2” to 14” in thickness. The thicker lifts must be split to 6”, or the reeds will open. The side seams and heads are regular and open. The product consists of edge stone and rock, which is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. at Saugerties. Two men: are employed. Plass & Byer, West Saugerties. This quarry is south of Bach & Burton’s and above it. The bed of stone is 6 to 7 feet thick, with a rock top of 20 feet. The stone is rather fine erained and of fair blue color. Reeds are present. ‘ Niggerheads,” or round boulders, in the bed make it hard to work. The product is principally flag, which is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. at Saugerties. Two men are employed. Fred Snyder, West Saugerties. This quarry is situated 2 miles: south of West Saugerties at the foot of the mountain. The bed of stone is 8 to 9 feet thick, with 18 to 20 feet of rock top. The stone is dark blue and rather coarse grained. The vertical jointing is rather irregular, but both systems are present. The product is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. The quarry is. equipped with hand derrick. Three to four men are employed during the year. Doyle & Clove, West Saugerties. This quarry is near Snyder’s, but on ledge below. The bed of stone is 6 to 7 feet thick, with 10 to 15 feet of shale top. 1 to 2 feet of rock are interbedded BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 55 with the stone. The dip of the ledge is to the south and west. The stone is light blue and fine grained. Some reeds are present. The product is chiefly flag, as the lifts are light. The stone is sold at Saugerties to various dealers. Two men are employed throughout the year. Albert Doyle, West Saugerties. Two men are employed in quarrying on the same ledge as Doyle & Clove, just south. Oliver Holden, West Saugerties. The bed of stone is 15 feet thick, but on account of rough streaks there is a large amount of waste. 15 feet of shale cover the bed. The stone is of medium grain, fair blue color and reedy. This ledge has been opened for 250 feet in a north and south direction. The dip is to the west and south. The product is sold to the Hudson river bluestone co. at Saugerties. Four to five men are employed during the year. Lawrence Wolven, West Saugerties. This quarry is on the same ledge as Holden’s, but south. The bed is but 4 feet thick here, with 10 to 12 feet of shale top. The bed is badly broken up, but the stone is of the same character as Holden’s. The joints are open 3” to 4”.. Two men are employed the year round. In the vicinity of Daisy several small quarries have been opened. Burton Bros., Daisy. Quarry is situated 4 mile south of Daisy. The bed of stone is 8 to 10 feet thick, with a rock top 10 to 20 feet thick. The stone is quite dark blue and of medium grain. The ledge has been opened 300 feet along the strike. The bed dips to the north and west. A stratum of shale appears between the bed and top rock. The thickness varies from 1 to 4 feet. The lifts vary from 3” to 10”. The product, of various varieties, is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Three men are em- ployed. The following operators also quarry on this ledge. Abraham Cole & Son, Daisy. Two men employed throughout the year. John Van Etten & Son, Daisy. Two men employed. — Peter Mower, Daisy. One man employed. 56 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Ellis Wolven, Woodstock. Quarry is situated 14 miles south- west of Daisy, and 14 miles east of Woodstock. The quarry is a pit in the open field. The thickness of bed is 4 to 5 feet, with 1 to 2 feet of rock and 6 to 7 feet of clay top. The stone is dark blue and rather fine grained, and reeds are present in top lifts. The dip of the bed is to the northwest. The lifts vary from 3” to 22”. The product is chiefly edge stone, which is sold to Ulster bluestone co. at Malden. Three to four men are employed during the year. In the vicinity of Woodstock the following operators are working. ) N. Mower, Woodstock. Quarry is on a ledge (1 mile east of Woodstock) which has been opened for some length. The bed of stone is very rough and 2 to 4 feet thick. The overburden is 8 to 10 feet of rock. The dip is to the west and north. The stone is fine grained in upper lifts and coarse in lower. It is of good blue color. The vertical joints are somewhat irregular and stained with iron. The product is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. The quarry is worked intermittently by two men. . Canine & Longendyke, Woodstock. Quarry on same ledge as Mower’s. Two men employed intermittently. Egbert Schoonmaker, Woodstock. Quarry is situated 4 mile east of Woodstock. The bed of stone is 6 to 7 feet thick, with 4 to 5 feet of rock and clay top. The bed is very irregular and dips rather sharply to the north and west. Water collects at the lower end and is drained by a siphon. The stone is medium grained and of dark blue color. Some pyrites is found in the bed and affects color of stone on exposure. The lifts vary from 2” to 12”, and all varieties of stone are produced, and sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Two men employed during the year. Levi Mann, Woodstock. Quarry situated 4 mile north of Woodstock. The bed of stone is 3 feet thick on an average, but is very irregular and rough. The top is of rock 8 feet thick. The stone is fine grained and reedy. The bed dips to the north BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 57 and west at changing angles. The product of edge stone and rock is sold to James Maxwell. Two men are employed inter- mittently. On the southeastern side of Overlook mountain several ledges have been opened and worked extensively. The quarries known as the “ California ” quarries were very productive, but have not been worked in some years on account of the very heavy top. The same ledge, however, has been opened to the north, and five different firms are quarrying. The bed of stone is 11 to 13 feet thick, with 18 to 30 feet of rock top. The stone is fine grained, reedy and of light blue color. The top lifts have a reddish tinge. The stone is split into thin layers, for, if left thick, the reeds weather open. The ledge dips to the west and north. The prod- uct, chiefly of flag, is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. and to James Maxwell. The following are the operators, all of Woodstock. _M. Elliott. Four men employed. McGhee & Waste. Three men employed. McGhee & Herrick. Four men employed. Edward McGhee. Four men employed. The quarry equipped with hand derrick. Peter Keegan. Three men employed. James Riley. This quarry is on a ledge below Elliott’s. The bed of stone is 7 to 8 feet thick, with 10 to 15 feet of rock top, 4 feet of which are slaty. A shale parting appears between stone and rock. The stone is of medium grain, light blue and reedy. The lifts vary from 5” to 6”. The bed dips gently to the north and west. Both systems of vertical jointing appear. The prod- uct is sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Four men are em- - ployed. Whittaker Bros., employing two men and Jack Murray employing one, have small quarries on the side of .Overlook mountain. In the vicinity of Bearsville, 2 miles west of Woodstock, the following quarries are in operation. Charles Yerry, Bearsville. Quarry 1 mile southwest of Bears- ville on the side of the hill. The bed of stone is 6 to 7 feet thick, 58 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM with 12 feet of rock top. The stone is of fairly good color and medium grain. The quarry has been extensively worked. The dip of the bed is to the north and west. The upper lifts produce flag and the lower ones edge stone, all of which is sold to Hud- son river bluestone co. at Saugerties. The vertical jointing is quite irregular. One man employed intermittently. Snake rock quarries These quarries are on a low hill 14 miles south of Bearsville. The ledge has been opened 800 feet around the hill. The bed of stone is 10 to 12 feet thick, with 30 feet of rock top. The stone is of medium grain and fairly good blue color with a reddish tinge. The lifts are rather heavy, and the product consists of rock and edge stone. The bed dips to the north and west. The vertical jointing is regular and smooth. What water collects at the lowest point is drained by a siphon. The product is sold to Hewitt Boice at Kingston, and to the Hudson river bluestone co. at Saugerties. The cost of haulage is 50% of value of load. The following are the operators. Oscar Lasher, Woodstock. Five to six men employed during the season. Quarry equipped with derrick. Brower & De Graff, Glenford. ‘Three men employed during the year. Stoutenburgh & De Graff, Glenford. Three to four men em- ployed. Stratton & Davis, Woodstock.. Two men employed. Bonsteil Bros.. Woodstock. Two men employed. John Hasenpflug, Glenford. ‘This quarry is on ledge below the above quarries. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with 25 feet of rock top. The stone is of the same character as the ledge above. The lifts vary from 3” to 8”. The product is mainly rock, which is sold to Hewitt Boice at Kingston. One man employed. Flowers & Brower, Glenford. Quarry is situated on same ledge as Hasenpflug. Two men employed. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 59 A. E. Shultis, Bearsville. Quarry situated 2 miles west of Bearsville. The bed of stone is 6 feet thick, with 8 to 9 feet of rock top. Red shale appears in top also. The stone is fine grained and of poor blue color. The bed dips to the west and north. The lifts are light, the product being nearly all flag. Two men are employed occasionally. Samuel Shultis, Bearsville. This quarry is just west of Shady postoffice on the hillside 200 feet above the town. It is on a ledge which has been opened up in numerous places. The bed of stone is 6 to 8 feet thick, with 15 to 20 feet of top, mostly of red shale. The stone is fine grained, reedy and of poor color. The product is mainly flag. Three men employed. George Leppo jr, Shady postoffice. Quarry 21 miles north of Shady. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with top of rock varying in thickness from 4 to 15 feet. The stone is coarse grained and light blue in color. The lifts vary from 1” to 8”, the chief product being flag. The stone is hauled to Wilbur, 20 miles distant, and sold to Hudson river bluestone co. Three men are employed. George Leppo sr, Shady postoffice. Quarry is + mile northeast of that of George Leppo jr. The bed of stone is 6 to 7 feet thick, with 10 to 15 feet of rock top. The stone is of the same character as that just described. All varieties are produced, and sold to James Maxwell at Saugerties. Three men are employed. Henry Carle, Lake Hill. Quarry is 1 mile north of Lake Hill in Mink hollow. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with 12 feet of rock top. The stone is of coarse grain and fair color. Some reeds are present, but they are very tight. The lifts are very heavy, 6” to 12”. The stone was used for the Cooper lake reser- -voirdam. The lifts are too heavy for flag or edge stone. The face of the quarry runs north and south, and at the northern end the dip of the bed is to the north, while at the southern end the dip is to the south, showing a roll in the middle. Four men are employed intermittently. C. Shultis, Willow postoffice. Quarry 2 miles north of Willow postoffice. The quarry is very small, the bed of stone being 4 60 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM feet thick, with 8 feet of rock top. The stone is fine grained and reedy, and is sold as flag to Hudson river bluestone co. at Sauger- ties, 21 miles distant. Two men are employed. In the vicinity of Glenford the following quarries are in opera- tion. KE. Miller, West Hurley. The quarry is 2 miles north of Glen- ford. The bed of stone is 8 to 4 feet thick, with 12 to 15 feet of rock top. The stone is coarse grained and of good blue color, . and a few reeds are present. The dip of the ledge is to the west and south. The lifts vary from 5’to 18” in thickness. The verti- cal joints are regular, but tight. The stone is sold to Julius Osterhoudt at Wilbur. Three men are employed. John Jones, Woodstock. Quarry is on ledge 200 feet above Miller’s quarry. The bed of stone is 5 to 6 feet thick, with 20 feet of top, 7 feet of which are rock, the balance shale. The stone is fine grained, of fair blue color and so reedy that the lifts have to be split thin to insure the stability of the stone. The thickness of the lifts varies from 3” to 6”. The bed dips to the west and north. The product of flagstone is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. at Saugerties. Three men are employed. Abraham Van Etten, Woodstock. The quarry is very small and is 2 miles northeast of Glenford. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with 10 to 12 feet of rock. The stone is fine grained, light blue and reedy. The product is principally flag. Two men are em- ployed during the year. Philip Brower, Glenford. Quarry 1 mile west of Glenford. The bed of stone is 5 to 6 feet thick, with 8 to 10 feet of interbedded shale and rock. The stone is of medium grain and good color. The bed is very irregular, and the dip is to the north and west. The vertical joints are regular and smooth. The product is sold to Rogers & Tappan at Wilbur. Two men are employed. Kittle & Co., Glenford. Quarry situated 1¢ miles west of Glen- ford and just being opened. Four men are employed. John Gross, Glenford. Quarry is 14 miles west of Glenford. The bed of stone is 10 feet thick, with a rough streak 15 feet thick in center of bed. The top consists of 13 feet of rock and BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 61 7 to 8 feet of clay. The lifts vary from 2” to 7”. The stone is of medium grain, a dull blue color, and reedy. The product includes all varieties of edge stone and is hauled to Wilbur, 12 miles distant, at a cost of 90c a ton. Two men employed. Wallace Grey, Glenford. The quarry is situated on hill 1 mile north of Glenford. The bed of stone is 7 to 8 feet thick, with a rock top of 20 feet. The stone is of good blue color, of medium grain, and reedy. The product is sold at Wilbur to various deal- ers. One man is employed. Burkins & Flowers, Glenford. Quarry is 4 mile northeast of Glenford. The bed of stone is 10 feet thick, with 10 to 12 feet of rock overburden. The bed is somewhat rough, but the stone is of fair quality, fine grained and blue. Some reeds are present. The dip of the ledge is to the north and west. All varieties of stone are produced and sold to Rogers & Tappan at Wilbur. Two men are employed. Johnson & Piert, Glenford. This quarry is situated on same ledge as Burkins & Flowers’s. Two men are employed. McAuliffe & Terwilliger, Ashton. Quarry is situated just north of Temple pond and 2 miles southwest of Glenford. The bed of stone is 7 to 8 feet thick, but stone and rock are interbedded, causing a great deal of waste. The top consists of soil and rock 2 to 3 feet thick. The stone is of medium grain, of dark blue color, and free from reeds. The lifts vary from 1” to 5”. The dip of the bed is gentle to the north and west. The side seams are uniform and smooth, but the heads are quite irregular. The product is flag and edge stone, and is sold to Rogers & Tappan at Wilbur. Two to four men are employed. Ostrander & Brower, Glenford, two men employed, and D. E. Hyatt, Ashton, one man employed, also quarry on this ledge adjoining McAuliffe & Terwilliger’s. David Firman, Shokan. Quarry 1 mile northwest of Temple pond on hillside. The bed of stone is 6 feet thick, with 10 to 12 feet of rock stripping. The dip of the bed is to the west and north. The vertical jointing is irregular. The stone is fine grained and of good blue color. One man is employed. 62 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Robert Secor, Olive. One man employed on ledge adjoining Firman’s. John Russell, Ashton. Quarry is on ledge below Firman’s. The bed of stone is 5 to 6 feet thick, with 5 to 7 feet of rock and clay top. The quarry is just opened. The grain of the stone is medium, and the color blue. -One man employed. Chase & Barclay, Ashton. Quarry situated 2 miles east of Boiceville. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with 10 to 15 feet of rock top. The bed dips very gently to the north and west. The stone is very dark blue, fine grained and reedy. The side seams and heads are well developed. The product is chiefly flag, which is sold to different dealers at Wilbur. Two men are employed. Oliver Hughes, Ashton. Quarry situated 1 mile northeast of Ashton postoffice. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with rough streaks init. The top is 4 feet thick and is of rock. The stone is fine grained, a good blue and free from reeds. The dip is to the west and south. The product is chiefly flag, which is sold to Rogers & Tappan at Wilbur. The cost of cartage is 85c a ton. One man employed intermittently. Jones & Co., Ashton. Three men employed in quarry adjo:ning Hughes’s on same ledge. Greene & De Graffe, Ashton. Quarry 3 miles east of Ashton postoffice. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with 8 to 9 feet of rock and 1 foot of clay top. Streaks of shale appear in bed, which is rather rough. The dip is to the west and south. The stone is fine grained and of good blue color. The lifts vary from 2” to 6”. The product is chiefly flag, and is sold to Rogers & Tappan at Wilbur. Two men are employed. Hewitt Boice has a mill and dock at Brodhead’s Bridge, and the stone from the territory south is hauled there. The prices paid the quarrymen are 154 to 20¢ lower than at the river docks, on account of the extra cost of freight to Rondout, which is 90c aton. The quarries follow. Beesmer & Hover, Olivebridge. Quarry situated 4 mile south- east of Olivebridge. The quarry is just opened. The bed is 4 BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 63 feet thick, with 7 to 8 feet of rock stripping. The stone is of medium grain and good blue color. The product is sold to Hewitt Boice at Brodhead’s Bridge. The quarry is equipped with hand derrick. Three men employed. Van Kleek & Dudrey, Brodhead’s Bridge. The quarry is on south side of Esopus creek, + mile from Olivebridge. The work- able bed of stone varies in thickness from 6 to 10 feet. A rough streak appears 3 feet below top of bed. The rubbish is dumped into the bed of the creek. The stripping is of rock 5 to 8 feet thick and 1 to 2 feet of soil. The stone is fine grained and of poor blue color. The vertical joints are uneven and stained with iron. The product is sold to H. Boice at Brodhead’s Bridge. Two men are employed. Eckert & Beesmer, Olivebridge. Two men employed. Barton & Lyons, Olivebridge. Quarry on the ledge adjoining Van Kleek & Dudrey’s, two men employed. Aaron Bishop, Olivebridge. Quarry 1 mile southeast of Olive- bridge. The bed of stone is 10 feet thick, with rock top of 14 feet. The dip of the bed is to the north and west. The stone is of medium grain and good blue color. The quarry is equipped with hand derrick. The product is sold to H. Boice at Brod- head’s Bridge. Two men employed. Howard Barton, Olivebridge. Quarry is situated on ledge above Bishop’s. The bed of stone is 5 to 6 feet thick, with 15 feet of stripping of shale and clay. The stone is fine grained and of good blue color, but has a reputation for slaking. The product is sold to Hudson river bluestone co. at Wilbur. Two men are employed. Dudley & North, Olivebridge. Quarry on ledge below Bishop’s. The bed of stone is 2 to 3 feet thick, with 4 to 5 feet of stripping. The stone is of same quality as Bishop’s. The product is chiefly flag, and is sold to H. Boice at Brodhead’s Bridge. Two men employed. Cornish & Bush, Olivebridge. Quarry is 3 miles southeast of Olivebridge. The bed of stone is 3 feet thick, with 5 feet of rock top. The stone is of ordinary quality and runs in heavy 64 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM lifts. The product is chiefly rock, and is sold at Brodhead’s Bridge and Kingston. Two men employed intermittently. George Winne, Olivebridge. Quarry 84 miles southeast of Olivebridge. Bed of stone is 5 feet thick, with 12 feet of rock top. The quality of the stone is ordinary. The bed is about worked out. The product is carted to Brodhead’s Bridge. Quarry is equipped with hand derrick. Two men employed in- termittently. A. Barton, Olivebridge. Quarry 4 miles southeast of Olive- bridge. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with a rock top of 8 feet, and 2 feet of clay additional. The quality of the stone is common. The lifts vary from 2” to 10”. The dip of the bed is to the north and west. The vertical joints are uniform and smooth. The product includes all varieties, and is sold to H. Boice at Brodhead’s Bridge. Quarry is equipped with horse power derrick. Three men are employed during the year. Merrihew ledge This ledge is situated 44 miles south of Olivebridge and has been opened up 500 feet in an east and west direction. A large amount of stone has been produced, but the top is becoming too heavy for profitable work. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with 7 to 8 feet of rock, and § to 6 feet of clay overburden. The stone is close grained and of fair blue color. Few reeds appear in the lifts, which vary 2” to 6”. The bed dips to the north and west gently. The systems of jointing are well developed in the ledge. The product includes all varie- ties of marketable stone. The following are the operators, all of Olivebridge. | Resne & Keator. Two men employed nine months in the year. Ezra Palen. One man employed. Carson & Merrihew. Two men employed. Christiana & Beesmer. Two men employed. G. De Witt. One man employed. Egbert Van Kleek, Olivebridge. The quarry is situated 24 miles southwest of Olivebridge. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 65 12 to 15 feet of shale and rock top. The stone is of fair quality and comparatively free from reeds. The product is chiefly rock, which is sold to H. Boice at Brodhead’s Bridge. One man is employed intermittently. Michael Riley, Olivebridge. This quarry is 4 miles southwest of Olivebridge. There are three distinct beds of stone worked in this quarry, divided by shale. The top is of shale 14 feet thick, below which the first bed is 8 feet thick. A bed of shale 34 feet thick separates this from the second bed which is 3 feet thick. Another bed of shale 4 feet thick separates the second from the third bed, which is 6 feet in thickness. The stone is fine grained and of good color. Some reeds are present. The bedding planes are very smooth and regular. No heads appear in the quarry, but the side seams are uniform. The product is chiefly rock, which is sold to H. Boice at Brodhead’s Bridge. Four men are employed the year round. George Chambers, Samsonville. A small quarry east of Sam- sonville. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with rock top of 10 to 12 feet. The dip is to the north and west. The stone is of ordinary quality. The product is sold at Brodhead’s Bridge to H. Boice. One man is employed intermittently. List of buyers on the Hudson river! Hewitt Boice, Kingston Three yards and mills at Rondout, Kingston and Brodhead’s Bridge. Rondout. There is a mill with three planers, two gang saws, one rubbing bed, one borer. The dock is equipped with four steam power derricks and a blacksmith shop. Kingston. Dock is on Ulster and Delaware railroad, and is equipped with mill with three planers, three gang saws and one rubbing bed. Two steam derricks are in use in the yard. Brodhead’s Bridge. The mill is equipped with two planers and two gang saws. Two steam hoisting derricks are in use. Em- stone industry in this region and its consolidation under ‘“‘ Hudson river bluestone co.” on Mar. 1, 1901, see p. 104. 66 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ployees in three yards, 90. Five barges and one schooner are in use for transporting the stone to market. Value of business per year, $300,000 to $350,000 (estimated). Hudson river bluestone co. Rondout Docks at Malden, Saugerties, Glasco, Rondout and Wilbur, with mill equipment as follows: | Malden. Eight saws, eight planers, two rubbiny beds, two boring machines, five steam derricks. Rondout. Eight saws, nine planers, two rubbing beds, one bor- ing machine, two steam derricks, one traveling crane. Wilbur. Four saws, six planers, two rubbing beds, one boring machine, four steam derricks. Employ about 200 men yearly and operate 15 barges. Value of business, about $500,000. Julius Osterhoudt, Rondout Docks at Wilbur and High Falls. Wilbur. The mill is equipped with three gang saws, one rub- bing bed, three planers and one boring machine. Three steam power derricks are in use on the dock. 40 employees. High Falls. One hand power derrick is in use. Four em- ployees. Five barges and one schooner are used for transportation. Value of business per year, $175,000. Ulster bluestone co. Malden Docks at Malden and Glasco. Malden. Mill is equipped with 10 saws, eight planers, two rubbing beds and one borer. 50 men are employed. Five steam derricks are in use in the yard. Glasco. One hand derrick is the equipment. Three employees. Four barges are in use. Value of business per year, $250,000 to $350,000 (estimated). James Maxwell, Saugerties Docks at Saugerties and Glasco. No mill at either place. One hand derrick at Saugerties. 20 employees. | BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 67 Condition of the bluestone industry in Ulster county The quarries within easy hauling distance of the river docks are becoming worked out. This does not mean that the beds of stone are worked out in all cases, but the stripping in many places has become so heavy that no profit is left to the quarry- men after paying rental and cartage. The beds dip to the west at a small angle 5° to 6°, and, with the crude methods used when the top reaches a thickness 2} to 3 times (with a few exceptions) that of the bed of stone, the profit vanishes. The workable beds are also limited in extent. This is true in both the two main districts. Probably in the vicinity of Saugerties, the most productive district, not one half as many men as for- merly are working now. A great many of the quarrymen have gone back to the mountains or along the Ulster & Delaware railroad, or into Delaware, Broome and Sullivan counties. The cost of cartage from the mountains to the river is very high, running up to 50¢ of the value of aload. Freight on the Ulster & Delaware railroad is also quite high. QUARRIES IN BROOME, DELAWARE AND SULLIVAN COUNTIES The quarries in these counties have been opened on the hill- sides, on both banks of the Delaware river in New York and Pennsylvania, as far north as Tuscarora in Broome county, and south to Pond Eddy in Sullivan county. The product of these quarries reaches the market by the way of the Erie railroad. Bluestone is also quarried along the main line of the Ontario and Western railroad from Franklin Depot in Delaware county to Hurleyville in Sullivan county, and along the Port Jervis and Monticello railroad. A few quarries have been opened along the Delhi branch of the Ontario and Western railroad. Switches have been put in at convenient points on the lines of the railroads for. shipping the stone. The buyers have small docks at these switches. Few mills are established in this district, the rock for mill treat- ment being shipped in the rough to mills nearer the markets. The stone quarried in these counties differs from the Ulster county product in several characteristics, It is softer, it 68 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM oo works east and west instead of north and south. It is coarser grained. The color is not so good, tending toward a gray. It is less liable to slaking, and fewer reeds are found in the lifts. The ledges of stone are more pockety than the Ulster county stone. The vertical jointing is more irregular, specially the east and west joints. Less shale is found in the stripping, and the dip is not persistent in any cue direction. The quarries have nearly all been opened high up on the hills; so the drainage is natural. “Black jack” and “sap” are peculiarities of these quarries alone. “Sap” rock is the dis- colored greenish gray stone which is near the joints. The dis- ‘coloration extends into the bed from 1 to 3 feet on each side of | the joint. “Black jack” is a soft, claylike material, which occurs in the ledges in lens-shaped forms. It crumbles under the hand and contains a great deal of iron. It is due to an alteration of the rock, and when occurring may, as the quarry- men say, “eat out ” the whole bed and ruin the quarry. The prices paid the quarrymen are much lower than at the docks on the Hudson, because of the difference in cost of trans- portation to market. But the proximity of the railroads les- sens the cartage charges. In the isolated districts business seems to be in a fair con- dition, with an active demand at Oxford. Quarries in Delaware, Sullivan and Broome counties Deyo & Son, Franklin Depot. Quarry is situated 1} miles west of Merrickville station on the Ontario and Western railroad and 3 of a mile east of Franklin Depot. Vertical section shows Soik (4 ho 5. PA OA eee eee ee ees ee es 2 feet Stoétie 21.28 et AS a eee «be 2 feet RG Let AST US Sea EELS ements eee 2 feet Reek’ 68. 22i{01.'5. Gee Poe eee ee we 1 foot Stone Os A207 oOOL. SOPRA BREE ee NGA 2 feet Shakers) erupid ALT ee eae ee oh os oY Rothe }:} SC BIS SU NS BAL RAS see Te 24 feet "X ‘N UOWBAL JO JSva o[IM T ‘UYOL yg AluoPFT Jo ALIvUD Iuoj}sSouL| ‘oyoyd ‘aosulyoId “L ‘H % a ws 7 NM 5 { 4. oh <5 : £8 gy ‘d avy OF, L 238d ‘NI UOYVAA WOAJ SoT]UT YE ‘Aorjoy MoqxO Ul puog yuBly JO L11vnd ouojsonyg ‘ojoyd ‘aOsUIyOIG “LH 69 ‘d aovJ OF, 8 Id Ieee ed Paeeh | ‘XK 'N UOUBA JO SBS SoM YZ ‘SIABC 9S100H Jo AlIeNbD suo0jsonl[_ ‘oyoyd ‘uosulyoId “L ‘H 69 “d avy 6 Id BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 69 This section is taken at the point where the face is at its maximum hight. The face is 600 feet long. The system of jointing is the same as in Ulster county, and regular. The stone is medium fine grained, of light blue color with greenish tinge, and free from reeds. The lifts vary in thickness from 1” to 7” and are smooth and even. The bed dips slightly to the south and east. The stone is rather soft and is suitable for mill work. The product is chiefly flag and large rock, which is sold by Deyo & Son directly to dealers in Weehawken and local dealers. The stone is shipped from the Merrickville station of the Ontario and Western railroad at a cost of $1.75 a ton to Wee- hawken. Four men are employed during the quarrying season of eight to nine months. The quarry has been open seven years. In the vicinity of Walton the following quarries are in operation. George Davis, Walton. Quarry is on west side of Marvin hol- low, 24 miles east of Walton. The bed of stone is 10 to 12 feet thick, with 14 feet of rock and 3 feet of soil overburden. The bed is horizontal and with even lifts, which vary from 1” to 11” in thickness. The vertical joints are rough and _ irregular. The stone is of medium grain and gray blue, when not dis- colored from sap near the joints. Some reeds are present, which are used in splitting the stone. The product includes flag edge stone and rock, which is sold to dealers at Weehawken. 50 to 60 cars a year are shipped during the season. “Three men are employed. — = - Plate 12 Do Taee py 71 H. T. Dickinson, photo. Bluestone quarry of W. G. Underwood on N. Y. O. & W. R. R. between Cadosia and Rock Rift N. Y. This is a new opening and shows a 3 foot bed of clay between two beds of stone BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 71 feet of dirt top. The bed is irregular and horizontal. It is divided by irregular vertical joints. The stone is fine grained and gray blue. The product is shipped at Hamden on the Ontario and Western railroad (Delhi branch). A small quarry has been opened at Delhi for the local market, It is worked intermittently only. I. J. Moore, Pineville. Quarry in Pine brook hollow 3 miles west of Walton. The stripping of rock and clay is 4 to 15 feet thick, and covers a bed of stone which is coarse grained and bluish gray, 5 feet thick. The lifts vary from 2” to 6”, the lower ones being quite rough. The vertical jointing is quite irregular. The stone is shipped at Pine switch on the Ontario and Western railroad to Schenectady. Three to four men are employed. Ellsworth Huntington, Rock Rift. Quarry is situated above Draper’s switch 2 miles north of Apex. The ledge has been opened around the hill for 300 feet. The bed of workable stone is 12 feet thick, with 12 to 14 feet of rock top. The stone is greenish gray and coarse grained. The bed is divided by the usual joints, which are regular and smooth. It dips to the northeast 14 inches in 20 feet. The lifts vary from 2” to 12”. The product includes flag, curb, steps, etc. 30 to 40 cars are shipped each year to various points. Three to four men are employed. T. Slossenburg, Hancock. Quarry is just west of Kerry switch, 4 miles north of Cadosia on Ontario and Western railroad. The quarry is small and not worked regularly. The bed exposed is 4 feet thick, with 12 feet of rock stripping. The stone is thin bedded, coarse grained and of gray color. The bed dips gently to the west. The face along the side seam is 75 feet long. Flag is the product, and is shipped at Kerry switch by way of the Ontario and Western railroad, W. G. Underwood, Hancock. This quarry is just south of and on ledge below Slossenburg’s. The quarry is just being opencd and shows 2 beds of stone, 2 and 6 feet thiek, separated by a stratum of earth 3 feet thick. The probable explanation of this is that the top bed has been broken off the main ledge and 72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM shoved outward on the drift earth above the lower bed. The stone is greenish gray and coarse grained. The product is chiefly flag, which is carted to Kerry switch. Four men are employed. Peter Fritz, Hancock. Quarry is ? of a mile northwest of Cadosia on west side of valley. The bed of stone of 20 feet has a rock and clay top 30 to 35 feet thick. The stone is of medium grain and reedy. The face is 250 feet long in the direction of the side seams, which are irregular. The lifts vary from 4’”” to 12”. The bed dips to the west. The product of flag and edge stone is sold to Kirkpatrick at Hancock. KE. J. Cotter, Hancock. Quarry situated 2 miles east of Han- cock on north side of East branch of Delaware river. The quarry is rated as being one of the best in the district. The product is nearly all sold as rock to mills at different places near New York. It is shipped by the Ontario and Western railroad from Gravel bank switch. 65 to 70 carloads are shipped each year. The bed of stone is 17 feet thick, with rock top of 35 to 50 feet. The bed is divided by the regular jointing systems. The side seams are regular, but the headers are not. The lifts vary from 2” to 4’, depending on the block. The stone is bluish gray except where stained with sap, where it is greenish gray. The grain is medium fine. The quarry is equipped with hand der- rick. Six to 10 men are employed. Roy Wheeler, Hancock. Quarry is 2 miles east of Cadosia on south side of East branch of Delaware river. The top is 10 to 15 feet thick and of thin bedded rock. The bed is 6 feet thick and dips to the south gently. The lifts are 14” to 3” thick and very even and smooth. The side seams are uniform, but the headers are irregular. The ledge has been opened up 200 feet along the line of the headers. The stone is coarse grained and greenish blue gray. Flag is the main product, and is sold at the Tunnel switch on the Ontario and Western railroad to Randall Bros. Three men are employed. Leahey Bros., Hancock. Quarry 3 miles east of Cadosia, 15 feet above the East branch of Delaware river. The quality of BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 73 the stone is very fair. It is grayish blue and fine grained. The bed is 25 feet thick, with 45 feet of rock top. The bed is horizontal and at east end of quarry is very rough. The side seams are regular, but head-offs are not. The lifts vary from 2” to 20”. Some reeds are present. The product is chiefly flag, and is hauled to Tunnel switch on the Ontario and Western railroad, where it is sold to Randall Bros. 20¢ of the value of each load is paid for cartage. Two men are employed. James Nevins & Sons, Fish Eddy. This firm has a mill at Tyler’s switch between Fish Eddy and Hancock, where it saws, planes and rubs the product of its quarry, which is 1 mile north- west of the mill on the hillside. The mill is equipped with three gang saws, two diamond saws, two planers, and two rubbing beds. Three derricks (two fitted for steam power) are in use. 10 men are employed nine months in the year in the mill. 50 cars a year of dressed stone are shipped, principally to New York. The apartment house in New York on 10th avenue, between 57th and 58th streets, is an example of the construction of this stone. The chief product of the mill is finely dressed house trimmings, steps and platforms. The mill was formerly near Walton. The quarry is operated by contract by Irving Carver, who is paid 25c an inch thick per square foot for rock quarried, and 45c a cubic yard for stripping. The bed of stone is 16 feet thick, with 30 to 35 feet of rock stripping. The stone is of medium grain, gray blue color and rather soft. The bed is horizontal, and divided by irregular vertical joints. Black jack occurs in the bed in spots. The quarry is equipped with hand derrick, steam boiler and drill. Three to four men are employed. Christopher Proskine, Fish Eddy. Quarry is situated 14 miles east of Fish Eddy. The opening is very small and shows 4 feet of bed, with 10 to 12 feet of rock top. Cross bedding appears in the ledge, causing waste. The stone is coarse grained and blue gray, and is quarried for flagging. The stone is hauled to Fish Eddy and shipped by the Ontario and Western railroad. 74 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM G. W. Swartwout, Read Creek. Quarry situated on hillside on west side of Delaware river (Kast Branch), 2 miles north of Fish Eddy. The ledge has been opened 250 feet in the direc- tion of the side seams, which are irregular. The bed of stone is 4 to 5 feet thick, with rock top of 20 feet. The stone is coarse grained and gray blue. Much of it is stained with sap. The bed dips to the south and west. The lifts are 2” to 24” thick, producing fiag chiefly, which is shipped at Fish Eddy. Two to three men are employed intermittently. Sydney Skinner, East Branch. This quarry is on hill across the river from Swartwout’s. The quarry is very small and is just being opened. 3 feet of bed are exposed, with 6” of shale and 6” of clay top. The bed is horizontal, and the seams are 2” to 3” apart. The stone is of medium coarse grain and green- ish gray color. Below the bed a rough streak occurs. The product of fiag is hauled to East Branch and sold to Rhodes. This is as far south on the line of the Ontario and Western railroad as the quarries were visited. A few other quarries are being worked near East Branch. As before remarked, there are a number of quarries at Deposit that were not seen. The description of those that were visited follows. S. F. Whittaker & Co., Deposit. Quarry is 2} miles south of Deposit on west side of Delaware river in Broome county. The face along the side seams is 600 feet long and at the maximum hight is 35 feet, of which 7 feet are workable stone. The stripping of 12 to 28 feet is rock, shale and earth. The stone is of medium grain and rather dark blue color. Some reeds are present. The bed dips to the southwest at a noticeable angle. The product is sold to Deposit stone co. Three to four men are employed during the season. Charles Linkroum, Deposit. Quarry 44 miles south of Deposit near Pennsylvania state line. The bed of stone exposed is 13 feet thick, with top 12 to 35 feet thick of rock, shale and earth. The bed is horizontal. The lifts vary from 13” to 8”. The grain of the stone varies from the top down. The stone from RLUBSTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 75 the upper lifts is coarse grained, while in the lower lifts the stone is finer grained and reedy. The color is fairly good blue throughout. The side seams are fairly regular, but as usual the heads are rough and uneven. The product includes flag and edge stone, which is sold to Travis & Kingsbury at Hale Eddy. Four men are employed. Kinney & Lee, Hale Eddy. This quarry is just above Link- roum’s and is a new opening. 12 feet of bed are workable, above which are 8 feet of rock and 6 feet of dirt. The lifts are nearly all thin, 1” to 2”, and the product is chiefly flag. The stone is rather fine grained and when not discolored by sap is of good blue color. The bed is horizontal and is divided by vertical joints of the usual direction. The east and west joints are very irregular. Travis & Kingsbury at Hale Eddy buy the stone. The cost of cartage is 10% of the value of the load. Four men are employed. Curtis & Smith, Sherman Pa. Quarry lies just north of Penn- sylvania line, 5 miles south of Deposit. The bed of stone is 5 feet thick, with 15 to 30 feet of shale top. The stone is fine grained and compact. It is of gray blue color, except where discolored by sap. The bed is horizontal, and the seams 3” to 8” apart. The face of the quarry is east and west, 200 feet long. Both systems of vertical jointing are present. The product is chiefly flag and edge stone, which is sold at Hale Eddy to Travis & Kingsbury. Three men are employed. Hobbs & Tupper, Hale Eddy. These men work on same ledge as Curtis & Smith. Twomen are employed. Both quarries are in Broome county. John F. Sprague, Oquaga Lake. Quarry is 14 miles southeast of Oquaga Lake. The quarry has been open for a number of years and was worked extensively for a time. The scale of operations is now small, and the main ledge is not worked. Some outside blocks are being worked into flag. The bed of stone in main ledge is 8 feet thick, with 12 to 20 feet of rock top. The stone is uniformly coarse grained and gray. The ver- tical joints are well developed and straight. The lifts run quite 76 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM heavy in the main ledge, 6” to 10”. The stone is free from reeds. The bed is horizontal. The outside blocks are thin bedded and produce flag 1” to 2” thick, which is as smooth as a board. It is the intention of the owner to put in a derrick, strip the main ledge, and quarry stone on a somewhat larger scale. The product is sold at Hale Eddy and Deposit. Andrew Weyman, Deposit. Quarry 1 mile south of Oquaga Lake. The quarry is very small. The bed of stone is 5 feet thick, with 8 feet of shaly top. The stone is thin bedded, gray and coarse grained. The product, which is flag, is hauled to Hale Eddy. It is worked only intermittently. Riley Shellman, Deposit. Quarry is situated on Sand pond hill, 24 miles south of Deposit, in Broome county. The bed of stone is 44 feet thick, with 15 feet of rock top, which is broken. The bed dips to the west slightly and is divided by regular verti- cal joints north and south. The east and west joints are uneven and rough. The stone is fine grained, compact and gray blue. Near the joints the stone is discolored by sap. The lifts vary from 14” to 4” in thickness. Few reeds are present. The ledge has been opened 250 feet along the side seams. The product of flag and curb is sold at Deposit to Deposit stone co. Three men are employed. P. J. Madden, Deposit. Quarry is situated in Broome county south of McClure postoffice on hill south of Erie railroad. This is quite an extensive quarry, and is worked on a larger scale than usual in the district. The bed of stone is 12 feet thick and has an overburden of red shale 25 feet thick. The red shale is not often found in this vicinity. Just below the shale and above the bed is a stratum of rock 4 feet thick, which has a greenish tinge. The north and south vertical joints, or side seams, are regular and smooth, but the other system of vertical jointing is very irregular. The ledge has been opened around the hill 150 feet. The lifts vary from 6” to 20” in thickness, but are reedy and can be split into 2” flag if necessary. The stone is fine grained, compact and a light gray blue. The quarry is favorably situated near the Sand bank switch on the Erie, To face p. 77 H. T. Dickinson, photo. : Bluestone quarry of Conrow and Hauyck, north of Deposit, showing * black jack ” BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 77 where Mr Madden has a loading dock. The product includes all varieties of stone. Six to 10 men are employed the year round. The quarry is equipped with a hand power derrick. Patrick McAvoy, Deposit. Quarry situated on Shaeffer hill 23 miles north of Deposit. The quarry is very small, showing 4 feet of thin bedded, coarse grained stone. The bed dips to the northeast rather sharply and is covered with a top of thin bedded rock 12 to 15 feet thick. The vertical jointing is very irregular. The product is chiefly flag, which is sold at Deposit to Kirkpatrick Bros. , asi John W. Scott, Deposit. Quarry 2} miles northeast of Deposit on Rooney hill. The bed is horizontal and 9 feet thick at the maximum. The top is of red rock 10 to 15 feet thick, some of which is worked into salable stone. The seams are 6” to 8” apart. The face of the quarry runs 125 feet north and south. . The stone is fine grained, light gray blue and very dense. The product is chiefly edge stone, which is sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Deposit. Two men aré employed. Conrow & Hauyck, Deposit. This firm is quarrying on the northern end of the ledge where Scott is quarrying. Here black jack occurs, which has eaten the bed down to 4% feet. The black jack is lens-shaped, soft and crumbles in the hand. Two men are employed. F. D. Walley, Deposit. Quarry is 2 miles north of Deposit on west side of Delaware river. The bed of stone is 10 feet thick, with a 2 foot streak of rough rock 3 feet below the top of bed. The stone below the rough streak is of better quality than above it. The bed pitches to the south and west gently. The strip- ping consists of 5 feet of rock and 13 feet of earth containing boulders. The stone is fine grained and gray blue. The side seams are regular, but the headers are very rough. The lifts vary from 2” to 8”. The product is sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Deposit. Two men are employed. George Shellman, Deposit. Quarry 5} miles from Deposit on west side of Delaware river. The bed of stone is 64 feet thick, with a top (varying from 7 to 15 feet in thickness) mostly of rock. 78 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The stone is of medium grain and blue when not discolored by sap. The lifts are evenly bedded and range from 3” to 6” in thickness. The bed is horizontal. The side seams are regular and smooth, but no heads are to be seen. The stone is sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Deposit. Two to three men are employed. Shellman & Warner, Deposit. This firm is just opening a quarry north of Walley’s quarry. Three to four men are employed. Near Hale Eddy the following quarries are in active operation. Ostram & Freeman, Hale Eddy. Quarry is situated 1 mile north of Hale Eddy. The bed of stone is 64 feet thick, with 12 feet of top, 4 feet of which are earth and the balance rock. The stone is badly stained with sap and has only occasional streaks of blue. It is fine grained and dense. The top rock is * very hard and can be drilled only with difficulty. The seams are irregular, having a tendency to shift and grow, causing a large amount of waste. 10¢ of the value of each load is paid for cartage to Hale Eddy, where the stone is sold to Travis & Kingsbury. G. N. Lord, Hale Eddy. Quarry is in Broome county, 2 of a mile east of Hale Eddy on south side of Delaware river. The bed of stone is 7 feet thick, with 11 to 13 feet of rock top and 4 feet of earth. The stone is fine grained and of a good blue. Near the joints it is stained with sap. The bed dips to the south- east. The side seams are quite regular and smooth. The lifts vary from 3” to 6”. The product is chiefly flag and edge stone, which is sold at Hale Eddy to Travis & Kingsbury. One man is employed. Jones & Adams, Hale Eddy. This quarry is 1 of a mile east of Lord’s and in the same range. The bed of stone is 7 feet thick, covered with 12 to 25 feet of rock and earth. The face of quarry extends east and west 150 feet. The north and south joints are straight and even, while the east and west joints are very irregu- lar. The bed is horizontal, with seams 2” to 6” apart. The seams are quite apt to shift and grow. The stone is sold at Hale Eddy to Travis & Kingsbury. Three men are employed. BLUPSTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 79 On both sides of Rood and Sands creeks, which flow south- ward into the Delaware, quarries have been opened. Those in active operation follow. Arthur Beagle, Hale Eddy. Quarry on western side of the west branch of Rood creek, 2 miles from Erie railroad. The ledge has been opened up 500 feet long in a north and south direction. At its maximum hight the face is 50 feet, of which 16 feet are stone, the balance being rock (in which some shale occurs) and earth. The bed dips slightly to the south and west. The side seams and heads are quite regular, the average area of a block being 2000 square feet. The bed of stone has been shown to be 25 feet thick, but, owing to the tightness of the lifts at the bot- tom, the stone can not be quarried. The stone is rather coarse grained, of fairly good blue colcr (specially the lower lifts) and reedy. It is maintained that these reeds will not open. The lifts vary in thickness from 2” to 6”. The product consists of flag and edge stone, which is sold to Travis & Kingsbury. Three men are employed. Beagle & Mayo, Hale Eddy. This firm is quarrying on the same ledge as Arthur Beagle. Its product is sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Rood creek switch on the Erie railroad. A hand power derrick is in use. Three men are employed, Patrick Griffen, Hale Eddy. Quarry is on west side of eastern branch of Rood creek. The ledge is covered with 2 feet of earth; then come in succession 4 feet of rock, 6 feet of stone, 4 feet of shale and rough stone, and at the bottom 24 feet of stone. The bed dips to the south and east. The two systems of vertical jointing are present. The stone is coarse grained and has a greenish blue appearance. The product of flag is sold to Travis & Kingsbury at Rood creek switch. Two to three men are employed. Van Aken & Minko, Hale Eddy. Two men are employed in quarrying on same ledge as Griffen. Richard Kennedy, Hancock. Quarry situated on eastern side of Rood creek 24 miles north of Erie railroad. The bed of stone here is 9 feet thick, with top ranging from 10 to 25 feet of rock. 80 NEW YORK STATE MUSBUM The stone is coarse grained and greenish gray blue in color. The face of the quarry is 450 feet long in an east and west direction. The bed was 15 feet thick in the early history of the quarry, but “the bottom has pitched up and pinched it out.” The vertical joints are irregular, as is the dip. The product is hauled 3 miles to Hale Eddy at a cost of 20¢ of the value of the load. It is sold to both local dealers. Two men are employed. Shaefer Bros., Hancock. This quarry, on eastern side of Rood creek and 3 miles from Erie railroad, is said to be one of the best quarries in this vicinity. The quarry face is 800 feet long in an east and west direction. The dip of the strata is to the east, where the water collects and is drained by a ditch. The bed of stone averages 14 feet in thickness. Overlying it are 3 feet of rock and 10 to 20 feet of earth. The vertical jointing is not uni- form, but has the usual direction. The lifts vary from 4” to 44” in thickness. The stone is medium fine grain and of fair blue gray color. The product is chiefly rock, but some edge stone is cut. The quarry is equipped with hand power derrick. Six men are employed during the year. Thomas Roche, Hancock. Two men are employed quarrying on Shaefer’s ledge west of the opening. The stone is all hauled to Rood creek switch on the Erie railroad and sold to both local dealers. Elmer Beagle, Hancock. Quarry on west side of Rood creek, 34 miles from Erie railroad. This quarry face shows but 44 feet of bed, with 20 to 25 feet of interbedded rock and shale. The stone is coarse grained. The top lifts are gray and the bottom are gray blue. Black jack occurs here and has eaten out 3 feet of the bed, which was 8 feet thick when the quarry was first opened. The vertical seams are irregular. The bed dips slightly to the west. The product is chiefly flag, which is sold at Rood creek switch to Travis & Kingsbury. The cost of cart- age is 20¢ of the value of the load of stone. Two men are employed. Bert Lee, Hancock. Quarry is situated on the hill on the west side of Rood creek and on the north side of the Delaware river. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES SL The opening is not large, showing 6 feet of bed with 12 to 15 feet of rock top. The stone is thin bedded, medium coarse grained and grayish blue in color. The vertical joints are irregular in direction. The seams are 134” to 4” apart, and some are rough. The bed has a slight pitch to the west. The product of flag is sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Rood creek switch. Two men are employed. | Travis & Kingsbury, Hancock. This is a firm of buyers and quarrymen. The quarry is on north side of Delaware river, 44 miles northwest of Hancock. The opening is an old one and is 1200 feet long in an east and west direction. The western end only is being worked. There are two beds of workable stone. The top bed, 7 feet thick, is separated from the lower bed, 5 feet thick, by a rough streak 5 feet thick. Above the top bed there are 25 feet of rock and 1 to 2 feet of clay. The beds pitch rather more sharply than usual to the north. The stone is coarse grained and ranges in color from light blue to greenish gray. The vertical joints are quite irregular in direction. The beds at the eastern end of the opening are horizontal, which shows the variation of the dip. This is a common feature of the quar- ries of this district. The stone is carted to Travis & Kingsbury’s yards at Rood creek switch. Seven to eight men are employed. Robert Moore, Hancock. Quarry 54 miles north of Hancock on west side of Sands creek hollow. The face of the ledge has been opened 300 feet east and west, and shows bed of 12 feet of stone covered with 8 to 15 feet of rock top. The seams are even and 1” to 6” apart. The stone is rather coarse grained and of good blue color when sap has not discolored it. The bed is horizontal. The stone is worked into flag chiefly, which is sold to Randall Bros. at Hancock. Four men are employed. Crozier & Bahan, Hancock. This firm is opening a quarry on the Moore ledge. Two men are employed. Fitch & Randall, Hancock. Quarry 5 miles northwest of Han- cock on west side of Sands creek. The bed of stone is 7 feet thick, with 5 to 6 feet of rock and earth top. The quarry was opened this season. The stone is coarse grained and greenish 82 “NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM blue. The lifts vary from 13” to 4”. Randall Bros. at Hancock handle all the product, which is chiefly flag. Four men are employed. Rice & Co., Hancock. Quarry is 3 miles northwest of Hancock on western side of Sands creek near the top of the hill. The ledge has been opened 300 feet north and south along the side seams. The stripping, amounting to 30 feet of rock covered with a layer of earth, covers a bed of stone 15 feet thick, with lifts varying from 6” to 24”. The stone is coarse grained and eray blue. Sap has discolored the bed near the joints. Reeds are present and are of the type which tighten on exposure. The ~ product is principally curb and rock, which is sold to Kirk- patrick Bros. at Sands switch on the Erie railroad. Three men are employed. M. J. Ford, Hancock. Quarry is situated on west side of Sands creek 23 miles northwest of Hancock. The bed of stone is 8 to 9 feet thick with 22 to 25 feet of rock, shale and earth top. The stone is coarse grained and the lower lifts are of fairly good blue color. The upper lifts are greenish gray. Some cross bedding appears in the ledge, causing waste. The vertical joints are irregular and stained with iron. The lifts vary from 14” to 5”. The product includes all varieties of stone, which is sold to Randall Bros. at Hancock. Three men ate employed. Cost of cartage to Hancock is 17% per value of load. Patrick White, Hancock. Quarry is situated on the same hill as Ford’s, but several ledges above. The bed of stone is 10 to 11 feet thick, with 20 feet of roek top. The bed dips somewhat more sharply than usual to the west. The bed is divided by joints, which are not exactly vertical, dipping slightly to the east. The stone is even bedded, the lifts varying from 2” to 9” in thickness. The stone is coarse grained and greenish gray blue. The product inéludes flag and edge stone, which is sold to G. W. Kazenstein, a small buyer at Hancock on the Scranton branch of the Ontario and Western railroad. Two men are employed. Edward Kearney, Hancock, This quarry is just opened on a_ ledge above Ford’s and below White’s. The bed of stone worked "X 'N Yooouvpy, 1vaud MOT[OY YIo10 spueg ut Ar1enb suojsonl[gq ‘oyoyd “uosuIyeId “L “‘H eo Me. Foi i €8 ‘d aovj OF PL 93°%Id BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 83 so far is 4 feet thick and covered with a rock top of 10 to 15 feet. The stone is coarse grained and light gray blue. The lifts vary from 1” to 3”. The stone is sold to Randall Bros. at Hancock. Two men are employed six months in the year. Johnson & Dirig, Hancock. Quarry is 3 miles northwest of Hancock on east side of Sands creek. The ledge has been opened 700 feet around the edge of the hill. The quarry has been worked extensively and is now producing a medium amount of stone. The face has a maximum hight of 52 feet, 40 feet of which are pencil and 12 feet bed. The upper 3 feet of bed are thin bedded and suitable for flagging; but the lower lifts are very heavy, with few reeds which are hard to split, the seams being 2 to 33 feet apart. These heavy lifts are sold as rock to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Sands switch. The bed dips slightly to the south. The system of jointing is regular and smooth. 204 of the value of each load is paid for cartage. Two to four men are employed, eight months in the year. Arnold Grimsback, Hancock. This quarry is on west side of Bear brook hollow 1 mile northwest of Hancock. This quarry, - known as the Baily quarry, was at one time a great producer of stone, but is now worked at one end only. The face is 450 feet long, north and south, and shows a bed of stone ranging from 5 to 15 feet in thickness. The top is very heavy, 10 to 40 feet thick and of rock. The stone is coarse grained and of good gray blue. The lifts vary from 3 inches to 4 feet in thickness. The stone is worked into edge Stone and rock. Little flag is pro- duced, on account of the heavy lifts. The product is sold to Randolph Bros. at Hancock. One man is employed. Hanrahan & Cahill, Hancock. This quarry is 2 miles northwest of Hancock in Bear brook hollow. The bed of stone is 8 feet thick, with 7 feet of clay and shale top. The stone is even bedded (the seam being 13” to 6” apart) of medium fine grain and a dirty blue color. The product is flag and edge stone, which is sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Hancock. The cost of cartage is 17% of the value of each load. Two men are employed. The quarry has been opened 10 months. S84 NEW YOLK STATE MUSEUM P. Hanrahan, Hancock. A very small quarry situated on Coon hill 3 miles north of Hancock. The bed of stone is 4 feet thick, with & to 10 feet of rock and shale top. The bed is quite rough, dipping gently to the northeast. The stone is of medium grain and grayish blue, lifts varying from 2” to 3”. The product is chiefly flag, sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. at Hancock. Two men employed. Thomas Scully, Hancock. The quarry is situated on the point of the hill } mile north of Hancock. The bed is horizontal and 10 to 14 feet thick. It is covered with a top of rock 25 to 30 feet thick. The stone is of medium grain and gray blue in color. Reeds occur in the lifts, which split easily. A rough streak ap- pears in some parts of the bed and causes waste. The two systems of vertical jointing are as usual in the district. The north and south joints are the more regular. The lifts vary in thickness from 3” to 12”. It is said that quarrying can be carried on all the year without affecting the stability of the stone. The face of the quarry is 250 feet long. The product consisting of rock, edge stone, and some flag, is bought by Kirk- patrick Bros. at Hancock. The quarry is equipped with hand — power derrick. Four men are employed. O’Rourke & Stewart. Quarry is situated near Women pond 6 miles east of Hancock. The bed averages 6 feet in thickness and is covered by thin bedded rock 12 to 15 feet thick. The bed dips to the southwest at a noticeable angle. Cross bedding appears in the top. The stone is coarse grained and a bluish gray, and flag is the chief product. The vertical jointing is irregular. The product is chiefly flag, which is carted to Stock- port and sold to Kirkpatrick Bros. Two to three men are employed. | Comfort & Wood, Hancock. Quarry is 1 mile west of O’Rourke & Stewart’s. The bed of stone is 6 feet thick and covered with 12 to 14 feet of rock and clay. The opening is not large. The north and south vertical joints are well developed and regular, but the east and west joints are not uniform. The stone is coarse grained and gray blue. The product is sold to Kirk- patrick Bros. at Stockport. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONBES 85 Between Stockport and Lordville there are three quarries in operation: two of Henry Prigge’s and one of John Cuddike’s. The product from these quarries is shipped by the Erie railroad at Kilgore’s switch. One of Prigge’s quarries is situated on hill- side north of Delaware river and 4 mile northeast of Kilgore’s switch. The thickness of the workable bed averages 6 feet and is of even, thin bedded, grayish, fine grained stone, which is reedy. The stripping consists of 2 feet of rock and 10 to 35 feet of earth containing boulders. The bed dips slightly to the north- west. The vertical joints are irregular and curved. The lifts vary in thickness from 2” to 4”. The product is chiefly flag. Three to four men are employed. The other quarry of Prigge’s is on the same hill as the above, but on the western side. The bed of stone dips to the west and is 10 feet thick. There is a rough streak 3 feet thick in the middle of the bed, all of which is waste. The top is 40 to 45 feet thick, 10 feet of which are red clay, the balance being thin, irregular bedded rock. The stone is fine grained, gray blue and. reedy. It is said that these reeds will not open by weathering. Four to five men are employed. John Cuddike, Lordville. Quarry situated 1 mile north of Kil- gore’s switch on west side of hollow. The opening is small, but interesting on account of the lens of black jack which occurs in the top, which is of shale and rock and 16 feet thick. The stone is of medium grain and is gray blue. The even bedded lifts are 4” to &” thick. The thickness of the workable stone is 43 feet. Two men are employed. . List of docks and stone buyers along Erie and Ontario and Western railroads Kirkpatrick Bros. Hancock Erie. Deposit: 125 cars a year (estimated), three men em- ployed. Rood creek switch: 150 cars a year, three men em- ployed. Hancock: 200 cars a year, four to five men employed. Stockport: 40 to 50 (20 ton) cars a year. Lordville: 300 (20 ton) cars in 1899, four employees. 0.& W. Tyler’s switch: 40 to 50 cars a year. 86 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Travis & Kingsbury, Hale Eddy Erie. Hale Eddy: 250 cars a year, two to three men, hand derrick. Rood creek switch: 450 (20 ton) cars a year, two to four men employed, hand derrick. Randall Bros. Hancock 0.& W. Tunnel switch: 50 cars a year. Erie. Hancock: 250 cars a year, two men employed. Deposit stone co. Deposit Erie. Deposit: 200 (20 ton) cars a year, two men dra cane loading. Sand bank switch: 25 cars a year, two men employed loading. Sands creek switch: 125 (20 ton) cars a year, three men employed. P. J. Madden, Deposit Erie. Sand bank switch: 150 to 200 cars a year. Henry Prigge, Lordville Erie. Kilgore’s switch: 40 to 50 cars a year, two men em- ployed. Standard bluestone co. Jersey City Erie. Lordville: 196 (20 ton) cars a year, two yardmen. G.W. Kazenstein,. Hancock 0.& W. Hancock: 125 cars a year. Average value of carload of stone of 20 tons is $90. During 1900 the cost of freight from above docks to markets. in Jersey City was $1.55 a ton, in New York $2.15 a ton and if Philadelphia $2 a ton. QUARRIES IN THE SOUTHCENTRAL COUNTIES Oneonta, Otsego co. Bluestone quarry of Olds & Miller, situated north of West Davenport, 5 miles east of Oneonta. A very fine quality of hand dressed stone is produced. The stone is of good blue color and fine grained, and takes tooling nicely. The bed of stone is 8 feet thick with 8 to 9 feet of stripping of rock and clay. The lifts vary from 4” to 8” and are smooth. The prod-- uct includes flag and all varieties of edge stone. The market ‘X ‘N palogxO ‘09 dUO}SONIG PYABIO “OH ‘A JO AarvnyH aa & i % | 18 ‘d o0¥jJ OF GI 93¥°%Id BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 87 is chiefly in Oneonta and other towns along the Delaware & Hudson railroad. Several other small quarries have been opened near Oneonta for common building stone, but are worked only at irregular intervals. Oxford, Chenango co. The largest quarry of bluestone in New York is situated northwest of Oxford on the west side of the Chenango valley, 150 feet above the railroad. The quarry was first opened in 1874 and operated in a small way till 1880, when F. G. Clarke (later F. G. Clarke & Son and F. G. Clarke bluestone co.) took hold and began quarrying on a large scale. The bed of stone has a total thickness of 18 feet, and the stripping, or overburden, consists of 40 feet of drift earth, in which are im- bedded large boulders and 25 feet of solid rock. The top 10 feet of bed is divided by horizontal seams 4” and upward apart. The stone from this bed is used chiefly for platforms. The bottom 8 feet is of two lifts 4 feet thick, and known as “liver” rock. Liver rock is very dark blue and can be worked equally well in all directions; and is used chiefly for house trimmings and building stone. The stone is a good blue, fine grained and softer than the Ulster county stone. The following tests and analyses are interesting. Stone from the quarries of the F. G. Clarke bluestone co. TESTS MADE AT THB NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF PROF. J. C. SMOCK Specific gravity 2.7113 Weight, per cubic foot : 168.97 Percentage of water absorbed ELL Weight of water per cubic foot 1.876 Percentage of gain in weight in CO, gas .0024 Weight increased in lb (per cubic ft) 0041 Percentage of gain in sulfurous acid .064 Weight increased per cubic ft | 108 Freezing and thawing test No effect 88 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM CRUSHING TEST MADE UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE ASSISTANT ENGINEER EMPLOYED IN TESTING MATERIAL FOR THE PEDESTAL OF THE STATUE OF “LIBERTY ENLIGHTENING THE WORLD,” AP. 20, 1884. | Dimensions 1st cube, 3 in. x 2.936 in. x 2.786 in. = 8.18 sq. in. 2a: “ Sin. x 2.77) in, % 2.f1G ine [008 ie od. “ $n. X:2.888 in) x 2.802 in, =.Ner, No. 1 bore a strain of 103,700 lb before crushing on its quarry bed No. 2 bore a strain of 108,600 lb before crushing on its quarry bed No. 3 bore a strain of 98,340 lb before crushing not on its quarry bed The Ist stood a strain of 12,677 lb to the sq. in. eee si 7 13,472 e came 6 | - 12,152.T " ANALYSIS MADE BY W. E. GIFFORD, CHEMIST, 54 PINE ST. NEW YORK Silica 77.56 Alumina 10.65 Oxid of iron 4.59 Oxid of manganese .O9 Lime .o4 Magnesia | | 1.22 Potassa | 2.15 Soda 9 Water 1.93 Undetermined matter and loss Ot 100 The strata are horizontal and the situation of the quarry is such that the drainage is natural. The quarry face is 1000 feet long in a north and south direction and is being worked at various points. The stripping is carried on during the winter season and is done by blasting. The earth is carted away by wagon, and the rock is piled up east of the face by the derrick. BLUESTONE AND OTHER SANDSTONES 89 A wire tramway was in use for stripping, but has been found to be of little advantage. The bed of stone is blasted out, holes being bored by steam: drills and reamed out according to the Knox system. A channeling machine was formerly used. The quarry is equipped with three steam power derricks. A. mill equipped with planers, gang saws and rubbing bed is run in connection with the quarry. Here the stone is prepared for the various demands of the market. 100 men are employed in quarrying and dressing the stone. 1000 carloads have been shipped this year by the Ontario and Western railroad to various © points. The market is chiefly in New York and Pennsylvania towns. A special car capable of carrying a stone 25 feet x 15 feet is used by the company in shipping the largest stone. Examples of construction in which the Oxford bluestone has been used are, the lower portions of Aldrich court, 41-43 Broad- way, New York; the steps in the terrace approaching the capitol at Washington; the steps, platforms and column bases of the capitol at Trenton N. J.; St Lawrence hall, New Haven Ct.; the state prison for insane criminals at Matteawan N. Y.; the Oxford bank building at Oxford; and the Trinity Memorial church at Binghamton N. Y. South Oxford, Chenango co. F. G. Clarke bluestone co. operates a quarry 1 mile east of the railroad. .The face is 600 feet long in a north and south direc- tion. v - ho i a . Published monthly by the University of the State of New York BULLETIN 267 SEPTEMBER 1902 New York State Museum FREDERICK J. H. MERRILL Director Bulletin 58 MINERALOGY 2 GiuibDEe, Tro THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS OF THE NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM BY HERBERT P. WHITLOCK C.E. PAGE ee eee eee eee 3 Part 1 General properties of Mr ete ae Sa lacie 4 Introductory definitions ........--.. 4 Part 2 Description of mineral NN a Scie side mm a ah ae we ae ative Clements. .... ..cs02 secs cece 47 OS ee eer ee 47 EE, Sg ce em cea secu ance 49 a a eee 49 Sulfids, selenids, tellurids, arsenids, TE Tn 51 Sulfids, etc. of the semimetals ..- 51 Sulfids, etc. of the metals. ........ 52 CN OE i 5) Sulfarsenites, sulfantimonites, etc.. 61 SEE en 63 Chlorids, bromids, iodids, fluorids. 63 IN ts ils SER Meg wins S = 2's 66 BrpeEe SiNeOlc. 20S) iiewas «5 < ee eeeey 2 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 the liquid state, as for example a solution of alum. If, now, we suppose these same shot to be coated with varnish or glue so that they will adhere to each other and imagine them grouped as shown in fig. 1 they will represent the arrangement of the mole- cules of the alum after it has become solid or crystallized. This arranging, grouping and piling up of the molecules is called crystallization and the solid formed in this way is called a crys- tal. Fig. 2 and 3 show the shot arranged to reproduce two com- mon forms of crystals. There are many common examples of crystallization. The snowflakes, which are formed by the cooling of watery vapor in the air, are composed of small crystals which are quite apparent to the eye and are often of great beauty and regularity of form. The same may be said of the frost which forms on a window 6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM pane. The formation of crystals may be reproduced in a very striking manner; take for example a strong solution of salt and set it aside in a shallow dish over night; after the water has evaporated the bottom of the dish will be found covered with small cubic crystals of salt. The forces of nature working much more slowly but in a similar way have produced the vast deposits of native salt or halite which sometimes yield very large crystals. Crystal masses When a number of crystals are formed in a limited space the individual crystals intersect and lap over one another producing what is known as crystal masses. If this intersecting is carried to such an extent as to entirely fill the bounded space, leaving no interstices between the crystals, the mineral is said to be massive. The term massive in its broader sense includes mineral masses which do not show definite crystal faces but which in most cases can be shown to be distinctly crystalline by means of cleavage and opticai properties. Experiment and study of mineral deposits show that a liquid substance which is cooled slowly or a solution which is concentrated gradually tends to form large and perfect crystals while substances which are solid- ified rapidly produce small and ill defined crystals, often giving rise to massive forms. A substance which displays no evidences of crystallization is said to be amorphous as distinct from crys- talline. Glass is a good example of an amorphous substance. Laws of crystals A complete study of all known forms of crystallized sub- stances has shown that the formation of crystals is subject to the following laws: Law of constancy of interfacial angles he 2 Law of symmetry 3 Law of simple mathematical ratio Law of constancy of interfacial angles In all crystals of the same substance the angle between any two like faces is constant. Fig. 4 and 7 show two crystals of T GUIDP TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS the mineral zircon, both being composed of the faces marked p and m. An examination of fig. 5, 6, 8 and 9, win. 7 Fig. 8 Fig. 9 which show sections through -fig. 4 and 7, will demon- strate that the angles between m and m in fig. 5 and 8 are equal as are also the angles be- | tween p and p and between p and m in fig. X | 6 and 9. Compare the cardboard model 6}, which shows the same crystal as fig. 4. Fig. 10 shows a distorted octahedron of magnetite, the shaded form within the outline represent- ing the normal octahedron equally developed Fig. 10 in all directions; the faces of the outer and inner forms are _ parallel each to each. The cardboard model 1 is an ideal octahedron. Law of symmetry By symmetry is meant the degree of regularity with which the faces and angles of a crystal are grouped about points, lines and planes. Thus a crystal may be symmetric to a plane, sym- metric to a line or axis, symmetric to a point or center. 1The cardboard models will be found in a pocket attached to the cover. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM i 4) A crystal is symmetric to a plane when it may be so divided by that plane that every face, edge and angle on the one side is repeated on the opposite side. In fig. 11, which represents a crystal of pyroxene, the shaded space shows the intersection Fig. 12 of the crystal by a plane of symmetry, and it will be observed that the portion of the crystal lying to the right of the plane is related to the portion lying on the left in the same way that the reflected or mirrored image of the half crystal is related to the direct image. Fig. 12 shows fig. 11 as seen from above. a v ot odl pane Fig. 18 Fig. 14 A crystal is said to be symmetric to an axis of binary sym- metry when it occupies the same position in space twice during one revolution about the axis, the coinciding positions being 180° apart. A consideration of fig. 15 and 14 will make this clearer; in fig. 138 b is an axis of binary symmetry and if the crystal is revolved as shown in fig. 14 the point a will have to traverse an arc of 180° and coincide with a’ before the erystal GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 9 will occupy the same position in space. An axis of binary sym- metry is indicated by this sign Hexagonal symmetry is shown when a crystal occupies the same position in space six times during one complete revolution about the axis of symmetry, the coinciding positions being 60° apart. Fig. 19 and 20 show a crystal of quartz, c-c being an axis of hexagonal symmetry indicated by the sign @>. 3 A. crystal is symmetric to a point or center oe when every imaginary straight line passing through that point intersects the crystal at its two extremities in similar faces, edges or solid angles. This is the least sym- metric of all the conditions so far discussed and is illustrated by the crystal of chalcanthite or blue vitriol shown in fig. 21. Crystallographic axes The relations between the faces of a crystal are best studied by assuming certain directions within the crystal called axes. Such axes may, in the more symmetric groups, be axes of sym- metry, and when the crystal is symmetric to one or more planes of symmetry, they bear a definite relation to those planes.t Three (in one system four) sucli axes are chosen, their relative inclination and lengths forming a basis for classifying all crystals into six systems. If the symmetry of a crystal permits the grouping of faces around one axis to be identical with the grouping of faces around another, the two axes are said to be interchangeable. In fig. 17 and 18 the axes marked a are interchangeable but *In the normal groups of the isometric, tetragonal, hexagonal! and ortho- rhombic systems, the axes are found at the intersection of the planes of symmetry, and in the normal group of the monoclinic system two axes lie in the plane of symmetry and a third is perpendicular to it. GUIDP TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 11 a and ¢ are not interchangeable. The same statement holds | good for fig. 19 and 20. Cardboard models 6 and 7 will help to make this clear. Fig. 16, 18 and 20 show that if one crystallo- graphic axis is also an axis of trigonal, tetragonal or hexagonal symmetry the other crystallographic axes will be at right angles to it and interchangeable. Crystal form When every face of a crystal cuts the axes to which it is referred at the same relative distances from the center or inter- section of the axes, the crystal is said to be composed of a single erystal form. Two such crystals are shown in fig. 22 and 23 from which it will be noticed that all the faces of each crystal form are similar. Compare models 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5, all of which are crystal forms. Crystals may be composed of a single crys- tal form or of combinations of two or more forms. Such a combination is shown in fig. 24 which is made up of the two forms shown in fig. ‘22 and 23. Law of simple mathematical ratio If the faces of a crystal are extended to inter- ‘sect the axes it will be found that these points of intersection lie at the ratio distance a, 6, and ¢ characteristic of the substance, or at distances Bik which are simple multiples or fractions of these ratio dis- tances. Should a plane be parallel to one or two of the axes its intercepts, or in other words the relative distances from the center at which it cuts these axes, are infinity. Assuming the 12 NEW YORK STATP MUSEUM axes a-a, b-b and c-e (fig. 25) of the ratio or unit lengths of sulfur, that is to say, aa? bebe exe? 0.8187 SEH £6Ga possible crystal faces of sulfur might have intercepts a: “vb acer! dg Epide ipl aehes ga: b:.4,62, == -SC819): citaalves as. bi: fer == -) is 2 he ee DET Gr = Bay Le hea © oe ene The quantities by which the ratio distances of any substance must be multiplied to give the intercepts for any ordinary crystal form of that substance are infinity and such simple num- bers as 1, 2, 3, 3, 4,2, etc. Fig. 25 shows the crystal resulting from the combination of the crystal forms a:b:c: and a: b:4e of sulfur.? OO: Systems of crystallization Crystals of all known forms, however varied and complicated, may be classified under the following six systems of crystalliza- tion, which will be taken up in detail. 1 Isometric 4 Orthorhombic 2 Tetragonal 5 Monoclinic 3 Hexagonal 6 Triclinic ‘Instruments employed for the measurement of interfacial angles are known as goniometers and are represented by two types: 1) contact goniometers which measure on a graduated half circle the angle obtained by directly applying to the faces of the crystal two pivoted arms; 2) reflec- tion goniometers which operate on the principle of reflection from the brilliant crystal faces of the image of a point of light. The crystal is at- tached to a rotating graduated circle on which the required angle is read. Of the two types the latter is by far the more accurate particularly for small crystals. The polarizing microscope, which is extensively used in determining the optical properties of minerals and in the study of rocks, differs from the ordinary microscope in three essential features. 1 It is equipped with a revolving stage centered in the axis of the micro- scope and graduated on the circumference. 2 Below the stage is inserted a device which polarizes the light that passes from the reflector, that is to say only those rays of light that vibrate parallel to a certain plane are transmitted. 3 Above the stage is placed a similar polarizing device called the analyzer which transmits the light that vibrates in planes perpendicular to the plane of the lower polarizer. These two polarizing devices, known as nicols prisms or “ nicols,’” are constructed from cleavage rhombohedrons of transparent calcite and. are so arranged that they are readily inserted or removed. GUIDE TO THB MINBRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 13 Isometric system Crystals included in the isometric system can be referred to three interchangeable axes at right angles to each other.’ The molecular structure of the mineral with respect to these axes is revealed not only by the outward form of the crystal but by the property, common to all isometric minerals, of transmitting polarized light equally in all directions. By virtue of this prop- erty a thin section of an isometric mineral cut in any direction will remain dark when viewed in a polarizing microscope be- tween crossed nicols or when observed in a similar way in the tourmalin tongs. * so are five groups, differing slightly in symmetry, included in the isometric system, three of which con- tain nearly all the isometric minerals known. Any mineral of which definite crystals are found produces forms which show the symmetry of a distinct group, and it is impossible to find in nature a crystal whose symmetry would place it in more than one group. Normal group Fig. 26 The general symmetry of this group is shown in fig. 26 and 27. The crystallographic axes are axes of tetragonal symmetry and any form belonging to the group, as for example the cube shown in fig. 27, must be symmetric to the planes which inter- *In the ideal representation of an isometric crystal these axes are equal. Such a condition, however, seldom occurs in nature, the crystal being dis- torted in various directions. In the following brief outline, as well as in the description of mineral species, the diagrams represent ideal crystals and the reader’s attention is directed to the symmetry and distribution of the faces shown, which are invariable however much the actual crystal may be distorted. 14 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM sect, as shown in fig. 28. The shaded planes of fig. 28 intersect in axes of tetragonal symmetry, the white planes intersect in Wig. 29 axes of trigonal symmetry. Hexoctahedron. The hexoctahedron (fig. 29) is composed of 48 faces, each cutting the three axes at relatively different distances. The faces, which are scalene triangles, are grouped around the trigonal axes in groups of six. Cube. The cube (fig. 27, model 2) is com- posed of six square faces each of which is parallel to two axes. This crystal form is represented by a number of minerals, the most common being galena, fluorite, halite, etc. Dodecahedron. minerals. Tetrahexahedron. Oy ae: witay Seer Fig. 31 The dodecahedron (fig. 30, model 3) is composed of 12 rhombic faces, each of which cuts two axes at the same relative distance and is parallel to the third. This crys- tal form is quite common in garnet, and is found to a less degree in magnetite and other Fig. 30 The tetrahexahedron (fig. 31) is composed of 24 faces each of which is parallel to one axis and cuts the other two at relatively unequal distances, ‘The faces, which are isosceles triangles, are grouped in fours about the axes of tetragonal symmetry and the long edges are parallel to the edges of a cube or hexahedron. This crystal form, in combination, is well illus- trated by copper, fluorite and other miner- als. Octahedron. The octahedron (fig. 32, model 1) is composed of eight equilateral triangular faces which cut the three axes equally. Good examples of this form may be found in crystals of magnetite and spinel. Fig. 32 GUIDE TO THE MINEPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 15 Trisoctahedron. The trisoctahedron (fig. 33) is composed of 24 faces, each of which cuts two axes at equal distances and the third at a distance which is relatively greater. The faces are isosceles triangles and are disposed in groups of eight about the axes of tetragonal symmetry and in groups of three about the axes of trigonal symmetry. The trisoctahedron is occa- sionally found in combination with other forms as in galena. Trapezohedron. The trapezohedron (fig. 34) is composed of 24 faces each of which cuts two axes at equal distances and the third at a distance which is relatively less. ) ky Garnet, leucite, analcite and other minerals eee’ crystallize in trapezohedrons. Y Of the above named crystal forms the cube, NEY, dodecahedron and octahedron alone present an unvarying constancy of form, the cube and Fig. 34 octahedron being identical with the familiar geometric forms. In the hexoctahedron, tetrahexahedron, trisoc- tahedron and trapezohedron the variations in the relative values of the axial intercepts give rise to a. number of variations under Y Fig. 35 Fig. 36 Fig. 37 each form, each subject to the law of simple mathematical ratio. The series of tetrahexahedrons shown in fig. 35-37 serves to illustrate this point. Fig. 35 and. 87 are forms occurring in copper and fig. 36 is frequently observed on crystals of fluorite. 16 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Some of the combinations of forms in this group are given in fig. 38-43, the lettering of the faces being the same as that used for the corresponding simple forms. Fig. 41 Fig. 42 Pyritohedral group The general symmetry of the pyritohedral group is shown in fig. 44. The crystallographic axes are axes of binary symmetry Fig. 44 and forms of this group are symmetric only to the shaded planes of fig. 28. The cube, octahedron, dodecahedron, trisocta- hedron and trapezohedron, which occur in this as well as in the preceding group, are here distinguished by striations, nat- ural etching and modifying faces which clearly show their binary Symmetry; as for example the cube of pyrite shown in fig. 45, which occurs striated in the directions of the alternate parallel edges of each square face. GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 17 Pyritohedron. The pyritohedron (fig. 46, 47, model 4) is named from the species pyrite, of which it is a characteristic form. — — Fig. 46 Fig. 47 It is composed of 12 pentagonal faces, each of which is par- allel to one axis and meets the other two at unequal distances. As will be seen from fig. 46 and 47 the pyritohedron exists in complementary forms, fig. 46 being known as the plus and fig. 47 as the minus form. The 24 faces of the plus and minus pyritohedrons have the same position in space as the 24 faces of the corresponding tetrahexahedron of the normal group. Diploid. The diploid (fig. 48, 49) is composed of 24 quadrilat- Fig. 50 Fig. 51 Fig. 52 eral faces each of which meets the axes at unequal distances. The complementary plus (fig. 48) and minus (fig. 49) forms bear the same relation to the hexoctahedron of the normal group 18 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM as the plus and minus pyritohedrons do to the tetrahexahedron. Fig. 50-52 show combinations of forms in this group and rep- resent crystals of pyrite and cobaltite. Watrabedeal group The general symmetry of this group is shown in fig. 53. The crystallographic axes are axes of binary symmetry and the crys- tals of this type are symmetric to the six ¥ white planes of fig. 28. The cube, dodeca- | hedron and tetrahexahedron occur in this. group but are readily distinguished from the same forms of the normal type by the degree of symmetry shown in their combi- nations with other forms. The axes of trigo- Nis} nal symmetry indicated in fig. 53 constitute a characteristic feature of the group. Tetrahedron. The tetrahedron (fig. 54, 55, model 5) is com- posed of four equilateral triangular faces each of which meets Fig. 54 Fig. 50 the axes at equal distances. Two tetrahedrons are possible and are known as plus (fig. 54) and minus (fig. 55), the eight faces composing them corresponding to the eight like faces of the octahedron. Trigonal tristetrahedron. The trigonal tristetrahedron (fig. 56, 57) is composed of 12 triangular faces each of which meets two axes at equal distances and the third at a distance which is relatively less than the intercept on the other two. A plus trigonal tristetrahedron is shown in fig. 56 and the correspond- ing minus form in fig. 57; these bear a relation to the trapezo- GUIDB TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 19 hedron of the normal group similar to that of the tetrahedron to the octahedron. Fig. 56 Fig. 57 Two other forms, the tetragonal tristetrahedron (fig. 58) and the hexakistetrahedron (fig. 59) are occasionally found in combi- nation. Some combinations in this group are shown in fig. 60-65. Fig. 58 Fig. 61 Fig. 63 Fig. 64 . Fig. 65 20 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Tetragonal system — Crystals in the tetragonal system can be referred to three axes, all at right angles to one another, two of which are equal and interchangeable (denoted in fig. 66 by a) and the third (c) is at right angles to the plane of the other two and is of a different length (greater or less) from the a axes. The relative lengths of the a and the ¢ axes vary in each tet- ragonal species, though there are several instances where this ratio differs to such a small degree in several species as to war- rant placing them together in what is known as an isomorphous group.t Normal group The general symmetry of this group is shown in fig. 66. The vertical axis c is an axis of tetragonal symmetry and the hori- Fig. 66 Fig. 67 zontal axes aa are axes of binary symmetry. There are more- over two axes of binary symmetry which bisect the angles be- tween the axes a a. Any form in the group is symmetric to the planes shown in fig. 67. Compare model 6. Pyramids. A form composed of planes which intersect the horizontal axes a a at equal distances and which also intersect the vertical axis c is known as a pyramid of the first order and is composed of eight isosceles triangular faces. When the in- tercept on ¢ as compared with that on a gives the axial ratio for any species the form is said to be the unit pyramid for that species. Fig. 68 shows the unit pyramid of zircon, the value of c for zircon being .64. Fig. 69 shows the unit pyramid of octahedrite where c=1.777. 1 See p. 45. GUIDB TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 21 For each tetragonal species there may be several pyramids of the first order intersecting the vertical axis at multiples or Fig. 68 Fig. 69 fractions of the unit length ec and producing steeper or flatter forms than the unit pyramid. The pyramid of the second order is ate basiia of eight isosceles triangles each of which is parallel to one horizontal axis a and intersects the second horizontal axis a and the vertical axis ec. The second order pyramid of zircon is shown in fig. 70. <> Fig. 70 1 py a The ditetragonal pyramid (fig. 71) is composed of 16 isosceles triangular faces intersecting the horizontal axes at unequal dis- tances and also intersecting the vertical axis. Prisms. For each type of pyramid in the normal group there is a corresponding prism having the same relative intercepts on the horizontal axes as the pyramids of the same name, and having every face parallel to the vertical axis. These prisms are denoted as follows: Prism of the first order, having four faces, represented in fig. 72 by the faces marked m. 22 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Prism of the second order, having four faces, represented in fig. 73 by the faces marked a. ie Fig. 72 — Fig. 73 Ditetragonal prism, having eight faces. The basal plane or base consists of a pair of planes parallel to the horizontal or basal axes. The symmetry of this group can be best observed by consid- ering what is called the termination of the crystal, that is, the way in which the planes are grouped about the extremity of the vertical axis; two such terminations are shown in plan in fig. 74 and 75. Some of the combinations in the normal group are shown in fig. 72-80. GUIDP TO THER MINBPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 23 Pyramidal group The general symmetry of this group is shown in fig. 81; as in the normal group the vertical axis is an axis of tetragonal sym- metry; a single plane of symmetry passes through the horizontal axes, which are not axes of binary symmetry as is the case in the normal group. The forms which have been described under the normal group occur also in the pyramidal group with the exception of the ditetragonal prism Fig. 81 and pyramid. The relation between the symmetry of this group and that of the preceding one may be best studied by referring to fig. 82 which shows the ter- mination of a pyramidal crystal. The absence of vertical planes of symmetry, characteristic of this Fig. 82 group should be noted. Two new forms occur, namely: prism of the third order, repre- sented in fig. 84; pyramid of the third order, represented in fig. 83 by the faces marked @. The relations of the pyramid and prism of the third order Fig. 83 Fig. 84 to the corresponding forms of the first and second order are shown in fig. 84. Fig. 88 represents some combinations in this group. Sphenoidal group The general symmetry of this group, which is shown in fig. 85, is somewhat analogous to that of the tetrahedral group of» the isometric system. The crystallographic axes are axes of 24 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM binary symmetry and there are moreover, two vertical planes of symmetry (fig. 67, no. 4, 5). This symmetry admits of two new forms. Fig. 86 1 The tetragonal sphenoid (fig. 85, 86) is composed of four isos- celes triangles which meet the horizontal axes at equal dis- tances; they also intersect the vertical axis. Two sphenoids are possible which include all the faces of the pyramid of the first order of the normal group. The form is analogous to the tetrahedron of the isometric system. 2 The tetragonal scalenohedron (fig. 87) is composed of eight scalene triangles, which intersect the horizontal axes un- Fig. 87 equally. As with the sphenoid there are two complementary scalenohedrons possible for every different ratio of the intercepts on the horizontal axes. Up to the present Fig. 88 Fig. 89 time the scalenohedron has been found only in combination with other crystal forms of this group. Some of the combinations in this group are shown in fig. 88 and 89, which illustrate crystals of chalcopyrite. GUIDE TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 25 Hexagonal system There are in general many points of resemblance between hexagonal crystals and those which are included in the tetra- gonal system. This analogy is accentuated by the fact that the molecular structure of the minerals in both systems as exhibited in their optical properties show striking similarity. Hexagonal as well as tetragonal crystals are said to be optically uniaxial; that is, in every crystal of these two systems a section cut nor- mal to the vertical axis will remain dark when viewed between crossed nicols in the polarizing microscope; any other section will show an interference color which changes to darkness or “extinction ” at regular intervals as the stage of the micro- scope is rotated. | Hexagonal crystals are referred to four crystallographic axes, one of, which is vertical.and perpendicular to the plane of the other three; this vertical axis, as in the tetragonal system, is indicated by c. The three horizontal axes are interchangeable and at 60° from each other; they are indicated by a. A Hexagonal division Normal group The general symmetry of this group is shown in fig. 90 and 91. The: vertical axis is an axis of hexagonal symmetry and each Fig. 90 Fig. 91 basal axis is an axis of binary symmetry; there are also three axes of binary symmetry bisecting the angles between the cry- stallographic axes. “Crystals in this group are symmetric to a plane of symmetry through the basal axes and to six planes of Symmetry passing through the vertical axis and each of the axes of binary symmetry. The nomenclature of the forms is analo- gous with that used in the normal group of the tetragonal system, the forms being briefly stated as follows: 26 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM PYRAMIDS FIG. Pyramid of the first order 92 Pyramid of the second order 93 Dihexagonal pyramid 94 oD Fig. 93 Fig. 94 . ‘ ! i ' ! ' ‘ ' t : ' ‘ -~- Fig. 96 Fig. 97 PRISMS FIG. Prism of the first order 95 Prism of the second order 96 Dihexagonal prism 97 The basal pinacoid is shown terminating the prisms in fig. 95- 97. The relation of these forms to one another is shown in fig. ee Fig. 98 Fig. 99 Fig. 100 98. Two combinations in the normal group are shown in fig. 99 and 100, which represent crystals of beryl. bo ~] GUIDB TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS Pyramidal group The symmetry of this group resembles that of the pyramidal group of the tetragonal system in that crystals of this type are symmetric to the horizontal plane of symmetry shown in fig. 90. The vertical axis (c) is an axis of hexagonal symmetry. Fig. 101 gives an idea of the general arrangement of faces about Fig. 101 Fig. 102 Fig. 103 this axis. The third order pyramid and prism, indicated in plan in fig. 102, are of frequent occurrence in this group, as well as the pyramids and prisms of the first and second order described above. . The crystal of vanadinite shown in fig. 103 illustrates a combi- nation of pyramidal forms. Apatite and pyromorphite are com- mon minerals in this group. B Rhombohedral division The groups which come under this division differ from the hexagonal forms hitherto discussed in the essential feature of a vertical axis of trigonal symmetry which gives to the termina- tion of rhombohedral crystals a trigonal as dis- tinct from a hexagonal aspect. Compare fig. 104, which shows a termination of a rhombo- hedral crystal, with the hexagonal terminations shown in fig. 91 and 101. Compare also model 8 with model 7. Fig. 104 Rhombohedral group Forms in this group are characterized by a vertical axis of trigonal symmetry and three horizontal axes of binary sym- metry, these axes being identical with the crystallographic axes. They are also symmetric to three planes which intersect in the vertical axis as shown in fig. 105. 28 : NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Rhombohedron. The rhombohedron (fig. 106, 107, model 8) is composed of six rhombic faces, each of which intersects two basal axes at equal distances, is parallel to the third and cuts the vertical axis (¢). The two rhombohedrons possible for every relative value of the vertical intercept are complementary plus (fig. 106) and minus (fig. 107); the 12 faces of the plus and minus rhombohedrons include all the ae re faces of a hexagonal pyramid of the first order having the same relative intercepts. Some rhombohe- drons of calcite of varying vertical intercepts are shown in fig. 107-9. Fig. 106 Fig. 107 Fig. 108 Fig. 109 Scalenohedron. The scalenohedron (fig. 110) is composed of 12 scalene triangular faces each of which cuts all four axes. As with the rhombohedron two forms are possible for every value of the vertical intercept. These are related to the dihexagonal pyramid in the same way that the rhombohedron is related to the pyramid of the first order. GUIDE TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 29 The remaining forms of the rhombohedral group are geometri- cally the same as the corresponding forms of the normal group and are: prism of the first order; prism of the second order; pyramid of the second order; basal plane. Some of the combinations in this group are shown in fig. 111-13. Rhombohedral-hemimorphic group Comparing this group with the preceding one, the main points of difference to be noted are the lack of symmetry to a point, which is character- istic of hemimorphic crystals, the two extremities Fig. 110 of the vertical axis showing dissimilar modifications, and the fact which results from the above, namely, that the horizontal Sh Fig. 111 Fig. 112 Fig. 113 axes are no longer axes of binary symmetry. A crystal of tour- malin, which is an important species of this type, is shown in fig. 114 and serves to illustrate the main features of the group. Trirhombohedral group Trirhombohedral crystals are characterized by the absence of planes of symmetry; they are, however, symmetric to a point. Fig. 114 Fig. 115 The vertical axis is an axis of trigonal symmetry. The minerals ilmenite, dolomite, phenacite, dioptase and willemite occur in forms of this group. Fig. 115 shows a crystal of ilmenite. 30 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Trapezohedral group The forms in this group possess the lowest grade of symmetry in the hexagonal system, having no plane of symmetry and no center of symmetry; the vertical axis is, however, an axis of tri- gonal symmetry and the three horizontal axes (@) are axes of binary symmetry. | Trapezohedron. The trigonal trapezohedron (fig. 116, 117) is a characteristic form of this group and consists of six trapezohe- Fig. 116 Fig. 117 dral faces each of which cuts all the axes. Four trapezohedrons are possible; two plus, called respectively right-handed (fig. 116) and left-handed (fig. 117), and two minus forms which are also me, Fig. 119 Fig. 120 right-handed and left-handed. The 24 faces of these four forms constitute the planes of a dihexagonal pyramid. The two crystals of quartz shown in fig. 119, 120 show the trigonal trapezohedron in combination with other forms of the group; they are termed respectively right-handed and left- handed forms. GUIDE TO THE MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 31 Trigonal pyramid. The trigonal pyramid (fig. 118) consists of six triangular faces, each of which cuts two basal axes (a) at equal distances and the third at a distance which is relatively half as great, each face also interests the vertical axis. Orthorhombic system Crystal forms included in the ortho- rhombic system are referred to three un- Fig. 118 equal uninterchangeable axes at right angles to one another. These axes are shown in fig. 121; the shorter horizontal one, called the brachyaxis, is designated by a, the longer horizontal axis, called the macroaxis, by 0b and the vertical axis by c. The relative position of the macro and brachy | Fig. 121 Fig. 122 axes in a crystal of any orthorhombic species is determined by the intercepts of a face occurring in that species, called a unit plane. The unit plane is selected from among those which cut both @ and b axes and is preferably a plane which intersects all three axes. The intercepts of the a and ¢ axes in terms of b constitute the axial ratio, which is a constant for each ortho- rhombic species. Difficulty is sometimes experienced in prop- erly orienting an orthorhombic crystal owing to the fact that the crystal is often flattened in the direction of the macroaxis; thus in fig. 122, which shows a crystal of cerussite in plan, the brachyaxis appears to be longer than the macro because the crystal is elongated in the direction of a. Normal group Forms of the normal group are symmetric to three planes of symmetry intersecting in the crystallographic axes, which are axes of binary symmetry (fig. 128). a2 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pinacoids. Planes which are parallel to two orthorhombic axes are known as pinacoids; they consist of two parallel planes and take their names from the axes to which they are parallel, thus: The basal pinacoid is parallel to both basal axes a and b. The macropinacoid is parallel to the macro and the vertical axis. The brachypinacoid is parallel to the brachy and the vertical axis. ——- Fig. 123 shows the intersection of these three pinacoids, the resulting solid being analogous to the cube of the isometric system and the second order prism and base of the tetragonal system. Prisms. Prisms cut both horizontal axes, and are parallel to the vertical axis; they are composed of four faces, opposite pairs being parallel. The unit prism for any en species intersects the basal axes at rela- nee tive distances which give the axial - ratio for that species. In fig. 124, which Se N\ shows a basal section of the mineral , topaz, sucha unit prism is indicated, the Se Fig. 124 axial ratio for topaz being a:b=.529:1. Prisms occur intersecting the basal axes at distances proportion- ately more or less than the axial ratio subjeet to the law of lites A Jest, Fig. 125 Fig. 126 rational indexes. These are called respectively macro or brachy prisms according as they are more nearly parallel to the macro or brachy axis than the unit prism. A macro and a brachy prism are shown in fig. 124. GUIDE TO THR MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 33 Domes. Domes may be considered horizontal prisms; they are parallel to one horizontal axis and cut the other horizontal axis and the vertical axis. Like the pinacoids they take their names from the axes to which they are parallel thus: The macrodome (fig. 125) is parallel to the macroaxis and cuts the brachy and the vertical axes. The brachydome (fig. 126) is parallel to the brachyaxis and cuts the macro and the vertical axes. Macrodomes and brachydomes are often re- peated in series, the relative value of the vertical intercepts being subject to the law of rational indexes. Pyramids. The single type of pyramid found in this system is shown in fig. 127 and is com- posed of eight faces each cutting all three axes. —— The unit pyramid for any species intersects the axes at distances corresponding to the axial ratio for the species. Fig. 128 : Fig. 130 N Fig. 131 Fig. 132 Fig. 133 Fig. 134 As in the case of the prisms there are macro and brachy pyramids bearing relations to the unit pyramid analo- 9, 2 34 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM gous to those described under the prisms. Some combinations in this group, which includes many important species, are shown in fig. 128-34. Hemimorphic group The comparatively few species crystallizing in this group occur in forms which are symmetric to two planes of sym- metry passing through the basal axes and intersecting in the vertical axis which is an axis of binary Symmetry. The two extremities of the vertical axis are not modified in the same way, giving a different termination to the two extremities of the crystal. The crystal of calamin shown in fig. 135 gives a good example of this type. Monoclinic system fect ama Crystal forms in the monoclinic system are referred to three unequal uninterchangeable axes, two of which are inclined at an angle to each other, the third being perpendicular to the plane of the other two. The inclined axis which is placed vertical is designated by c, the other in- clined axis by @ and the normal or orthodiagonal axis by 0. A monoclinic crystal is represented con- ventionally with the orthoaxis (b) extending from right to left and the clinoaxis (a) dip- ping downward from back to front, the acute angle between the vertical and clino axes being designated by / (fig. 186). The statements regarding axial ratio under the discussion of the orthorhombic system apply in the case of monoclinic species with the additional note that the angle / varies nis for every species and constitutes one of the factors to be de- termined. Normal group Forms of the normal group are symmetric to one plane of symmetry, which is the plane of the clino and vertical axes, and to one axis of binary symmetry, which is the orthoaxis (fig. 137). - oF GUIDE TO THE. MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS vv Pinacoids. As in the normal group of the orthorhombic sys- tem, the monoclinic pinacoids are parallel to two axes and con- sist of pairs of parallel planes. The basal pinacoid is parallel to both basal axes a and b. The clinopinacoid is parallel to the clino and the vertical axis. The orthopinacoid is parallel to the ortho and the vertical axis. Fig. 186 shows the intersection of these three pinacoids. Fig. 137 Prisms. The monoclinic or inclined rhombic prism cuts both horizontal axes and is parallel to the vertical axis. The clino and ortho prisms of this group are entirely ana- logous, in their relations to the unit prism, to the macro and brachy prisms of the preceding system. Fig. 188 shows an inclined rhombic prism terminated by a basal pinacoid. Domes. The clinodome (fig. 139) consists of four faces parallel to the clinoaxis cutting the sl pha ortho and vertical axes; the faces are parallel in opposite pairs. The four faces which are _ parallel to the orthoaxis and intersect the other two, by reason of the lack of symmetry constitute two pairs of planes which Fig. 139 Fig. 140 are known as hemiorthodomes, the planes lying in the acute angle 7 being known as plus and those in the obtuse angle as minus. The plus and minus hemiorthodomes are shown in fig. 140. | 36 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pyramids. For the same reason that the above mentioned faces are hemiorthodomes, the monoclinic forms which cut all three axes are hemipyramids. Faces in the acute angle ? are plus hemipyramids and those in the obtuse angles are minus Fig. 141 Fig. 142 hemipyramids (fig. 141, 142). As in the case of the prisms there are unit, ortho, and clino hemipyramids. Some combinations in the group are given in fig. 143-148. 4G Fig. 148 Fig. 144 Fig. 145 Fig. 146 : Fig. 147 Fig. 148 Triclinic system The least symmetric of the six systems includes all forms which are referable to three unequal uninterchangeabie axes GUIDE TO THD MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 37 ‘ all of which are inclined to one another. The axes are desig- nated as in the orthorhombic system. The angle between b and ¢ is called a, that between a and c, 7 and that between a and b, y. These angles are distinct for every triclinic species (fig. 149). The similarity in molecular structure between minerals of the orthorhombic, monoclinic and triclinic systems indicated by their crystallization is further accentu- Re ated by their optical properties, crys- tals of all three systems being opti- ee cally biaxial; that is, there are two ,-—~— oa directions in which polarized light is transmitted through them without double ele eo refraction. Lines bisecting the angle between these optic axes bear a close relation to the symmetry and outward form of the crystal. Normal group Crystals occurring in this group are symmetric only to a center, which is the point of intersection of the crystallographic axes. This symmetry admits of forms occurring only in the pairs of faces;! thus all prismatic and dome forms which in the orthorhombic system are represented by four faces here occur as hemiprisms and hemidomes, two faces alone being required to satisfy the symmetry of the class. Similarly, pyramidal Fig. 150 Fig. 151 forms which in the orthorhombic system consisted of eight faces are replaced by four complementaryforms each consisting of two parallel planes. Compare model 11, which shows a triclinic or doubly inclined rhombic prism. With the above exceptions *See p. 10; fig. 21. 9 6) 3 ‘a NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM the forms are identical in nomenclature with those of the ortho- rhombic system. Two examples of triclinic crystals are shown in fig. 150 and 151 which represent respectively axinite and albite. Variations in form Reference has been made (p. 18) to the variations between the mathematical development of a crystal form or combination of forms and the actual mineral, crystallizing in those forms, as it is found in nature. This distortion is often misleading to a beginner, cubes and other forms of the isometric system being frequently elongated in the direction of one axis to such an extent as to resemble crystals of the tetragonal, the ortho- rhombic or even the hexagonal system. The reader is advised to observe carefully crystals of known minerals and to bear constantly in mind the symmetry of the group to which they belong. Crystals of mineral species from the same locality show a predominance of one or two forms, which gives to such crystals a distinguishing character known as crystal habit. Minerals which occur widely distributed often show great variety in crystal habit, producing forms which are of great interest and beauty; quartz and calcite are notable examples. Grouping of crystals Though the crystals of many minerals occur isolated and developed alike on all sides, having somewhat the regularity of the ideal representations, it is far more common to find them grouped together in clusters, lining the interior of cavities, springing from the accompanying rock or lying embedded in the matrix. In some species the crystals show. a tendency to ar- range themselves in pairs, the faces of one individual being symmetrically disposed with respect to the other but in reverse position. This intergrowth of like crystals produces what is known as a twin crystal, the resulting solid being frequently of considerable complexity. A twin crystal may be recognized by reentrant angles which distinguish it from a simple crys- ae \ s hy werent ees ” Sey eS - “ | SAE ere * ° ss ae Ss Mes * — ," Plate 1 To face p. 39 1 Quartz, New Baltimore N. Y. 2 Calcite, Fontainebleau, France GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 39 tal, all the dihedral angles of which slope outward. A twinned octahedron is shown in fig. 152; the penetration twin cube, com- mon in fluorite is shown in fig. 153 (compare also pl. 18,); a scalenohedron of calcite twinned parallel to the basal plane is shown in fig. 154, and a tetragonal twin of cassiterite in fig. 155. Aggregations of crystals frequently occur grouped in parallel position as shown in pl. 1,. Surface irregularities Surface irregularities, occurring as they do on like faces of some crystals, often constitute a valuable means of determining the symmeiry and consequently the group and system. Such markings on the faces of pyrite have been noticed in a former paragraphi They are due in general to various causes which interrupt the perfect growth of the individual, producing low 5 parallel furrows called striae or striations, angular depressions ‘ or prominences and dull faces. Curved faces are sometimes ' produced, as in the case of diamond. *See p. 16. 40) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Inclusions Foreign bodies inclosed within a crystal are described under the general name of inclusions. They may be solid, liquid or gaseous in nature and organic or inorganic in origin. In gen- eral, inclusions result from rapid crystallization, as in the case of the calcite crystals shown in pl. 1,; these show the typical rhombohedron of calcite, though containing a large percentage of the quartz sand carried by the solution from which they were crystallized. Crystalline aggregates Under this head are included the great majority of mineral specimens made up of aggregates of imperfect crystals. Many masses of material which appear to have no crystalline struc- ture can be proved by optical and other physical tests to be composed of crystalline grains. 1 Columnar structure. Minerals possessmg a columnar or fibrous structure present the appearance of bundles of slender columns. parallel columnar, example beryl, pl. 2, bladed, example cyanite, pl. 2, fibrous, example serpentine (chrysotile) pl. 3, 2 Lamellar structure. The mineral is composed of layers or leaves. curved lamellar, example tale, pl. 3, foliated or micaceous, example muscovite, pl. 4, 3 Granular structure. The crystalline particles consist of angular grains of about the same size. coarse granular, example magnetite, pl. 4, fine granular, example dolomite (marble), pl. 5, 4 Imitative shapes. The arrangement of masses of imperfect crystals often give rise to forms which resemble those of ani- mate nature. The most important terms used to describe such forms are: reniform, kidney-shaped, example hematite, pl. 5, botryoidal, composed of globular individuals resembling a bunch of grapes, example quartz (chalcedony), pl. 6, Plate 2 To face p. 40 1 Beryl, Acworth N. H. 2 Cyanite, Litchfield Ct. Plate 3 To face p. 40 1 Serpentine (chrysotile), Danville, Quebec 2 Tale, Smithfield R. I. To face p. 40 Plate 4 iN. C. 10 Stony Po b 1 Muscovite Y.. , Mineville N. Magnetite 2 Plate 5 To face p. 40 1 Dolomite, Dover, Dutchess co. N. Y. 2 Hematite, Cleator Moor, England Plate 6 To face p. 40 1 Quartz (chalcedony), Rocky mountains 2 Malachite, Bisbee Ariz. Plate 7 To face p. 41 1 Pectolite, West Paterson N. J. 2 Calcite (pistolite), Karlsbad, Bohemia et ae et nth oe a oe Plate 8 Yo face p. 41 1 : ei lail 5) ade wy Plate 20 To face p. 69 1 Quartz (agate), Wyoming an em ~ 3 Centimeters 2 Cuprite (chaleotrichite), Morenci Ariz. GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 69 Opal occurs in cavities and fissures in igneous rocks, as con- cretions in limestones, as sinter in the vicinity of geysers, hot springs, etc. The precious variety is found in Hungary, Aus- tralia, Mexico and in Washington and Idaho. Precious opal is highly valued as a gem. The chalky variety is used for polishing and washing purposes, in the manufacture of dynamite and in the preparation of a soluble glass. OXIDS OF METALS Cuprite (red copper ore) Cu,0 Cuprite is the oxid of copper and contains 11.2% oxygen and 88.8% copper. Crystals of cuprite (fig. 184, 185) are isometric, the prevailing oy Sana Fig. 184 Fig. 185 Cuprite forms being the cube, octahedron and dodecahedron, often highly modified; in the variety chalcotrichite the cube crystals are distorted to such an extent as to produce hairlike forms (pl. 20,). Massive, granular and earthy forms are common. The luster of cuprite is submetallic or adamantine to earthy and the color varies from a dark red which is nearly black to a vermilion or scarlet, seen in some of the massive varieties. It is transparent to opaque. Cuprite results from the oxidation of the sulfids of copper and is found associated with other copper minerals and with limonite. It occurs in fine crystals in the Cornwall mines and is found in considerable deposits in Chile, Bolivia, Peru, the Lake Superior region and Arizona. It is a useful copper ore. 70 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Zincite (red zine ore) ZnO This oxid of zinc contains 19.7¢ oxygen and 80.8% zinc; it usually carries some manganese. The natural crystals, which are rare, have been referred to the hemimorphic group of the hexagonal system. Zincite ordi- narily occurs in deep red to brick-red adamantine masses with a foliated or granular structure or as coarse grains dissemi- nated through the matrix. It has a subadamantine luster and is translucent. Zincite occurs in the vicinity of Franklin N. J. associated with the minerals characteristic of that locality and is mined with the associate minerals for the zine which it contains. Corundum (emery) AIl,0. Corundum is alumina, or sesquioxid of aluminium, and con- tains 47.1% oxygen and 52.9% aluminium; massive emery contains more or less iron oxid as an impurity. Crystals of corundum are rhombohedral (fig. 186, 187); rough Fig. 186 Fig. 187 Corundum and rounded forms are characteristic, as well as twinning, which is indicated by laminated structure and intersecting striations. With the exception of the diamond, corundum is the hardest substance known. The precious varieties known as sapphire and ruby are trans- parent or translucent, with vitreous to adamantine luster, and abound in fine colors. The gems cut from these varieties are: Sapphire. Blue in color Oriental ruby. A rich red Plate 21 To face p. 71 (OCR SASSSTUETS € PLGRREIRG SERN ERR ESTER CRE RESCRREEURERR EERE bahsdeetehedadetadabadetbertatnints tft titi ts titi? ¢ | Centimeters 1 Hematite (Eisenrosen), St Gothard, Switzerland Ce wilometare 2 Magnetite (lodestone), Magnet Cove Ark. GUIDE TO THD MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 71 Oriental topaz. Yellow Oriental emerald. Green Oriental amethyst. Purple An opaque variety of corundum occurs in coarse nodular crystals with a marked rhombohedral parting and of a dull blue, gray, brown or black color. The variety known as emery is granular in texture, of great t-ughness and black or grayish black in color. It is commonly intermingled with hematite or magnetite. This variety, which is of great value as an abrasive, is found in a number of grades, classed on the relative coarseness of the corundum crystals or grains. The gem varieties of corundum are found in the gravel of river beds in Upper Burma and Ceylon; some handsome gems have been obtained from Montana and North Carolina. Corundum occurs in many crystalline rocks associated with minerals of the chlorite group, tourmalin, spinel, cyanite, etc. and has been observed in some of the younger volcanic rocks. It is mined for emery in the island of Naxos, in Asia Minor, and in the United States at Chester Mass., in Westchester county, N. Y. and elsewhere. Hematite (specular iron) Fe,0, Hematite is the sesquioxid of iron and contains 30% oxygen and 70¢ iron. | Hematite crystallizes in the rhombohedral group of the hexagonal system. The crystals are commonly thick or tabular in habit (fig. 188) as distinct from the tapering forms of corundum, and are often reduced to thin plates which in some varieties group themselves. in rosettes (eisenrosen pl. 21,). Massive forms in compact columnar, radiated and kidney-shaped masses pass into loose earthy varieties, containing more or less clay. The luster of hematite varies with Hematite its form from a splendent metallic, in the crystallized varieties, to dull in the ocherous and argillaceous hematite; the color also varies from iron-black to red. The streak is red in all varieties. 72 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hematite occurs in rocks of all geologic horizons. It is widely distributed and the numerous foreign localities afford beautifully crystallized specimens. In the United States vast beds of hematite are found in the Archaean rocks of northern Michigan, northern Wisconsin, Minnesota, Missouri, and in Jef- ferson and St Lawrence counties of northern New York; also in the Clinton group of the Upper Silurian in New York and Pennsylvania. Hematite constitutes the chief source of iron; the earthy variety is ground for paint. Ilmenite or menaccanite (titanic iron ore) (Fe,Ti),0, Ilmenite is an oxid of iron and titanium containing 31.6¢ oxygen, 31.6¢ titanium and 36.8¢ iron. The crystals, which are trirhombohedral, somewhat resembles those of hematite in habit (fig. 189). Ilmenite commonly occurs in iron-black plates and masses of submetallic luster, also in em- bedded grains or as loose sand. ear Ilmenite is found in many igneous rocks Iimenite notably in gabbros and diorites; it is some- times altered to limonite and titanite. In addition to several European localities ilmenite is found in the town of Warwick, Orange co. N. Y. and at Litchfield Ct. The large amount of fuel required to reduce this mineral renders it, in most cases, undesirable as an ore of iron. It is, however, used as a lining in furnaces. Spinel Mg0.Al,0, Spinel, the magnesium aluminate, contains 71.8% alumina and 28.2¢ magnesia. These two components may be replaced in part by ferrous and ferric iron, manganese and chromium. Fie. 190 The crystals of spinel are isometric, usually Seine the octahedron or the octahedron modified, and are frequently twinned (fig. 190). The luster is vitreous to dull and the color varies from red to blue, green, yellow and black. : ; y ; eee cr. s oie) SS ; 2D VRS \ 9 =e} i] ” rl ay 4 ve g a Lida Plate 26 To face p. 81 1 Dolomite, Lockport N. Y. “= ee ae 2 Aragonite, Banat, Hungary GUIDE TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 81 Calcite is probably the -most widely distributed mineral. Great beds of limestone are found among the rocks of nearly every geologic horizon. Calcite also occurs as a vein mineral, in the form of stalactites and stalagmites in caves, and as a fre- quently associated mineral with metallic ores. As limestone and marble, calcite is quarried to a considerable extent in Vermont, Georgia, Tennessee, Alabama, California, New York,! Pennsylvania and Massachusetts. Calcite in the form of limestone and marble is extensively used as a building stone; it is also burnt for quick lime, Portland and other cements and is of value as a flux for certain silicious ores. Certain varieties are used for lithographic stone,and the colorless, trans- parent variety is employed in optical apparatus for polarizing light. Dolomite (pearl spar) (CaMg) CO, Dolomite is the carbonate of calcium and magnesium con- taining 47.9% carbon dioxid, 30.4¢ lime and 21.7% magnesia. In crystallization dolomite closely resembles the rhom- bohedral forms of calcite. It may, however, be readily dis- tinguished from the latter by the marked curvature of the rhom- bohedral faces (pl. 26,). Massive coarse or fine granular varieties are distinguished with difficulty from the correspond- ing forms of calcite. The luster of dolomite is vitreous to pearly; the color is com- monly white, pink or gray and less frequently rose-red, green, brown or black. Dolomite in the form of dolomitic limestone constitutes exten- Sive strata in many geologic formations and forms a series from pure limestone to pure dolomite. Compact and crystalline varie- ties frequently occur with serpentine and other magnesium minerals. In New York dolomite is found at Lockport and Niagara Falls, Niagara co.; at Brewster, Putnam co.; Union Springs, Cayuga co., and in many other localities.1 It is used for much the same purposes as calcite. *N. Y. state mus. Bul. 15. 1896. OL bo NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Magnesite MgCO, Magnesite, the carbonate of magnesium, contains 52.4% carbon dioxid and 47.6% magnesia. Rhombohedral crystals of magnesite are rare. It occurs commonly in granular, cleavable or compact earthy masses and as veins in serpentine. The luster is dull, sometimes vitreous or silky, and the color white, yellowish or grayish white and sometimes brown. Magnesite is commonly associated with serpentine, tale, brucite and other magnesium minerals. Much of the marble known as verd antique is composed of serpentine veined with magnesite. It is found in Quebec, Pennsylvania, Maryland and in several places in California and Massachusetts. It has been found in the serpentine rocks of Westchester county, N. Y. Magnesite is used as a refractory material for the lining of converters, etc.; also in the manufacture of epsom salts and carbon dioxid for soda water. Siderite (spathic iron ore) FeCO, Siderite is the iron protocarbonate and contains 37.94 carbon dioxid and 62.1¢ iron protoxid (a composition equivalent to 48.24 iron). Manganese, magnesium or calcium may also be present in small quantities. Siderite is rhombohedral in crystallization, the crystals being commonly rhombohedral in habit with curved faces resembling those of dolomite. It is characterized in massive varieties by the oblique rhombohedral cleavage common to this group of carbonates. In color siderite is mostly grayish yellow or brown, ranging from pale buff shades to dark brown or black. The luster is vitreous to pearly and the mineral in general resembles dolomite but is somewhat heavier and in most instances is distinguished by its brown color. Massive siderite is often formed by the action of decaying vegetable matter on limonite. It occurs in gneiss, mica and clay slate and as clay iron stone in coal formations. It is found abundantly in Cornwall and other English localities; also in the coal formations of Pennsylvania, Ohio, Virginia and Tennessee, at Hudson and Burden, Columbia co. and at Antwerp, Jefferson co. N.Y. Siderite supplies a little over 1¢ of American iron ore. s—-- ee ee ee iN, Y. state mus. Bul. 7. 1889. GUIDE TO THD MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 83 Rhodochrosite MnCO,, Rhodochrosite is a manganese carbonate containing 38.5% carbon dioxid and 61.7¢ manganese protoxid. It occurs occasionally in rhombohedral crystals similar in shape to those of dolomite but more frequently in vitreous or pearly masses of pink to brown color with a marked rhom- bohedral cleavage; less frequently in globular and botryoidal forms with columnar structure or incrusting; granular or com- pact masses are common. Rhodochrosite is often found associated with gold and silver ores notably at Butte Mont., in Nevada, Colorado and elsewhere. As yet it has no commercial value. Smithsonite (dry bone ore) ZnCO,, Smithsonite is a carbonate of zinc containing 35.2% carbon dioxid and 64.8% zinc protoxid. Small amounts of copper, cadmium, etc. frequently produce marked differences in the color. Distinct crystals of smithsonite of rhombohedral form are of quite rare occurrence. It is commonly found in reniform, botryoidal or stalactitic masses, often with a drusy surface. It occurs also in spongy, granular and earthy forms. The luster is vitreous to dull and the color normally white or light in shade but often highly colored by impurities. The common variety of smithsonite resembles calcined bones, as indicated by the name given to it by miners. Smithsonite is essentially a secondary product formed from other zinc ores by the action of carbonated waters. It is found in veins and beds associated with other ores of zinc as well as those of lead, copper and iron. It is found abundantly in this country in the zinc regions of Misscuri, Virginia and Wisconsin. As an ore of zine smithsonite is highly valued on account of the ease with which it is reduced. The deposits are now nearly exhausted. Aragonite CaCO. Aragonite, which is a calcium carbonate, has the same com- position as calcite but differs from the latter in crystallization. The crystals of aragonite are orthorhombic, sometimes pris- QO 4 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM matic in habit (fig. 200) with acute terminations (domes and pyra- mids) which merge into radiating needlelike forms (pl. 26,). A twinning, which is characteristic of this group of carbonates, produces prismatic forms which somewhat resemble hexagonal prisms (fig. 201, pl. 27,). Stalactitic incrusting, columnar and corallike forms (pl. 8,) also occur. The prevailing color is white, Fig. 200 Fig. 201 Aragonite which shades to violet, yellow and pale green in some varieties; the luster is vitreous. Crystallized varieties may be distinguished from calcite by the difference in form but massive specimens can only be deter- mined by cleavage and optical tests. Aragonite is formed in much the same way as calcite, but is of far less common occur- rence. It is often found associated with gypsum and serpentine and with iron ore as flos ferri (pl. 8,). In the United States aragonite is found in several localities in California, in Connecti- cut, Illinois, Missouri, New Mexico and Pennsylvania and in Niagara, Orange and Madison counties, N. Y. Witherite BaCO, Witherite is a barium carbonate containing 22.3% carbon dioxid and 77.7% baryta. Though witherite is orthorhombric in crystallization single crystals are practically unknown; twinned forms resembling a series of hexagonal pyramids superposed are characteristic (pl. 27,). It also occurs massive in columnar or granular structure. The luster is vitreous and the color white, gray or yellowish. way ees Plate 27 To face p. 84 1 Aragonite, Bastenes, France 2 Witherite, Fallowfield, England Php. - es _ ly doar ail Plate 28 To face p. 85 cid sie eee oes se Bee Roce accom cmrcowmn omen ee Ronn pak aS: te ane 9 a I Spat ng ag eames # LP tbnn GRO TINY KREME REARS RR ELD PE ROK COE ORE 1 Cerussite, Arizona 2 Albite, Branchville Ct. a el EE rl er e GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 85 Witherite is mined at Fallowfield Eng. Small deposits of the mineral occur near Lexington Ky. and at Thunder bay, Lake Superior. It is used as an adulterant of white lead and in the refining of beet sugar molasses. | Strontianite SrC0, Strontianite, the carbonate of strontium, contains 29.9% carbon dioxid and 70.1% strontia. Distinct orthorhombic crystals are quite rare. Radiated, spear-shaped or acicular crystalline aggregates are common; also columnar, fibrous and granular masses. The luster of strontianite is. vitreous and the color is white, pinkish or greenish. Strontianite is found in New York at or near Schoharie, Scho- harie co., Clinton, Oneida co. and in several localities in Jeffer- son county. It is an important source of strontium compounds used in the manufacture of fireworks. Cerussite (white lead ore) PbCO, Cerussite, the carbonate of lead, contains 16.5% carbon dioxid and 83.5% lead oxid. It sometimes carries a little silver. The erystals of cerussite are orthorhombic, often of tabular Fig. 202 Fig. 203 - Cerussite habit, flattened parallel to the a and ¢ axes as in fig. 202; the re- peated twinning of this type yields six rayed forms as shown in fig. 205. Crystals of prismatic and pyramidal habit are also fre- quent. Clusters of interlaced fibrous crystals pass into silky aggregates and masses (pl. 28,). Granular, compact or earthy S6 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM masses are common. Distinct individual crystals are commonly transparent with an adamantine luster and are colorless or white. Massive varieties are translucent to opaque and have a Silky luster which in the earthy forms is nearly dull. The color is white, gray or grayish black. Cerussite occurs with other lead minerals and results from the alteration of galena by the action of water charged with carbon dioxid. It is found in many parts of England and in central Europe; also in Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina and in Wisconsin and other lead regions of the northwestern states and in Colorado and Arizona. It is mined for lead and silver and is used in a direct process for the production of white lead. Malachite (green carbonate of copper) CuCO,. Cu(OH), Malachite is a basic carbonate of copper and contains 19.94 carbon dioxid, 71.9% copper oxid and 8.2¢ water. Distinct monoclinic crystals are rare. The mineral commonly occurs in bright green masses and crusts of botryoidal surface and radiating, silky fibrous structure, showing a banding of light and dark green. It is also found in stalactitic forms and earthy masses. The luster is adamantine, silky to dull, and the color bright to dark green. Malachite is formed by the action of water charged with car- bon dioxid on other copper minerals. Large deposits are found at Bisbee Ariz. and adjacent regions. It is also found to a considerable extent in Siberia, Chile and Australia and is of frequent occurrence in all deposits of copper ore. It is a source of copper and is frequently polished for orna- mental objects. ; Azurite (blue copper ore) 2CuCO,. Cu(OH), Azurite is a basic copper carbonate differing slightly from malachite in composition. It contains 25.6¢ carbon dioxid, 69.24 copper oxid and 5.2¢ water. Azurite occurs in monoclinic crystals of varied habit and often highly modified. Massive forms sometimes show columnar structure. As an incrustation it often has a velvety luster. It has a vitreous luster and is distinguished by its characteristic blue color. GUIDE TO THB MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS ST It is formed in the same way as malachite and occurs asso- ciated with it at the localities named under the latter mineral. Azurite is an ore of copper. SILICATES The members of this division are mainly important as rock- forming minerals. They are oxygen salts in which silicon is present as the acid element and are classed according as they are salts of disilicic acid (H.Si,O.), polysilicic acid (H,Si,Q,), metasilicic acid (H.SiO,) or orthosilicic acid (H,Si0,) into disilicates, polysilicates, metasilicates, orthosilicates. Subsilicates represent a group of basic silicates having a lower oxygen ratio than the foregoing. Disilicates, polysilicates Feldspar group For many reasons the feldspars are considered the most important group of minerals in the large division of the silicates. They form an essential constituent in a number of rocks such as granite, syenite, gneiss, etc. which are of primary importance as building materials and are largely quarried in all parts of the world. As a group of minerals the feldspars present several general characteristics which unite them in close relation to each other. 1 Crystallizing in the monoclinic and triclinic systems, the feldspars agree closely in crystal habit, prism angle and methods of twinning. 2 They are characterized by two easy cleavages inclined to one another at an angle which is close to 90°, the cleavage sur- faces being smooth and of high polish. 3 In hardness they vary between the comparatively close limits of 6 and 6.5. 4 They range in color from clear and colorless through white, pale shades of yellow, pink or green, to less common dark eray tints. 5 The feldspars are silicates of aluminium and some other base, commonly potassium, sodium or calcium, less frequently barium. 19 2) 9 2) NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Orthoclase (potash feldspar) KAISi,0, Orthoclase is a silicate of aluminium and potassium. Part of the potassium is often replaced by sodium She rise to a variety known as soda-orthoclase. The crystals of orthoclase are monoclinic, a type of frequent occurrence being that shown in fig. 204.. Types of prismatic om Fig. 204 Fig. 205 Orthoclase habit, often orthorhombic in aspect from the equal development of the basal pinacoid and positive hemiorthodome (fig. 205), are often found in the transparent variety called adularia. Twin crystals occur quite frequentlyand are ordinarily of three types, the Carlsbad, the Baveno and the Manebach type.t The cleavage of orthoclase takes place in two directions parallel to the basal and clinopinacoid and at an angle which is close to 90°. Cleavable masses are quite common. Also compact non- cleavable masses resembling flint. The luster of orthoclase is vitreous or pearly and the color is commonly flesh-red, yellowish, white or colorless; more rarely gray or green. Orthoclase abounds in igneous rocks and constitutes an important element in granite, gneiss and syenite and in the form of sanidine is common in the voicanic rocks rhyolite, trachyte and phonolite. It is quarried in Maine, Connecticut, Massachu- setts and Pennsylvania and at Bedford and Fort Ann N. Y. Orthoclase is used in the manufacture of porcelain and china, as a constituent of the body of the ware and also to produce the glaze. 1These forms of twinning are illustrated by specimens and models in the collection of the New York state museum. GUIDE TO THE MINBRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 89 Microcline KAISi,0, Microcline is a triclinic feldspar having the same composition as orthoclase and was formerly grouped under that species. The crystals are so close to those of orthoclase in angle and habit that the unassisted eye is unable to distinguish between the two species. Under the polarizing microscope a character- istic gridiron structure is observable in a thin section of micro- cline. A characteristic variety called Amazon stone has a beau- tiful green color. In other respects the characteristics are essen- tially the same as for orthoclase. Plagioclase feldspars The triclinic group of minerals known as the plagioclase feld- spars constitute a practically continuous series from pure soda alumina silicate in albite (NaAISi,O,) to pure lime alumina silicate, in anorthite (CaA1,Si,O,). The intermediate species now to be discussed are mixtures of these two molecules and of necessity grade into one another, so that in many cases no marked division line can be drawn. If the albite molecule, NaAJISi,O,, be represented by Ab, and the anorthite molecule, CaA]1,S8i,0,, be represented by An, the albite-anorthite series or, as they are usually called, the plagioclase feldspars, may be rep- resented in composition as follows: Albite Ab —Ab, An, Oligoclase Ab, An,—Ab, An, Andesin ; Ab, An,—Ab, An, Labradorite Ab, An,—Ab, An, Bytownite (rare) Ab, An,—Ab, An, Anorthite Ab, An,—An The plagioclase feldspars are characterized in general by a repeated twinning parallel to the brachypinacoid which results in a series of striations on the basal cleavage surface. They form an important constituent of the igneous rocks, dacite, andesite, diorite and diabase. | Albite (soda feldspar) Albite is a silicate of aluminium and sodium. It occurs in triclinic crystals (fig. 206) often tabular parallel to the brachypinacoid and usually twinned parallel to the 90 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM same plane (albite law) or with the macro axis as the twinning: axis (pericline law). It is common in pure white granular masses or in aggregations of straight or curved laminae. The luster is vitreous or pearly and the prevailing color white or less commonly bluish, gray, red or green of light tints; an opalescence or play of color is not uncommon on the cleavage » surface. ao ie Albite is frequently found in cavities and seams ig. at : Albite in acidic rocks and is frequently a matrix for such minerals as tourmalin, beryl, chrysoberyl, topaz etc. Interest- ing crystals of albite are found at Moriah, Essex co. N. Y. Oligoclase (soda lime feldspar) Oligoclase is a silicate of aluminium, sodium and calcium. It does not often occur crystallized. Cleavable masses are characterized by the fine striations, common to the plagioclases, but particularly well developed in this species. The luster is vitreous to pearly and the color whitish with faint tints of gray, green, red or yellow. It occurs with orthoclase and albite in granitoid rocks and in rocks of volcanic origin. Interesting crystals are found in St Lawrence county, N. Y. } Labradorite (lime soda feldspar) Labradorite is a silicate of aluminium, sodium and calcium. It is rarely found in small triclinic crystals but is commonly met with in dark gray cleavable masses which often display a remarkable change of color as the light is reflected from a cleavage surface. The luster is vitreous to pearly and the color in general darker than that of the other plagioclases. Labradorite is usually associated with pyroxene and amphi- bole in many basic rocks. It is the chief feldspar found in the Adirondack region of New York. Anorthite (lime feldspar) Anorthite is a silicate of aluminium and calcium. The tri- clinic crystals of anorthite are usually prismatic in habit, twinned, as with albite, and colorless, white or reddish yellow. GUIDB TO THE MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 91 The cleavable masses are pink or gray. Granular masses of a white or reddish color are common. Anorthite occurs in many volcanic rocks. Metasilicates Leucite KA1(Si0.). Leucite is a silicate of potassium and aluminium. It crystal- lizes in trapezohedrons (fig. 207) and is often found in irregular grains disseminated through lava and volcanic rock. The luster is vitreous and the color eg gray or white. Pyroxene group ) The following species though falling in the Ce 3) orthorhombic, monoclinic and triclinic systems, exhibit a marked similarity in crystal habit and aS se in the angle of the fundamental prism, which sredobte varies but slightly from 87°. This relation is emphasized by the fact that a more or less pronounced cleavage takes place parallel to this fundamental prism in all species referred to this group. Enstatite (bronzite) (MgFe)Si0. Enstatite is essentially a silicate of magnesium but often con- tains some iron replacing the magnesium. The iron-bearing variety is known as bronzite and grades into hypersthene with increased percentage of iron. Enstatite rarely occurs in orthorhombic crystals of columnar habit. It is usually found in lamellar or fibrous masses, brown, gray or green in color and in the variety bronzite with a sub- metallic or bronzelike luster. It is frequently found in basaltic and granular eruptive rocks and is quite common in stony meteorites. It occurs at Tilly Foster, Putnam co. and at Edwards, St Lawrence co. N. Y. Hypersthene (MgFe)Si0. Hypersthene is a silicate of magnesium and iron. With a decreasing proportion of iron hypersthene grades into enstatite. Orthorhombic crystals are rare. The mineral is usually found in dark green to black foliated masses, frequently showing a metalloidal luster somewhat similar to that of bronzite. Hypers- 92 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM thene is found in norites and other granular eruptive rocks, a series of which may be found in the vicinity of Peekskill, West- chester co. N. Y. Pyroxene (augite) Pyroxene is essentially a normal metasilicate of calcium and magnesium, also containing iron, manganese or zinc and some- times small percentages of potassium and sodium. The many varieties are usually classified as nonaluminous and aluminous. Sr eee Fig. 208 Fig. 209 Fig. 210 Pyroxene Pyroxene occurs in monoclinic crystals of prismatic habit with well developed terminations (fig. 208, 209); these crystals have a nearly square or octagonal cross section composed of the faces of the unit prism which has an angle of 93° (nearly 90°) and the faces of the ortho and clino pinacoid (fig. 210). A strongly marked parting parallel to the basal pinacoid is very character- istic, and is well shown in the specimen reproduced in pl.29,. The crystals are often thick and short. Massive forms are granular, foliated or columnar in structure but rarely fibrous. The luster is vitreous, resinous to dull and the color usually some shade of green, but also white, brown, or black. VARIETIES Diopsid or malacolite CaMg(Si0,),. Usually white or pale green in color. Hedenbergite (CaFe)(Si0,),. Color grayish green to black. Augite. An aluminous pyroxene chiefly CaMg(SiO.,), but con- taining aluminium and iron. Color dark green, brownish green to black. Plate 29 To face p. 92 1 Pyroxene, East Russell N. Y. Wollastonite, near Gouverneur N. Y a _— GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 93 Diallage. A foliated variety, green or brown in color. Pyroxene is an essential constituent of many basic eruptive rocks notably the diabases and gabbros. It occurs associated with amphibole, wernerite and the feldspars. In New York pyroxene occurs in handsome specimens in Orange, Westchester, Essex and Lewis counties and specially in St Lawrence county. Spodumene LiA1(Si0,), Spodumene is a silicate of lithium and aluminium. It occurs in monoclinic crystals sometimes of considerable size which are characterized by a lamellar structure parallel to the -orthopinacoid causing them to split into broad smooth plates. In the variety hiddenite the crystals are small, transparent and of a yellow-green or emerald-green color. It is also found in cleavable masses. The luster is vitreous and sometimes pearly on the cleavage surfaces, and the color white or various shades of green, pink and purple. Spodumene occurs in granite rocks and is readily altered. Immense crystals are found at Branchville Ct. The variety hid- denite occurs at Stony Point N. C. The emerald-green hiddenite is used as a gem. Jadeite (jade) NaAl(Si0.), This is a tough translucent mineral of closely compact struc- ture and of a general green color. It is chiefly notable as the material from which many of the prehistoric implements were made and is still used in the East, specially in China, for orna- ments and utensils. Wollastonite (tabular spar) CaSi0, Wollastonite is a silicate of calcium, sometimes occurring in tabular monoclinic crystals, but usually in cleavable to fibrous white or gray masses. When fibrous the fibers lie in parallel position or are arranged in reticulated bundles of parallel fibers (pl. 29,). The luster is vitreous to silky and the color white or faint tints of gray, yellow, red or brown. Wollastonite is found in granular limestone and as a contact mineral. 94 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Pectolite HNaCa, (Si0,), Pectolite is a silicate of sodium and calcium, and contains water. It usually occurs in radiated aggregates of needlelike crystals which are rarely terminated (pl. 7,). Monoclinic crystals are rare. The luster is vitreous to silky and the color white or gray. Pectolite is found associated with the zeolites and prehnite in cavities and seams of basic eruptive rocks. Rhodonite MnSi0, Rhodonite is a silicate of manganese with part of the manganese replaced by iron, calcium or zine. The crystals of rhodonite are triclinic, tabular parallel to the basal pinacoid, or in forms resembling pyroxene in habit but with rounded edges and angles. It also occurs in cleavable to compact masses and in embedded grains. The luster is vitreous and the color commonly brownish red, flesh-red or pink, less frequently greenish or yellowish. Rhodonite occurs in the United States in Maine and Massa- chusetts and abundantly in the vicinity of Franklin N. J. Amphibole group This group of minerals is closely allied to the pyroxenes, forming as it does a series whose members are chemically analagous to the corresponding members of a parallel series in the pyroxene group. The two groups are also closely related crystallographically; thus a comparison of the axial ratios of pyroxene and amphibole brings out the fact that if the a and e¢ unit intercepts for amphibole be multiplied by 2 the result will approximate very closely the actual values of the correspond- ing intercepts for pyroxene: PYROXENE AMPHIBOLE AMPHIBOLE Te kare Ee CG 9a: Dy yee 1.092: 1: 0.589 0.551: 1: 1 0.994 1,102 : f: 0588 Amphibole (hornblende) Amphibole is essentially a metasilicate of calcium and mag- nesium usually containing iron and manganese and also sodium GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 95 and potassium to some extent. As in the case of the pyroxenes the varieties are divided into nonaluminous and aluminous. Amphibole occurs in monoclinic crystals of prismatic habit, usually with an acute rhombic section and striated vertically; a typical section is shown in fig. 211. Some of the common types Fig. 211 Fig. 212 Fig. 213 Amphibole are given in fig. 212, 213. Columnar and fibrous masses are com- mon, often radiated; also coarse or fine granular masses. The luster is vitreous to pearly and often silky. The color varies with different varieties but is mainly white, shades of green, brown or black. VARIETIES Tremolite CaMg,(Si0,),. White or dark gray in color, some- times transparent and colorless. Luster silky. Actinolite Ca(MgFe).Si0.,),. Bright green to grayish green in color. Nephrite (jade). A compact tough variety similar’to the jadeite described under pyroxene. Asbestos. A fine fibrous material white, gray, or greenish in color, easily separated into threadlike fibers. Hornblende. An aluminous variety. Green, grayish green or black in color. | Amphibole occurs in crystalline limestone and in granitoid and schistose rocks. It is an important constituent of many granites, syenites and diorites. Good specimens have been obtained in Orange, St Lawrence and Lewis counties, N. Y. Amphibole asbestos, which must not be confounded with the fibrous serpentine passing commercially under the same name, 96 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM is mined in California, Wyoming and Oregon. Large deposits also occur in North Carolina, Georgia, Pennsylvania and other States but these deposits are not at present worked with profit. Asbestos is extensively used for incombustible appliances and fabrics. d Crocidolite (blue asbestos) This is a blue to green fibrous amphibole resembling asbestos. -\n altered form from South Africa has the interstices between the fibers filled with silica and under the name of “ tiger’s eye ” is sometimes cut for a cheap gem. Beryl (emerald) Be.Al,(Si0.), Beryl is a silicate of beryllium and aluminium. It occurs in hexagonal crystals of prismatic habit which are often striated are ads Fig. 214 Fig. 215 Beryl _ vertically and are seldom terminated (fig. 214, 215). It is also found in columnar or granular masses. The luster is vitreous and the color emerald-green, pale green, light blue, yellowish white, white to colorless. Beryl is common as an accessory mineral in granite veins. It is also found in mica schist, clay slate, etc. Beryl occurs in Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Connecticut, North Carolina, South Dakota and other states. The finest emeralds come from United States of Colombia, Brazil, India, Siberia and Australia. A few emeralds have been found at Stony Point 8. C. Emerald and a sky-blue to greenish blue variety called aqua- marine are cut as gems. Iolite (cordierite) Iolite is a metasilicate of magnesium, aluminium and iron of somewhat complicated formula. oo GUIDE TO THB MINBERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 97 It occurs in short orthorhombic prisms and glassy quartzlike masses of a prevailing blue color which is deeper in one direction and more grayish or yellowish in a direction at right angles to the first. It occurs in gneiss or granite but rarely in volcanic rocks. Orthosilicates Nephelite (nephelin) K,Na,Al,$i,0., Nephelite is an orthosilicate of sodium, potassium and alu- minium. The crystals are hexagonal-hemimorphic, prismatic in habit, terminated with a basal pinacoid sometimes slightly modified by a low pyramid. The crystals are small, sometimes trans- parent, with a vitreous luster, and are colorless, white or faintly yellow. Colorless or white glassy grains are found in some eruptive rocks. A common variety, called elaeolite, occurs in indistinct crystals or masses of a peculiar greasy luster and red- dish brown or greenish in color. Nephelite occurs in the more basic igneous rocks as the product of a magma rich in soda. The crystallized variety is found associated with epidote and vesuvianite in lavas and other eruptive rocks, notably in the lavas of Vesuvius. Elaeolite occurs in granular crystalline rocks and is found in Maine, Arkansas, Texas and elsewhere. Cancrinite An orthosilicate of sodium, calcium and aluminium generally found in yellow to white masses associated with elaeolite and blue sodalite. It is found in the Urals, in Norway and at Litchfield and Gardiner Me. Sodalite Na,(AI1C1) Al, (Si0,), Sodalite is a chlorosilicate of sodium and aluminium. It is found in bright blue to gray masses of a vitreous to greasy luster, in concentric nodules resembling chalcedony and rarely in isometric dodecahedral crystals. it is formed from elaeolite and its mode of occurrence is similar to that mineral. 98 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Hauynite Na,Ca(NaSo,.Al) Al, (Si0,), Hatiynite is a sodium, calcium and aluminium orthosilicate with some sodium sulfate. Haiiynite occurs in glassy rounded isometric crystals and grains of a blue to green color in igneous rocks and lavas. Lazurite (lapis lazuli) Na,(NaS,.Al) Al, (Si0,), Lazurite is an orthosilicate of sodium and aluminium with sodium sulfid. It occurs in deep blue masses and rarely in isometric crystals. Lazurite was formerly used as a natural pigment, producing the deep blue color known as ultramarine; it has now been almost entirely superseded by the artificial product of that name. Garnet R™.R"™! (Si0,), Garnet is an orthosilicate of the general formula R™,R™, (SiO,), in which R" may be calcium, magnesium, ferrous iron, or manganese and R™ aluminium, ferric iron or chromium, rarely titanium. The varying proportions of these elements give rise to numerous varieties, the principal types of which will be dis- cussed under “ Varieties.” Garnet crystallizes in the normal group of the isometric sys- tem. Fig. 216-18 show the common types of crystals. It occurs Fig. 216 } Fig. 217 Fig. 218 Garnet in isolated, embedded crystals, in drusy incrustations and in granular, lamellar and compact masses, also as rounded grains and in sand. The luster is vitreous to resinous and the color commonly brown, red or black but also yellow, pink, white, green and violet. In hardness garnet ranks between quartz and corundum. ego - sad > w.« pe Plate 30 To face p. 99 1 Garnet, Russell Mass. oe wages ae ee Pe iT —} Centimeters 2 Andalusite (chiastolite), Lancaster Mass. ————— err GUIDE TO THD MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 99 VARIETIES 1 Aluminium garnet. Grossularite Ca,Al, (Si0,),. White, pale yellow, pale green, reddish, brown or rose-red in color, rarely emerald-green from the presence of chromium. Pyrope Mg.Al, (Si0,),. Deep red to nearly black in color. Transparent specimens are cut for gems. Almandite Fe.Al, (Si0,),. Deep red to black in color. This variety includes many of the common garnets and when trans- parent is cut for gems. Spessartite Mn,Al, (Si 0,),. Dark hyacinth-red, violet-red to brownish red. 2 Iron garnet. Andradite Ca,Fe, (Si0,),. Various shades of yellow, green, red, brown and black in color. This variety is quite common. 3 Chromium garnet. Uvarovite Ca,Cr, (Si0,),. In minute crys- tals of an emerald-green color. Garnet, particularly the variety almandite, occurs abundantly in gneiss and the crystalline schists. Grossularite is character- istic of the contact zones of intruded igneous rock in the crystal- line schists. Pyrope is found in many basic igneous rocks, and spessartite in granite rocks, quartzites and whetstone schists, also in rhyolite. Uvarovite is found with chromite in serpentine and in granular limestone. Pink garnets embedded in marble are found at Mordos Mex. In New York garnet is found in Essex, Warren, Orange, Westchester and New York counties. Garnet is extensively used as abrasive material. The Mexican marble mentioned above is polished for ornamental purposes and transparent red and green varieties are cut for gems. Chrysolite (olivin, peridot) (Mg.Fe).Si0, Chrysolite is an orthosilicate of magnesium and iron. It rarely occurs in orthorhombic crystals but is usually found in trans- parent to translucent granular masses, disseminated grains or as sand. The luster of chrysolite is vitreous and the color a yellowish green, olive-green, or bottle-green to brownish red. Chrysolite occurs as an essential constituent of peridotite and of some gabbros. It is found in eruptive rocks such as trap, basalt, etc. and as a product of the metamorphism of certain sedimentary rocks containing magnesia and silica. 100 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM As a rock constituent chrysolite occurs in the rocks of the Cortlandt series in the vicinity of Peekskill, Westchester co. and Stony Point, Rockland co. N. Y. Transparent varieties of olivin are cut as gems and are known to jewelers as olivins or peridots. Willemite Zn,$i0, Willemite is an orthosilicate of zine containing 72.9% zine oxid and 27.1% silica. A considerable part of the zinc is replaced by manganese in the variety troostite. Willemite occurs in hexagonal crystals of the trirhombohedral class prismatic in habit. It is more commonly found in granular masses and disseminated grains. The luster is resinous and the color greenish yellow to apple-green when pure but flesh-red in the manganese bearing variety. Willemite is chiefly found associated with franklinite and zincite in the vicinity of Franklin N.J.where it is mined for zinc. Phenacite Be,Si0, Phenacite is the orthosilicate of beryllium. It occurs in transparent hexagonal crystals, trirhombohedral, which are commonly small, lens-shaped and transparent and white or yel- lowish in color. It occurs with microcline, beryl, quartz and topaz and is found in the Urals, in Mexico and at Pike’s peak Col. It is sometimes cut for an imitation gem. Dioptase H,CuSi0, Dioptase is a basic copper orthosilicate occurring in rhombo- hedral crystals and crystalline aggregates of a vitreous luster and emerald-green in color; also massive. Wernerite (scapolite) Wernerite is an aluminium, sodium and calcium chlorosilicate of variable composition, usually containing some soda. The crystals of wernerite are tetragonal, of the general type shown in fig. 219, and are characterized by the low pyramidal termination. They are commonly coarse. and thick, often with rounded edges and angles and with a characteristic fibrous appearance on the cleavage surfaces. Wernerite also occurs in fant) Oe GUIDE TO THBP MINBPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 101 columnar and granular masses. The luster is vitreous to dull, and the color is usually gray, dull green or white, sometimes bluish or reddish. Wernerite occurs in metamorphic rocks and is abundant in granular limestone near the contact with granite or other igne- ous rocks. It is associated with pyroxene, am- phibole, apatite, etc. In New York wernerite (a) aay is found in Orange, Essex and Lewis counties and abundantly in Jefferson and St Lawrence counties. Vesuvianite (idocrase) Vesuvianite is a basic calcium-aluminium Pee silicate of uncertain formula with some of JH ick the calcium replaced by manganese and Wernerite some of the aluminium by iron. Fluorin and titanium may be- - present. The crystals are tetragonal, prismatic or pyramidal in habit, the prismatic crystals often exhibiting the general type shown in fig. 220. Columnar masses occur straight, radiated or irregular, often producing characteristic striations parallel to the vertical axis. The luster is vitreous to resinous and the color commonly brown, green or some interme- diate shade, rarely yellow or blue. Vesuvianite commonly occurs as a contact min- eral from the alteration of impure limestone; also Pages in serpentine, chlorite schist, gneiss and other Vesuvianite metamorphic rocks; in the former case it is usually associated with garnet, phlogopite, pyroxene, wollastonite, etc. It is found in Canada, Maine, New Hampshire and New Jersey and in Orange county and other localities in New York. Zircon (hyacinth) ZrSi0, Zircon is a silicate of zirconium usually containing a little iron sesquioxid. It occurs in tetragonal crystals, prismatic in habit, of the general types shown in fig. 221-23, but sometimes pyramidal with the prism only slightly developed. Twins similar to those of cassiterite and rutile occur. Zircon is also found in irregular lumps and grains. The luster is adamantine and the color 102 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM usually brown, reddish or gray but also colorless, green or yellow. Zircon is somewhat harder than quartz. Zircon occurs chiefly in granite, gneiss, crystalline limestone and other crystalline rocks and in alluvial deposits; often in auriferous sands; sometimes also in volcanic rocks. Interest- ing specimens of zircon have been found in Orange, Essex and St Lawrence counties, N. Y. It is mined in North Carolina. Fig. 221 Fig. 222 Fig. 223 Zircon Zircon is the chief source of zirconium oxid used in certain incandescent light mantles. Transparent red and brown varie- ties are cut as gems and are known to jewelers as hyacinth, a term also used in connection with garnet. Topaz Al,.Si,0,.F,, Topaz is an aluminium fluosilicate. | The crystals are orthorhombic, prismatic in habit, frequently with complicated terminations (fig. 224, 225) and often striated rm aS Fig. 224 Fig. 225 Topaz vertically on the prismatic faces. They show perfect cleavage parallel to the base, the cleavage surfaces presenting beauti- fully polished reflecting planes. They are usually attached and we ¥ f Oy } . } . GUIDE TO THP MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 103 are consequently rarely terminated at both ends. Topaz occurs also in columnar masses and rolled fragments. The luster is vitreous and resembles that of quartz; the crys- tals are colorless, yellow, reddish, bluish, faintly green or pink; massive varieties are often white. The hardness exceeds that of quartz but is not as high as corundum. Topaz occurs in veins and cavities in the highly acid igneous rocks such as granite, rhyolite, etc. and sometimes in gneiss and schists. It is often found in alluvial deposits with stream tin. It is cemmonly associated with fluorite, cassiterite and tourmalin. It is found in Saxony, the Urals, Japan, Brazil, Mexico; and in Maine, Colorado and Utah. Transparent varieties are cut for gems. Andalusite Al,Si0. Andalusite is an orthosilicate of aluminium. It occurs in coarse orthorhombic crystals nearly square in cross section or in tough columnar or granular masses. The variety chiastolite occurs in rounded prisms which are charac- terized by carbonaceous inclusions symmetrically arranged with respect to the vertical axis; these show on a fracture, a cross or tesselated figure as in pl. 30,. The luster is vitreous inclining to pearly; the color varies from white or light gray through light green or violet to rose-red or flesh-red. Andalusite occurs in imperfectly crystalline schist, in gneiss, mica schist and other metamorphic rocks. Chiastolite is com- monly a contact mineral in clay slates adjoining granite dikes. It is found in Andalusia, Spain; Brazil and in many localities in the New England states, Pennsylvania and California. Sillimanite (fibrolite) A1l,Si0. An orthosilicate of aluminium with the same composition as andalusite. It occurs in long slender orthorhombic crystals, in parallel groups passing into fibrous or columnar masses, brown or gray in color and extremely tough in tenacity. Its mode of occurrence is similar to that of andalusite. 104 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Cyanite (disthene) Al,Si0. Cyanite is probably a basic metasilicate of aluminium with the formula (AIO), SiO... Dana, however, places it for conveni- ence in the group with sillimanite, to which mineral it bears a close relation. Cyanite is found in long bladelike, triclinic crystals which are rarely terminated and in coarsely bladed columnar masses usu- ally of a grayish blue color (pl. 2,). It cleaves easily parallel to the three pinacoids. The luster is vitreous to pearly and the color commonly blue along the center of the blades, shading to white on the edges; also gray, green to nearly black. It occurs in gneiss and mica schist with garnet and staurolite and is often associated with corundum. It is found in the cor- undum regions of Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, North Caro- lina and Georgia; it has been noted in the rocks of New York island. Cyanite is sometimes used as a gem. Datolite Ca(BOH)Si0, Datolite is a basic calcium and boron orthosilicate. It crystallizes in monoclinic forms of varied habit but usually short prismatic (fig. 226) and often highly modified. The crystals are glassy, transpa- rent or translucent and colorless, white or pale green. A massive compact variety has a dull luster resembling unglazed porcelain and is gray or pinkish in color. Datolite occurs as a secondary mineral in Fig. 226 Datolite veins and cavities in basic eruptive rocks asso- ciated with calcite, prehnite and the zeolites; also in metallic veins as in the Lake Superior copper region where the massive variety is quite common. It is also found in the vicinity of Bergen Hill and Paterson N. J. and in other localities through- out New York and New England. ’ Epidote HCa, (Al,Fe) ,Si,0,, Epidote is a basic calcium, aluminium and iron silicate. It occurs in monoclinic crystals which are commonly elongated +A few rare occurrences are noted in St Lawrence county. See Dana, J.D. System of mineralogy. 1892. Plate 31 To face p. 105 1 Epidote, Sulzbach, Tyrol 2 Prehnite, West Paterson N. J. GUIDE TO THBP MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 105 in the direction of the orthoaxis producing forms of horizontal prismatic habit (fig. 227). These pass into acicular forms, stri- ated in the direction of elongation, columnar, parallel or diver- gent, and fibrous masses (pl. 31,). It also occurs coarse to fine granular. The luster is Sas Se 4 vitreous, the crystals sharp and with bril- We Neha aeey liantly reflecting faces; the color is com- ORR monly some shade of pistachio-green, often ee nearly black, also yellowish green, gray or Fig. 227 brown. Epidote Epidote occurs in metamorphic rocks of the older formations, in gneiss, mica and hornblende schists. It is found associated with quartz, the feldspars, actinolite and minerals of the chlorite group. It is common in New England and in many of the west- ern states. Handsome specimens have been found in Orange and Putnam counties, N. Y. Axinite H,Ca,(BO) Al, (Si0,).(%) Axinite is an aluminium and calcium borosilicate with some of the calcium replaced by iron and manganese. It occurs in sharp triclinic crystals with acute edges (fig. 228), clove-brown, bluish or yellow in color and in lamellar and curved lamellar masses. The luster is highly vitreous. Prehnite H,Ca,Al,(Si0,), ehas Prehnite is an acid calcium and aluminium ae orthosilicate. It is rarely found in isolated orthorhombic crystals of tahular habit but usually occurs in aggregates of such crystals united by their basal planes and producing barrellike, sheaflike and botryoidal shapes (pl. 31,) with crystalline surfaces. The luster is vitreous, faint pearly on the basal planes; the color is light green to oil green, yellowish green, gray to white. Prehnite occurs as a secondary mineral in veins and cavities in basic eruptive rocks, basalt, diabase, etc. also in gneiss and granite associated with calcite, pectolite, datolite and the zeo- lites. It is sometimes associated with the copper of the Lake Superior region. Beautiful specimens are found in the neigh- borhood of Bergen Hill and Paterson N. J. It is occasionally cut as a gem. 106 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Subsilicates The minerals here included are probably either metasilicates or orthosilicates, which, for lack of definite knowledge regarding their constitution, have been classed by Dana under this head. Humite group This group includes the species chondrodite, humite and clino- humite. They are basic fluosilicates of magnesium and are closely related chemically. They occur in crystals which are extremely complicated (chondrodite and clinohumite are mono- clinic, and humite is orthorhombic). Clinohumite and chondro- dite occur in compact masses and disseminated grains. A yvit- reous to resinous luster is common to the group and the general color is red, brownish red, brown to yellow. The humite group occur mainly in ejected masses of limestone and are associated with chrysolite, biotite, pyroxene, magnetite, spinel, etc. The minerals of the humite group are all found at the Tilly Foster mine, Putnam co. N. Y. Calamin H,ZnSi0. Calamin is a basic zinc silicate containing 67.5¢ zinc oxid, 25% silica and 7.5% water. The crystals are orthorhombic-hemimorphic, usually tabular parallel to the brachypinacoid (fig. 229) and are frequently joined in radiated groups forming a rounded notched ridge or cockscomb (pl. 32,). Granular, stalactitic and botryoidal masses are also found. The luster is vitreous to pearly. Isolated crys- tals are occasionally colerless and transparent; in general the color is white, more rarely delicate shades of blue or green and yellow to brown in set aes the massive varieties. sere Calamin usually accompanies smithsonite in veins and cavities in stratified calcareous rocks associated with the sulfids of zinc, iron and lead. It is mined in considerable amounts in Silesia and Rhenish Germany. In the United States it occurs extensively at Granby Mo.; also at Sterling Hill N. J., Bethlehem Pa.and in Virginia, Pennsylvania, Utah and Montana. As an ore of zinc it is valued as being comparatively free from volatile impurities. Plate 32 To face p. 106 1 Calamin, Franklin N. J. 2 Tourmalin (rubellite) on lepidolite, San Diego county, Cal. poe 4 oe i 7 . $ f a eae eV : ; ee ae): ; ‘ at ie eed Je Po cose Tega | et For hee, Mitr gil ote GUIDE TO THBP MINBPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 107 Tourmalin (schor]) Tourmalin is a complex silicate of boron and aluminium with appreciable amounts of either magnesium, iron or the alkali metals. It crystallizes in the rhombohedral-hemimorphic class of the hexagonal system in prismatic crystals, sometimes short and thick as in fig. 230 or elongated with vertical striations, but Fig. 230 Fig. 231 Tourmalin always presenting a somewhat triangular cross section (fig. 251). Where doubly terminated the crystals show different modifica- tions on the two extremities. Parallel or radiated crystal aggre- gates are common as well as columnar and compact masses (pl. 32,). The luster is vitreous to resinous; the color is com- monly black, brown or bluish, also blue, green, pink, or red, rarely colorless or white. Some varieties are composed of an internal core of red surrounded by a layer of green, others are differently colored at the opposite extremities. Tourmalin occurs in crystalline rocks such as granite, gneiss, mica schist, crystalline limestone, etc. The brown variety is generally found in granular limestone and dolomite; a bluish black kind is often associated with the tin ores; black tour- malins are common in quartz, granite, gneiss and mica schist; rubellite, a pink to red variety, is found in lepidolite. In New York tourmalin is found in handsome specimens in St Lawrence county; at Gouverneur and Pierrepont; also in Essex, Orange and New York counties. _ Transparent varieties are sometimes cut as gems or for use in certain optical apparatus. Staurolite HFeAl-.Si,0,, Staurolite is a basic iron and aluminium silicate with magnes- jum (and sometimes manganese) replacing part of the ferrous iron. 108 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM It occurs in orthorhombic crystals of prismatic habit which are often twinned, producing crosslike forms (pl. 33,). The luster is resinous to vitreous and the color varies from a black- ish brown to dark brown or gray. Staurolite is usually found in metamorphic rocks such as eneiss,mica schist and argillaceous schists as a result of regional metamorphism and is frequently associated with garnet, silli- manite, cyanite and tourmalin. It occurs throughout the mica schists of New England, in North Carolina and Georgia. t ‘he ~ wa 4a (on ) 7 }; - ee eal, fe ath paki 2 Plate 34 To face p. 109 1 Stilbite, Partridge Island N. S. be, TR SIGE EES ON CSR RO Ob reMaRS EVER EW HH: 2 Natrolite, Weehawken N. J. GUIDE TO THR MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 109 Heulandite H,CaAl, (Si0,) ,+3H,0 Heulandite is a hydrous calcium and aluminum silicate. It occurs in monoclinic crystals, somewhat coffinlike in shape with marked cleavage parallel to the clinopinacoid and a pearly luster on the clinopinacoid and cleavage surfaces. The crystals are sometimes joined in parallel position, giving ridgelike forms of the general coffinlike section. The luster is pearly to vitreous and the color white, red or brown. Heulandite occurs with the other zeolites in basaitic rocks and gneiss. For localities see apophyllite. Stilbite (desmine) H,(Na,.Ca) Al, (Si0,) ,+4H,0 Stilbite is a hydrous sodium, calcium and aluminium silicate. It occurs in monoclinic crystals resembling those of heulandite but usually more tabular parallel to the clinopinacoid and with a more strongly marked tendency to form aggregates which are sheaflike (pl. 34,), globular or radiated in form. The broad faces of the tabular crystals show a pearly luster, otherwise the luster is vitreous; the color is white, red, brown or yellow. Stilbite occurs in the formations and localities common to the zeolites, for which see apophyllite. ‘Chabazite (Ca,Na,) Al, (Si0.,) ,+6H,0 Chabazite is a hydrous calcium, sodium and aluminium sili- cate. It occurs in rhombohedral crystals with nearly square faces, which give them somewhat the aspect of cubes. These faces, however, are commonly striated parallel to the edges and are often broken by the protuberance of an angle of the twinned negative rhombohedron. The luster is vitreous and the color white or flesh-red. Chabazite like the other zeolites is found generally in basaltic rocks. It is abundant in several localities in Nova Scotia. Analcite NaAl(Si0,),+H,0 Analcite is a hydrous sodium and aluminium silicate. It occurs in isometric crystals, usually trapezohedrons (fig. 233). | \) prominent zeolite localities previously given under apophyllite. WES aa a4 Natrolite Na,Al,Si,0,,+2H,0 sata Natrolite is a hydrous sodium and aluminium Analcite Silicate. It occurs in slender, orthorhombic prisms of nearly square cross section often terminated by a flat pyramid (fig. 234); these are commonly grouped in radiating and interlacing aggregates (pl. 34,). It also occurs in radiating fibrous forms and granular to compact masses. The luster is vitreous; the color is white, greenish or _ reddish, the crystals are frequently colorless. The manner of occurrence, association and | localities are the same as for the other : Fig. 234 zeolites. Wica. divisidn Natrolite Muscovite (common mica, isinglass) H,KAI,(Si0,), Muscovite is a hydrous potassium and aluminium orthosili- cate. The crystals of muscovite are monoclinic, prismatic and tabu- lar in habit, with a rhombic or hexagonal section and cleave with great ease parallel to the base into extremely thin elastic plates. It also occurs in disseminated scales, often grouped in globular (pl. 35,) or plumose (pl. 35,) forms. The luster of muscovite is vitreous, pearly on the cleavage planes; the color is commonly gray, brown, green or yellow, sometimes violet or black. Muscovite is the most common of the micas and is very widely distributed. It is an essential constituent of mica schist and. to a less degree, of some granite and gneiss. The best developed crystals occur in pegmatite dikes and veins. It is also found in fragmental rocks and limestones but rarely as a secondary mineral in volcanic rocks. Pla te 35 To face p. 110 a. coer aes CANEE Sana Sees Sates Ge © eereeeaacenee erat en* 1 Muscovite, Stowe Me. 2 Muscovite (plumose), Minot Me ae GUIDE TO THD MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 111 Muscovite is mined in South Carolina and New Hampshire. Deposits of good quality also exist in Pennsylvania, Colorado, Nevada, New Mexico, South Dakota, Washington and California. Muscovite has been found in Westchester, Orange, Jefferson and St Lawrence counties, N. Y. Muscovite, known commercially as mica and colloquially as isinglass, is much used for the doors of furnaces and stoves, also as an insulating material in dynamos and other electric appli- ances and for many less important purposes. Lepidolite (lithia mica) Lepidolite is a basic fluosilicate of potassium lithium and aluminium. It occurs in crystalline plates resembling those of muscovite but of a pinkish or violet-gray color often nearly white. More frequently it is found in massive granular aggre- gates of coarse or fine scales. It cleaves easily parallel to the base into elastic plates. It is distinguished from muscovite mainly by the color. It is found in granite and gneiss particularly in pegmatite veins, Biotite (black mica) (H,K).(Mg,Fe!),(Al,Fe!).(Si0,). Biotite is a potassium, magnesium, aluminium, ferrous and ferric iron orthosilicate. It occurs in monoclinic crystals, tabular or short prismatic in habit, similar to those of muscovite. These show the basal cleavage characteristic of the micas, separating into thin elastic plates. It is often found in disseminated scales or in massive aggregates of cleavable scales. The luster is vitreous, pearly, or, in the dark colored varieties, ‘submetallic; the color is com- monly dark green to black. Biotite occurs as an important constituent in many igneous rocks and is common in most granites, and in many syenites and diorites; also in such eruptive rocks as rhyolite, trachyte and andesite. In small flakes biotite is present in many common rocks and soils. Orange, Essex and St Lawrence counties, N. Y. furnish good specimens. 112 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Phlogopite (amber mica) (H,K,MgF).,Mg.Al(Si0,), Phlogopite is a potassium, magnesium and aluminium fluo- silicate. The crystals of phlogopite are similar to those of muscovite and biotite but are often developed into rather longer prismatic forms usually tapering slightly at either end. The color is com- monly yellowish brown to brownish red, frequently a metallic copper-red on the cleavage surfaces. It is specially characteristic of crystalline limestone and is also found in serpentine. Localities are numerous throughout New York, particularly in Jefferson and St Lawrence counties, and in New Jersey. Phlogopite is used largely as an insulating material in electric work. Clinochlore (ripidolite) H,Mg.A1,Si,0,, Clinochlore is a basic magnesium and aluminium silicate. It occurs in monoclinic crystals closely approximating hex- agonal forms in prism angle. The crystals cleave easily into thin, inelastic plates resembling those of the micas. It is also found in masses of coarse or fine scales and in an earthy variety. In color clinochlore is commonly some shade of green, more rarely yellowish, white or rose-red. It is frequently found in chlorite and talcose rocks and in serpentine. Clinochlore partly altered to serpentine occurs with magnetite at Brewster, Putnam co. N. Y. Prochlorite H,,(FeMg),,Al,,Si,,0,, Prochlorite is a basic magnesium and aluminium silicate with some iron and a lower percentage of silicarthan clinochlore. It is monoclinic, the crystals are commonly small with strongly furrowed prismatic faces and often curiously twisted into wormlike shapes. It is also found in foliated and granular masses. The color varies from grass-green to blackish green and the luster from feebly pearly to dull. It frequently results from the decomposition of mica, amphi- bole, garnet, pyroxene, etc. Its association and occurrence are similar to clinochlore. i GUIDE TO THB MINBPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 113 Serpentine and tale division Serpentine H,Mg,.Si,0, Serpentine is a hydrous magnesium silicate with some of the magnesium replaced by iron. Serpentine occurs only in massive forms and in pseudo- morphs after crystals of chrysolite, amphibole, pyroxene, ensta- tite, etc. It is sometimes foliated but also occurs in delicate silky fibers (pl. 3,) and in fine granular to impalpable masses. It is characterized by a greasy feel. The color is green of various shades, yellow, brown, red, black and nearly white, often gray on exposure and frequently variegated. The luster is greasy, silky or waxy. Serpentine is a secondary mineral resulting from the altera- tion of certain magnesium silicates and frequently forms large rock masses. When formed from the alteration of basic igne- ous rocks it is associated with spinel, garnet, chromite and some- times ores of nickel. The variety derived from the decomposi- tion of metamorphic rocks is commonly accompanied by dolo- mite, magnesite and other carbonates. A variegated rock of the latter type is polished for ornamental purposes and goes by the name of verd antique marble; this is quarried at Milford Ct. A fibrous variety known as chrysotile is mined in Quebee and is used as asbestos. Outcrops of serpentine are found in West- chester county at New Rochelle, Rye and Port Chester, and in Putnam, Orange, Richmond, Jefferson and St Lawrence counties, he Tale (steatite, soapstone) H,Mg.(Si0,) , Tale is an acid metasilicate of magnesium. Owing to the extreme rarity of crystallized specimens its sys- tem of crystallization is still in doubt. It commonly occurs in foliated or fibrous masses (pl. 3,), sometimes with a stellated structure, and in coarse or fine granular to compact masses. These vary in hardness (H1-1.5) but are in general very soft with a soapy feel. The color is ordinarily white, greenish or gray and the luster pearly or waxy. VARIETIES Foliated tale. A light green to white foliated variety which may be separated into thin, inelastic plates. 114 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Soapstone or steatite. A coarse to fine granular tale of a gray or green color; used extensively for making sinks and as a refractory material for hearths, stove linings, ete. French chalk. A soft compact material used by tailors for marking cloth. Agolite. A fibrous variety of tale somewhat above the aver- age hardness and used when mixed with wood pulp in the manu- facture of paper. Rensselaerite. A name given to the pseudomorphs of talc after pyroxene. Tale in the form of soapstone is very common, and in some regions constitutes quite extensive beds. It is often associated with serpentine, chlorite schist and dolomite and frequently forms pseudomorphs after other minerals. An _ extensive deposit at Taleville, St Lawrence co. N. Y. is mined for the manufacture of paper and for a fireproof fiber which is mixed with serpentine asbestos.t Besides the uses above mentioned talc is used in making soap, as a dressing for skins and as a lubricant. Sepiolite (meerschaum) H,Mg,Si,0,, Sepiolite is a silicate of magnesium containing water. It occurs in soft, compact, white, amorphous masses of an earthy texture and with a dull luster. It is rarely fibrous. Sepiolite is found in Asia Minor, Greece, Morocco, Moravia and in Spain where it is used as a building stone. The material from Asia Minor is used for making meerschaum pipes. Kaolin division Kaolinite (kaolin) H,Al,S$i,0, Kaolinite is a basic aluminium silicate with some iron and organic matter. It occurs in small scalelike pearly monoclinic crystals, more commonly in compact or loose masses of a claylike nature. The color is white, grayish, yellowish and sometimes brownish, bluish or reddish. The common massive material is plastic and unctuous to the touch. ‘Nevius, J. N. Tale industry of St Lawrence county, N. Y. N. Y. state mus. 51st an. rep’t. 1897. 1:119-27. 0 Ag A a , P=. > : Le 4¥ 7; Be ee cd Plate 36 To face p. 115 1 Pyrophyllite, Lincoln county, Ga. Centimeters: 2 Pyromorphite, Ems, Germany GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 115 Kaolin is of secondary origin resulting from a decomposition of the feldspars and other silicates. It occurs associated with the feldspars, corundum, topaz, ete. Notable deposits occur in China, Belgium, France, Bavaria and Cornwall. In the United States kaolin is mined in Florida, North Carolina, Delaware, Pennsylvania, and in somewhat poorer quality in Ohio, New Jersey, New York and other states. As a constituent of porcelain, chinaware, tiling and similar ‘products its importance is constantly increasing.t Pyrophyllite (pencil stone) H,Al,(Si0.), Pyrophyllite is a basic aluminium silicate. It occurs in radiated, lamellar or fibrous masses, sometimes compact and smooth, soft and soapy like tale (pl. 36,).. The lus- ter is pearly to dull and the color white, greenish, brownish or yellow. The compact variety is present in some schistose rocks and the foliated form often occurs associated with cyanite. Pyro- phyliite is found in North Carolina, South Carolina and Georgia. It is extensively used for slate pencils. | Chrysocolla CuSi0.+2H,0 Chrysocolla is a hydrous copper silicate containing 34.3% silica, 45.2% copper oxid and 20.5% water. It is often very impure. . Chrysocolla is found in green to blue masses with an enamel- like texture; sometimes botryoidal; incrusting or filling seams. {mpure varieties often occur in earthy masses, green or dull brown in color. It occurs associated with other copper minerals specially in the upper parts of veins and is to be found in most of the copper producing regions. It is an ore of copper and is also used for imitation turquoise. Titano-silicates, Titanates Titanite (sphene) CaTiSi0, Titanite is a calcium titano-silicate often carrying iron in varying amounts and sometimes manganese and yttrium. 1For an exhaustive treatise on this subject see N. Y. state mus. Bul. 35. 1900. - 116 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM The crystals of titanite are monoclinic and very varied in form; commonly of a wedge-shaped or tabular type (fig. 235) but often prismatic in habit. Compact massive forms also occur but lamellar varieties are rare. The luster is adamantine or resinous and the color usually brown to black, yellow or green, rarely rose-red. Titanite occurs as an accessory rock-forming mineral in many igneous rocks, mostly of the acidic feldspathic type and is more common in Fig. 235 plutonic granular than in the volcanic forms. ara It is found in basic hornblende granites, sye- nites and diorites and is very characteristic of the nephelin schists, gneisses, etc.; also in granular limestone and in beds of iron ore. It is commonly associated with pyroxene, amphibole, wernerite, zircon, apatite, etc. and when found in cavities in granite and gneiss often accompanies orthoclase and quartz. Handsome specimens are to be found in Ottawa and Renfrew counties, Canada, and in New York in the Lake George region of Essex county and in St Lawrence, Lewis, Orange and Putnam counties. Transparent varieties are cut for gems. NIOBATES, TANTALATES Columbite, tantalite The species columbite, an iron and manganese niobate, and tantalite, an iron tantalate, grade into each other chemically to such an extent that it is impossible to definitely separate the two species. The normal formula for columbite is (Fe, Mn) Nb,O, and that for normal tantalite is FeTa,O,. The iron and manganese vary widely and tin and wolfram are also often present in small amounts. The crystals which are orthorhombic are of varied habit, some- times occurring in short prismatic forms or in tabular prismatic crystals flattened parallel to the macropinacoid, Heart-shaped twins are quite common. It also occurs massive. The luster is submetallic, often very brilliant, and the color black in opaque varieties or brown in the more translucent occurrences. It is frequently iridescent, particularly on the surfaces produced by cleavage, which occurs in two directions at right angles. GUIDE TO THE MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 117 Columbite often occurs in granite and pegmatite veins, in mica, and, in the Greenland locality, in cryolite; it has been found in gold washings in the Urals. In the United States it is found in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina, Colorado, South Dakota and California. PHOSPHATES, ARSENATES, VANADATES, ANTIMONATES Monazite (Ce,La,Di) PO, Monazite is a phosphate of the cerium metals, with some thorium and silicon possibly present as mechanical impurities. It occurs in small monoclinic crystals (fig. 236) often flattened parallel to the orthopina- coid; also in disseminated grains or as sand and sometimes in angular masses. The lus- ter is resinous and the color hyacinth-red, brown to yellow. Monazite in the form of sand is quite abundant in certain parts of Brazil; it also occurs as a constituent of the gneiss rock of Fig. 236 North Carolina and South Carolina. PeagR It is the chief source of the thorium which is now extensively used in the manufacture of mantles for incandescent gas fix- tures. Apatite group Apatite (phosphate rock) Ca,(C1,F) (P0,), Under this head are included the subdivisions fluor-apatite and chlor-apatite. The former is a calcium phosphate with calcium ‘fluorid and the latter a calcium phosphate with cal- cium chlorid. Intermediate compounds contain both fluorin and chlorin in varying amounts. Apatite crystallizes in the pyramidal group of the hexagonal system. The crystals are prismatic in habit commonly terminated by the unit pyramid (fig. 237) and sometimes with the additional modification of the base; occasionally the prismatic crystals Fic. 7 ore Short or tabular and show the modification of Apatite the third order pyramid (as in specimens from Knap- penwand in the Tyrol). Compact massive varieties have a globular or reniform structure and are often found in rocklike 118 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM masses or nodules not unlike common limestone. The luster is vitreous to resinous and the color varies widely from sea-green, bluish green, brown or flesh-red, in the commoner occurrenées, to transparent violet, yellow or colorless and opaque white or gray in the less common forms. VARIETIES Ordinary. Crystallized or granular massive material as de- scribed above. Phosphorite. Fibrous concretionary and partly scaly masses. Osteolite. Mostly altered and impure apatite of a compact earthly nature and white or gray in color. RELATED Phosphate rock. A massive impure phosphatic material chiefly of organic origin, and granular, spongelike or nodular in struc- ture. Here are included the phosphatic limestones, guano deposits and bone beds from which is extracted material of con- siderable importance in the manufacture of fertilizers. Apatite occurs in a great variety of formations but is most common in metamorphic crystalline rocks particularly in granu- lar limestone, in gneiss, syenite, mica schist and in beds of iron ore. As an accessory rock mineral it has a wide distribu- tion. It is found in many igneous rocks, the larger crystals being characteristic of granite and pegmatite, where it is asso- ciated with quartz, feldspar, tourmalin, muscovite, beryl, etc. Besides many foreign localities apatite occurs in extensive deposits in the Laurentian gneiss of Canada associated with calcite, pyroxene, amphibole, titanite, etc. It is found in Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, and in New York, in St Lawrence, Jefferson, Essex and Orange counties; also in Pennsylvania and North Carolina. Extensive deposits of phos- phate rock occur in eastern South Carolina and Florida. Apatite in the form of phosphate rock is largely used for fertilizers. The purer material is employed in the manufacture of phosphorus. Pyromorphite (green lead ore) (PbC1)Pb,(PO,), Pyromorphite is a phosphate of lead with lead chlorid, often with some arsenic, iron or calcium. With a larger proportion of arsenic it passes into mimetite. | es i) oo To face p. 119 Plate 37 Sy i -— is ; & = 7 T , England nwall Cor b Mimetite 1 Garland county, Ga avellite, 2 W GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 119 It occurs in hexagonal crystals of the pyramidal group, pris- matic in habit, often in rounded or barrel-shaped forms or in parallel and branching groups (pl. 36,), less frequently in globu- lar and reniform masses with a subcolumnar structure. The luster is resinous and the color usually some shade of green, yellow or brown, also grayish white or milk-white. Pyromorphite occurs principally in veins with galena and other lead minerals. It is found in Saxony, Bohemia and Nassau and in several places in England and Scotland. In the United States it occurs in Maine, Pennsylvania, North Carolina and at Ossining N. Y. Mimetite (P1C1)Pb,(As0,), Mimetite is an arsenate of lead with lead chlorid. With the replacement of arsenic by phosphorus it grades into pyromor- phite; calcium also frequently replaces part of the lead. The crystals of mimetite are hexagonal-pyramidal and resemble those of pyromorphite; they show, however, a marked tendency toward the production of rounded, globular aggre- gates (pl. 37,).. The mineral also occurs in mammillary crusts. The luster is resinous and the color yellow to brown or white. Its occurrence is similar to that of pyromorphite. Vanadinite (PbCl) Pb,(V0,), Vanadinite is a vanadinate of lead with lead chlorid. Phos- phorus is also often present in small amounts; also arsenic, both of which replace some of the vanadium. The crystals are like those of pyromorphite and mimetite, often with hollow or cavernous faces on the basal plane, and sometimes show- ing the modification of the third order pyramid (fig. 258). The luster is resinous and the color deep red, brown to yellow. Vanadinite abounds in the mining regions of Arizona and New Mexico where it is associated with wulfenite. Vanadinite is a source of vanadium salts, which are used in dyeing fabrics, and for the production of vanadium bronze, vanadium ink, etc. Vanadinite 120 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Olivenite Cu,(OH) AsO, Olivenite is a basic arsenate of copper. It occurs in small orthorhombic crystals of prismatic habit and often acicular; also in velvety or drusy masses of fibrous crystals and in globular forms. The luster is adamantine to vitreous and the color olive-green of various shades passing to brown and some- times almost black, more rarely yellow or grayish white. It is found in Cornwall, Devonshire, the Tyrol, the Ural mountains, Chile and in the Tintie district of Utah. Libethenite Cu, (OH)PO, Libethenite is a basic copper phosphate. It occurs in small orthorhombic crystals closely resembling those of olivenite in form and luster; the color is in general somewhat darker than that of olivenite. raluies Lazulite is a basic phosphate of aluminium, iron and magnes- ium. It occurs in monoclinic crystals of pyramidal habit and in granular to compact masses. The luster is vitreous and the color deep sky-blue. It occurs in veins in clay slate, thas aif ete. and is found in Salzberg, Styria, Sweden and in North Carolina and Georgia. Vivianite (blue iron earth) Fe,(P0,),+8H,0 Vivianite is a hydrous phosphate of ferrous iron. It occurs in monoclinic prismatic crystals, often in stellate groups; also as an earthy material replacing organic remains as bones, shells, etc. The luster is vitreous to dull. The unaltered material is colorless but gradually becomes blue or bluish green on exposure to air. It occurs associated with pyrrhotite and pyrite in veins of copper or tin, in beds of clay or associated with limonite; also in cavities of fossils or buried bones. Vivianite occurs in the: United States in New Jersey, Virginia and Kentucky. Erythrite (cobalt-bloom) Co,(As0,).+8H,0 Erythrite is a hydrous arsenate of cobalt. It occurs in monoclinic prisms striated vertically and some- times in stellate groups. Small globular and incrusting forms GUIDE TO THE MINDRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 121 with drusy or velvety surfaces are of frequent occurrence as well as an earthy variety pink in color. The luster is vitreous to adamantine, pearly on some faces, also dull or earthy. The color is crimson-red to peach-red. It is found in Saxony, Baden, Norway and in the United States in Pennsylvania, Nevada and California. Wavellite Al,(OH),(PO,),+9H,0 Wavellite is a hydrous basic phosphate of aluminium. Distinct orthorhombic crystals are rare. The mineral is com- monly found in hemispheric or globular aggregates of radiating fibrous crystals (pl. 37.,). Stalactitic forms also occur. The lus- ter is vitreous and the color white, yellow or green, occasionally brown, blue or black. It is found in Devonshire, Saxony, Bohemia, Brazil and in Pennsylvania, Arkansas and North Carolina. | Turquoise Al,(OH),P0,+H,0 Turquoise is a hydrous basic phosphate of aluminium with some copper, to which it owes its color. It occurs in sky-blue to green nodules, veins or rolled masses with a dull or waxlike luster; also stalactitic or incrusting. Turquoise occurs in porphyritic trachyte and in a clay slate which, in the Persian locality, is found penetrated by trachyte. It was formerly extensively mined in Persia; recently, however, important workings in New Mexico have been reopened and are producing very good material. Localities are also known in Arizona, California, Colorado and Nevada. Turquoise is used as a gem. Torbernite (copper uranite) Cu(U0,).,P,0,+8H,0 Torbernite is a hydrous phosphate of uranium and copper. It occurs in small tabular tetragonal crystals often extremely thin, of a bright green color and pearly luster. Less frequently it occurs in pyramidal forms or in foliated micaceous aggre- gates. | It has been found in Cornwall, Saxony and Bohemia. we NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Autunite (lime uranite) Ca(U0,),P.,0,+8H,0 Autunite is a hydrous phosphate of uranium and calcium. It is found in tabular orthorhombic crystals very similar to those of torbernite but lemon-yellow or sulfur-yellow in color. It occurs in Connecticut, North Carolina and in the Black hills of South Dakota. BORATES Boracite Mg,C1,B,,0., Boracite is a chloro-borate of magnesium. The crystals are of the tetrahedral class of the isometric SYS- tem and are commonly small and cubic (fig. 239), tetrahedral Fig. 239 Fig. 240 Boracite (fig. 240), octahedral or dodecahedral in habit; these usually occur isolated embedded in gypsum, anhydrite or salt. A mas- sive variety occurs in snow-white, soft and powdery masses. The crystals are colorless, white to gray, vellow or green and vitreous to adamantine in luster. Boracite is found associated with other minerals which have been deposited from solution and occurs in many parts of Europe notably at Stassfurt, Prussia. Colemanite Ca,B,0,,+5H.0 Colemanite is a hydrous borate of calcium often occurring in. monoclinic crystals, short prismatic in habit, and somewhat resembling those of datolite, also in cleavable to granular and compact masses. Colemanite is commonly white or colorless and of a vitreous to dull luster. Under this species are included: Priceite. A massive variety, white and chalky in appearance and loosely compacted in structure. Pandermite. A white variety in firm, compact, porcelainlike masses. | | GUIDE TO THBP MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 123 Colemanite is found quite abundantly in California, Nevada and Oregon. Pandermite is mined near Panderma in Turkey. Colemanite is an important source of the borax of commerce. Borax (tinkal) Na,B,0..10H,0 Borax is a hydrous borate of sodium. It occurs in sharp, well formed monoclinic crystals trans- parent to opaque resembling those of pyroxene in habit. The color is white to gray sometimes inclining to greenish or bluish and the luster is vitreous to dull. Borax is present in solution in many lakes of a saline or alka- ‘line nature and is found crystallized in the mud at the bottom and in deposits in the surrounding marshes. Deposits of con- siderable importance occur in Nevada and California. it is used in many industries such as soap, glass making etc., aS a preservative and in washing, bleaching and antiseptic preparations. Ulexite NaCaB.0,.8H,0 Ulexite is a hydrated borate of sodium and calcium. It occurs in loose rounded masses of fibrous crystals, white in color and with a silky luster. Its occurrence is similar to colemanite and borax and it is found in Nova Scotia and Chile as well as in the borax localities of Nevada and California. It is much used in the manufacture of borax. URANATES Uraninite (pitchblende) Uraninite is a uranate of uranyl, lead, usually thorium (or zirconium) and frequently metals of-the lanthanum and yttrium groups. The relation between the bases, however, varies so widely that no definite formula can be given. It rarely occurs in isometric crystals of octahedral habit but is commonly found in botryoidal or granular masses pitchlike in luster and appearance and generally black in color. Uraninite occurs as a primary constituent of granitic rocks and as a secondary mineral with silver, lead and copper ores. The main supply is obtained from Bohemia. It is mined, how- 124 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ever, in Colorado and is found to some extent in North Carolina, | South Carolina, Texas and in the Black hills of South Dakota. It is the principal source of the uranium salts used in painting on porcelain and in the manufacture of fluorescent glass. SULFATES, CHROMATES, ETC, Barite (heavy spar, barytes) BaS0O, Barite is the sulfate of barium, sometimes containing stron- tia, silica, clay, etc. as impurities. It occurs in orthorhombic crystals which are often tabular in habit (fig. 241, 242); these are sometimes united in divergent Fig. 241 Fig. 242 Fig. 243 Barite groups giving the crested appearance shown in pl. 38,, and pass- ing by insensible gradations into straight or curved laminated masses. Crystals with prominent dome faces (fig. 243) are also frequent. Massive forms are of a granular, fibrous, earthy, stalactitic or nodular structure. Barite cleaves easily parallel to the basal and prismatic faces. The color is commonly white or light shades of yellow, brown, red or blue; the luster is vitreous to pearly. Barite frequently occurs associated with metallic deposits, particularly with lead, copper, iron, silver, manganese and cobalt. It is mined in North Carolina, Virginia and Missouri, and is also found in Connecticut, Tennessee, Kentucky, Illinois and in Jefferson and St Lawrence counties, of New York. It is also mined in Germany and -Hungary. White varieties of barite are ground and used as an adulterant of white lead and to give weight and body to paper and certain kinds of cloth. The colored varieties are sometimes polished for ornamental purposes. Anhydrite CaSO, Anhydrite is an anhydrous calcium sulfate. It is rarely found in orthorhombic crystals; massive forms are often characterized by rectangular cleavage in three directions. Plate 38 To face p. 124 1 Barite, Hartz, Germany 2 Gypsum, Paris, France 4 GUIDE TO THE MINBPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 125 Fibrous, granular and marblelike masses occur, sometimes exhibiting a sugarlike appearance on the fracture. The color is commonly white or gray, often bluish, reddish or brick-red. The luster is vitreous inclining to pearly. Anhydrite occurs associated with rock salt, gypsum and lime- stones of various ages. It is found in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia and to a limited extent at Lockport N. Y. and in eastern Pennsylvania and Tennessee. Anglesite PbSO, Anglesite is a sulfate of lead containing 26.4¢ sulfur trioxid and 73.6¢ lead oxid. The crystals are orthorhombic and of varied habit. Massive forms are extremely common, the mineral frequently forming in concentric layers around a core of galena. Anglesite is white, gray or more rarely bluish or yellowish in color; the crystals are often transparent and colorless. The luster is adamantine to vitreous. It is a frequent decomposition product of galena with which it is commonly associated and often alters to cerussite. It is found throughout the United States in the lead regions notably in Pennsylvania, Missouri, Wisconsin and Colorado. Extensive deposits occur in Mexico and Australia. It is mined with other lead minerals as an ore of lead. ' Celestite SrSO, Celestite is a sulfate of strontium sometimes containing small amounts of calcium and barium. It crystallizes in the orthorhombic system in forms generally similar in type to those of barite, often tabular parallel to the base or prismatic to the macro or brachy axes (fig. 244). Fibrous massive forms vecur with a parallel or radiated silky structure; also cleavable masses and more rarely granular varieties. In color celes- tite varies from white to pale blue, some- times reddish; the crystals are often trans- parent and colorless. The luster is vitre- Bk os ous to pearly. _ Celestite is of frequent occurrence in limestone and sandstone, in beds of gypsum, rock salt, etc.; and in volcanic regions asso- 126 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM ciated with sulfur and other eruptive minerals. Beautiful crys- tals have been obtained from Girgenti, Sicily. It also occurs at several localities on Lake Erie; at Lockport, Chaumont bay, Rossie and Schoharie N. Y.; in Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Tennessee, Kansas, Texas and California, and at Kingston Canada. As a source of strontium nitrate, celestite is much used in the manufacture of fireworks. Crocoite PbCr0, Crocoite is a lead chromate occurring in monoclinic crystals of prismatic habit and in imperfectly columnar and granular masses. It is of a bright hyacinth-red to orange-yvellow color. The luster is adamantine. Brochantite 4Cu0.80..3H,0 Brochantite is a basic sulfate of copper commonly found in acicular orthorhombic crystals or drusy crusts of an emerald- green or blackish green color and vitreous luster. Gypsum (selenite, alabaster) CaS0,+2H,0 Gypsum is a hydrous calcium sulfate. The crystals are monoclinic and commonly quite simple in form, fig. 245 and 246 representing types of common occurrence. Fig. 245 Fig. 246 Gypsum Twins of the arrowhead form shown in pl. 58, are quite fre- quent. Massive forms have a foliated, lamellar or granular structure and a fibrous variety known as satin spar is often of marked beauty. Easy cleavage parallel to the clinopinacoid yields thin polished plates. The color varies from white to gray, flesh-red, yellow or light blue. The luster is pearly to sub- vitreous. GUIDE TO THE MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 127 VARIETIES Selenite. A colorless transparent variety usually in distinct crystals or broad folia. Fibrous. A coarse or fine fibrous variety, translucent and silky in luster. Alabaster. A compact, fine grained gypsum much used for carved objects. Rock gypsum. An earthy dull colored variety often contain- ing clay, calcium carbonate or silica as an impurity. Extensive deposits of gypsum have resulted from the evapora- tion and concentration of ancient seas and landlocked waters. Gypsum is also produced by volcanic action and from the decom- position of limestone by sulfuric acid. In New York gypsum is found throughout the rocks of the Salina group in considerable quantities associated with halite. Deposits also occur in Ohio, Illinois, Virginia, Tennessee, Kansas and Arkansas and to a considerable extent in Nova Scotia. Gypsum is burned and ground for plaster of paris and when ground from the raw material is of considerable value as a fertilizer. Alabaster and, to some extent, satin spar are used for carved ornamental objects. Epsomite (epsom salt) MgS0,+7H,0 Epsomite is a hydrous magnesium sulfate. It is usually found in white botryoidal masses and delicately fibrous crusts and is characterized by its bitter saline taste. Alunite (alum stone) K(A10).(S0,).+8H,0 Alunite is a hydrous sulfate of aluminium and potassium. It crystallizes in rhombohedrons closely resembling cubes. It also occurs in massive forms of fibrous, granular or impalpable structure. The color is generally white, often shading to gray- ish or reddish. The luster is vitreous to pearly. It occurs as seams in rocks of a trachytic character where it has been formed by the action of sulfur dioxid and steam. Itis found in Rosita hills, Col. Alunite is used in the production of alum. 128 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM TUNGSTATES, MOLYBDATES Wolframite (wolfram) (Fe,Mn) WO, Wolframite is a tungstate of iron and manganese in which these metals are present in varying amounts. The crystals are monoclinic, of the general type Shown in fig. 247. These are commonly tabular parallel to the orthopinacoid; also prismatic. | [wins are quite frequent; granular or columnar | masses also occur. Perfect cleavage parallel to the clinopinacoid is characteristic as well as part- _ Fig. 247 ing planes parallel to the orthopinacoid and hemi- Wolframite orthodome. The color is a dark grayish or brown- ish black and the luster is submetallic. Wolframite occurs associated with tin ores and other metal- lic minerals notably in the Cornwall and German mines. It is also found in New South Wales and Bolivia and in Connecticut, North Carolina, 4» Missouri and Dakota. _ It is used in the manufacture of tungsten steel and as a source of the tungsten: x salts, which are of considerable importance . d ] o, in dyeing Scheelite CaW0, Scheelite is a calcium tungstate crystallizing Phelan in the pyramidal class of the tetragonal system. The crystals are pyramidal in habit (fig. 248), more rarely tabular. These often occur in drusy crusts. The color is white or light shades of yellow, brown, red, rarely green. The luster is vitreous tending to adamantine. Scheelite occurs in crystalline rocks associated with cas- Siterite, fluorite, topaz, apatite, molybdenite or wolframite, in- crusting or in quartz, and sometimes associated with gold. It is of comparatively rare occurrence but is found at Monroe and Trumbull Ct. and in South Carolina, Nevada, Idaho and ] ; Colorado Wulfenite PbMo0, Wulfenite is a lead molybdate crystallizing in the pyramidal class of the tetragonal system. The crystals are commonly thin tabular in habit of the general type shown in fig. 249; octahedral or prismatic forms are much GUIDE TO THD MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 129 less frequent, as are also granular massive forms. The com- moner colors include a wax-yellow, orange to bright red and brown; an oliye-green variety is rather rare. Wulfenite occurs in veins associated Reseed edn 17 BN Pe ee with other ores of lead particularly 77 vanadinite and pyromorphite. In the Wulfenite United States it is principally found in Arizona and New Mexico though smaller deposits have been found in Massachusetts, near Ossining N. Y., in Pennsylvania, Missouri, Wisconsin, Nevada, Utah and California. HYDROCARBON COMPOUNDS With few exceptions, hydrocarbon compounds are not homo- geneous substances and hence are not to be classed as definite mineral species. On the other hand, several substances belong- ing to this division have acquired so much importance from an economic point of view that it is thought best to briefly describe them here. AuhNer Amber occurs in irregular masses which break with a concoidal fracture. It has a resinous luster, is usually yellowish in color and is transparent to translucent. Amber is of vegetable origin and is derived from the fossilization of gums or resins, a fact which is frequently shown by the presence of insects in it. It is found in Denmark and Sweden, on the Prussian coast of the Baltic and in Russian Baltic provinces. It is used for jewelry and for mouthpieces of pipes. Petroleum Members of this series grade from a thin yellow fluid to dark brown or nearly black viscid oils; the greenish brown colors are the most common. The density also varies and it may be gen- erally stated that the light varieties are richest in volatile con- stituents while the heavier and darker kinds produce the ben- zins on distillation. : | Petroleum is found in rocks of various ages from the Lower Silurian to the present epoch but is most abundant in argilla- ceous shales, sands and sandstones. Considerable petroleum is furnished by the regions of western Pennsylvania, southwestern New York and Ohio. It is also largely produced in the neigh- borhood of the Caspian sea and occurs in many other localities. 130 | NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Asphaltum Asphaltum or mineral pitch is an amorphous mixture of hydrocarbons, for the most part oxygenated. It is characterized by a black color and dull luster and melts at about 100° F. Asphaltum is not associated with rocks of any particular age but is most abundant in formations containing bituminous mate- rial or vegetable remains. It is found in the region of the Dead sea; in Trinidad, where it forms a lake about a mile and a half in circuit; and in various places in South America and elsewhere. Its use for paving purposes is well known. Uintaite (gilsonite). A variety of asphalt found in consider- able deposits in Utah. Albertite. An amorphous hydrocarbon compound differing from ordinary asphaltum in its very imperfect fusibility and in the fact that it is only partially soluble in oil of turpentine. It has a brilliant luster and is jet black in color. Albertite occurs in the rocks of the Lower Carboniferous in Nova Scotia. Mineral coal Coal is a compact massive substance consisting mainly of oxygenated hydrocarbons. It is black, grayish black or brown- ish black in color, occasionally iridescent, and has a luster vary- ing from dull to brilliant. Coal owes its origin to the gradual alteration of organic deposits, chiefly vegetable. It occurs in beds interstratified with shales, sandstones and conglomerates, sometimes forming distinct layers of varying thickness. Anthracite. Anthracite or hard coal is characterized by a bright, often submetallic luster and is iron-biack in color, fre- quently iridescent. It contains comparatively little volatile matter. Anthracite beds occur in the formations east of the Alleghany range, which in Pennsylvania reach a thickness of 3300 feet. Bituminous coal. Bituminous coal differs from the above chiefiy in the higher percentage of volatile hydrocarbon oils contained in it. Bituminous coal may be classed as: caking or coking coal noncaking coal cannel coal Ww bo re oS f i. ean Rat wr Plate 39 To face p. 131 CPB CASS EE GEESE WEE BAELSA Sw 5 SSERAASES APSR aSBAEES SHGUEN SuILAERREEEES 1 Iron (meteorite), Schwarzenberg, Saxony GUIDE TO THBP MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 131 Brown coal or lignite. Brown coal contains more oxygen than bituminous coal, is compact or earthy and yields a brownish black powder. For a more detailed discussion of the occurrence and geologic relations of coal deposits the reader is referred to New York state museum bulletin 19 or to some work on economic geology. METEORITES Considerable knowledge regarding the probable character of heavenly bodies other than the earth is furnished by the meteor- ites or fallen stars. These fragments from planetary space contain a number of minerals which are identical with terres- trial species, as well as several which have not, up to this time, been found on the earth. They have been classified into three groups: 1 Siderites. Metallic masses composed principally of iron alloyed with nickel and some manganese and cobalt. Polished surfaces of siderites when etched with dilute nitric acid develop a series of intersecting lines or bands which are known as Wid- manstatten figures (pl. 39,). 2 Siderolites. Masses of a spongy, cellular character composed partly of iron and partly of stony material and frequently con- taining embedded grains of chrysolite. 3 Aerolites. Masses composed principally of stony material in the form of silicates including chrysolite, enstatite and min- erals in the pyroxene group. Meteorites are of universal distribution and can not be said to be characteristic of any locality. 132 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM APPENDIX GLOSSARY OF CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC TERMS Acicular. Needlelike in structure. Arborescent. With a branching structure like a tree or plant. Axes. Imaginary lines drawn within a crystal for the purpose of study- ing the relation of its planes. Axial ratio. The relations between the lengths of axes which are not interchangeable as determined by the intercepts of a prominent pyramid face. Basal plane or base. A plane which truncates the crystal parallel to the basal axes. ; . Biaxial crystals. A term used to include in an optical division crystals of the orthorhombic, monoclinic and triclinic systems. Binary. Twofold. Bladed structure. Composed of bundles of broad flat crystals resembling the blades of knives. Botryoidal. Derived from a Greek word meaning a bunch of grapes. Brachyaxis. The shorter of the two basal axes in the orthorhombic and triclinic systems. The term brachy is derived from a Greek word meaning short. Brachydomes. Domes or horizontal prisms parallel to the brachyaxis. Brachypinacoid. A pinacoidal plane parallel to the vertical and brachy axes. Brachyprisms, brachypyramids. Crystal forms the planes of which are more nearly parallel to the brachyaxis then those of the form which determines the axial ratio. [See p. 32, fig. 124] Capillary crystals. Extremely elongated individuals resembling hairs or threads. Clinoaxis. The axis which in the monoclinic system is oblique to the plane of the other two but is perpendicular to one of the latter. Clinodomes. Domes or horizontal prisms the faces of which are parallel to the clinoaxis. Clinopinacoid. A pinacoid parallel to the vertical and clino axes. Clinoprisms, clinopyramids. Crystal forms the faces of which are more parallel to the clinoaxis than the form which determines the axial ratio. Columnar structure. Composed of aggregates of elongated crystals re- sembling columns. Coralloidal. Branching and interlacing forms resembling coral. Crystalline aggregate. An aggregate of imperfect crystals. Cube. An isometric form bounded by six rectangular faces. In ideal crystals the faces are square. Dendritic. See Arborescent. Dihexagonal. Presenting in section, a 12 sided symmetric figure closely related to a hexagon. [See p. 26, fig. 98] Diploids. Isometric forms bounded by 24 four sided faces. The diploid is so named from the fact that the faces are grouped in pairs. Ditetragonal. Presenting in section an eight sided symmetric figure somewhat resembling an octagon but more closely related to a square. GUIDE TO THP MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS 133 Divergent. Composed of elongated crystalline individuals which diverge or radiate from a center. Dodecahedron. An isometric form bounded by 12 (dodeca) rhombic faces. Domes. Horizontal prisms which in the orthorhombic, monoclinic and triclinic systems are parallel to one basal axis. The term is derived from the Latin domus, a house, to describe their resemblance to a hip roof. Drusy. Covered with extremely minute crystals producing a roughened surface. Faces. The bounding surfaces of a crystal. Fibrous. Composed of slender filaments or fibers. _ First order. A term applied in the tetragonal and hexagonal systems to pyramids and prisms the faces of which intersect two basal axes with equal intercepts; any plane of the hexagonal forms is parallel to the third basal axis. Foliated. Composed of layers of imperfectly formed crystals which may be separated from one another with ease; derived from the Latin folio, a leaf. Geode. A hollow rounded fragment lined with crystals. Granular structure. Composed of irregular particles or grains. Habit of crystals. The general preponderance of certain forms in crystals of a given species and from a given locality. Hemimorphic. Having a dissimilar development of crystal planes on the two extremities. Hexagonal. Sixfold. Hexakistetrahedrons. Tetrahedral forms of the isometric system bounded by 24 triangular faces arranged in four groups of six each. Hexoctaherons. Forms of the normal group of the isometric system bounded by 48 triangular faces. The name derived from the Greek refers to the grouping of the faces in eight groups of six each. Inclusions. Foreign matter of a solid, liquid or gaseous nature inclosed within the crystal. Isometric. Presenting the highest degree of symmetry in which the three crystallographic axes are interchangeable. The term is derived from two Greek words meaning equal measure and refers to the ideal development in which the three axes are of equal length. Isomorphic. Presenting the close chemical and crystallographic relations stated on p. 45. Macroaxis. The longer of the two basal axes in the orthorhombic and triclinic systems. The term macro is derived from a Greek word meaning long. Macrodome. A dome or horizontal prism parallel to the macroaxis. Macropinacoid. A pinacoidal plane parallel to the vertical and the macro axis. Macroprisms, macropyramids. Crystal forms, the planes of which are more nearly parallel to the macroaxis than those of the form which determines the axial ratio. [See p. 32, fig. 124] Mammillary structure. Consisting of rounded prominences; the term is derived from the Latin mamma, meaning a female breast. Micaceous structure. In thin leaves which may be separated from one another as typified in the mica group of minerals. 134 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Octahedron. A crystal form bounded by eight equilateral, triangular faces; derived from a Greek word meaning eight. Orthoaxis. The axis which, in the monoclinic system, is perpendicular to the plane of the other two. Orthodomes. Domes or horizontal prisms parallel to the orthoaxis. Orthopinacoid. A pinacoid parallel to the vertical and ortho axes. Orthoprisms, orthopyramids. Crystal forms the faces of which are more parallel to the orthoaxis than the form which determines the axial ratio. Orthorhombic. Presenting the symmetry of the orthorhombic system, ref- erable to three uninterchangeable axes which are at right angles to one another. Orthorhombic crystals are characterized by binary sym- metry in three directions. Pinacoids. Crystal forms composed of planes parallel to two axes and corresponding in position to the faces of a cube; the term is derived from a Greek word meaning a board. Plane. One of the bounding plane surfaces of a crystal; the term is extended to include the imaginary extension of this bounding surface to meet the axes. Prisms. Crystal forms the planes of which intersect two basal axes and are parallel to a third. Domes as described above may be regarded as horizontal prisms. Pseudochexagonal. Apparently hexagonal; many crystals seem, by reason of twinning, to be hexagonal though belonging to a system of lower symmetry. Pseudoisometric. Apparently isometric; note above. Pseudomorph. Phosphates, arsenates, vanadates ete. 24 Borates, uranates | on Sulfates e Tungstates, Molybdates | | 26 Hydrocarbon compounds } In disposing the specimens in the cases the top and bottom shelves of each case are reserved for the display of large speci- mens representing the species of the divisions and groups installed in the case and the five intermediate shelves for the smaller specimens arranged in consecutive order. The swing- ing card catalogue installed in the spaces between the cases is practically exhaustive, the species represented in the cases being indicated by the letter w (wall cases) and the number which in every instance precedes the species name corresponding to a number placed in the upper left corner of the specimen label; these numbers also correspond to the numbered species of Dana’s System of mineralogy cited above. 138 NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM In every instance the most characteristic specimens under each species are to be found in the front row and are therefore best available for detailed study; the back row contains dupli- cates, massive specimens, and in general, material requiring less close examination. In most instances where the crystallization is of interest and importance wooden models are placed at the head of the species; these are followed by the best examples of crystallization available, crystalline masses and massive forms following the order given in the descriptive text. . An introductory collection illustrating the text of part 1 of this guide is displayed in the table cases of the southern half of the mineralogic section. The student is also referred to a collection of minerals of economic importance at present displayed in the table cases of the northern half of the mineralogic section. The materiai here displayed is grouped under the following divisions: Nonmetalliferous division (cont'd) 2 Salt, potash, soda, borax and alum 3 Magnesium, strontium, tita- nium and thorium com- Metalliferous division A Metalliferous ores 1 Arsenic antimony and bis- | muth minerals 2 Gold minerals 3 Silver minerals | pounds 4 Mercury minerals 4. Plaster of paris 5 Copper minerals 5 Substances used in _ the 6 Lead minerals manufacture of chemical 7 Zine and cadmium minerals | compounds 8 Tin minerals C Ceramic materials 9 Nickel minerals 1 Porcelain, earthenwares and 10 Uranium and chromium bricks minerals 2 Pottery and glassware 11 Iron minerals D Refractory materials 12 Manganese minerals | 1 Graphite 13 Aluminium minerals 2 Asbestos 3 Mica Nonmetalliferous division E Materials of physical application B Substances used for chemical 1 Abrasives purposes 2 Graphic materials 1 Sulfur. sulfuric and hydro- 3 Pigments fluoric acids : 4 Fertilizers GUIDE TO THD MINPRALOGIC COLLECTIONS 139 BIBLIOGRAPHY? For more detailed and exhaustive information on the subject of mineralogy the reader is referred to the following books: Bauerman. Text book of descriptive mineralogy. 1884. Brush. Manual of determinative mineralogy; ed. by Penfield. 1896. Burnham. Precious stones. 1886. Dana, E.S. Minerals and how to study them. 1895. Text book of mineralogy. 1898. Dana, J. D. System of mineralogy. 1892. Manual of mineralogy and petrography. 1896. Kunz. Gems and precious stones of North America. 1890. Merrill, G. P. Guide to the study of the collections in the section of applied geology; Smithsonian institution. 1900. 1901. Moses & Parsons. Mineralogy, crystallography and blowpipe analysis. 1900. Williams, G. H. Elements of crystallography. 1891. Williams, S. G. Applied geology. 1885. 1This list is confined to works in English and could be materially added to should the student wish to consult French and German publications. nue ‘ TA jon iy) Scena , ‘sys . ' EY, if AOGngN tah ar ah Oe nN SOW aud ban nity Bae GENERAL (INDEX Acicular, 41. Adamantine luster, 48. Amorphous, 6. Antimonates, 117-22. Antimonids, 51-61. Arborescent, see Dendritic. Arsenates, 117-22. Arsenids, 51-61. Atomic weights, table of, 135-36. Axes, crystallographic, 10-11; inter- changeable, 10; of symmetry, 7-10. Basal pinacoid, 22, 26, 32, 35. Biaxial crystals, 37. Binary symmetry, 8; axis of, 8. Bladed, 40. Borates, 122-23. Botryoidal, 4v. Brachy dome, 33. pinacoid, 32. prism, 32. pyramid, 33. Brittle, 48. Bromids, 63-66. Capillary, 41. Carbonates, 79-87. Center of symmetry, 10. Characters of minerals, 41-44. Chemical composition of minerals, 44-45, Chlorids, 638-66. Chromates, 124-27, Cleavage, 41. Clino dome, 35. pinacoid, 35. prism, 35. pyramid, 36. Color, 44. Columbates, see Niobates. Columnar, 40. Composition of minerals, 44-45. Coralloidal, 41. Crystal forms, 11. Crystal habit, 38. Crystalline aggregates, 40. Crystalline structure, 5. Crystals, definition of, 5; laws of, 6-10; optical characters of, 13, 25, 37; variations in form of, 38; groupings of, 38-39; inclusions in, 40; irregularities of, 39; striations on, 39; twinning of, 38-39. Crystallography, 5-41. Cube, 14. Curved surfaces of crystals, 39. Dendritic, 41. Dihexagonal pyramid, 26. prism, 26. Dimorphism, 45-46. Diploid, 17. Ditetragonal prism, 22. pyramid, 21. Dodecahedron, 14. Domes, brachy, 33. clino, 35. macro, 33. ortho, 35. Ductile, 43. Dull luster, 48. Elements, 44; list, 185-36. Extinction between crossed nicols, 18, 25. Fibrous, 40. Flexible, 43. Fluorids, 63-66. Foliated, 40. Form, ideal, 13. Forms, definition, 11. Formula of minerals, 45. Fracture, 42. 142 Globular, 41. Goniometers, 12. Granular, 40. Greasy luster, 43. Habit of crystals, 38. Haloids, 63-66. Hardness, definition, 42; 42-48. Hemi prism, 37. pyramid, 36. Hemimorphic group, 29, 34. Hexagonal crystals, optical charac- ters, 25. Hexagonal prisms, 26. pyramids, 26. Hexagonal system, 25-31; axes, 25; hexagonal division: 25-27; nor- mal group, 25-27; pyramidal group, 27; rhombohedral division: 27-31; rhombohedral group, 27-29; rhombohedral-hemimorphiec group, 29; trirhombohedral group, 29: trapezohedral group, 30. Hexagonal symmetry, 10. Hexahedron, see Cube. Hexakistetrahedron, 19. Hexoctahedron, 14. Hydrocarbon compounds, 129-31. Hydrous silicates, 108-15. seale of, Ideal forms, 13. Inclusions, 40. Indexes, 11. Intercepts, 11. Interchangeable axes, 10. Interference phenomena, see Optical characteristics. Iodids, 63-66. Isometric crystals, 18. Isometric system, 18-19; symmetry of, 18; normal group, 18-16; pyri- tohedral group, 16-18; tetrahedral group, 18-19. Isomorphism, 45-46. Isomorphous groups, 46. NEW YORK STATE MUSEUM Lamellar, 40. Law of constancy of interfacial angles, 6-7; of, symmetry, 7-10; of simple mathematical ratio, 11-12. Laws of crystals, 6-12. Left-handed crystals, 30. Luster, 438. Macro axis, 31. dome, 33. pinacoid, 382. prism, 32. pyramid, 33. Mammillary, 41. Massive, 6. Metallic luster, 43. Metals, 49-51. Metasilicates, 91-97. Meteorites, 131. Micaceous, 40. Microscope, polarizing, 12. Mineral, artificial, 4; definition of, 4, Mineral collection of New York state museum, 186-38. Mineral kingdom, 4. Mineralogy, science of, 4. Models of crystals, 7. See also cover envelope. Molecules, 5. Molybdates, 128-29. Monoclinic erystals, 34. Monoclinic system, 34-36; normal group, 34-36. Native elements, 47. Niobates, 116-17. Nonmetallic luster, 44. Nonmetals, 47-48. Normal groups, 13-16, 20-22, 25-26, 31-34, 34-36, 37-40. Octahedron, 14. OGlitic, 41. Optical characteristics, 13, 25, 37. Ortho axis, 31. dome, 33. pinacoid, 35. prism, 35. pyramid, 38. INDEX TO MINHRALOGIC COLLECTIONS Orthorhombie crystals, 31. Orthorhombic system, 31-84; normal group, 31-34; hemimorphic group, 34. Orthosilicates, 97-105. Oxids, 66-79. Pearly luster, 43. Phosphates, 117-22. Pinacoid, basal, 32, 35; brachy, 32; clino, 35; macro, 32; ortho, 35. Plane, basal, 22, 26, 32, 35. Plane of symmetry, 8. Pricm, ~brachy, 322...clino, 35;. di- hexagonal, 26; ditetragonal, 22; hemi, 37; macro, 32; of the first order, 21; of the second order, 22; of the third order, 23; ortho, 35; rhombic, 35; unit, 32. Pseudomorphs, 46. Pyramid, brachy, 38; clino, 36; dihexagonal, 26; ditetragonal, 21; hemi, 36; hexagonal, 26; macro, 33; of the first order, 20; of the second order, 21; of the third order, 23; ortho, 33; trigonal, 31; unit, 20, 33. Pyritohedron, 17. Reniform, 40. Resinous luster, 438. Reticulated, 41. Rhombie prism, 35. Rhombohedral division, 27-29. Khombohedron, 28. Rock, definition of, 4. Scale of hardness, 42-43. Scalenohedron, hexagonal, 28; tet- ragonal, 24. Sectile, 438. Selenids, 51-61. Silicates, 87-91. Silky luster, 48. Simple mathematical ratio, law of, 4-12. Sphenoid, tetragonal, 24. Stalactitic, 41. Streak, 44. Striations, 39. 148 Subsilicates, 106-8, Sulfates, 124-27. sulfids, 51-61. Symmetry, axes of, 8; center of, 10; definition, 7; law of, 7-10; planes of, 8. Systems, crystallographic, 12, Tantalates, 116-17. Tellurids, 51-61, Tenacity, 48. Tetragonal crystals, 20. prisms, 21. pyramids, 20. sphenoid, 24. scalenohedron, 24. trisoctahedron, see dron. tristetrahedron, 19. Tetragonal symmetry, 10; axis of, 10, Tetragonal system, 20-24; normal group, 20-22; pyramidal group, 23; sphenoidal group, 23-24. Tetrahedron, 18. Tetrahexahedron, 14. Titano-silicates, 115-16. Trapezohedron, 15; trigonal, 30. Triclinic erystals, 37-38. Triclinie system, 386-38; symmetry of, 87; normal group, 37-40. Trigonal pyramid, 31. trapezohedron, 30. trisoctahedron, 15. tristetrahedron, 18. Trigonal symmetry, 9; axis of, 9. Trisoctahedron, 15. Tungstates, 128-29. Twin crystals, 38-39. Trapezohe- Uniaxial crystals, 25. Unit plane, 31. prism, 32. pyramid, 20, 33. Uranates, 1238-24. Vanadates, 117-22. Vitreous luster, 43. | Zeolites, 108. INDEX TO MINERAL SPECIES Actinolite, 95. Biotite, 111. Adularia, 88. Bismuth, 49. Agate, 68, pl. 20. Black hematite, 79. Agolite, 114. mica, 111. Alabaster, 126, 127. Blende, 54. Albertite, 130. Blue copper ore, 86. Albite, 89-90, pl. 28. iron earth, 120. Alexandrite, 74. Bog iron ore, 77. Almandite, 99. Boracite, 122. Alum stone, 127. Borax, 123. Alunite, 127. Bornite, 57. Amazon stone, 89. Bort, 47. Amber, 129. Bournonite, 61. Amber mica, 112. Brittle silver ore, 63. Amethyst, 67, 71. Brochantite, 126, Amphibole, 94-95. Bronzite, 91. Analcite, 109-10. Brookite, 76. Andalusite, 103, pl. 30. Brown hematite, 77. Andradite, 99. Brucite, 78. Anglesite, 125. Anhydrite, 124-25, Calamin, 106, pl. 32. Anorthite, 89, 90. Caleareous spar, 79. Antimony, 49. Calcite, ‘79-81, pi. 1, 7, 9, 1, 2 glance, 52. | Canerinite, 97. Apatite, 117. Capillary pyrites, 56. Apophyllite, 108, pl. 33. Carbonado, 47. Aquamarine, 96. Carnelian, 68. Aragonite, 83-84, pl. 8, 26, 27. Cassiterite, 75, pl. 22. Argentite, 53. Celestite, 125. Arsenic, 49. Cerargyrite, 64. Arsenopyrite, 60, pl. 17. Cerussite, 85-86, pl. 28. Asbestos 95. Chabazite, 109. Asphaltum, 130. Chalcedony, 68, pl. 6. Atacamite, 66. Chaleocite, 54, pl. 14. Augite, 92, pl. 29. Chaleopyrite, 57-58. Autunite, 122. Chalk, 80. Aventurin, 67. Chiastolite, 103, pl. 30. Axinite, 105. Chloanthite, 59. Azurite, 86. Chondrodite, 106. Chromic iron, 74. Balas ruby, 73. Chromite, 74. Barite, 124, pl. 38. Chrysoberyl, 74. Bauxite, 78. Chrysocolla, 115. Beryl, 96, pl. 2. y Chrysolite, 99. INDEX TO MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS Chrysoprase, 68, Chrysotile, 1138, pl. 3. Cinnabar, 55. Clinochlore, 112. Coal, mineral, 130. Cobalt bloom, 120-21, glance, 59-60. Cobaltite, 59-60. Colemanite, 122. Columbite, 116. Copper, 50, pl. 13. Copper glance, 54. nickel, 56. pyrites, 57-58. Cordierite, 96. Corundum, 70. Crocidolite, 96. Crocoite, 126. Cryolite, 65-66. Cuprite, 69, pl. 20. Cyanite, 104, pl. 2. Dark ruby silver, 61. Datolite, 104. Desmine, 109. Diallage, 93. Diamond, 47, pl. 12. Diopsid, 92. Dioptase, 100. Disthene, 104. Dog-tooth spar, 79. Dolomite, 81, pl. 5, 26. Dry-bone ore, 83. Hisstein, 66. Elaeolite, 97. Emerald, 71, 96. Emery, 70. Enargite, 63. Enstatite, 91. Epidote, 97, 104-5, pl. 31. Epsom salt, 127. Epsomite, 127. Erythrite, 120-21. Feldspar, 87. Ferruginous quartz, 67. Fibrolite, 103. Fire opal, 68. Flint, see Jasper, Flos ferri, 84, pl. 8. Fluor spar, 65. Fluorite, 65, pl. 18, 145 Fontainebleau sandstone, 40, pl. 1. Franklinite, 73-74. French chalk, 114. Galena, 52, pl. 11, 14. Galenite, 52. Garnet, 98, 99, pl. 30. Geyserite, 68. Gibbsite, 78, pl. 24. Gilsonite, 130. Gothite, 76-77. Gold, 49. Graphite, 47-48. Gray copper ore, 62. Green carbonate of copper, 86. Greenockite, 55. Grossularite, 99. Guano, 118. | Gypsum, 126, pl. 38. | | | Halite, 63-64, pl. 17. Haiiynite, 98. Heavy spar, 124, pl. 38. Hedenbergite, 92. Hematite, 71-72, pl. 5, 21. Heulandite, 109. Hiddenite, 93. Horn silver, 64. Hornblende, 94-95. Hyacinth, 101, 102. Hyalite, 68. Hypersthene, 91. Idocrase, 101. Ilmenite, 72. Iolite, 96. Iron, 51, 131, pl. 39. Iron pyrites, 58-59, pl. 16. Isinglass, 110. Jade, 93, 95. Jadeite, 93. Jasper, 68. Kaolin, 114. Kaolinite, 114. 146 NEW YORK Labradorite, 89, 90. Lapis lazuli, 98. Lazulite, 120. Lazurite, 98. Lead glance, 52, Lepidolite, 111, Leucite, 91. Libethenite, 120. Light ruby silver, 62. Lignite, 131. Lime feldspar, 90. soda feldspar, 90. Limestone, 79. Limonite, 77, pl. 23. Lithia mica, 111. Lodestone, 73, pl. 21. Magnesium limestone, 81. Magnesite, 82. Magnetic iron ore, 73, pl. 4, 21. pyrites, 56-57. Magnetite, 73, pl. 4, 21. Malachite, 86, pl. 6. Malacolite, 92. Manganite, 77, pl. 238. Marble, 81. Marcasite, 60, pl. 16. Meerschaum, 114. Menacecanite, 72. Mercury, 51. Mica, 110. Microcline, 89. Milky quartz, 67. Millerite, 56, pl. 10, 15. Mimetite, 119, pl. 37. Mineral coal, 130. Mispickel, 60. Monazite, 117. Muscovite, 110-11, pl. 4, 35. Native antimony, 49. arsenic, 49. bismuth, 49. copper, 50. gold, 49. iron, 51, Jak. mercury, 51. platinum, 51. silver, 50. sulfur, 48. STATD MUSEUM Native ultramarine, 98. vermilion, 55, Natrolite, 110, pl. 34. Nephelite, 97. Nephrite, 95. Niccolite, 56. Nigrin, 75, pl. 22. Ochre, 78. Octahedrite, 76. Oligoclase, 89, 90. Olivenite, 120. Olivin, 99. Onyx, 68. Opal, 68. Orpiment, 51. Orthoclase, 88. Osteolite, 118. | Pandermite, 122. | Pearl spar, 81. | Pectolite, 94, pl. 7. | Pencil stone, 115. Peridot, 99. _ Petroleum, 129. Phenacite, 100. Phlogopite, 112. Phosphate rock, 117, 118. Phosphorite, 118. Pitch blende, 123. Platinum, 51. Potash feldspar, 88. Prase, 68. | Precious opal, 68. garnet, 99. | Prehnite, 105, pl. 31. Priceite, 122. _ Prochlorite, 112. Proustite, 62. Psilomelane, 79. Purple copper ore, 57. Pyrargyrite, 61. Pyrite, 58-59, pl. 16. Pyrolusite, 76, pl. 8. Pyromorphite, 118-19, pl. 36. Pyrope, 99. Pyrophyllite, 115, pl. 36. Pyroxene, 92, pl. 29. Pyrrhotite, 56-57. INDEX TO MINERALOGIC COLLECTIONS Quartz, 66-68, pl. 1, 6, 19, 20. Realgar, 51. Red hematite, 71. iron ore, 71. oxid of copper, 69. silver ore, see Ruby silver. zine ore, 70. Rensselaerite, 114. Rhodochrosite, 83. Rhodonite, 94. Ripidolite, 112. Rock crystal, 67. salt, 63-64, pl. 17. Rose quartz, 67. Ruby, 70, 73. spinel, 73. silver, 61, 62. Rutile, 75, pl. 22. Salt, 6, 63, pl. 17. Sandstone, 68. Sanidine, 88. Sapphire, 70. Satin spar, 80. Secapolite, 100. Scheelite, 128. Schorl, 107, pl. 32. Selenite, 126, 127. Semiopal, 68. Sepiolite, 114. Serpentine, 113, pl. 3. Siderite, 82. Siderites, 131. Sillimanite, 103. Silver, 50, pl. 12. glance, 53. Smaltite, 59. Smithsonite, 838. Smoky quartz, 67. Soapstone, 114. Soda feldspar, 89-90, pl. 28. lime feldspar, 90. Sodalite, 97. Spathic iron, 82. Specular iron, 71-72, pl. 5, 21. Spessartite, 99. Sphalerite, 54, pl. 15. Sphene, 115-16. Spinel, 72-73. Spodumene, 93. Stalactite, 41, pl. 9. Staurolite, 107-8, pl. 33. Steatite, 114. Stephanite, 63. Stibnite, 52, pl. 9, 10, Stilbite, 109, pl. 34. Stream tin, 75. Strontianite, 85. Sulfur, 48. Sylvanite, 61. Talc, 113, pl. 3. Tantalite, 116. Tetrahedrite, 62. Tinkal, 123. Titanie iron ore, 72. Titanite, 115-16. Topaz, 71, 102-38. Torbernite, 121. Tourmalin, 107, pl. 32. Tremolite, 95. Tripolite, 68. Troostite, 100. Turquoise, 121. Uintaite, 130. Ulexite, 123. Uraninite, 123. Uvarovite, 99. Vanadinite, 119. Verd antique, 82. Vesuvianite, 97, 101. Vivianite, 120. Wavellite, 121, pl. 37. Wernerite, 100. White iron pyrites, 60. lead ore, 85-86, pl. 28. Wilemite, 74, 100. Witherite, 84, pl. 27. Wolframite, 128. Wollastonite, 93, pl. 29.. Wood opal, 68. Wulfenite, 128-29. Zine blende, 54. Zincite, 70, 74. Zireon, 101-2. (Pages 149-150 were bulletin cover pages) - + - bh PP as a4 MINERALOGY 2 te Crystal models of In folding these models, é a rardh ; + m %s A TE eae —_— . mle sad? . we wm nm em wm em em eer er erm ew wm er eK mM Ke we we ew eww eww ee . Model 1 Cut out solid lin 1 dao a q o = oS ; = i ns oS AS 365) (3) S ‘4 Model 1 Ss a. en ee ee a |) a 7,‘ ww a Se _— pe | we TY Cari, oe S| ——_. m a y ow ae 7 Se a a ee rs) OL eee WR Ne a SR re pn ae eee ena eee fe. | NE ee, ee case oe & > ee : : ’ 5 ° ae | wn fa a ' e ' ~m et eee | a wes a Se | cee, | @ fs i ~ : Poe ' ° res a SON eae » o 4 Sed Gr ae ot Anse hd Ole ge RS ae een a ee ee de ar ee Se gy tr 266 OR Model 2 7 Z ‘ eal \ ys ‘ P ‘ ‘ \ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ \ \ \ ne a / a vs ~ . s agi \ nN ‘ md he N a \ 7 ~ \ 4 ~ , | 4 ‘ 7 4 i ' oie , ~ ! ~ ba ! ~ ' = ' ~ ’ ~ ‘ Ul ! Ul ' ' at * ~ a“ ~ ~ . i ee ~ ~ ~ 2 Othe wy ee ae . \ Poi e ‘ oJ \ ¢ \ . ¢ s \ \ ¢ . A 7 s ‘ ge ‘ ¢ \ a ad i . \ ‘ \ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ¢ ~ ‘ 4 Pica ¥ ~ e - ‘ se ar ‘ Xs Sis s s Bie. Sy \ a ~. ¢ \ ¢ ‘ 4 ‘ , ee leet s s pis , , ae ; ~ 4 a Ff Pe y, » 6 ~ ~ 7 Se ae Model 3 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. Model 3 Dodecahedron Model 4 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. Model 4 = © ‘= re ov | fon) ~ — a i) ie i Model 5 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. Model 5 Tetrahedron ~——meweene ewe er eee me ew we ew ee ee —— eee ee ee le ee ee Model 6 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. : weir pr \ ree hy SE ea ee ea ee ee Model 7 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. lage. i th paste or muc in wi Jo Pyrami wer ~ mS a2) > - an ~ . Prism ee ee ee -<-0«2r + meme eee Model 8 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. ca Rhombohedron Model 8 a on EIS OS Pe ane pe PRE ae bin Re ea ce Sm es ee ee an BE See ees ee dm enka deen oh in hah Se & ' — : ) ! ! e , t : ! | F ' “a | _& J \ | ; fon) ! nm © ' Hoo : eo ~~ ; | ; ro oie M | ' l oO x re of : : ' | Oo of | { 1 wm 42 | ' ' iat et ) ' + Om | ) ! ! Bote " ! npnaepeeemeqeweeeee 2 - &- RR Naty ee -——-— wwe 25g ORR 1nacol Basal p ee: Prism Model 9 pinacoic Basal 4 “N 5 ines nd ore . Medel 10 Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. d inacol . Basal p Prism rm odel 10 Basal pinacoid Model 11 ~ Cut out solid lines. Fold dotted lines. Join with paste or mucilage. ~ WY wo a . Ghia Hoare Ley * a ‘ ek ee Soe es 9 é ro v7 proovurg i . proovutg 4 iim